Wikiszótár

Függelék:Szanszkrit-English/aa



ā

szerkesztés

ā

  1. ā the second vowel of the alphabet corresponding to the a in far

ā

  1. ā ind. a particle of reminiscence Pāṇ. 1-1, 14 Pat.
  2. • also of compassion or pain [more correctly written 1. ās, q.v.], and of assent L. [This particle remains unaltered in orthography even before vowels (which causes it to be sometimes confounded with 1. ās) Pāṇ. 1-1, 14.]

ā

  1. ā ās m. N. of Śiva L.
  2. • grandfather L.
  3. • (ās), f. N. of Lakshmī L.

ā

  1. ā́ (as a prefix to verbs, especially of motion, and their derivatives) near, near to, towards (See ā-√kram &c
  2. • in the Veda, of course, the prefix is separable from the verb
  3. • in a few cases RV. i, 10, 11 and v, 64, 5, a verb in the imperative is to be supplied
  4. • with roots like gam, yā, and i, 'to go', and 1. dā, 'to give', it reverses the action
  5. • e.g. ā-gacchati, 'he comes,'ā-datte, 'he takes').
  6. • (As a prep. with a preceding acc.) near to, towards, to RV.
  7. • (with a preceding noun in the acc., as jóṣam or váram) for RV.
  8. • (with a following acc.) up to .. exclusively AitBr.
  9. • (with a preceding abl.) from RV. AV.
  10. • out of, from among (e.g. bahúbhya ā́, 'from among many') RV.
  11. • towards (only in asmád ā́, 'towards us') RV.
  12. • (with a following abl., cf. Pāṇ. 2-1, 13 & 3, 10) up to, to, as far as RV. AV. &c
  13. • from RV. i, 30, 21
  14. • (with a preceding loc.) in, at, on RV. AV. (As an adv. after words expressing a number or degree) fully, really, indeed (e.g. trír ā́ divás, 'quite or fully three times a day '
  15. • mahimā́ vām índrâgnī pániṣṭha ā́, 'your greatness, O Indra and Agni, is most praiseworthy indeed', &c.) RV.
  16. • (after a subst. or adj.) 'as, like', (or it simply strengthens the sense of the preceding word) RV., (after a verb) RV. v, 7, 7 and KenaUp. [Page 126, Column 2]
  17. • (as a conjunctive particle) moreover, further, and (it is placed either between the two words connected [rarely after the second RV. x, 16, 11, or after both RV. x, 92, 8] or, if there are more, after the last [RV. iv, 57, 1 and x, 75, 5]
  18. • also âtaś ca s.v.) In classical Sanskṛit it may denote the limit 'to', 'until', 'as far as', 'from', either not including the object named or including it (sometimes with acc. or abl. or forming an adv.), e.g. ā-maraṇam or ā-maranāt, 'till death' Pañcat. (cf. ā-maraṇânta &c.)
  19. • ā-gopālā dvijātayaḥ, 'the twice-born including the cowherds' MBh. ii, 531
  20. • ā-samudram or ā-samudrāt, 'as far as the ocean' or 'from the ocean' (but not including it)
  21. • ā-kumāram, 'from a child' or 'from childhood' or 'to a child' (cf. Lat. a puero) MBh. iii, 1403
  22. • ā-kumāram yaśaḥ pāṇineḥ, 'the fame of Pāṇini extends even to children'
  23. • ājānu-bāhu mfn. 'one whose arms reach down to the knees' R. i, 1, 12
  24. • ( also ākarṇa- and ājanma-)
  25. • (cf. ā-jarasám, ā-vyuṣám, ā-saptama, ôtsūyám.) Prefixed to adj. [rarely to subst
  26. • cf. ā-kopa] it implies diminution Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Comm. 'a little', e.g. ā-piñjara mfn. a little red, reddish Ragh. xvi, 51
  27. • ( also ā-pakva, ôṣṇa, &c.) Some commentaries (e.g. Comm. on Ragh. iii, 8) occasionally give to ā in this application the meaning samantāt, 'all through, completely', as ā-nīla, 'blue all round.'

≫āi

  1. ā-√i

⋙āindh

  1. ○√indh

⋙āinv

  1. ○√inv

⋙āiṣ

  1. ○√iṣ See ê, êndh, ênv, êṣ

≫ā-īkṣ

  1. ā-√īkṣ

⋙āīr

  1. ○√īr

⋙āīṣ

  1. ○√īṣ See êkṣ, êr, êṣ

≫ā-ukṣ

  1. ā-√ukṣ

⋙ā-ūrṇu

  1. ○√ūrṇu See ôkṣ, ôrṇu

≫āṛ

  1. ā-√ṛ

⋙āṛñj

  1. ○√ṛñj

⋙āṛdh

  1. ○√ṛdh See ā-r, ā-rñj, ā-rdh

āṃśa

  1. āṃśa m. a descendant of Aṃśa Comm. on Uṇ. v, 21

≫āṃśya

  1. āṃśya mfn. relating to áṃśa (q.v.), (g. saṃkāśâdi, q.v.)

āṃhaspatya

  1. āṃhaspatya mfn. belonging to the dominion of Aṃhaspati (as the intercalary month) Gobh.

ākac

  1. ā-√kac Ā. (perf. -cakace) to tie or fasten on Bhaṭṭ.

ākaṇṭham

  1. ā-kaṇṭham ind. up to the throat

≫ākaṇṭha

  1. ākaṇṭha (in comp. for ā-kaṇṭham)

⋙ākaṇṭhatṛpta

  1. ○tṛpta mfn. satiated up to the throat MBh. iii, 15551

ākatthana

  1. ā-katthana mfn. boasting, swaggering R. vi, 3, 28

ākatya

  1. ākatya n. the being a-kata Pāṇ. 5-1, 121

ākan

  1. ā-√kan Intens. (Impv. 2. sg. -cākandhi) to be pleased with (loc.) RV. x, 147, 3 (cf. ā-√kā.)

ākapila

  1. ā-kapila mfn. brownish Kād.

ākamp

  1. ā-√kamp Ā. (perf. -cakampe) to tremble (as the earth) Kād.: Caus. P. Ā. -kampayate (p. -kampayat MBh. i, 1165, &c.) to cause to tremble ChUp. &c

≫ākampa

  1. ā-kampa m. trembling motion, shaking R. iii, 62, 31 Vikr.

≫ākampana

  1. ā-kampana n. id. Car.
  2. • m. N. of a Daitya Kathās.

≫ākampita

  1. ā-kampita mfn. caused to tremble, shaken, agitated VarBṛS. Ragh. ii, 13

ākara

  1. ā-kará ākarika, &c. ā-√kṝ

ākarṇana

  1. ā-karṇana n. (fr. ā-karṇaya below) hearing Kathās.

≫ākarṇam

  1. ā-karṇam ind. 'up to the ear' or 'from the ear' (generally said of an arrow reaching to or being discharged from the ear in drawing a bow)

≫ākarṇa

  1. ākarṇa^ (in comp. for ā-karṇam)

⋙ākarṇamukta

  1. ○mukta mfn. discharged from the ear (as an arrow) R. iii, 69, 16

≫ākarṇamūlam

  1. ā-karṇamūlam ind. up to the ear R. iv, 9, 106

≫ākarṇaya

  1. ā-karṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, (ind. p. ā-karṇya) to give ear to, listen to, hear R. BhP. Śak. &c

≫ākarṇin

  1. ākarṇin mfn. ifc. hearing Naish. i, 28

ākarṣa

  1. ā-karṣa ○rṣaka, &c. ā-√kṛṣ

ākal

  1. ā-√kal (impf. âkalayat) to tie, fasten Śiś. ix, 45 [Page 126, Column 3]
  2. • (ind. p. -kalayya) to surrender, transfer BhP.
  3. • to observe, notice, examine, take into consideration, reckon, consider, suppose, take for BhP. Śiś. iii, 73 Kathās. &c

≫ākalana

  1. ā-kalana n. fastening Śiś. v, 42
  2. • reckoning L.
  3. • wish, desire L.

≫ākalita

  1. ā-kalita mfn. shaken MBh. i, 2853
  2. • laid hold of, seized MBh. iv, 762 Śiś. vii, 21 and ix, 72
  3. • tied, fastened Śiś. i, 6 Kathās.
  4. • reckoned L.
  5. • observed, examined, considered L.

ākalpa

  1. ā-kalpa m. = kalpana, q.v. L.
  2. • ornament, decoration MBh. iii, 13373 BhP. Ragh. &c

≫ākalpaka

  1. ā-kalpaka m. (= utkaṇṭhā or utkalikā) remembering with regret, missing Kād.
  2. • (= mud) joy L.
  3. • (= moka) loss of sense or perception L.
  4. • (= tamas) darkness L.
  5. • (= granthi) a knot or joint L.

≫ākalpam

  1. ā-kalpam ind. till the end of the world (lit. of a Kalpa) BhP. Kathās. &c

≫ākalpa

  1. ākalpa^ (in comp. for ā-kalpam)

⋙ākalpasthāyin

  1. ○sthāyin mfn. lasting till the end of the world Kād.

≫ākalpāntam

  1. ā-kalpântam ind. ā-kalpam, q.v., Ratnāv

ākalya

  1. ākalya n. (fr. a-kalya) sickness L.

ākalla

  1. ākalla m. the plant Anthemis Pyrethrum L. (cf. ākula-kṛt.)

ākaśāpeya

  1. ākaśāpeya m. a descendant of Akaśāpa, (g. śubhrâdi, q.v.)

ākaṣa

  1. ā-kaṣa m. (√kaṣ, 'to rub'), a touchstone L.
  2. • (v. l. for ākarṣa Pāṇ. 4-4, 9 Siddh. and v, 2, 64 Siddh.)

≫ākaṣaka

  1. ā-kaṣaka and mfn. vv. ll. for ā-karṣaka and ○rṣika, q.v., s.v. ā-√kṛṣ

⋙ākaṣika

  1. ā-kaṣika mfn. vv. ll. for ā-karṣaka and ○rṣika, q.v., s.v. ā-√kṛṣ

ākasmika

  1. ākasmika mf(ī)n. (fr. a-kasmāt g. vinayâdi, q.v.), causeless, unforeseen, unexpected, sudden Suśr. Pañcat. &c
  2. • accidental, casual BhP. Sarvad.

ākā

  1. ā-√kā (perf. Ā. 1. and 3. sg. -caké) to endeavour to obtain, desire, love RV.: Intens. (Impv. 3. pl. -cakantu
  2. • cf. ā-√kan) to be pleased with (loc.) RV. i, 122, 14

≫ākāyya

  1. ā-kāyyá (4), mfn. desirable RV. iv, 29, 5

ākāṅkṣ

  1. ā-√kāṅkṣ P. Ā. -kāṅkṣati, ○te, to desire, long for, endeavour to gain (with acc.) AitBr. Mn. x, 121, &c., (rarely with gen.) Mn. ii, 162
  2. • (perf. -cakāṅkṣa R. Ragh.) to expect, wait for or till Lāṭy. MBh. xiv, 1279, &c
  3. • to endeavour to reach a place, turn to (acc.) Mn. iii, 258
  4. • (in Gr.) to require some word or words to be supplied for the completion of the sense Pāṇ. Sch.

≫ākāṅkṣa

  1. ā-kāṅkṣa mfn. (in Gr.) requiring a word or words to complete the sense Pāṇ. 8-2, 96 and 104
  2. • (ā), f. desire, wish Suśr. Sāh. &c
  3. • (in Gr.) need of supplying a word or period for the completion of the sense Sāh. &c

≫ākāṅkṣin

  1. ākāṅkṣin mfn. ifc. wishing, desirous, hoping, expecting MBh. xii, 4289 R. Ragh. xix, 57
  2. • ( a-phalâkāṅkṣin.)

≫ākāṅkṣya

  1. ā-kāṅkṣya mfn. ifc. 'desirable.' dṛśâkāṅkṣya

ākāya

  1. ā-kāya m. ā-√ci

ākāyya

  1. ā-kāyyá mfn. ā-√kā

ākāra

  1. ā-kāra ○raṇa, &c. ā-√kṛ

ākāla

  1. ā-kālá m. 'the right time', án-āk○
  2. • (é), loc. just at the time of (gen.) TS. ii

≫ākālam

  1. ā-kālam ind. until the same time on the following day Āp. Gobh. &c

≫ākālika

  1. ākālika mfn. (fr. ā-kālam) lasting until the same time on the following day Mn. iv, 103 seqq. Gaut.
  2. • (fr. ā-kālá .Pāṇ.] or perhaps = 2. ākālika) momentary, instantaneous (as lightning) Pāṇ. 5-1, 114 (f. ī
  3. • also ā Comm.)
  4. • (ī), f. lightning L.

ākālika

  1. ākālika mf(ī)n. (fr. a-kāla) not happening in the right time, unexpected Mṛicch. Kum. iii, 34, &c

ākālikātīram

  1. ā-kālikā-tīram ind. as far as the bank of the Kālikā river Rājat.

ākāś

  1. ā-√kāś (ind. p. -kāśya) to view, recognize ŚBr. vii

≫ākāśa

  1. ā-kāśá m. (Ved.) or (later) n. (ifc. f. ā) a free or open space, vacuity AitBr. ŚBr. MBh. &c. [Page 127, Column 1]
  2. • the ether, sky or atmosphere Naigh. ŚBr. Mn. &c
  3. • (am), n. (in philos.) the subtle and ethereal fluid (supposed to fill and pervade the universe and to be the peculiar vehicle of life and of sound) Vedāntas. &c
  4. • Brahma (as identical with ether) L.
  5. • = ākāśa-bhāṣita below Comm. on Śak.
  6. • (e), loc. ind. in the air (a stage direction implying something said by or to a person out of sight) Mṛicch. Śak. &c

⋙ākāśakakṣā

  1. ○kakṣā f. 'girdle of the sky', the horizon L.

⋙ākāśaga

  1. ○ga mf(ā)n. going through the atmosphere (as the Gaṅgā
  2. • -gaṅgā) R.
  3. • m. a bird MBh. v, 7287

⋙ākāśagaṅgā

  1. ○gaṅgā f. the Gaṅgā flowing down from the sky MBh. iii, 10909 R. Ragh. i, 78

⋙ākāśagata

  1. ○gata mfn. coming from the air (as a voice) Kathās.

⋙ākāśagati

  1. ○gati f. going through the atmosphere Pañcat.

⋙ākāśagamana

  1. ○gamana n. id

⋙ākāśagarbhi

  1. ○garbhi m. N. of a Bodhisattva Buddh.

⋙ākāśacamasa

  1. ○camasa m. 'a cup or vessel with ether', the moon L.

⋙ākāśacārin

  1. ○cārin mfn. = -ga mfn. above Kathās.
  2. • (ī), m. a bird MBh. i, 8384

⋙ākāśaja

  1. ○ja mfn. produced in the sky

⋙ākāśajananī

  1. ○jananī f. a loophole, casement, embrasure, ŚāntiP. 2638

⋙ākāśadīpa

  1. ○dīpa m. a lamp or torch lighted in honour of Lakshmī or Vishṇu and elevated on a pole in the air at the Dīvāli (Dīpāvali) festival, in the month Kārttika L.
  2. • any lantern on a pole L.

⋙ākāśadeśa

  1. ○deśa m. an open place, N

⋙ākāśapatha

  1. ○patha m. a way or road through the atmosphere Kathās.

⋙ākāśapathika

  1. ○pathika m. 'sky-traveller', the sun Kathās.

⋙ākāśapoli

  1. ○poli m. N. of a poet Śārṅg.

⋙ākāśapratiṣṭhita

  1. ○pratiṣṭhita m. N. of a Buddha

⋙ākāśapradīpa

  1. ○pradīpa m.= -dīpa, q.v. L.

⋙ākāśabaddhalakṣa

  1. ○baddhalakṣa m. (in theatrical language) fixing the gaze on some object out of sight of the audience Vikr.

⋙ākāśabhāṣita

  1. ○bhāṣita n. (in theatrical language) speaking off the stage (to one out of sight) Comm. on Mṛicch.

⋙ākāśamaya

  1. ○máya mfn. consisting of ether ŚBr. xiv (cf. BṛĀrUp.)

⋙ākāśamāṃsī

  1. ○māṃsī f. the plant Nardostachys Jaṭāmāṃsī L.

⋙ākāśamukhin

  1. ○mukhin inas m. pl., N. of a Śaiva sect (the adherents of which keep their faces turned towards the sky)

⋙ākāśamuṣṭihananāya

  1. ○muṣṭi-hananāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be foolish like one who beats the air with his fist Sarvad. (cf. MBh. v, 1334.)

⋙ākāśamūlī

  1. ○mūlī f. the plant Pistia Stratiotes L.

⋙ākāśayāna

  1. ○yāna n. a car moving through the air Śak.

⋙ākāśayoginī

  1. ○yoginī f. N. of a goddess

⋙ākāśarakṣin

  1. ○rakṣin m. a watchman on the outer battlements L.

⋙ākāśavat

  1. ○vat mfn. spacious, extensive ChUp.
  2. • (said of the fingers) extended ĀpŚr.

⋙ākāśavartman

  1. ○vartman n. = -patha above Hit.

⋙ākāśavallī

  1. ○vallī f. the creeper Cassyta Filiformis L.

⋙ākāśavāṇī

  1. ○vāṇī a voice from the air or from heaven L.
  2. • (īs), m. N. of the author of a Hanumatstotra

⋙ākāśaśayana

  1. ○śayana n. (ifc. f. ā) sleeping in open air R. iii, 16, 12

⋙ākāśasalila

  1. ○salila n. 'water from the atmosphere', rain L.

⋙ākāśastha

  1. ○stha mfn. abiding in the sky, aerial

⋙ākāśasphaṭika

  1. ○sphaṭika m. a kind of crystal (supposed to be formed in the atmosphere and of two kinds, Sūrya-kānta and Candra-kānta, q.v.)

⋙ākāśātman

  1. ākāśấtman mfn. having the nature of air, aerial ŚBr. x

⋙ākāśānantyāyatana

  1. ākāśânantyâyatana n. 'abode of infinity or of infinite space', N. of a world Buddh.

⋙ākāśāstikāya

  1. ākāśâstikāya m. the ontologic category of space Jain.

⋙ākāśeśa

  1. ākāśêśa mfn. 'who has no other possession than the air', helpless (as a child, woman, pauper, or invalid) Mn. iv, 184
  2. • m. 'lord of the sky', Indra L.

⋙ākāśodaka

  1. ākāśôdaka n. = ākāśa-salila, q.v. L.

≫ākāśīya

  1. ākāśīya mfn. relating to the ethereal fluid Suśr., atmospherical, aerial

≫ākāśya

  1. ākāśya mfn. being in the air, (g. dig-ādi and vargyâdi, q.v.)

ākiṃcanya

  1. ākiṃcanya n. (fr. a-kiṃcana
  2. • g. pṛthv-ādi, q.v.) want of any possession, utter destitution MBh. iii, 13994 ; xii, 6571 seq. ; 11901

⋙ākiṃcanyāyatana

  1. ākiṃcanyâyatana n. 'abode of absolute want of any existence', 'non-existence', N. of a world with Buddhists Lalit.

ākidanti

  1. ākidanti m. N. of a prince [or ○ntī f. of a princess Kāś.], (g. dāmany-ādi, q.v.)

≫ākidantīya

  1. ākidantīya ās m. pl., N. of the tribe governed by the above prince (or princess) ib.

ākīm

  1. ā́-kīm ind. from (with abl.) RV. i, 14, 9

ākīrṇa

  1. ā-kīrṇa ā-√kṝ

ākuñc

  1. ā-√kuñc Caus. (Pot. -kuñcayet
  2. • ind. p. -kuñcya) to bend (as a limb) Suśr.

≫ākuñcana

  1. ā-kuñcana n. bending (of a limb) Suśr.

≫ākuñcita

  1. ā-kuñcita mfn. bent (as the arm or the knee, &c.) Suśr. Kum. iii, 70 Ragh. &c
  2. • contracted (as the lips) R. iii, 31, 21 [Page 127, Column 2]
  3. • curled (as the hair) MBh. xiii, 882

ākuṇṭhita

  1. ā-kuṇṭhita mfn. confounded, abashed L.

ākumāram

  1. ā-kumāram s.v. 3. ā́

ākurvatī

  1. ā-kurvatī ā-√kṛ

ākula

  1. ā-kula mf(ā)n. (fr. ā- √1. kṝ ?) confounded, confused, agitated, flurried MBh. &c
  2. • confused (in order), disordered ib.
  3. • filled, full, overburdened with (instr. or generally in comp.), eagerly occupied ib.
  4. • (am), n. a place crowded with people R. iii, 43, 34
  5. • 'confusion', sâkula

⋙ākulakṛt

  1. ○kṛt mfn. 'making confused', the plant Anthemis Pyrethrum ( ākalla) Bhpr.

⋙ākulatā

  1. ○tā f. perplexity, confusion MBh. iii, 401 Sāh. &c

⋙ākulatva

  1. ○tva n. id. Śiś. ix, 42 Kathās. &c
  2. • multitude, crowd MBh. iii, 13711

⋙ākulīkaraṇa

  1. ākulī-karaṇa &c., below s.v. ākulī

⋙ākulendriya

  1. ākulêndriya mfn. confused in mind R.

≫ākulaya

  1. ākulaya Nom. P. (p. ○yat) to make disordered Pañcat.

≫ākuli

  1. ākuli m. 'N. of an Asura priest', kilāta

≫ākulita

  1. ākulita mfn. confounded, bewildered, perplexed MBh. &c
  2. • made muddy (as water) R. iii, 22, 18

≫ākulī

  1. ākulī (for ākula in comp. with √1. kṛ and bhū and their derivatives)

⋙ākulīkaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. confounding Pāṇ. 7-2, 54 Sch. - √1

⋙ākulīkṛ

  1. ○kṛ Pass. (p. -kriyamāṇa
  2. • aor. ākuly-akāri) to be confounded or bewildered Kād. Śiś. v, 59

⋙ākulīkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. confounded, perplexed Pañcat. Kathās.
  2. • filled with (instr. or in comp.) R. VarBṛS.

⋙ākulībhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. the becoming perplexed Sāh.

⋙ākulībhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. perplexed Śak.

ākū

  1. ā-√kū Ā. -kuvate, to intend ŚBr. iii

≫ākūta

  1. ā́-kūta n. intention, purpose, wish VS. ŚBr. &c. ( cittâkūtá and sâkūta)
  2. • incitement to activity, Sāṅkhyak

≫ākūti

  1. ā́-kūti f. intention, wish RV. AV. &c
  2. • (personified) AV. vi, 131, 2
  3. • N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and of Śatarūpā VS.
  4. • N. of the wife of Pṛithusheṇa BhP.
  5. • N. of a Kalpa VāyuP. ii

⋙ākūtipra

  1. ○prá mfn. accomplishing the wishes AV. iii, 29, 2

ākūj

  1. ā-kūj (p. -kūjat) to coo (as pigeons), lament Suśr.

ākūta

  1. ā́-kūta and ā́-kūti, ā-√kū

ākūpāra

  1. ākūpāra n. (fr. á-kūp○, q.v.), N. of different Sāman verses PBr. Lāṭy.

≫ākūvāra

  1. ā-kūvāra m. (= a-kūv○, q.v.) the sea L.

ākṛ

  1. ā-√kṛ -kṛṇoti (Impv. 2. sg. P. -kṛdhi and Ā. -kṛṇuṣva
  2. • perf. Ā. -cakre) to bring near or towards RV.: Ā. (Subj. 1. pl. -karāmahe
  3. • impf. -akṛṇuta, perf. -cakre, p. -cakrāṇá) to drive near or together (as cows or cattle) RV. x: P. (Impv. 2. sg. -kṛdhi
  4. • ind. p. -kṛ́tya) to drive near AV.
  5. • (perf. 1. pl. -cakrimā́) to serve or prepare a sacrifice to (dat.) RV. iv, 17, 18
  6. • (impf. âkarot) to call near (a deity) MBh. v, 426: Caus. -kārayati, to call near, invite to a place MBh. iii, 15546 seq. Pañcat. Daś.
  7. • to ask any one (acc.) for anything (acc.) R. ii, 13, 2: Des. -cikīrṣati, to intend to accomplish Daś.: Intens. p. -cárikrat, attracting repeatedly towards one's self AV. xi, 5, 6

≫ākāra

  1. ā-kāra m. (ifc. f. ā R. i, 28, 24 Ragh. xii, 41) form, figure, shape, stature, appearance, external gesture or aspect of the body, expression of the face (as furnishing a clue to the disposition of mind) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ākāragupti

  1. ○gupti f. or concealing or suppressing (any expression of the face or any gesture that might show) one's feelings, dissimulation L.

⋙ākāragūhana

  1. ○gūhana or n. concealing or suppressing (any expression of the face or any gesture that might show) one's feelings, dissimulation L.

⋙ākāragopana

  1. ○gopana n. concealing or suppressing (any expression of the face or any gesture that might show) one's feelings, dissimulation L.

⋙ākāramat

  1. ○mat mfn. with √vah, 'to behave with a particular behaviour', affect a gesture or appearance Rājat.

⋙ākāravat

  1. ○vat mfn. having a shape, embodied Kathās.
  2. • well-formed, handsome, N

⋙ākāravarṇasuślakṣṇa

  1. ○varṇa-suślakṣṇa mfn. delicate in shape and colour

≫ākāraṇa

  1. ā-kāraṇa n. calling, summoning Pañcat.
  2. • (ā), f. id. L.

≫ākāraṇīya

  1. ā-kāraṇīya mfn. to be called Pañcat.

≫ākārita

  1. ākārita mfn. ifc. having the shape of Vedāntas.

≫ākurvatī

  1. ā-kurvatī mfn. (pr. p. f.), N. of a particular rocky hill R. ii, 71, 3

≫ākṛta

  1. ā́-kṛta mfn. arranged, built (as a house) RV. viii, 10, 1
  2. • done (as evil or good) to any one VarBṛS.

≫ākṛti

  1. ā́-kṛti f. a constituent part RV. x, 85, 5 (cf. dvā́daśâkṛti)
  2. • form, figure, shape, appearance, aspect KātyŚr. ŚvetUp. Mn. &c
  3. • a well-formed shape VarBṛS. Mṛicch. [Page 127, Column 3]
  4. • kind, species Suśr.
  5. • specimen RPrāt.
  6. • a metre (consisting of four lines with twenty-two syllables each) RPrāt. &c
  7. • (hence in arithm.) the number twenty-two
  8. • (is), m. N. of a prince MBh. ii, 126 and 1165 (vḷ. āṃ-kṛti)

⋙ākṛtigaṇa

  1. ○gaṇa m. a list of specimens, collection of words belonging to a particular grammatical rule (not exhibiting every word belonging to that rule but only specimens, whereas a simple Gaṇa exhibits every word) Pāṇ. Kāś. [Examples of Ākṛiti-gaṇas are arśa-ādi, ādy-ādi, kaṇḍv-ādi, &c.]

⋙ākṛticchattrā

  1. ○cchattrā f. the plant Achyrantes Aspera L.

⋙ākṛtimat

  1. ○mat mfn. (= ākāra-vat, q.v.) having a shape, embodied Kathās.

⋙ākṛtiyoga

  1. ○yoga m. a certain class of constellations VarBṛS.

≫ākṛtī

  1. ā-kṛtī f. (metrically for ākṛti) form, shape MBh. xv, 698

≫ācakri

  1. ā-cakrí mfn. changing one thing (acc.) into another (acc.) RV. vi, 24, 5

ākṛṣ

  1. ā-√kṛṣ -karṣati (ind. p. -kṛṣya
  2. • Inf. -kraṣṭum Kum. ii, 59) to draw towards one's self, attract, draw away with one's self MBh. &c
  3. • to draw (a sword) Mṛicch. Vet. &c
  4. • to bend (a bow) Daś. Śiś. ix, 40
  5. • to take off (as a garment, &c.) MBh. ii, 2291 Mṛicch.
  6. • to draw out of (abl.) Vet. &c
  7. • to withdraw, deprive of, take away MBh. i, 6348 Bhaṭṭ. (fut. 1. sg. ā-karkṣyāmi) Kathās.
  8. • to borrow from (abl.) Hit. Pāṇ. 3-1, 106 Siddh.: Caus. (p. f. -karṣayantī) to draw near to one's self

≫ākarṣa

  1. ā-karṣa m. drawing towards one's self (as of a rope) BhP.
  2. • attraction, fascination or an object used for it KātyŚr. MBh. v, 1541
  3. • dragging (as of a stone) Car.
  4. • bending (of a bow) L.
  5. • spasm L.
  6. • playing with dice MBh. ii, 2116
  7. • a die (cf. ākarṣa-phalaka below) L.
  8. • a play-board L.
  9. • an organ of sense L.
  10. • a magnet L.
  11. • N. of a prince MBh. ii, 1270, ed. Calc
  12. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a people ib., ed. Bomb

⋙ākarṣakārikā

  1. ○kārikā f. N. of a plant L.

⋙ākarṣakrīḍā

  1. ○krīḍā f. N. of a play Vātsy.

⋙ākarṣaśva

  1. ○śva m. (fr. śvan) = ākarṣaḥ śvêva Pāṇ. 5-4, 97 Sch.

⋙ākarṣādi

  1. ākarṣâdi a g. of Pāṇ. 5-2, 64

≫ākarṣaka

  1. ā-karṣaka mfn. = ākarṣe kuśala Pāṇ. 5-2, 64
  2. • m. a magnet VP.
  3. • (ikā), f. N. of a town Kathās.

≫ākarṣaṇa

  1. ā-karṣaṇa n. pulling, drawing near, attracting MBh. Mṛicch. &c
  2. • (in Tāntric texts) attracting an absent person into one's presence by magic formulas
  3. • tearing by (as by the hairs
  4. • in comp.) MārkP. Veṇis. (quoted in Sāh.)
  5. • bending (of a bow) Car.
  6. • (ī), f. a crooked stick for pulling down fruit &c. L.

≫ākarṣika

  1. ākarṣika mf(ī)n. = ākarṣeṇa carat Pāṇ. 4-4, 9

≫ākarṣita

  1. ā-karṣita mfn. drawn near to one's self Pañcat.

≫ākarṣin

  1. ā-karṣin mfn. removing, attracting, malâk○
  2. • (iṇī), f. = ā-karṣaṇī above L.

≫ākṛṣṭa

  1. ā-kṛṣṭa mfn. drawn, pulled, attracted

≫ākṛṣṭi

  1. ā-kṛṣṭi f. attracting, drawing towards one's self (as of the bow-string in bending the bow) Kap. &c
  2. • (in Tāntric texts) attracting of an absent person into one's presence (by a magic formula), also the formula (mantra) used for this purpose

⋙ākṛṣṭimantra

  1. ○mantra m. the above formula Hit.

≫ākṛṣṭiman

  1. ākṛṣṭiman ā m. the being ā-kṛṣṭa, (g. dṛḍhâdi [Kāś.], q.v.)

≫ākṛṣṭya

  1. ākṛṣṭya n. id. ib.

≫ākraṣṭavya

  1. ā-kraṣṭavya mfn. to be dragged towards (acc.) Pat.

ākṝ

  1. ā-√kṝ (2. sg. Subj. -kirā́si and Impv. -kirā
  2. • p. f. -kirántī) to scatter or sprinkle over, give abundantly RV. viii, 49, 4 and ix, 81, 3 AV. iv, 38, 2

≫ākara

  1. ā-kará m. one who scatters, i.e. distributes abundantly RV. iii, 51, 3 ; v, 34, 4 ; viii, 33, 5
  2. • accumulation, plenty, multitude R. Suśr. &c
  3. • (ifc. f. ā MBh. iii, 1657, 16215) a mine Mn. Yājñ. &c
  4. • a rich source of anything Sāh.
  5. • place of origin, origin
  6. • N. of a country (the modern Khandesh) VarBṛS.
  7. • N. of wk. (quoted in Kamalākara's Śūdradharmatattva)
  8. • (mfn.) best, excellent L.

⋙ākaraja

  1. ○ja mfn. produced in a mine, mineral
  2. • (am), n. a jewel L.

⋙ākaratīrtha

  1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha

≫ākarika

  1. ākarika m. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 69 Kāś.) a miner VarBṛS.

≫ākarin

  1. ākarin mfn. produced in a mine Kir. v, 7

≫ākīrṇa

  1. ā-kīrṇa mfn. scattered Hit.
  2. • overspread, filled, crowded, surrounded Mn. vi, 51 MBh. &c
  3. • (e), loc. ind. in a place filled or crowded with people, Kāvyâd. [Page 128, Column 1]

⋙ākīrṇatā

  1. ○tā f. or fulness, crowd, multitude

⋙ākīrṇatva

  1. ○tva n. fulness, crowd, multitude

āke

  1. āké loc. ind. (fr. 2. añc with ā, cf. ápāka, &c.) 'hitherward', near RV. ii, 1, 10, (Naigh. ii, 16)
  2. • far Naigh. iii, 26

⋙ākenipa

  1. ○nipá mfn. (said of the horses of the Aśvins) protecting in the vicinity RV. iv, 45, 6
  2. • (= [A+kenipá], q.v., 'wise' Naigh. iii, 15.)

ākekara

  1. ā-kekara mfn. squinting slightly Kir. viii, 53 Kād. Kathās.

ākokera

  1. ākokera m. = ?, the constellation Capricornus

ākopa

  1. ā-kopa m. a slight anger Kathās.

⋙ākopavat

  1. ○vat mfn. slightly angry with (loc.) Śiś. ii, 99

ākauśala

  1. ākauśala n. (fr. a-kuśala Pāṇ. 7-3, 30) inexpertness, want of skill Śiś. xvi, 30

ākta

  1. ấkta mfn. (fr. âñj) anointed AV. x, 1, 25 (cf. sv-ấkta.)

⋙āktakha

  1. ○kha (ấkta-), mfn. in whose nave the hole is smeared TĀr.

⋙āktākṣa

  1. ấktâkṣa mfn. whose eyes are anointed AV. xx, 128, 7 and (án-âkt○ neg.) 6

≫āktākṣya

  1. ā́ktâkṣya m. (fr. âktâkṣa), N. of a man ŚBr. vi

ākna

  1. âkna (fr. âc). jānv-âkná

ākrand

  1. ā-√krand P. -krandati (aor. 3. pl. âkrandiṣuḥ Bhaṭṭ.) to shout out PārGṛ. MBh. iii, 11461
  2. • to invoke, call for help Kād. Kathās.: P. Ā. to cry with sorrow, lament, weep MBh. iii, 2388 BhP. &c.: Caus. (Impv. 2. sg. -krandaya) to inspire (courage) by its sound (as a drum) RV. vi, 47, 30
  3. • (p. -krandáyat) to shout at, roar at AV. ii, 36, 6 VS. xvi, 19 ŚBr.
  4. • to cry without interruption L.: to cause to lament or weep BhP.

≫ākranda

  1. ā-krandá m. crying, crying out Mn. viii, 292 R.
  2. • war-cry AV. xii, 1, 41
  3. • lamenting, weeping MBh. &c
  4. • 'a friend or protector' [only neg. an-ākranda mf(ā)n. 'not having on whom to call for help', 'without a protector' MBh. i, 6568 ; iii, 13859]
  5. • a king who is the friend of a neighbouring king and checks the attack made on him by another king (called pārṣṇi-grāha, q.v.) Mn. vii, 207 VarBṛS. Kām.
  6. • (= saṃgrāma) war, battle Naigh.

≫ākrandana

  1. ā-krandana n. lamentation Pañcat.

≫ākrandanīya

  1. ā-krandanīya mfn. to be called for help Kathās.

≫ākrandika

  1. ākrandika mf(ī)n. running to where cries for help are heard Pāṇ. 4-4, 38

≫ākrandita

  1. ā-krandita mfn. invoked Mṛicch.
  2. • (am), n. a cry, roar Ragh. ii, 28
  3. • lamentation BhP. Vikr.

≫ākrandin

  1. ā-krandin mfn. ifc. invoking in a weeping tone Kum. v, 26

ākram

  1. ā-√kram P. Ā. (p. P. -krāmat MBh. i, 5018 ; p. Ā. ā-krámamāṇa TS. ; aor. ā-akramīt RV. ; perf. p. Ā. -cakramāṇá RV. vi, 62, 2
  2. • ind. p. -krámya AV. &c.) to step or go near to, come towards, approach, visit RV. AV. &c
  3. • to step or tread upon (acc. [RV. x, 166, 5 ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. &c.] or loc. [MBh. BhP.])
  4. • (ind. p. -kramya) to hold fast with the hands, seize MBh. i, 5936 R.
  5. • to attack, invade Mṛicch. (Inf. -kramitum) MārkP. Hit.
  6. • (in astron.) to eclipse VarBṛS.
  7. • to undertake, begin (with Inf.) R. iii, 4, 5: Ā. -kramate (Pāṇ. 1-3, 40
  8. • fut. p. -kraṃsyámāna) to rise, mount, ascend AV. ix, 5, 1 and 8 ŚBr. MBh. &c.: Caus. -kramayati, to cause to come or step near TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. Lāṭy.
  9. • to cause any one (instr.) to enter into (acc.) Kum. vi, 52: Desid. -cikraṃsate, to wish to ascend Pāṇ. 1-3, 62 Sch.

≫ākrama

  1. ā-kramá m. approaching, attaining, obtaining, overcoming VS. xv, 9 ŚBr. xiv (cf. dur-ākr○.)

≫ākramaṇa

  1. ā-krámaṇa mfn. approaching, stepping upon VS. xxv, 3 and 6
  2. • (am), n. stepping upon, ascending, mounting AV. TS. &c
  3. • marching against, invading, subduing Kathās. Comm. on Mn. vii, 207
  4. • spreading or extending over (loc., dikṣu) Kathās.

≫ākramaṇīya

  1. ā-kramaṇīya mfn. an- neg., not to be ascended

≫ākramya

  1. ā-kramya mfn. an- neg., id

≫ākrānta

  1. ā-krānta mfn. approached, frequented, visited Mn. R.
  2. • on which anything lies heavily, pressed by (instr. or in comp.) Mṛicch. Pañcat. &c
  3. • overcome, overrun, attacked, in the possession of (instr. or in comp.) Pañcat. Kathās. &c
  4. • overcome or agitated (as by feelings or passions) R. Kathās. &c
  5. • overspread with (instr.) Hit. &c. [Page 128, Column 2]

⋙ākrāntanāyakā

  1. ○nāyakā f. (in theatrical language) whose lover is won or kept in obedience Sāh.

⋙ākrāntamati

  1. ○mati mfn. mentally overcome, having the mind engrossed or deeply impressed

≫ākrānti

  1. ā-krānti f. stepping upon, mounting Kum. iii, 11
  2. • rising Kathās.
  3. • 'overpowering, violence', -tas ind. from violence Śiś. v, 41

ākraya

  1. ā-krayá and ā-krayā́, ā-√krī

ākraṣṭavya

  1. ā-kraṣṭavya ā-√kṛṣ

ākrī

  1. ā-krī (Pass. 3. pl. -krīyante) to purchase, obtain Kām. (v. l. ā-hāryante Pañcat.)

≫ākraya

  1. ā-krayá m. trade, commerce TS. iii
  2. • (ā́), f. id. VS. xxx, 5

≫ākrīta

  1. ā-krīta mfn. purchased Daś.

ākrīḍ

  1. ā-√krīḍ Ā. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 21
  2. • p. -krīḍamāna) to play, sport MBh. iii, 11095

≫ākrīḍa

  1. ā-krīḍa as, am m. n. a playing-place, pleasure-grove, garden MBh. R.
  2. • m. N. of a son of Kurūtthāma Hariv. 1835

⋙ākrīḍagiri

  1. ○giri m. a pleasure-hill Daś.

⋙ākrīḍaparvata

  1. ○parvata m. id. Kum. ii, 43

⋙ākrīḍabhūmi

  1. ○bhūmi f. a playing-place MBh. i, 4649

≫ākrīḍin

  1. ā-krīḍin mfn. sporting Pāṇ. 3-2, 142

ākruś

  1. ā-√kruś (p. -krośat) to cry out at, call out to
  2. • -króśati (perf. 3. pl. -cukruśuḥ R. ii, 20, 6
  3. • ind. p. -kruśya) to call to any one in an abusive manner, assail with angry and menacing words, scold at, curse, revile TS. ŚBr. &c

≫ākruṣṭa

  1. ā-kruṣṭa mfn. scolded, abused, calumniated Mn. vi, 48 MBh.
  2. • (am), n. calling out, crying Suśr.

≫ākrośa

  1. ā-krośa m. (cf. Nir. Pāṇ. 6-2, 158) assailing with harsh language, scolding, reviling, abuse Yājñ. Gaut. Āp. &c
  2. • N. of a prince MBh. ii, 1188

≫ākrośaka

  1. ā-krośaka mfn. abusing MBh. v, 1369

≫ākrośana

  1. ā-krośana n. scolding &c. L.

≫ākrośayitṛ

  1. ā-krośayitṛ mfn. id. Vishṇus.

≫ākrośin

  1. ā-krośin mfn. one who abuses or reviles MBh. v, 1265

≫ākroṣṭṛ

  1. ā-kroṣṭṛ ṭā m. id. MBh. i, 3557 ; xiii, 2196

āklinna

  1. ā-klinna mfn. 'wet', i.e. touched with pity (as the mind) BhP.

≫ākleda

  1. ā-kleda m. moistening L.

āklī

  1. ā-klī ind. joined to √1. as, 1. kṛ, bhū, (g. ūry-ādi, q.v.) (cf. vi-klī.)

ākṣa

  1. ākṣa mfn. (fr. 1. ákṣa) belonging or referring to terrestrial latitude Comm. on Sūryas.
  2. • (am), n. (fr. 2. akṣá) = ākṣakī L.

≫ākṣakī

  1. ākṣakī f. a kind of spirituous liquor prepared from the seeds of Terminalia Bellerica Car.

≫ākṣadyūtika

  1. ākṣadyūtika mfn. (fr. akṣa-dyūta s.v. 2. akṣá) effected by gambling Pāṇ. 4-4, 19

≫ākṣapaṭalika

  1. ākṣapaṭalika m. (fr. akṣa-paṭala s.v. 3. akṣa) a keeper of archives or records

≫ākṣapāṭika

  1. ākṣapāṭika m. (= akṣ○ s.v. 3. akṣa) a judge L.

≫ākṣapāda

  1. ākṣapāda m. (fr. akṣ○ s.v. 4. akṣa) a follower of Akshapāda's (i.e. Gautama's) Nyāya doctrine L.

≫ākṣabhārika

  1. ākṣabhārika mfn. (fr. akṣa-bhāra s.v. 2. not 1. akṣa) ? laden with a burden of Myrobalan fruits, (g. vaṃśâdi, q.v.)

≫ākṣika

  1. ākṣika mfn. (fr. 2. akṣá) relating or belonging to a die or to gambling &c., playing or winning or won at dice Pāṇ. 4-4, 2
  2. • contracted at dice (as a debt) Mn. viii, 159
  3. • made of the fruits of Terminalia Bellerica Suśr.
  4. • = ākṣabhārika above, (g. vaṃśâdi, q.v.), m. the tree Morinda Tinctoria L.
  5. • (ī), f. = ākṣakī above Car. (v. l.) &c

⋙ākṣikapaṇa

  1. ○paṇa m. a stake, bet L.

ākṣar

  1. ā-√kṣar Caus

⋙ākṣarkṣārayati

  1. ā-√kṣar--kṣārayati (only for the explan. of ā-kṣāra below) = ā-secayati ('to besprinkle') PBr.
  2. • (p. -kṣārayat) to calumniate, accuse (of any great crime) Mn. viii, 275

≫ākṣāra

  1. ā-kṣāra n. N. of a Sāman PBr.

⋙ākṣārānta

  1. ākṣārânta mfn. 'ending with a calumniation or accusation' (said of a Yaudhājaya Sāman.)

≫ākṣāraṇā

  1. ā-kṣāraṇā f. calumnious accusation (especially of adultery) L.

≫ākṣārita

  1. ā-kṣārita mfn. calumniated, accused (especially of adultery or fornication) Mn. viii, 354 and (an- neg.) 355

ākṣarasamāmnāyika

  1. ākṣarasamāmnāyika mfn. (fr. akṣ○ ○mnāya, q.v.) belonging to the alphabet (as a letter) Pat. [Page 128, Column 3]

ākṣāṇa

  1. ākṣāṇá mfn. perf. p. √akṣ, q.v

ākṣi

  1. ā-√kṣi cl. 2. -kṣeti (3. pl. -kṣiyánti and impf. ấkṣiyan
  2. • Pot. 1. pl. -kṣiyema) to abide, dwell in (acc.), inhabit RV. AV.
  3. • -kṣeti, to possess, take possession of (acc.) RV.: cl. 6. -kṣiyáti, to exist AV. x, 5, 45

≫ākṣit

  1. ā-kṣít mfn. dwelling RV. iii, 55, 5 (cf. ánākṣit.)

ākṣika

  1. ākṣika ākṣa

ākṣip

  1. ā-√kṣip -kṣipati (ind. p. -kṣipya) to throw down upon (loc.) or towards (dat.) MBh. &c
  2. • to strike with a bolt R. vi, 78, 5
  3. • to convulse, cause to tremble Suśr.
  4. • to draw or take off or away, withdraw from (abl.) MBh. &c
  5. • to chase or drive out of a place (abl.), disperse MBh. iii, 539 BhP.
  6. • to put into (loc.) Suśr.
  7. • to point to, refer to, hint, indicate Pāṇ. 6-3, 34 Siddh. Sāh. &c
  8. • to refuse, object to (acc.) MBh. iii, 16117 Kāvyâd. &c
  9. • to insult, deride Mn. iv, 141 MBh. &c
  10. • to excel so as to put to shame
  11. • (perf. -cikṣepa) to challenge, call to a dispute &c. (dat.) Kathās.: Caus. (perf. -kṣepayām āsa) to cause to throw down MBh. iii, 15733

≫ākṣipta

  1. ā-kṣipta mfn. cast, thrown down
  2. • thrown on the beach (by the sea) Pañcat.
  3. • caught, seized, overcome (as the mind, citta, cetas or -hridaya) by beauty, curiosity, &c., charmed, transported BhP. Kād. Kathās. &c
  4. • hung out or exposed to view (as flags &c.)
  5. • put into (loc.) MBh. iii, 3094
  6. • pointed or referred to, indicated Sāh. &c
  7. • refused, left (as the right path) Kām.
  8. • insulted, reviled, abused, challenged, called to a dispute (dat.) Kathās.
  9. • caused, effected, produced Kathās. Comm. on Bād.
  10. • (am), n. 'absence of mind', sâkṣiptam

≫ākṣiptikā

  1. ā-kṣiptikā f. a particular air or song sung by an actor on approaching the stage Vikr.

≫ākṣepa

  1. ā-kṣepa m. drawing together, convulsion, palpitation Suśr. Kum. vii, 95 Kād.
  2. • applying, laying (as a colour) Kum. vii, 17
  3. • throwing away, giving up, removing Kum. i, 14, &c
  4. • 'shaking about the hands' or 'turning the hand' (in pronouncing the Svarita) RPrāt.
  5. • charming, transporting Kād. &c
  6. • (in rhetoric) pointing to (in comp.), hinting Sāh. Daśar. &c
  7. • ( also ākṣepôpamā below)
  8. • reviling, abuse, harsh speech BhP. &c. (cf. sâkṣepam)
  9. • objection (especially to rectify a statement of one's own) Suśr. Kāvyâd. Sāh. &c
  10. • challenge Kathās.
  11. • N. of a man VP.

⋙ākṣeparūpaka

  1. ○rūpaka n. a simile, in which the object compared is only hinted at Kāvyâd.

⋙ākṣepopamā

  1. ākṣepôpamā f. id. Sāh.

≫ākṣepaka

  1. ā-kṣepaka mfn. pointing to, hinting at Nyāyam.
  2. • reviling L.
  3. • m. convulsion, spasm Suśr.

≫ākṣepaṇa

  1. ā-kṣepaṇa mf(ī)n. charming, transporting Mālatīm.
  2. • (am) n. throwing, tossing Suśr.
  3. • reviling Vishṇus.
  4. • objecting Car.

≫ākṣepin

  1. ā-kṣepin mfn. ifc. applying to, concerning Yogas.
  2. • hinting at Sāh.

≫ākṣeptṛ

  1. ā-kṣeptṛ mfn. one who refuses Kathās.

≫ākṣepya

  1. ā-kṣepya mfn. to be objected to Kāvyâd.
  2. • to be challenged (at play &c.) Kathās.

ākṣība

  1. ākṣība m. (= akṣ○, q.v.) the plant Hyperanthera Moringa L.

ākṣīla

  1. ākṣīla n. N. of a Sāman

ākṣaitrajñya

  1. ākṣaitrajñya n. = a-kṣ○ q.v. Pāṇ. 7-3, 30
  2. • (gana brāhmaṇâdi, q.v.)

ākṣoṭa

  1. ākṣoṭa m. = -akṣ○, q.v. L.

ākṣodana

  1. ā-kṣodana vḷ. for ā-cchod○, q.v

ākṣṇu

  1. ā-√kṣṇu -kṣṇauti, to rub up, polish up KātyŚr.

ākṣyat

  1. ākṣyat [AitBr.] or ārkṣyát {cf. ŚBr. xii}, mfn. (fut p.) only nom. pl. ○anti with áhāni, certain days for the completion of the ceremony Ayana (performed for the Ādityas and Aṅgirasas)

ākha

  1. ā́-kha m. (√khan Pāṇ. 3-3, 125 Comm.) 'a pitfall' Comm. TS. vi (perhaps = ākhaṇa below)

≫ākhaṇa

  1. ā-khaṇa m. butt, target ChUp. SāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy.

≫ākhana

  1. ā-khana m. ? Pāṇ. 3-3, 125

≫ākhanika

  1. ā-khanika m. (= ā́-kha above Pāṇ. 3-3, 125 Comm.) a digger, ditcher, a miner, underminer, thief L.
  2. • a hog L.
  3. • a mouse L.

⋙ākhanikabaka

  1. ○baka m. a stork in relation to a mouse', (metaphorically) a man who behaves as an oppressor towards a weak person, (g. pātresamitâdi and yuktârohy-ādi, q.v.) [Page 129, Column 1]

≫ākhara

  1. ā-khará m. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 125 Comm.) the hole or lair of an animal RV. x, 94, 5 AV. ii, 36, 4
  2. • N. of an Agni ŚāṅkhGṛ.

⋙ākhareṣṭha

  1. ākhare-ṣṭhá mfn. abiding or dwelling in a hole VS. ii, 1 (quoted in Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-3, 20)

≫ākhā

  1. ā-khā mfn. or f. ? Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 101

≫ākhāna

  1. ā-khāna as, m.= ā-khana Pāṇ. 3-3, 125

≫ākhu

  1. ā-khú m. a mole RV. ix, 67, 30 VS. &c
  2. • a mouse, rat
  3. • a hog L.
  4. • a thief L.
  5. • the grass Lipeocercis Serrata L.
  6. • (us), f. a she-mole or she-mouse Pāṇ. 4-1, 44 Sch.

⋙ākhukarīṣa

  1. ○karīṣá n. a mole-hill ŚBr. TBr.

⋙ākhukarṇaparṇikā

  1. ○karṇa-parṇikā f. 'Myosotis', the plant Salvinia Cucullata L.

⋙ākhukarṇī

  1. ○karṇī f. id. L.

⋙ākhukiri

  1. ○kirí m. = -karīṣá above MaitrS.

⋙ākhuga

  1. ○ga m. 'riding on a rat', N. of Gaṇeśa L.

⋙ākhughāta

  1. ○ghāta m. 'a rat-catcher', a man of low caste and profession L.

⋙ākhuparṇikā

  1. ○parṇikā or f. = -karṇī above L.

⋙ākhuparṇī

  1. ○parṇī f. = -karṇī above L.

⋙ākhupāṣāṇa

  1. ○pāṣāṇa m. a load-stone L.

⋙ākhubhuj

  1. ○bhuj m. 'mouse-eater', a cat L.

⋙ākhuratha

  1. ○ratha m.= -ga above L.

⋙ākhuviṣahā

  1. ○viṣa-hā or f. (= ākhu, q.v.) 'destroying a rat's venom', the grass Lipeocercis Serrata and the grass Andropogon Serratum (both considered as remedies for a rat's bite) L.

⋙ākhuviṣāpahā

  1. ○viṣâpahā f. (= ākhu, q.v.) 'destroying a rat's venom', the grass Lipeocercis Serrata and the grass Andropogon Serratum (both considered as remedies for a rat's bite) L.

⋙ākhuśruti

  1. ○śruti f. = -karṇī above L.

⋙ākhūtkara

  1. ākhū7tkará m. a mole-hill ŚBr. KātyŚr.

⋙ākhūttha

  1. ākhū7ttha m. the rising up or appearance of rats or moles, a swarm of rats or moles Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 4

ākhaṇḍuyitṛ

  1. ā-khaṇḍuyitṛ tā m. a breaker, destroyer Nir. iii, 10

≫ākhaṇḍala

  1. ā-khaṇḍala m. id. (said of Indra) RV. viii, 17, 12 (voc.)
  2. • (cf. Nir. iii, 10)
  3. • N. of Indra Mṛicch. Śak. &c
  4. • N. of Śiva SkandaP.
  5. • (ā), f. i.e. diś, 'Indra's region', the east VarBṛS.

⋙ākhaṇḍalacāpa

  1. ○cāpa m. n. 'Indra's bow', the rainbow Kād.

⋙ākhaṇḍaladhanus

  1. ○dhanus n. id

⋙ākhaṇḍalasūnu

  1. ○sūnu m. 'Indra's son', Arjuna Kir. i, 24

≫ākhaṇḍi

  1. ā-khaṇḍi m. a kind of artisan, (g. chāttry-ādi, q.v.)

⋙ākhaṇḍiśālā

  1. ○śālā f. the workshop of the above artisan ib.

ākhāṭīśvaratīrtha

  1. ākhāṭī7śvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP.

ākhād

  1. ā-√khād P. (perf. -cakhāda) to eat, consume RV. vi, 61, 1 ŚBr. iii

ākhāna

  1. ā-khāna ā́-kha

ākhid

  1. ā-√khid P. -khidáti (1. sg. -khidāmi
  2. • Impv. 2. sg. -khidā) to take away, draw to one's self RV. iv, 25, 7 AV. ŚBr.

≫ākhida

  1. ā-khidá [MaitrS.] or mfn. one who draws to himself

⋙ākhidat

  1. ā-khidát [VS. xvi, 46], mfn. one who draws to himself

ākhilya

  1. ākhilya n. (fr. a-khila), the whole L.

ākhu

  1. ā-khú ā́-kha

ākhuvagrāma

  1. ākhuva-grāma m. N. of a village Rājat.

ākheṭa

  1. ā-kheṭa m. (√khiṭ ?) chase, hunting Kathās.

⋙ākheṭabhūmi

  1. ○bhūmi f. hunting-ground ib.

⋙ākheṭaśīrṣaka

  1. ○śīrṣaka v. l. for ākhoṭa-ś○, q.v

≫ākheṭaka

  1. ākheṭaka m. = ā-kheṭa Pañcat. Kathās. Vet.
  2. • a hunter ib.

⋙ākheṭakāṭavī

  1. ākheṭakâṭavī f. a hunting-forest Kathās.

≫ākheṭika

  1. ākheṭika m. (also akh○, q.v.) a hound L.
  2. • a hunter L.

ākhoṭa

  1. ākhoṭa m. (= akṣoṭa, q.v.) the walnut tree L.

⋙ākhoṭaśīrṣaka

  1. ○śīrṣaka n. a kind of pavement L.

≫ākhoṭakatīrtha

  1. ākhoṭaka-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha, VārP

ākhyas

  1. ā-khyas 1. ā-√khyā

ākhyā

  1. ā-√khyā P. (impf. -akhyat) to behold RV. iv, 2, 18
  2. • (fut. p. -khyāsyát
  3. • perf. 3. pl. -cakhyuḥ) to tell, communicate, inform, declare, announce ŚBr. xiii, xiv Mn. MBh. &c
  4. • to call (with two acc.) Ragh. x, 22: Pass. -khyāyate, to be named or enumerated ŚBr.
  5. • to be called ŚBr. x, xiv: Caus. P. (2. sg. -khyāpayasi) to make known, declare MBh. i, 7485: Ā. (Pot. -khyāpayeta) to cause to tell AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr.

≫ākhyas

  1. ā-khyas ās m. a N. of Prajāpati L.

≫ākhyā

  1. ā-khyā f. (ifc. f. ā Kathās. Sāṃkhyak.) appellation, name Prāt. Pāṇ. Mn. vii, 157, &c
  2. • (= -saṃkhyā) total amount Mn. ii, 134 MBh. iii, 12831 (cf. Hariv. 515) and xv, 671
  3. • appearance, aspect R. vii, 60, 12 [Page 129, Column 2]
  4. • (ayā), instr. ind. 'with the name', named Kathās.

≫ākhyāta

  1. ā-khyāta mfn. said, told, declared, made known KātyŚr. (an-, neg.) &c
  2. • called Mn. iv, 6 MBh. &c
  3. • (am), n. a verb Nir. i, 1 Prāt.
  4. • (g. mayūravyaṃsakâdi, q.v.)

≫ākhyātavya

  1. ā-khyātavya mfn. to be told Mn. xi, 17 MBh.

≫ākhyāti

  1. ā-khyāti f. telling, communication, publication of a report Kathās.
  2. • name, appellation ib.

≫ākhyātika

  1. ākhyātika mf(ī)n. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 72) verbal Comm. on Jaim. and on Nyāyad.

≫ākhyātṛ

  1. ā-khyātṛ tā m. one who tells or communicates AitBr. Pāṇ. 1-4, 29, &c

≫ākhyāna

  1. ā-khyā́na n. telling, communication Pāṇ. Kap. Kathās. &c
  2. • the communication of a previous event (in a drama) Sāh.
  3. • a tale, story, legend ŚBr. Nir. Pāṇ. &c

≫ākhyānaka

  1. ā-khyānaka n. a short narrative Pañcat. Kād.
  2. • (ī), f. N. of a metre (being a combination of the Indravajrā and Upendravajrā)

≫ākhyānaya

  1. ākhyānaya Nom. P. (ind. p. ○nayitvā) to communicate MBh. xii, 2452

≫ākhyāpaka

  1. ā-khyāpaka mfn. making known L.

≫ākhyāpana

  1. ā-khyāpana n. causing to tell R. v, 72 (colophon)

≫ākhyāpita

  1. ā-khyāpita mfn. made known MBh. iii, 11285

≫ākhyāyikā

  1. ā-khyāyikā f. a short narrative Pāṇ. 4-2, 60 Comm. Sāṃkhyak. &c
  2. • (○yika, metrically shortened in comp.) MBh. ii, 453

≫ākhyāyin

  1. ā-khyāyin mfn. telling, relating Mn. vii, 223 Śak.

≫ākhyeya

  1. ā-khyeya mfn. to be told or related, to be said or confessed MBh. Yājñ. iii, 43, &c

≫ācikhyāsā

  1. ā-cikhyāsā f. (fr. Desid.) intention of telling or expressing Nir. vii, 3 Pāṇ. 2-4, 21

āga

  1. āga = āgas in án-āga, q.v

āgaṇḍa

  1. ā-gaṇḍa ind. (in comp. for ā-gaṇḍam) as far as the cheeks Śak. Megh.

āgam

  1. ā-√gam P. -gacchati (Impv. -gacchatāt ŚBr. xiv
  2. • 2. sg. -gahi [frequently, in RV.], once -gadhi [RV. viii, 98, 4]
  3. • perf. -jagā́ma RV. &c
  4. • Pot. -jagamyāt RV.
  5. • Subj. -gamat
  6. • aor. 3. sg. -agāmi RV. vi, 16, 19
  7. • Subj. 2. du. -gamiṣṭam RV.) to come, make one's appearance, come near from (abl.) or to (acc. or loc.), arrive at, attain, reach RV. AV. &c
  8. • (generally with púnar) to return TS. ŚBr. &c
  9. • to fall into (any state of mind), have recourse to R. Pañcat.
  10. • to meet with (instr.) MBh. iii, 2688: Caus. (Impv. 2. sg. -gamaya) to cause to come near AV. vi, 81, 2
  11. • -gamayati, to announce the arrival of (acc.) Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 26
  12. • (Pot. Ā. -gamayeta
  13. • perf. P. -gamayām-āsa) to obtain information about (acc.), ascertain Gobh. MBh. v, 132, &c
  14. • to learn from (abl.) MBh. v, 1247 Pāṇ. 1-4, 29 Kāś. Ragh. x, 72: Ā. -gamayate (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 21 Comm.) to wait for (acc.), have patience Lāṭy.: Intens. -ganīganti, to approach repeatedly (acc.) RV. vi, 75, 3: Desid. (p. -jigamiṣat) to be about to come ĀśvGṛ.

≫āgata

  1. ā́-gata mfn. come, arrived RV. AV. &c
  2. • come to or into (acc. [Mn. iii, 113, &c.] or loc. [Pañcat. Daś. &c.] or in comp. [Mn. vi, 7 Ragh. iii, 11, &c.])
  3. • come from (in comp.) Yājñ. ii, 154
  4. • come into existence, born R. ii, 85, 19
  5. • coming from (abl.) Pāṇ. 4-3, 74
  6. • returned ŚBr.
  7. • (with punar) Mn. xi, 195 and Hit.
  8. • meeting with an obstacle, pushed against (in comp.) Mn. viii, 291
  9. • occurred, happened, risen Mn. ii, 152 MBh. &c
  10. • entered (into any state or condition of mind) MBh. R. Kathās.
  11. • resulting (from calculation) Sūryas.
  12. • walked through (as a path) ŚBr. vi
  13. • m. a new comer, guest ŚBr. iii
  14. • (am), n. anything that has taken place or has fallen to one's share (opposed to āśā́, 'anything still expected or hoped for') ŚBr. ii (cf. án-āgata and sv-āgata.)

⋙āgatakṣobha

  1. ○kṣobha mfn. confounded, perplexed

⋙āgatatva

  1. ○tva n. origin Daś.

⋙āgatanandin

  1. ○nandin [or ā́-gata-nardin Kāś.], mfn. (g. yuktârohy-ādi, q.v.)

⋙āgataprahārin

  1. ○prahārin mfn. ib.

⋙āgatamatsya

  1. ○matsya mfn. (cf. Kāś. ā́-gata-matsyā) ib.

⋙āgatayodhin

  1. ○yodhin mfn. ib.

⋙āgatarohin

  1. ○rohin mfn. ib.

⋙āgatavañcin

  1. ○vañcin mfn. ib.

⋙āgatasādhvasa

  1. ○sādhvasa mfn. terrified

⋙āgatāgama

  1. āgatâgama mfn. one who has obtained knowledge of (gen.) MBh.

≫āgati

  1. ā́-gati f. arrival, coming, return RV. ii, 5, 6 VS. &c
  2. • origin Daś.
  3. • rise, origination (as of the world) R. ii, 110, 1

≫āgatya

  1. ā-gatya ind. p. having arrived or come

≫āgantavya

  1. ā-gantavya n. impers. to be come to (acc. or loc. or adv. of place) R. Pañcat. &c. [Page 129, Column 3]

≫āgantu

  1. ā-gantu mfn. anything added or adhering VPrāt. KātyŚr.
  2. • adventitious, incidental, accidental Nir. Kauś. Suśr.
  3. • (us), m. 'arriving', a new comer, stranger, guest Ragh. v, 62 Pañcat. &c

⋙āgantuja

  1. ○ja mfn. arising accidentally Suśr.

≫āgantuka

  1. āgantuka mfn. anything added or adhering ĀśvŚr.
  2. • incidental, accidental, adventitious (as pleasure, pain, ornament, &c.) Suśr.
  3. • Vishnus
  4. • arriving of one's own accord, stray (as cattle) Yājñ. ii, 163
  5. • interpolated (said of a various reading which has crept into the text without authority) Comm. on Kum. vi, 46
  6. • m. a new comer, stranger, guest Kathās. Hit. &c

≫āgantṛ

  1. ā-gantṛ́ mfn. (fut. p.) about or intending to come ŚBr. i

≫āgantos

  1. ā́-gantos Ved. Inf. 'to return' ŚBr. xii

≫āgama

  1. ā́-gama mf(ā)n. coming near, approaching AV. vi, 81, 2 ; xix, 35, 3
  2. • m. (ifc. f. ā) arrival, coming, approach R. &c
  3. • origin Mn. viii, 401 R. &c
  4. • appearance or reappearance MBh. ii, 547
  5. • course (of a fluid), issue (e.g. of blood) Mn. viii, 252 Suśr.
  6. • income, lawful acquisition (of property, artha, dhana, vitta, draviṇa) Mn. MBh. &c
  7. • reading, studying, Pat.
  8. • acquisition of knowledge, science MBh. Yājñ. &c
  9. • a traditional doctrine or precept, collection of such doctrines, sacred work, Brāhmana Mn. xii, 105 MBh. &c
  10. • anything handed down and fixed by tradition (as the reading of a text or a record, title-deed, &c.)
  11. • addition Nir. i, 4
  12. • a grammatical augment, a meaningless syllable or letter inserted in any part of the radical word Prāt. Pāṇ. Comm.
  13. • N. of a rhetorical figure
  14. • (am), n. a Tantra or work inculcating the mystical worship of Śiva and Śakti

⋙āgamakṛsara

  1. ○kṛsara m. Kṛisara as offered at the arrival (of a guest) Kauś.

⋙āgamanirapekṣa

  1. ○nirapêkṣa mfn. independent of a written voucher or title

⋙āgamavat

  1. ○vat mfn. approaching for sexual intercourse MBh. i, 3025
  2. • having an augment or addition of any kind Comm. on VPrāt.

⋙āgamaśaṣkulī

  1. ○śaṣkulī f. Śashkulī as offered on the arrival (of a guest) Kauś.

⋙āgamaśāstra

  1. ○śāstra n. 'a supplementary manual', N. of a supplement to the Māṇḍūkyôpanishad (composed by Gauḍa-pāda)

⋙āgamaśruti

  1. ○śruti f. tradition Kathās.

⋙āgamāpāyin

  1. āgamâpāyin mfn. 'coming and going', transient Bhag. ii, 14

≫āgamana

  1. ā-gamana n. (ifc. f. ā Kathās.) coming, approaching, arriving, returning KātyŚr. MBh. &c
  2. • arising R. iv, 9, 29
  3. • confirmation (as of the sense) Sāh.

⋙āgamanatas

  1. ○tas ind. on account of the arrival MBh. iii, 1839

≫āgamita

  1. ā-gamita mfn. learnt from or taught by (in comp.) Śiś. ix, 79
  2. • read over, perused, studied L.
  3. • ascertained, learnt MBh. i, 5434

≫āgamin

  1. āgamin mfn. receiving a grammatical augment Pāṇ. 6-1, 73 Sch.

≫āgamiṣṭha

  1. ā́-gamiṣṭha mfn. (superl.) coming with pleasure or quickly RV.
  2. • approaching any one (acc.) with great willingness or rapidity TBr.

≫āgamya

  1. ā-gamya ind. p. having arrived or come, N

≫āgāntu

  1. ā-gāntu m. (= ā-gantu) a guest L.

≫āgāmika

  1. āgāmika mf(ā)n. relating to the future Jain.

≫āgāmin

  1. ā-gāmin mfn. coming, approaching Nir.
  2. • (g. gamy-ādi, q.v.)
  3. • impending, future MBh. xii, 8244 Kathās. &c
  4. • (with auguries) accidental, changeable (opposed to sthira, 'fix') VarBṛS.

≫āgāmuka

  1. ā-gā́muka mfn. (cf. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 69 and iii, 2, 154) coming to or in the habit of, coming to (acc.) MaitrS. Kāṭh. ṢaḍvBr.

≫ājigamiṣu

  1. ā-jigamiṣu mfn. intending to come (with neg. an-) Pat.

āgara

  1. ā-gará ā- √1. gṝ

āgarava

  1. āgarava mfn. (fr. a-garu), coming from or formed of Agallochum or Aloe wood Hcar.

≫āgurava

  1. āgurava mf(ī)n. (fr. a-guru), id. Śiś. iv, 52

āgarin

  1. āgarin ī m. N. of a mixed caste BrahmaP.

āgalita

  1. ā-galita mfn. sinking down, drooping (as a flower), falling or flowing down MBh. R. Kād.

āgavīna

  1. āgavīna mfn. (fr. ā-go), (a servant) who works until the cow (promised as his wages) is given to him Pāṇ. 5-2, 14

āgas

  1. ā́gas n. transgression, offence, injury, sin, fault RV. AV. &c
  2. • [Gk. ?.]

⋙āgaskārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. [129, 3] evil-doing (with gen.) MBh. i, 4451

⋙āgaskṛt

  1. ○kṛt mfn. id. ib. 4449 Ragh. ii, 32

⋙āgaskṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. id. MBh. iii, 13701. [Page 130, Column 1]

⋙āgomuc

  1. āgo-múc mfn. liberating from crimes or sins MaitrS.

āgastī

  1. āgastī f. of āgastya, q.v

≫āgastīya

  1. āgastīya mfn. relating to Agastya Pāṇ. 6-4, 149 Comm.
  2. • (ās), m. pl. the descendants of Agastya ib.

≫āgastya

  1. āgastya mf(○stī)n. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 114 and g. saṃkāśâdi) referring to the Ṛishi Agastya or Agasti MBh. &c
  2. • coming from the plant Agasti Grandiflorum Suśr.
  3. • m. (g. gargâdi, q.v.) a descendant of Agasti AitĀr. &c
  4. • (ās), m. pl. (cf. g. kaṇvâdi) the descendants of Agasti MBh. iii, 971
  5. • (āgastī), f. a female descendant of Agastya Pāṇ. 6-4, 149 Comm.

āgā

  1. ā-gā √1. -jigāti (Impv. -jigātu
  2. • aor -gāt, 3. pl. -guḥ) to come towards or into (acc.), approach RV. &c
  3. • to attain Śiś. v, 41
  4. • to overcome, visit (as fear or evil) MBh.

āgādha

  1. ā-gādha mfn. 'a little deep', = agādha, q.v. L.

āgāntu

  1. ā-gāntu ā-√gam

≫āgāmika

  1. āgāmika

⋙āgāmin

  1. ā-gāmin

⋙āgāmuka

  1. ā-gā́muka ib.

āgāra

  1. āgāra n. (= ag○, q.v.) apartment, dwelling, house Mn. vi, 41 & 51 Suśr. &c

⋙āgāragodhikā

  1. ○godhikā f. a small house-lizard Suśr.

⋙āgāradāha

  1. ○dāha m. setting a house on fire L.

⋙āgāradāhin

  1. ○dāhin m. an incendiary L.

⋙āgāradhūma

  1. ○dhūma m. N. of a plant Suśr. (cf. gṛha-dh○.)

āgāvīya

  1. āgāvīya n. the hymn (cf. RV. vi, 28) which begins with the words ā́ gā́vaḥ ĀśvGṛ.

āguṇṭhita

  1. ā-guṇṭhita mfn. wrapped up or enveloped in (acc.) R. vii, 59, 23

āgur

  1. ā-√gur Ā. -gurate (Impv. 2. sg. -gurasva) to approve, agree or assent to (acc.) RV. iii, 52, 2 AV. v, 20, 4 TBr.
  2. • (Pot. -gureta) to pronounce the Āgur ( the next) AitBr.

≫āgur

  1. ā-gur ūr f. N. of applauding or approving exclamations or formularies (used by the priests at sacrificial rites) AitBr. ĀśvŚr.

≫āguraṇa

  1. ā-guraṇa n. pronouncing the Āgur Comm. on ĀśvŚr.

≫āgūḥkaraṇa

  1. āgūḥ-karaṇa n. id. Sāy. on AitBr.

≫āgūrṇa

  1. ā-gūrṇa n. id. KātyŚr.

≫āgūrta

  1. ā-gūrta n. id. Sāy. on ŚBr.

≫āgūrtin

  1. āgūrtín mfn. one who pronounces the Āgur ŚBr. xi, xii

≫āgūrya

  1. ā-gūrya ind. p. having pronounced the Āgur AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr.

āgurava

  1. āgurava āgarava

āgṝ

  1. ā-gṝ √1. (3. pl. -gṛṇánti) to praise RV.

≫āgara

  1. ā-gará m. ? = prati-krośá, q.v. (cf. also amā-vāsyá.)

āgai

  1. ā-√gai (aor. Ā. 1. sg. -gāsi) to sing to, address or praise in singing RV. viii, 27, 2
  2. • (impf. âgāyat) to sing in order to obtain anything ŚBr. xiv ChUp.
  3. • (p. -gāyat) to sing in a low voice TāṇḍyaBr.

≫āgā

  1. ā-gā f. intonation
  2. • singing in a low voice TāṇḍyaBr. ṢaḍvBr.

≫āgātṛ

  1. ā-gātṛ tā m. one who sings to obtain anything ChUp.

≫āgāna

  1. ā-gāna n. obtaining by song ChUp.

≫āgeya

  1. ā-geya mfn. to be sung or intoned in a low voice TāṇḍyaBr.

āgopāla

  1. ā-gopāla mfn. s.v. 3. ā́

āgomuc

  1. āgo-múc ā́gas

āgnāpauṣṇa

  1. āgnāpauṣṇá mfn. belonging to Agni and Pūshan ŚBr. v KātyŚr.

≫āgnāvaiṣṇava

  1. āgnāvaiṣṇavá mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 28 Comm.) belonging to Agni and Vishṇu VS. ŚBr. AitBr.
  2. • referring to Agni and Vishṇu (as a chapter or a series of hymns), (g. vimuktâdi, q.v.)

≫āgnika

  1. āgnika mf(ī)n. belonging to the preparation of the sacrificial fire KātyŚr. ĀpŚr.

≫āgnidatteya

  1. āgnidatteya mfn. relating to Agnidatta, (g. sakhy-ādi, q.v
  2. • not in Kāś.)

≫āgnipada

  1. āgnipada mfn. (g. vyuṣṭâdi, q.v.)

≫āgnipātnīvatī

  1. āgnipātnī-vatī f. (scil. ṛc) the verse containing the words ágne pátnīr (i.e. RV. i, 22, 9), KaushBr

≫āgnipāvamānī

  1. āgnipāvamānī f. (scil. ṛc) the verse containing the words ágne pavase (i.e. RV. ix, 66, 19) TāṇḍyaBr. (cf. āgneya-pāv○.) [Page 130, Column 2]

⋙āgnimāruta

  1. āgnimārutá mf(ī)n. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 28 ; vii, 3, 21) belonging or referring to Agni and the Maruts VS. xxiv, 7 Nir.
  2. • m. (= agni-māruti, q.v.) a patron. N. of Agastya L.
  3. • (am), n. (i.e. śastram) a litany addressed to Agni and the Maruts ŚBr. AitBr. &c

≫āgnivāruṇa

  1. āgnivāruṇá mf(ī́)n. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 28 ; vii, 3, 23) belonging or referring to Agni and Varuṇa MaitrS.

≫āgniveśi

  1. ā́gniveśi m. a descendant of Agniveśa RV. v, 34, 9

≫āgniveśya

  1. āgniveśyá mfn. (g. gargâdi, q.v.) belonging or referring to Agniveśa
  2. • m. N. of a teacher (descendant of Agniveśa) ŚBr. xiv (cf. BṛĀrUp.) TUp. MBh. xiv, 1903

≫āgniveśyāyana

  1. āgniveśyāyana mfn. descending from Agniveśya (as a family) BhP.
  2. • m. N. of a grammarian TPrāt.

≫āgniśarmāyaṇa

  1. āgniśarmāyaṇa m. a descendant of Agniśarman, (gaṇas naḍâdi and bāhv-ādi, qq. vv.)

≫āgniśarmi

  1. āgniśarmi m. id. ib.

≫āgniśarmīya

  1. āgniśarmīya mfn. belonging or referring to Āgniśarmi, (g. gahâdi, q.v.)

≫āgniṣṭomika

  1. ā́gniṣṭomika mf(ī Pāṇ. 5-1, 95 Comm.)n. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 68 Comm.) belonging to the Agnishṭoma sacrifice ŚBr. v
  2. • studying or knowing the ceremonies of the Agnishṭoma Pāṇ. 4-2, 60 Comm.

≫āgniṣṭomīya

  1. āgniṣṭomīya mfn. belonging to the Agnishṭoma ĀpŚr.

≫āgniṣṭomya

  1. āgniṣṭomya n. the state or condition of the Agnishṭoma Lāṭy.

≫āgnihotrika

  1. āgnihotrika mfn. belonging to the Agnihotra Comm. on ĀpŚr.

≫āgnīdhra

  1. ā́gnī7dhra mfn. coming from or belonging to the Agnīdh (i.e. to the priest who kindles the fire) RV. ii, 36, 4 KātyŚr.
  2. • m. (= agnī7dh) the priest who kindles the fire ŚBr. AitBr. &c
  3. • fire BhP.
  4. • N. of a son of Manu Svāyambhuva Hariv. 415
  5. • of a son of Priyavrata BhP.
  6. • (ā), f. care of the sacred fire L.
  7. • (am), n. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 120 Comm. ; v, 4, 37 Comm.) the place where a sacrificial fire is kindled AitBr. ŚBr. KātyŚr.
  8. • the function of the priest who kindles the sacred fire ŚBr. KātyŚr.

≫āgnīdhraka

  1. āgnī7dhraka m. N. of one of the seven Ṛishis in the twelfth Manvantara BhP.

≫āgnīdhrīya

  1. āgnī7dhrī́ya m. 'being within the Āgnīdhra or the place where a sacrificial fire is kindled', the fire (agni) within the Āgnīdhra AitBr. ŚBr. &c
  2. • the fire-place (dhiṣṇya) within the Āgnīdhra ŚBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr.

≫āgnīdhrya

  1. āgnī7dhrya mf(ā)n. belonging to the priest who kindles the sacred fire Kāṭh. (quoted in Comm. on KātyŚr.)

≫āgnīndra

  1. āgnī7ndra mfn. consecrated to Agni and Indra MānGṛ.

≫āgnendra

  1. āgnêndra mf(ī)n. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 28 ; vii, 3, 22) id. AitBr.

≫āgneya

  1. āgneyá mf(ī)n. (Pāṇ. 4-2, 8 Comm.) belonging or relating or consecrated to fire or its deity Agni VS. xxiv, 6 AitBr.
  2. • [with kīṭa m. an insect which flies into the fire (applied to a thief who breaks into a room and extinguishes the lamp) Mṛicch.]
  3. • belonging or consecrated to Agnāyī (wife of Agni) Pāṇ. 6-3, 35 Comm.
  4. • south-eastern VarBṛS.
  5. • m. N. of Skanda MBh. iii, 14630
  6. • of Agastya (cf. āgnimārutá above) L.
  7. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a people MBh. iii, 15256 (v. l. āgreya)
  8. • (ī), f. N. of a daughter of Agni and wife of æru Hariv. VP.
  9. • (= agnāyī) the wife of Agni L.
  10. • the south-east quarter (of which Agni is the regent) VarBṛS.
  11. • (am), n. blood L.
  12. • ghee, or clarified butter L.
  13. • gold L.
  14. • the Nakshatra Kṛittikā VarBṛS. Sūryas.
  15. • N. of a Sāman

⋙āgneyapāvamānī

  1. ○pāvamānī́ f. = āgnipāvamānī, q.v. MaitrS.

⋙āgneyapurāṇa

  1. ○purāṇa n. = -agni-purāṇa, q.v. Sāh.

⋙āgneyāstra

  1. āgneyâstra n. 'fiery weapon', N. of a Tāntric formula

⋙āgneyaindra

  1. āgneyâindra mfn. belonging to Agni and Indra DaivBr.
  2. • f. āgneyy-aindrī i.e. ṛc, a verse addressed to Agni and Indra TāṇḍyaBr.

≫āgneyyaindrī

  1. āgneyy-aindrī f. āgneyaī7ndra above

≫āgnyādheyika

  1. āgnyādheyika mf(ī)n. belonging to the Agnyādheya (q.v.) KātyŚr.

āgranth

  1. ā-√granth P. to twine round

≫āgrantham

  1. ā-grantham ind. p. twining round AitBr. v, 15, 10

āgrabhojanika

  1. āgrabhojanika mfn. (fr. agrabhojana), one to whom food is first offered Pāṇ. 4-4, 66 Comm.

≫āgrayaṇa

  1. āgrayaṇá m. (fr. ágra), the first Soma libation at the Agnishṭoma sacrifice ( gráha) VS. TS. &c. [Page 130, Column 3]
  2. • a form of Agni MBh. iii, 14188 seqq
  3. • (ī), f. (scil. iṣṭi) an oblation consisting of first-fruits Comm. on ŚāṅkhGṛ.
  4. • (am), n. oblation consisting of first-fruits at the end of the rainy season ŚBr. AitBr. &c. Mn. vi, 10, &c

⋙āgrayaṇapātra

  1. ○pātrá n. the vessel used for the Āgrayaṇa libation ŚBr. iv

⋙āgrayaṇasthālī

  1. ○sthālī́ f. id. TBr. ĀpŚr.

⋙āgrayaṇāgra

  1. āgrayaṇâgrá mfn. beginning with the

⋙āgrayaṇa

  1. āgrayaṇa libation ŚBr. iv

⋙āgrayaṇeṣṭi

  1. āgrayaṇêṣṭí f. oblation of the first-fruits (in harvest) ŚBr. Yājñ. i, 125

≫āgrayaṇaka

  1. āgrayaṇaka n. oblation consisting of the first-fruits KātyŚr.
  2. • (ifc.) R. iii, 6, 16

≫āgrahāyaṇa

  1. āgrahāyaṇa as, m.= agra-hāyaṇa (q.v.) Pāṇ. 5-4, 36 Comm.
  2. • (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi, q.v
  3. • scil. paurṇamāsī) the day of full moon in the month Agrahāyaṇa ŚāṅkhŚr. &c
  4. • (ifc. ind. ○ṇi or ○ṇam Pāṇ. 5-4, 110)
  5. • a kind of Pāka-yajña Gaut. BhavP. i, &c
  6. • N. of the constellation Mṛiga-śiras L.

≫āgrahāyaṇaka

  1. āgrahāyaṇaka mfn. to be paid (as a debt) on the day of full moon of the month Agrahāyaṇa Pāṇ. 4-3, 50

≫āgrahāyaṇika

  1. āgrahāyaṇika mfn. id. Pāṇ. 4-3, 50
  2. • containing a full moon of Agrahāyaṇa (as a month or half a month or a year) Pāṇ. 4-2, 22

≫āgrahārika

  1. āgrahārika mfn. one who appropriates to himself an Agra-hāra or an endowment of lands or villages conferred upon Brāhmans L.

≫āgrāyaṇa

  1. āgrāyaṇa m. (g. naḍâdi, q.v.) 'descendant of Agra', N. of a grammarian Nir.
  2. • of a Dārbhāyaṇa Pāṇ. 4-2, 102

≫āgrāyaṇa

  1. āgrāyaṇa n. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 36 Comm.) = āgrayaṇa n. above Kāṭh. ĀpŚr.
  2. • (v. l. for āgray○ R. Yājñ. i, 125, &c.)

āgras

  1. ā-√gras to devour BhP.

≫āgrasta

  1. ā-grasta mfn. bored, perforated by (in comp.) Comm. on KātyŚr.

āgrah

  1. ā-√grah (1. sg. Ā. -gṛbhṇe
  2. • Impv. 2. du. -gṛhṇītam) to hold in (as horses) RV. viii, 45, 39 AV.

≫āgraha

  1. ā-graha m. insisting on, strong or obstinate inclination for, obstinacy, whim Kathās. Śārṅg.
  2. • (= grahaṇa) seizing, taking L.
  3. • favour, affection L., (āt, eṇa), abl. instr. ind. obstinately Kathās.

≫ājighṛkṣu

  1. ā-jighṛkṣu mfn. intending to seize Kād.

āgrahāyaṇa

  1. āgrahāyaṇa &c. above

āgreya

  1. āgreya v. l. for āgneya (N. of a people), q.v

āglā

  1. āglā f. (√glai), languor?, Gop Br. i, 2, 21

āghaṭṭ

  1. ā-√ghaṭṭ Caus. -ghaṭṭayati, to touch on (as in speaking) Kām.

≫āghaṭṭaka

  1. ā-ghaṭṭaka m. 'causing friction', the plant Desmochaeta Atropurpurea L.

≫āghaṭṭana

  1. ā-ghaṭṭana n. friction, rubbing, contact L.
  2. • (ā), f. id. Śiś. i 10

≫āghāṭa

  1. ā-ghāṭá m. a musical instrument (used for accompanying a dance), cymbal or rattle AV. iv, 37, 4
  2. • boundary L.
  3. • the plant Achyranthes Aspera L.
  4. • ifc. for ā-ghāta ( cārv-āghāṭa and dārvāgh○) Pāṇ. 3-2, 49 Comm.

≫āghāṭi

  1. ā-ghāṭí is mf. (= ○ṭá above) a cymbal or rattle RV. x, 146, 2

āghamarṣaṇa

  1. āghamarṣaṇa m. a descendant of Agha-marshaṇa (q.v.)

āgharṣaṇa

  1. ā-gharṣaṇa n. (√ghṛṣ), rubbing, friction L.
  2. • (ī), f. a brush, rubber L.

āghāṭa

  1. ā-ghāṭá and ○ṭí, ā-√ghaṭṭ

āghāta

  1. ā-ghāta m. (ā-√han), ifc. 'a striker, beater' ( āḍambarâgh○ and dundubhyāgh○)
  2. • striking
  3. • a stroke, blow with or on (in comp.) MBh.
  4. • killing Yājñ. iii, 275
  5. • retention (of urine &c.) Suśr., (cf. mūtrâgh○)
  6. • misfortune, pain L.
  7. • place of execution BhP. Hit.
  8. • a slaughter-house Mṛicch.

⋙āghātasthāna

  1. ○sthāna n. a slaughter-house VarBṛS.

≫āghātana

  1. ā-ghātana n. a slaughter-house Suśr.
  2. • place of execution Buddh.

≫āghnat

  1. ā-ghnat mfn. (p. P.) Pāṇ. 3-1, 108 Pat.

≫āghnāna

  1. ā-ghnāna mfn. (p. Ā.) beating (as with the wings)
  2. • brandishing (a fire-brand) Bhaṭṭ.

≫āghnīya

  1. ā-ghnīya ā-√han

āghāra

  1. ā-ghārá ā-√ghṛ

āghuṣ

  1. ā-√ghuṣ P. (Subj. 3. pl. -ghóṣān
  2. • p. -ghoṣat) to listen to (acc. or gen.) RV. [Page 131, Column 1]
  3. • (Subj. -ghoṣāt) to make one's self audible RV. v, 37, 3
  4. • to cry aloud, proclaim RV. (also Ā. -ghoṣate, i, 83, 6) VS.: Caus. -ghoṣayati, to proclaim aloud Pat.
  5. • to complain continually L.
  6. • also ā-ghoṣáyat, &c

≫āghoṣa

  1. ā-ghoṣa m. calling out to, invocation Nir.
  2. • proclaiming, boastful statement Sarvad.

≫āghoṣaṇā

  1. ā-ghoṣaṇā f. public announcement Pañcat.

≫āghoṣayat

  1. ā-ghoṣáyat mfn. (Caus. p.) causing to sound RV. x, 76, 6 ; 94, 4
  2. • causing to proclaim aloud Bhaṭṭ.

≫āghoṣita

  1. ā-ghoṣita mfn. proclaimed aloud MBh. iii, 647

āghūrṇ

  1. ā-√ghūrṇ -ghūrṇati (perf. 3. pl. -jughūrṇuḥ Bhaṭṭ.) to fluctuate, whirl Mṛicch. Sāh.

≫āghūrṇa

  1. ā-ghūrṇa mfn. fluctuating, whirling round BhP.

≫āghūrṇana

  1. ā-ghūrṇana n. fluctuating

≫āghūrṇita

  1. ā-ghūrṇita mfn. whirled round, fluctuating MBh. i, 2850 Hariv. BhP. &c

āghṛ

  1. ā-√ghṛ -jigharti (1. sg. -jigharmi) to sprinkle (with fat) RV. VS.
  2. • to throw towards (loc.) RV. iv, 17, 14 ; v, 48, 3: Caus. -ghāráyati, to sprinkle TS. ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.

≫āghāra

  1. ā-ghārá m. sprinkling clarified butter upon the fire at certain sacrifices TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvGṛ.
  2. • clarified butter L.

āghṛṇi

  1. ā́-ghṛṇi mfn. glowing with heat (N. of Pūshan) RV.

⋙āghṛṇīvasu

  1. āghṛṇī-vasu mfn. rich with heat (N. of Agni) RV. viii, 60, 20 (voc.)

āghoṣa

  1. ā-ghoṣa &c. ā-√ghuṣ

āghnat

  1. ā-ghnat ā-ghāta

≫āghnāna

  1. ā-ghnāna ib.

āghrā

  1. ā-√ghrā -jighrati (p. -jighrat
  2. • ind. p. -ghrāya
  3. • Impv. 2. sg. -jighra
  4. • impf. Ā. âjighrata MBh.
  5. • perf. 3. pl. -jaghruḥ Bhaṭṭ.) to smell anything (acc.) AitUp. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. &c
  6. • to smell at (acc.) VS. MBh. &c
  7. • to kiss, kiss on (loc.) MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -ghrāpayati, to cause to smell KātyŚr.

≫āghrāṇa

  1. ā-ghrāṇa n. smelling (the scent of) Gaut. Kathās.
  2. • satiety L.
  3. • (mfn.) satiated L.

≫āghrāta

  1. ā-ghrāta mfn. smelled at Śak. (also an- neg.) Hit. &c
  2. • smelling (a scent) Hariv.
  3. • smelled, scented Suśr.
  4. • satiated L.
  5. • = krānta or ākrānta L.
  6. • = grastasandhi L.
  7. • (am), n. (in astron.) one of the ten kinds of eclipses VarBṛS.

≫āghreya

  1. ā-ghreya mfn. to be smelled at MBh. xiv, 610

āṅkuśāyana

  1. āṅkuśāyana mfn. (g. pakṣâdi, q.v
  2. • not in Kāś.)

āṃkṛti

  1. āṃ-kṛti m. N. of a prince, v. l. for ā-kṛti, q.v

āṅkṣī

  1. āṅkṣī f. a musical instrument L.

āṅga

  1. āṅga mfn. (in Gr.) relating to the base. (aṅga) of a word Pāṇ. 1-1, 63 Comm.
  2. • m. a prince of the country Aṅga, (g. pailâdi, q.v.)
  3. • (ī), f. a princess of that country MBh. i, 3772
  4. • (am), n. a soft delicate form or body L.

≫āṅgaka

  1. āṅgaka mfn. relating to the country Aṅga &c. Comm. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 125 and 3, 100

≫āṅgadī

  1. āṅgadī f. N. of the capital of Aṅgada's kingdom VP.

≫āṅgavidya

  1. āṅgavidya mfn. familiar with chiromancy (aṅga-vidyā, q.v.), (g. ṛgayanâdi, q.v.)

≫āṅgi

  1. āṅgi m. a descendant of Aṅga, N. of Havirdhāna RAnukr.

≫āṅgika

  1. āṅgika mfn. expressed by bodily action or attitude or gesture &c. (as dramatic sentiment, passion, &c.) Sāh. &c
  2. • a player on a tabor or drum L.

≫āṅgeya

  1. āṅgeya m. (= āṅga, m.) a prince of Aṅga L.
  2. • (ī), f. a princess of Aṅga MBh. i, 3777

≫āṅgya

  1. āṅgya mfn. (g. saṃkāśâdi, q.v.)

āṅgariṣṭha

  1. āṅgariṣṭha m. N. of a man MBh. xii, 4534 seq

āṅgāra

  1. āṅgāra n. (fr. aṅgāra), a heap of charcoal, (g. bhikṣâdi, q.v.)

≫āṅgārika

  1. āṅgārika m. a charcoal-burner MBh. xii, 2734

āṅgi

  1. āṅgi āṅgika, āṅga

āṅgirasa

  1. āṅgirasá mf(ī́)n. descended from or belonging or referring to the Aṅgirases or to Aṅgiras AV. VS. &c
  2. • (ás), m. a descendant of Aṅgiras (as Bṛihatsāman [AV.], Cyavana {cf. ŚBr. iv}, Ayāsya {cf. ŚBr. xiv}, &c.) RV. AV. &c
  3. • especially N. of Bṛihaspati RV. AV. &c. [Page 131, Column 2]
  4. • the planet Bṛihaspati, i.e. Jupiter
  5. • (ī), f. a female descendant of Aṅgiras MBh. i, 6908 ; iii, 14128

⋙āṅgirasapavitra

  1. ○pavitra n. N. of the verse RV. iv, 40, 5 Āp.

⋙āṅgiraseśvaratīrtha

  1. āṅgirasêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha ŚivaP. Rev

≫āṅgīrasa

  1. āṅgīrasá mf(ī́)n. descended from the Aṅgirases or from an Aṅgiras TBr.

āṅgulika

  1. āṅgulika mfn. (fr. aṅguli), 'like a finger' Pāṇ. 5-3, 108

āṅgūṣa

  1. āṅgūṣá m. praising aloud, a hymn RV.
  2. • (ám), n. id. RV. i, 117, 10 ; vi, 34, 5

≫āṅgūṣya

  1. āṅgūṣyá (4), mfn. praising aloud, sounding RV. i, 62, 2 ; ix, 97, 8 (cf. aṅgoṣín.)

āṅgeya

  1. āṅgeya āṅgya, āṅga

āc

  1. âc (ā-√ac). âkna, âcya, and âñc

āca

  1. āca m. N. of a man Rājat.
  2. • āca-parāca and ācôpaca ss.vv

⋙āceśvara

  1. ācêśvara m. N. of a temple built by Āca Rājat.

ācakri

  1. ā-cakrí ā- √1. kṛ

ācakṣ

  1. ā-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe (Pot. 2. sg. -cakṣīthās
  2. • perf. -cacakṣe) to look at, inspect RV. vii, 34, 10
  3. • to tell, relate, make a communication about (acc.), announce, declare, make known, confess TS. vii ŚBr. &c
  4. • to acquaint, introduce to (acc.) MBh. xiii, 1986 R.
  5. • to address any one (acc.) Daś.
  6. • to call, name ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. &c
  7. • to signify Pāṇ. Sch.

≫ācakṣus

  1. ā-cakṣus mfn. learned Uṇ. Comm.

ācaturam

  1. ā-caturám ind. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-1, 15 Comm.) till the fourth generation MaitrS.

ācaturya

  1. ācaturya n. (fr. a-catura Pāṇ. 5-1, 121), clumsiness, stupidity L.

ācandratārakam

  1. ā-candra-tārakam ind. as long as there are moon and stars Kathās.

≫ācandram

  1. ā-candram ind. as long as there is a moon

ācaparāca

  1. āca-parāca mf(ā)n. (fr. ā́ capárā ca [e.g. RV. x, 17, 6]
  2. • g. mayūravyaṃsakâdi, q.v.) moving towards and away from TāṇḍyaBr. (cf. ācôpaca.)

ācam

  1. ā-√cam -cāmati (cf. Pāṇ. 7-3, 75) to sip (water) from the palm of the hand for purification (with instr. Mn. ii, 61) ŚBr. TBr. &c
  2. • (perf. 3. p. -cemuḥ) to lap up, lick up, absorb, cause to disappear (as the winds lick up moisture Ragh. ix, 68 ; xiii, 20): Caus. (ind. p. -camayya) to cause to sip (water) for purification ŚāṅkhGṛ.
  3. • (Pot. -cāmayet
  4. • p. -cāmayat) to cause to sip water Mn.

≫ācamana

  1. ā-camana n. sipping water from the palm of the hand (before religious ceremonies, before meals, &c.) for purification Āp. &c
  2. • [it is not the custom to spit the water out again
  3. • the ceremony is often followed by touching the body in various parts]
  4. • the water used for that ceremony Yājñ.
  5. • (ī), f. id. Hariv. (v. l.)

≫ācamanaka

  1. ācamanaka n. a vessel for ā-camana Hcar.

≫ācamanīya

  1. ācamanīya m. a vessel used for ā-camana ĀśvGṛ.
  2. • (am), n. water used for ā-camana ĀśvGṛ. Kauś. MBh. &c

≫ācamanīyaka

  1. ācamanīyaka n. water used for ā-camana AgP. Hcat.

≫ācamya

  1. ā-camya ind. p. having sipped water Mn. R. BhP.

≫ācānta

  1. ā-cānta mfn. one who has sipped water ĀśvGṛ. Gobh. Mn. Yājñ.

⋙ācāntodaka

  1. ācāntôdaka mfn. one who has sipped water (and purified his month) Gobh.

≫ācānti

  1. ā-cānti f. sipping (water) for purifying the mouth Bālar.

≫ācāma

  1. ā-cāma m. id. L.
  2. • the water in which rice has been boiled KātyŚr. Yājñ. iii, 322
  3. • (mentioned as drunk by Jain ascetics
  4. • Prākṛit āyāma) Jain.

≫ācāmaka

  1. ā-cāmaka mfn. one who sips water Pāṇ. 7-3, 34 Sch.

≫ācāmanaka

  1. ācāmanaka as, m.= ācam○ above L.

≫ācāmya

  1. ā-cāmya mfn. (impers.) to be sipped Pāṇ. 3-1, 126
  2. • (am), n. = ā-cānti above Bhaṭṭ. vi, 65

ācaya

  1. ā-caya m. (√1. ci), (g. ākarṣâdi, q.v.) collection, plenty Nir.

≫ācayaka

  1. ācayaka mfn. = acaye kuśala, (g. ākarṣâdi, q.v.)

ācar

  1. ā-√car -carati, to come near to (acc.), approach RV.
  2. • to lead hither (as a path) TS. ii [Page 131, Column 3]
  3. • to address, apply to (acc.) Pañcat.
  4. • to proceed, manage, behave one's self. RPrāt. Mn. ii, 110, &c
  5. • to use, apply Āp. RPrāt.
  6. • to examine (a witness) Mn. viii, 102, &c
  7. • (with or without saha) to have intercourse with ChUp. Mn. xi, 180
  8. • to act, undertake, do, exercise, practise, perform MuṇḍUp. Mn. (v, 22, impf. âcarat, 'has done it') MBh. &c
  9. • to throw into the fire KātyŚr.

≫ācara

  1. ā-cara dur-ācára

≫ācaraṇa

  1. ā-cáraṇa n. approaching, arrival (as of the dawn) RV. i, 48, 3
  2. • undertaking, practising, performing Kād. Sāh.
  3. • conduct, behaviour Vedāntas., (cf. sv-āc○)
  4. • a cart, carriage ChUp. (m. Comm.)

≫ācaraṇīya

  1. ā-caraṇīya mfn. to be done or performed Pañcat. Śārṅg.

≫ācarita

  1. ā-carita mfn. passed or wandered through, frequented by MBh. iii, 2651 R. BhP. &c
  2. • observed, exercised, practised MBh. i, 7259, &c
  3. • (in Gr.) enjoined, fixed by rule RPrāt. Pāṇ. 1-4, 51 Comm.
  4. • (am), n. approaching, arrival PārGṛ.
  5. • conduct, behaviour BhP.
  6. • the usual way (of calling in debts) Mn. viii, 49

⋙ācaritatva

  1. ○tva n. custom, usage PārGṛ.

≫ācaritavya

  1. ā-caritavya mfn. = ā-caraṇīya, q.v. MBh. iii, 15120
  2. • (impers.) to be acted in a customary manner Śak. 304, 8

≫ācarya

  1. ā-carya mfn. to be approached Pāṇ. 3-1, 100 Comm.
  2. • = ā-caraṇīya, q.v. Pāṇ. 6-1, 147 Sch.

≫ācāra

  1. ā-cāra m. (ifc. f. ā Yājñ. i, 87, &c.) conduct, manner of action, behaviour, good behaviour, good conduct Mn. MBh. &c
  2. • custom, practice, usage, traditional or immemorial usage (as the foundation of law) ib.
  3. • an established rule of conduct, ordinance, institute, precept
  4. • a rule or line MBh. iii, 166
  5. • = ācārika below Suśr.
  6. • (with Buddhists) agreeing with what is taught by the teacher Sarvad.
  7. • (ī), f. the plant Hingtsha Repens L.

⋙ācāracakrin

  1. ○cakrin iṇas m. pl., N. of a Vaishṇava sect

⋙ācāracandrikā

  1. ○candrikā f. N. of wk. on the religious customs of the Śūdras

⋙ācāratantra

  1. ○tantra n. one of the four classes of Tantras. Buddh.

⋙ācāradīpa

  1. ○dīpa m. 'lamp of religious customs', N. of a work

⋙ācārabheda

  1. ○bheda m. breaking the rules of traditional usage Pāṇ. 8-, 1, 60 Sch.

⋙ācārabhraṣṭa

  1. ○bhraṣṭa mfn. (= bhraṣṭâcāra R. iii, 37, 5) fallen from established usage

⋙ācāramayūkha

  1. ○mayūkha m. 'ray of religious customs', N. of wk

⋙ācāravat

  1. ○vat mfn. well-conducted, virtuous Mn. xii, 126 R.

⋙ācāravarjita

  1. ○varjita mfn. out of rule, irregular
  2. • outcast

⋙ācāraviruddha

  1. ○viruddha mfn. contrary to custom

⋙ācāravedī

  1. ○vedī f. 'altar of religious customs', N. of Āryāvarta L.

⋙ācāravyapeta

  1. ○vyapêta mfn. deviating from established custom Yājñ. ii, 5

⋙ācārahīna

  1. ○hīna mfn. deprived of established ordinances, outcast Mn. iii, 165

⋙ācārāṅga

  1. ācārâṅga n. N. of the first of the twelve sacred books (aṅga) of the Jainas

⋙ācārādarśa

  1. ācārâdarśa m. 'looking-glass of religious customs', N. of wk

⋙ācārārka

  1. ācā-rârka m. 'sun of religious customs', N. of a work

⋙ācārollāsa

  1. ā-cārôllāsa m. N. of the first part of the Parasurāma-prakāśa

≫ācārika

  1. ācārika n. habit of life, regimen, diet Suśr.

≫ācārin

  1. ācārin mfn. following established practice L.

≫ācārya

  1. ācāryá m. 'knowing or teaching the ācāra or rules', a spiritual guide or teacher (especially one who invests the student with the sacrificial thread, and instructs him in the Vedas, in the law of sacrifice and religious mysteries [Mn. ii, 140 ; 171]) AV. ŚBr. &c
  2. • a N. of Droṇa (the teacher of the Pāṇḍavas) Bhag. i, 2
  3. • (ā), f. a spiritual preceptress Pāṇ. 4-1, 49 Siddh. [The title ācārya affixed to names of learned men is rather like our 'Dr.'
  4. • e.g. rāghavâcārya, &c.]

⋙ācāryakaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. acting as teacher Pāṇ. 1-3, 36

⋙ācāryajāyā

  1. ○jāyā́ f. a teacher's wife ŚBr. xi

⋙ācāryatā

  1. ○tā f. the office or profession of a teacher MBh. i, 5092 VarBṛS.

⋙ācāryatva

  1. ○tva n. id. Yājñ. i, 275

⋙ācāryadeva

  1. ○deva mfn. worshipping one's teacher like a deity TUp.

⋙ācāryadeśīya

  1. ○deśīya mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 67) 'somewhat inferior to an Ācārya' (a title applied by commentators to scholars or disputants whose statements contain only a part of the truth and are not entirely correct
  2. • the term is opposed to 'Ācārya' and 'Siddhāntin'), Kaiyaṭa and Nāyojībhaṭṭa on Pat.

⋙ācāryabhogīna

  1. ○bhogīna mfn. being advantageous or agreeable to a teacher, (g. kṣsubhnâdi, q.v.)

⋙ācāryamiśra

  1. ○miśra mfn. venerable, honourable, (cf. g. matallikâdi.)

⋙ācāryavacasa

  1. ○vacasá n. the word of the holy teacher ŚBr. xi

⋙ācāryavat

  1. ○vat (ācāryá-), mfn. one who has a teacher ŚBr. xiv Vedāntas.

⋙ācāryasava

  1. ○sava m. N. of an Ekāha sacrifice

⋙ācāryopāsana

  1. ācāryôpâsana n. waiting upon or serving a spiritual preceptor

≫ācāryaka

  1. ācāryaka n. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 104 Comm.) the office or profession of a teacher Pañcat. Ragh. &c. [Page 132, Column 1]

≫ācāryānī

  1. ācāryānī f. (with dental n Vārtt. on Pāṇ. 4-1, 49) the wife of an Ācārya Mcar. 40, 15 (with cerebral ṇ)

≫ācāryīkṛ

  1. ācāryī-kṛ √1. (p. -kurvat) to make (one's self, ātmānam) a teacher Pāṇ. 1-3, 36 Comm.

≫ācīrṇa

  1. ā-cīrṇa mfn. (anom. perf. pass. p.) practised (as Dharma) MBh. xiii, 6454 ; xiv, 1473
  2. • devoured, eaten into BhP. vii, 13, 15

ācaraṇya

  1. ā-caraṇya Nom. P. (Subj. -caraṇyāt) to move or extend towards (acc.) AV. vii, 29, 1 (v. l. Pot. ○ṇyet TS. i)

ācal

  1. ā-√cal Caus. -cālayati, to remove, move or draw away (from its place, abl.) Kauś. MBh. xii, 5814 Hariv. 3036
  2. • to stir up

ācānta

  1. ā-cānta &c. ā-√cam

≫ācāma

  1. ā-cāma &c. ib.

ācāra

  1. ā-cāra &c. ā-√car

≫ācārya

  1. ācāryá

⋙ācāryaka

  1. ācāryaka &c. ib.

āci

  1. ā-ci √1. P. -cinoti [KātyŚr.], Ā. -cinute {cf. BhP.} to accumulate
  2. • (perf. -cicāya, 2. du. Ā. -cikyāte) to cover with (instr.) Bhaṭṭ.

≫ākāya

  1. ā-kāya m. a funeral pile L.
  2. • (am), ind. so as to pile up (the wood) Pāṇ. 3-3, 41 Comm.

≫ācita

  1. ā́-cita mfn. collected AV. iv, 7, 5
  2. • accumulated, heaped Hariv. 12085
  3. • filled, loaded with (instr. or in comp
  4. • yavâcitá), covered, overspread, larded with MBh. &c
  5. • inlaid, set, ardhâcita
  6. • (as or am), m. n. (ifc. f. ā Pāṇ. 4-1, 22) a cart-load (= twenty Tulās) Gobh.

⋙ācitādi

  1. ācitâdi a g. of Pāṇ. 6-2, 146

≫ācitika

  1. ācitika mf(ī) n. holding or being equal to an Ācita (or cart-load) Pāṇ. 5-1, 53
  2. • (also ifc. with numerals, e.g. dvy-ācitika) 54

≫ācitīna

  1. ācitīna mf(ā)n. id. ib.

ācikhyāsā

  1. ā-cikhyāsā ā-√khyā

ācit

  1. ā-√cit (Impv. 2. sg. -cikiddhi
  2. • perf. 3. sg. -ciketa) to attend to, keep in mind RV.
  3. • (Subj. 1. sg. -ciketam
  4. • perf. 3. sg. -ciketa, p. m. nom. -cikitvā́n) to comprehend, understand, know RV. AV. v, 1, 2
  5. • to invent RV. viii, 9, 7
  6. • (Subj. -cetat or -cíketat
  7. • perf. Ā. 3. pl. -cikitre or -cikitrire) to appear, become visible, distinguish one's self RV.: Desid. (1. pl. -cikitsāmas) to wait for, watch clandestinely, lurk RV. viii, 91, 3

≫ācit

  1. ā-cít t f. attention to (gen.) RV. vii, 65, 1

ācīrṇa

  1. ā-cīrṇa ā-√car

ācūṣaṇa

  1. ā-cūṣaṇa n. suction, sucking out (also said of the application of cupping-glasses to the skin) Suśr.

ācṛt

  1. ā-√cṛt (Impv. -cṛtatu) to fasten, tie, affix AV. v, 28, 12 Kauś.

āceśvara

  1. ācêśvara āca

āceṣṭ

  1. ā-√ceṣṭ -ceṣṭate, to do, perform Kathās.: Caus. -ceṣṭayati (v. l. -veṣṭ○) to cause to move, set in motion TBr. i

≫āceṣṭita

  1. ā-ceṣṭita mfn. undertaken, done Daś.

ācopaca

  1. ācôpaca mfn. (fr. āca upaca
  2. • g. mayūravyaṃsakâdi, q.v.) 'moving towards and upwards', fluctuating Kāṭh. (cf. āca-parāca.)

ācchad

  1. ā-cchad (√chad), -cchādayati, to cover, hide MBh. R. &c
  2. • to clothe, dress Kauś. Gobh.
  3. • to present with clothes MBh. Mn. &c.: P. Ā. to put on (as clothes) ŚāṅkhGṛ. &c. MBh. R.: Ā. to put on clothes MBh. ii, 1736
  4. • to conceal Hit. Sarvad.

≫ācchad

  1. ā-cchád t f. a cover VS. xv, 4 and 5

⋙ācchadvidhāna

  1. ○vidhāna (ācchád-), n. an arrangement made for defence, means of covering RV. x, 85, 4

≫ācchanna

  1. ā-cchanna mfn. clothed MBh. iii, 2632

≫ācchāda

  1. ā-cchāda m. garment, clothes Mn. vii, 126 R. Pañcat.

≫ācchādaka

  1. ā-cchādaka mfn. concealing, hiding Sāy. (on RV.)
  2. • protecting, defending Vishṇus.

⋙ācchādakatva

  1. ○tva n. hiding Vedāntas.

≫ācchādana

  1. ā-cchādana n. covering, concealing, hiding KātyŚr.
  2. • cloth, clothes, mantle, cloak
  3. Pāṇ. Āp. Mn. MBh. &c
  4. • a cover for a bed R. vii, 37, 11
  5. • the wooden frame of a roof L.

⋙ācchādanavastra

  1. ○vastra n. the lower garment Pañcat.

≫ācchādita

  1. ā-cchādita mfn. covered MBh. R. &c
  2. • clothed MBh. iii, 1002

≫ācchādin

  1. ā-cchādin mfn. ifc. covering, concealing Śak. [Page 132, Column 2]

⋙acchādya

  1. a-cchādya (and irr

⋙ācchādayitvā

  1. ā-cchādayitvā MBh. iv, 2183), ind. p. having covered, having clothed &c
  2. • covering, clothing &c

ācchid

  1. ā-cchid (ā-√chid), -cchinatti (Impv. 2. sg. -cchindhi AV.
  2. • fut. 1. sg. -cchetsyāmi MBh.)
  3. • to tear or cut off, cut or break into pieces AV. ŚBr. &c
  4. • to take out of ŚBr. KātyŚr. Daś.
  5. • to cut off, exclude or remove from (abl.) MBh. iii, 14710 Comm. on Mn. iv, 219
  6. • to snatch away, tear from, rob MBh. &c

≫ācchidya

  1. ā-cchidya ind. p. cutting off &c
  2. • interrupting (e.g. a tale, kathām) Kathās.
  3. • setting aside
  4. • in spite of (acc.), not with standing R. ii, 24, 33 ; 57, 20

≫ācchinna

  1. ā-cchinna mfn. cut off &c
  2. • removed, destroyed (as darkness) MBh. xiii, 7362

≫ācchettṛ

  1. ā-cchettṛ́ tā m. one who cuts off TS. i TBr. iii

≫āccheda

  1. ā-ccheda m. cutting, cutting off, excision L.

≫ācchedana

  1. ā-cchedana n. id L.
  2. • exclusion L.
  3. • (ī), f. N. of the passage in TBr. (iii, 7, 4, 9, apām medhyam, -10, śaradaḥ śatam) in which the word ā-cchettṛ́ occurs ĀpŚr. (by Sāy. called chedanamantra)

ācchuka

  1. ācchuka m. (= ākṣika, m.) the plant Morinda Tinctoria L.

ācchurita

  1. ā-cchurita mfn. (√chur), covered, clothed with (instr.) Kathās.
  2. • (am), n. making a noise with the finger-nails by rubbing them on one another L.
  3. • a horse-laugh L.

≫ācchuritaka

  1. ācchuritaka n. a scratch with a fingernail L.
  2. • a horse-laugh L.

ācchṛd

  1. ā-cchṛd (ā-√chṛd), -cchṛṇatti (Impv. 3. pl. -cchṛndantu) to pour upon, fill VS. xi, 65 TS. ŚBr. (cf. án-āchṛṇṇa.)

ācchettṛ

  1. ā-cchettṛ́ &c. ā-cchid

āccho

  1. ā-ccho (ā-√cho), -cchyati (Impv. 3. sg. -cchyatāt, 3. pl. -cchyantu) to skin, flay VS. ŚBr. AitBr.

ācchoṭita

  1. ā-cchoṭita mfn. pulled, torn Jain. Kād.

ācchodana

  1. ā-cchodana n. hunting, the chase L. (v. l. ā-kṣod○, q.v.)

ācya

  1. âcya ind. p. (fr. âc), bending (the knee) ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.

≫ācyā

  1. ấcyā Ved. ind. p. id. RV. x, 15, 6

⋙ācyādoha

  1. ○doha n. 'milking while kneeling', N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. (vv. ll. âci-d○ and [Ajy˘A-d○] ĀrshBr.)

ācyu

  1. ā-√cyu Caus. P. (1. pl. -cyāvayāmas, or ○masi
  2. • 2. sg. -cyāvayasi and Impv. ○ya) to cause or induce to come near RV. AV. iii, 3, 2 TS. ii ŚBr.: Intens. P. (impf. -acucyaviit, 3. pl. ○vuḥ) to cause to flow over, pour out RV. TS. iii: P. and Ā. (impf. 3. pl. -acucyavuḥ: Ā. 1. pl. -cucyuviimáhi, 3. pl. -cucyaviirata) to cause or induce to come near RV.

ācyutadanti

  1. ācyutadanti and ○tīya, v. l. for ācyutanti and ○tīya below

≫ācyutanti

  1. ācyutanti ayas m. pl., N. of a warrior-tribe ( acyuta-danta), (g. dāmany-ādi, q.v.)

≫ācyutantīya

  1. ācyutantīya m. a prince of the above tribe ib.

≫ācyutika

  1. ācyutika mf(ī)n. relating to Acyuta, (g. kāśyādi, q.v.)

≫ācyudanti

  1. ācyudanti and v. l. for ○tanti and ○tantīya

⋙ācyudantīya

  1. ācyudantīya v. l. for ○tanti and ○tantīya

āj

  1. âj (ā-√aj), -ájati (Subj. ấjāti
  2. • Impv. 2. sg. -aja, or ấjā, 2. pl. Ā. -ajadhvam) to drive towards (as cattle or enemies) RV. VS. AitBr.

≫ājani

  1. ấjani f. a stick for driving AV. iii, 25, 5

āja

  1. āja mfn. (fr. 1. ajá), coming from or belonging to goats, produced by goats ĀśvGṛ. R. Suśr.
  2. • m. a vulture L.
  3. • a descendant of Aja
  4. • (ā́), f. (only used for the etym. of ajā́) = ajā́, a shegoat ŚBr. iii
  5. • (am), n. the lunar mansion PūrvaBhādrapadā (presided over by Aja Ekapād) VarBṛS.
  6. • clarified butter L.

≫ājaka

  1. ājaka n. a flock of goats Pāṇ. 4-2, 39

⋙ājakaroṇa

  1. ○roṇa m. Pāṇ. 4-2, 78 Kāś.

≫ājakrandaka

  1. ājakrandaka mfn. belonging to the Ajakranda people Pāṇ. 4-2, 125 Kāś.

≫ājakrandi

  1. ājakrandi m. a descendant of an Ājakrandaka man or prince ib. Pat.

≫ājagara

  1. ājagara mf(ī)n. (fr. aja-gara), treating of the boa or large serpent (as a chapter of the MBh.)
  2. • belonging to a boa MBh. xii, 12533 Kathās. [Page 132, Column 3]
  3. • proper to a boa MBh. xii, 6677 seqq
  4. • acting like a boa BhP.

≫ājadhenavi

  1. ājadhenavi m. (fr. aja-dhenu), a patronymic, (g. bāhv-ādi, q.v.)

≫ājapathika

  1. ājapathika mfn. fr. aja-patha (q.v.) Pāṇ. 5-1, 77 Comm.

≫ājapāda

  1. ājapāda n. (= āja n.) the lunar mansion Pūrva-Bhādrapadā VarYogay.

≫ājabandhavi

  1. ājabandhavi m. (fr. aja-bandhu), a patronymic, (g. bāhv-ādi in Kāś., q.v.)

≫ājamāyava

  1. ājamāyava n. (fr. ajá-māyu), N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.

≫ājamārya

  1. ājamārya m. a descendant of Aja-māra, (g. kurv-ādi, q.v.)

≫ājamīḍha

  1. ājamīḍhá or m. a descendant of Aja-mīḍha RV. iv, 44, 6 ĀśvŚr.

⋙ājamīḻha

  1. ājamīḻhá m. a descendant of Aja-mīḍha RV. iv, 44, 6 ĀśvŚr.
  2. • N. of a famous king MBh.

≫ājamīḍhaka

  1. ājamīḍhaka mfn. belonging or referring to Ajamīḍha Pāṇ. 4-2, 125 Kāś.

≫ājamīḍhi

  1. ājamīḍhi m. a descendant of Aja-mīḍha ib. Pat.

≫ājavasteya

  1. ājavasteya m. a descendant of an Aja-vasti man or prince, (g. gṛṣṭy-ādi and śubhrâdi, q.v.)

≫ājavāha

  1. ājavāha or mfn. fr. aja-vāha, q.v., (g. kacchâdi, q.v.)

⋙ājavāhaka

  1. ājavāhaka mfn. fr. aja-vāha, q.v., (g. kacchâdi, q.v.)

≫ājādya

  1. ājâdya m. a man or chief of the warrior-tribe called ajâda Pāṇ. 4-1, 171

≫ājāyana

  1. ājāyana m. a descendant of Aja, (g. naḍâdi, q.v.)

≫ājāvika

  1. ājâvika mfn. made from the hairs of (ajâvi, q.v.) goats and sheep Kauś.

≫ājya

  1. ājya m. a descendant of Aja, (g. gargâdi, q.v.)

ājakāra

  1. ājakāra m. Śiva's bull L.

≫ājagava

  1. ājagava n. = aj○, q.v. MBh. iii, 10456

≫ājagāva

  1. ājagāva m. v. l. for aj○, q.v

ājakrandaka

  1. ājakrandaka &c. āja

ājan

  1. ā-√jan Ā. -jāyate (Impv. -jāyatām [VS. AV. ĀśvGṛ.]
  2. • aor. 2. sg. -janiṣṭhās
  3. • 3. sg. -jániṣṭa, or ấjani
  4. • Prec. -janiṣīṣṭa) to be born RV. &c.: Caus. (Subj. 2. du. Ā. -janayāvahai) to beget, generate AV. xiv, 2, 71
  5. • (Impv. -janayatu) to cause to be born RV. x, 85, 43
  6. • (Impv. 2. sg. -janaya) to render prolific RV. i, 113, 19

≫ājanana

  1. ā-janana n. birth, origin MBh. i, 3756 and 4561

≫ājāta

  1. ā́-jāta mfn. born RV.

≫ājāti

  1. ā-jāti f. birth Mn. iv, 166 ; viii, 82

≫ājāna

  1. ā-jā́na n. birth, descent VS. ŚBr. iii
  2. • birth-place Comm. on VS. xxxiii, 72
  3. • (ā), f. place of conception (as a mother) AitĀr.

⋙ājānaja

  1. ○ja mfn. ['born in the world of the gods' Comm.] i.e. deva, = ājā́nadeva below TUp.

⋙ājānadeva

  1. ○deva (ājā́na-), m. a god by birth (as opposed to karma-deva, q.v.) ŚBr. xiv (cf. BṛĀrUp.)

≫ājāni

  1. ā-jā́ni f. birth, descent RV. iii, 17, 3
  2. • noble birth Comm. on KaushBr. xxx, 5

≫ājāneya

  1. ājāneya mf(ī́)n. of noble origin, of good breed (as a horse) KātyŚr. MBh.
  2. • originating or descending from (in comp.) Buddh.
  3. • m. a well-bred horse MBh. iii, 15704

≫ājāneyya

  1. ājāneyya mfn. of noble birth, KaushBr. xxx, 5

ājanma

  1. ā-janma ind. (generally in comp.) from birth, since birth Ragh. i, 5 Kathās. &c

⋙ājanmasurabhipattra

  1. ○surabhi-pattra m. N. of a plant (the leaves of which are fragrant from their first appearance) L.

ājap

  1. ā-√jap to mutter or whisper into (the ear, kárṇe) ŚBr. iv
  2. • xiii

ājapathika

  1. ājapathika &c. āja

ājayana

  1. ā-jayana 2. ā-√ji

ājarasam

  1. ā-jarasám ind. till old age ŚBr. i AitBr.

≫ājarasāya

  1. ā-jarasā́ya (dat.) ind. id. RV. x, 85, 43

ājarjarita

  1. ā-jarjarita mfn. (fr. jarjara), torn into pieces Kād.

ājavana

  1. ā-javana n. (√ju), only for the etymol. of ājí, q.v. Nir. ix, 23

ājavasteya

  1. ājavasteya &c. āja

ājasrika

  1. ājasrika mfn. (fr. á-jasra), perpetual, occurring every day

ājātaśatrava

  1. ājātaśatravá m. 'a descendant of Ajāta-śatru', N. of Bhadrasena ŚBr. v. [Page 133, Column 1]

≫ājātaśātrava

  1. ājātaśātrava mf(ī)n. belonging to or ruled over by (Ajāta-śatru) Yudhishṭhira Śiś. ii, 114

ājāti

  1. ā-jāti ā-√jan

ājādya

  1. ājâdya āja

ājāna

  1. ājā́na ājā́ni, ā-√jan

ājānikya

  1. ājānikya n. (fr. a-jānika), the not possessing a wife, (g. purohitâdi, q.v.)

ājānu

  1. ā-jānu ind. (generally in comp.) as far as the knee

⋙ājānubāhu

  1. ○bāhu mfn
  2. • s.v. 3. ā́

⋙ājānulambin

  1. ○lambin mfn. reaching down to the knee Kād.

⋙ājānusama

  1. ○sama mfn. as high as the knee Suśr.

ājāneya

  1. ājāneya and ○neyya, ā-√jan

ājāyana

  1. ājāyana and ājâvika, āja

āji

  1. ājí m. rarely f. only once in RV. i, 116, 15, (√aj), a running-match
  2. • a fighting-match, prize-fight, combat RV. AV. &c
  3. • [ājím-√aj or √i or √dhāv or √sṛ, to run with or against any one for a prize ŚBr. AitBr. &c.]
  4. • war, battle (ājau, in battle MBh. R. Ragh. xii, 45, &c.)
  5. • place for running, race-course RV. iv, 24, 8 AV. xiii, 2, 4
  6. • (= ākṣepa) abuse L.
  7. • (= kṣaṇa) an instant L.

⋙ājikṛt

  1. ○kṛ́t mfn. fighting or running for a prize RV. viii, 45, 7

⋙ājiga

  1. ○ga n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. LāṭyŚr.

⋙ājijityā

  1. ○jityā f. victory in a running-match TāṇḍyaBr.

⋙ājitur

  1. ○túr mfn. victorious in battles RV. viii, 53, 6

⋙ājipati

  1. ○pati m. lord of the battle RV. viii, 54, 6 (voc.)

⋙ājimukha

  1. ○mukha n. the front or first line in a battle, Ratnāv

⋙ājiśiras

  1. ○śiras n. id. MBh. iii, 16479
  2. • = ājy-anta below Comm. on TS.

⋙ājisṛt

  1. ○sṛ́t mfn. = -kṛ́t, q.v. ŚBr.

⋙ājihīna

  1. ○hīna m. 'defeated in battle', N. of a man
  2. • (ās), m. pl. his descendants

⋙ājyanta

  1. ājy-anta m. the goal in a race-course Nir. ii, 15

āji

  1. ā-√jí (p. -jáyat
  2. • impf. 3. du. âjayatām) to conquer, win RV. ii, 27, 15 AitBr. TāṇḍyaBr.: Desid. p. -jígīṣamāṇa, trying or desiring to win RV. i, 163, 7

≫ājayana

  1. ā-jayana n. (only for the etym. of 1. ājí) 'conquering' Nir. ix, 23

≫ājigīṣu

  1. ā-jigīṣu mfn. wishing to excel or overcome L.

ājigamiṣu

  1. ā-jigamiṣu ā-√gam

ājighṛkṣu

  1. ā-jighṛkṣu ā-√grah

ājijñāsenyā

  1. ā-jijñāsenyā ā-√jñā

ājinv

  1. ā-√jinv (2. du. -jinvathas) to refresh RV. iv, 45, 3

ājiri

  1. ājiri mfn. fr. ajira, (g. sutaṃgamâdi, q.v.)

≫ājireya

  1. ājireya m. a descendant of Ajira, (g. śubhrâdi, q.v.)

ājihīrṣu

  1. ā-jihīrṣu ā-√hṛ

ājīkūla

  1. ājī-kūla v. l. for āñjī-k○, q.v

ājīgarta

  1. ājīgarta n. N. of a Sāman

≫ājīgarti

  1. ā́jīgarti m. (g. bāhv-ādi, q.v.) a decendant of Ajīgarta (q.v.), Śunaþśepa TS. v AitBr.

ājīv

  1. ā-√jīv P. (3. pl. -jīvanti
  2. • ind. p. -jīvya) to live by (acc.), subsist through (acc.) MBh. v, 4536 BhP.
  3. • (p. -jīvat
  4. • Pass. p. -jīvyamāna) to use, have the enjoyment of (acc.) Yājñ. ii, 67 MārkP.

≫ājīva

  1. ā-jīva m. livelihood ŚvetUp. Mn. xi, 63 MBh. &c
  2. • = ājīvika, q.v. L.

≫ājīvaka

  1. ājīvaka as, m.= ○vika below Lalit.

≫ājīvana

  1. ā-jīvana n. livelihood Mn. x, 79 Pañcat.

≫ājīvanika

  1. ājīvanika mfn. looking for a livelihood Kād.

≫ājīvam

  1. ā-jīvam ind, for life Kathās.

≫ājīvika

  1. ājīvika m. 'following special rules with regard to Īvelihood', a religious mendicant of the sect founded by Gośāla (Makkhaliputra) Jain. VarBṛ.

≫ājīvitāntam

  1. ā-jīvitântam ind. for life Vcar. (Śārṅg.)

≫ājīvin

  1. ājīvin ī, m.= ājīvika VarBṛ.

≫ājīvya

  1. ājīvya mfn. affording a livelihood Yājñ. i, 320 MBh. xiv, 1330
  2. • (am), n. means of living MBh. iii, 8452 BhP. (cf. sv-āj○.)

ājur

  1. ā-jur ūr f. (?√jṝ), = viṣṭi L.

ājñā

  1. ā-√jñā -jānāti (Impv. 2. pl. -jānīta
  2. • perf. -jajñau
  3. • p. jānát) to mind, perceive, notice, understand RV. i, 94, 8 ; 156, 3 ŚBr. TāṇḍyaBr.
  4. • (cf. án-ājānat): Caus. -jñāpayati, ○te (Inf. -jñaptum R. iv, 40, 8) to order, command, direct MBh. &c
  5. • to assure R. vi, 103, 10. [Page 133, Column 2]

⋙ājijñāsenyā

  1. ā-jijñāsenyā ās f. pl. (fr. Desid.) scil. ṛcas, 'liable to investigation', N. of some of the Kuntāpa hymns (of the AV.) AitBr.

≫ājñapta

  1. ā-jñapta mfn. ordered, commanded Mn. ii, 245 R. &c

≫ājñapti

  1. ā-jñapti f. command Comm. on AitUp.

≫ājñā

  1. ā-jñā f. order, command Mn. x, 56 MBh. &c
  2. • authority, unlimited power Bālar.
  3. • N. of the tenth lunar mansion VarBṛ.
  4. • permission (neg. anājñayā instr. ind. without permission of (gen.) Mn. ix, 199)

⋙ājñākara

  1. ○kara m. 'executing an order', a servant R. iv, 9, 4, &c
  2. • (ī), f. a female servant. Śak.
  3. • (ājñākara)-tva n. the office of a servant Vikr.

⋙ājñākārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. one who executes orders, a minister L.

⋙ājñācakra

  1. ○cakra n. a mystical circle or diagram (one of the six described by the Tantras.)

⋙ājñādāna

  1. ○dāna n. giving an order Rājat.

⋙ājñāpattra

  1. ○pattra n. a written order, edict L.

⋙ājñāparigraha

  1. ○parigraha m. receiving an order Rājat.

⋙ājñāpālana

  1. ○pālana n. 'guarding', i.e. executing the orders VP.

⋙ājñāpratighāta

  1. ○pratighāta m. disobedience, insubordination L.

⋙ājñābhaṅga

  1. ○bhaṅga m. 'breaking', i.e. not executing an order Hit.
  2. • (ājñābhaṅga) -kara [Hit.] or -kārin {cf. VP.}, mfn. not executing an order

⋙ājñāvaha

  1. ○vaha mfn. one who obeys orders, a minister L.

⋙ājñāsampādin

  1. ○sampādin mfn. executing orders, submissive Yājñ. i, 76

≫ājñāta

  1. ā-jñāta mfn
  2. • an-ājñ○

⋙ājñātakauṇḍinya

  1. ○kauṇḍinya m. N. of one of the first five pupils of Śākyamuni

≫ājñātṛ

  1. ā-jñātṛ́ tā́ m. one who directs RV. x, 54, 5

≫ājñāna

  1. ā-jñāna n. noticing, perceiving AitUp.

≫ājñāpaka

  1. ā-jñāpaka mf(ikā)n. giving orders, commanding Hariv. 6518 (v. l. -jñāpaka)

≫ājñāpana

  1. ā-jñāpana n. ordering, commanding

≫ājñāpita

  1. ā-jñāpita mfn. ordered, commanded MBh. i, 6310 (loc. aśane, 'to eat') R. &c

≫ājñāpya

  1. ā-jñāpya mfn. to be directed or commanded by (gen.), expecting an order from (gen.) R. i, 66, 3

≫ājñāya

  1. ā-jñāya ind. p. having noticed or perceived
  2. • having heard MBh. BhP. R. &c

≫ājñāyin

  1. ā-jñāyin mfn. perceiving

ājya

  1. ā́jya n. (√añj Vārtt. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 109), melted or clarified butter (used for oblations, or for pouring into the holy fire at the sacrifice, or for anointing anything sacrificed or offered) RV. x AV. VS. &c
  2. • (in a wider sense) oil and milk used instead of clarified butter at a sacrifice
  3. • N. of a sort of chant (śastra) connected with the morning sacrifice AitBr. ŚBr. KaushBr.
  4. • N. of the Sūkta contained in the aforesaid śastra, KaushBr
  5. • N. of a Stotra connected with that śastra TāṇḍyaBr.

⋙ājyagraha

  1. ○graha m. a vessel of clarified butter KātyŚr.
  2. • (ās), m. pl., N. of certain formulae ĀpŚr.

⋙ājyadoha

  1. ○doha n. v. l. for âcyā-d○, q.v

⋙ājyadhanvan

  1. ○dhanvan mfn. having the clarified butter for its bow AitBr.

⋙ājyadhānī

  1. ○dhānī f. receptacle of clarified butter Kauś.

⋙ājyapa

  1. ○pá mfn. drinking the clarified butter VS. ŚBr.
  2. • (ās), m. pl. a class of Manes (who are the sons of Pulastya [Mn. iii, 197 seq.] or of Kardama [VP.] and the ancestors of the Vaiśya order)

⋙ājyapātra

  1. ○pātra n. a vessel for clarified butter

⋙ājyabhāga

  1. ○bhāga (ā́jya-), m. a portion of clarified butter ŚBr.
  2. • (au), m. du. the two portions of clarified butter belonging to Agni and Soma ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c. MBh. xiv, 722
  3. • (mf(ā)n.) partaking of the clarified butter TS. ii

⋙ājyabhuj

  1. ○bhuj m. 'consumer of clarified butter', Agni R. iii, 20, 38

⋙ājyalipta

  1. ○lipta (ā́jya-), mfn. anointed with clarified butter ŚBr.

⋙ājyalepa

  1. ○lepa m. an unguent made of clarified butter ŚāṅkhGṛ.

⋙ājyavāri

  1. ○vāri m. 'sea of clarified butter', one of the seven mythical seas L.

⋙ājyavilāpanī

  1. ○vilā́panī f. the vessel containing the clarified butter ŚBr.

⋙ājyasthālī

  1. ○sthālī f. = -pātra above MānŚr. MānGṛ.

⋙ājyahavis

  1. ○havis (ā́jya-), mfn. having an oblation consisting of clarified butter ŚBr. AitBr.

⋙ājyahoma

  1. ○homa m. an oblation consisting of clarified butter Gaut.

⋙ājyādoha

  1. ājyā-doha n. v. l. for âcyā-d○, q.v

⋙ājyāhuti

  1. ājyâhutí f. = ājya-homa above ŚBr. AitBr. &c

āñc

  1. ā́ñc (ā-√añc), (Impv. ấñcatu) to bend, curve AV. xi, 10, 16 (cf. âc.)

āñch

  1. āñch āñchati (Pot. āñchet
  2. • perf. āñcha, or anāñcha Pāṇ. Siddh.) to stretch, draw into the right position, set (a bone or leg) Suśr.

≫āñchana

  1. āñchana n. stretching, drawing, setting (a bone or leg) Suśr. Bālar.

āñj

  1. âñj (ā-√añj), (Impv. 2. sg. Ā. ā́kṣva
  2. • ind. p. âjya
  3. • Impv. -anaktu
  4. • impf. 3. pl. ā́ āñjan) to anoint AV. xix, 45, 5 ĀśvGṛ.
  5. • to polish, prepare RV. vii, 44, 5
  6. • to honour, receive respectfully RV. vi, 63, 3 ; vii, 43, 3 ; viii, 60, 1 (cf. ấkta.) [Page 133, Column 3]

≫āñjana

  1. ấñjana n. ointment (especially for the eyes) AV. TS. ŚBr. &c
  2. • fat RV. x, 18, 7
  3. • (mfn.) having the colour of the collyrium used for the eyes MBh. v, 1708
  4. • (ī), f. collyrium for the eyes or a box filled with that ointment R. ii, 91, 70

⋙āñjanagandhi

  1. ○gandhi (ấñjana-), mf(acc. ○im)n. smelling of ointment RV. x, 146, 6

⋙āñjanagiri

  1. ○giri m. N. of a mountain Kāṭh. (cf. añjana.)

⋙āñjanābhyañjana

  1. âñjanâbhyañjana e n. du. ointment for the eyes and for the feet KātyŚr.
  2. • (ās), f. pl., N. of a Sattra (which lasts for forty-nine days) Lāṭy.

⋙āñjanābhyañjanīya

  1. âñjanâbhyañjanīya n. sg. [KātyŚr.] or another N. of the above Sattra

⋙āñjanābhyañjanīyā

  1. âñjanâbhyañjanīyā ās f. pl. [KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr.] another N. of the above Sattra

⋙āñjanīkārī

  1. âñjanī-kārī́ f. a woman who anoints or makes ointments VS. xxx, 14

≫āñjanya

  1. âñjanyá mfn. one whose eyes are to be anointed with ointment TBr.

āñjaneya

  1. āñjaneya m. 'son of Añjanā', N. of the monkey Hanumat Mcar.

āñjalikya

  1. āñjalikya n. fr. añjalika, (g. purohitâdi, q.v.)

āñjasa

  1. āñjasa mf(ī)n. (fr. añjasā, q.v.), immediate, direct Comm. on Bād.

≫āñjasya

  1. āñjasya n. (āt, ena) abl. instr. immediately, unhesitatingly Kap.

āñjika

  1. āñjika m. N. of a Dānava Hariv. 216

≫āñjiga

  1. āñjiga m. N. of a Dānava ĀrshBr.

āñjineya

  1. āñjineya m. a kind of lizard L. (cf. añjanikā.)

āñjīkūla

  1. āñjī-kūla n. (v. l. ājī-k○) N. of a country, (g. dhūmâdi, q.v.)

≫āñjīkūlaka

  1. āñjīkūlaka mfn. (v. l. ājīk○) ib.

āṭ

  1. āṭ ind. a croak (imitation of the sound uttered by a frog) TāṇḍyaBr.

āṭa

  1. āṭa mfn. (√aṭ), going, going after, only ifc., e.g. kanyâṭa, kṣapâṭa, patny-āṭa &c
  2. • m. N. of a Nāga demon TāṇḍyaBr. (cf. ātaka.)

≫āṭaka

  1. āṭaka mf(ikā)n. going. kāraskarâṭikā

āṭarūṣa

  1. āṭar˘ūṣa as, m.= aṭ○, q.v. L.

āṭavika

  1. āṭavika m. (fr. aṭavii), the inhabitant of a forest Mn. ix, 257 MBh. &c
  2. • a forester Sāh.
  3. • (mfn.) consisting of inhabitants of the forest (as an army) Kām.

≫āṭavin

  1. āṭavin ī m. N. of a teacher VāyuP.

≫āṭavī

  1. āṭavī f. N. of a town MBh. ii, 1175

≫āṭavya

  1. āṭavya m. v. l. for āṭavin, q.v

āṭi

  1. āṭi f. N. of the bird Turdus Ginginianus PārGṛ. (cf. āḍi and āti.)

⋙āṭimukha

  1. āṭi-mukha n. the top of which is like the beak of the āṭi', a surgical instrument employed in blood-letting Suśr.

⋙āṭīmeda

  1. āṭī-meda m. N. of a bird L.

āṭikī

  1. āṭikī f. N. of the wife of Ushasti ChUp. ['marriageable' or 'strolling about (fr. √aṭ) Comm.]

āṭīkana

  1. ā-ṭīkana n. (√ṭīk), the leaping motion of a calf. L. (cf. āṭīlaka and āḍhīl○.)

āṭīkara

  1. āṭīkara m. a bull L.

āṭīmukha

  1. āṭī-mukha &c. āṭi

āṭīlaka

  1. āṭīlaka n. = ā-ṭīkana, q.v. L.

āṭopa

  1. āṭopa m. puffing, swelling MBh. iii, 11587 Pañcat. &c
  2. • a multitude, redundancy BhP.
  3. • flatulence, borborygmi Suśr.
  4. • pride, self-conceit Mṛicch. &c. (cf. sâtopam.)

āṭṭasthalīka

  1. āṭṭasthalīka mfn. fr. aṭṭa-sthalī, (g. dhūmâdi, q.v., not in Kāś.)

āṭṇāra

  1. āṭṇārá m. a descendant of Aṭṇāra, N. of Para TS. v ŚBr. xiii TāṇḍyaBr.
  2. • = aṭanaśīla, 'fond of wandering' (Comm.) Nir. i, 14

āḍambara

  1. āḍámbara m. a kind of drum ŚBr. xiv MBh. R.
  2. • a great noise, Śārṅg
  3. • noisy behaviour, speaking loud or much, bombast Kathās. Sāh. &c
  4. • the roaring of elephants Kād.
  5. • the sounding of a trumpet as a sign of attack L.
  6. • ifc. immensity, sublimity, the highest degree of Uttarar. Kathās. Bālar.
  7. • pleasure L.
  8. • the eyelid
  9. • (the war-drum personified) N. of a being in the retinue of Skanda MBh. ix, 2541

⋙āḍambaravat

  1. ○vat mfn. making much noise Śārṅg. [Page 134, Column 1]

⋙āḍambarāghāta

  1. āḍambarâghātá m. one who beats a drum VS. xxx, 19

≫āḍambarin

  1. āḍambarin mfn. arrogant, proud L.

āḍāraka

  1. āḍāraka m. (v. l. aṇḍār○) N. of a man, (g. upakâdi, q.v.)

āḍi

  1. āḍi f. (= ātí, q.v.) N. of an aquatic bird MārkP.

⋙āḍibaka

  1. ○baka mfn. (the combat) fought by the birds Āḍi and Baka (into which Vasishṭha and Viśvāmitra had been transformed respectively) MārkP.

≫āḍī

  1. āḍī f. = āḍi, q.v

⋙āḍībaka

  1. ○baka mfn. = āḍi-baka, q.v. Hariv. 11100

āḍīvin

  1. ā-ḍīvin ī m. N. of a crow Kathās.

āḍu

  1. āḍu āḍhyāḍu

āḍū

  1. āḍū m. or f. a raft Uṇ.

āḍhaka

  1. āḍhaka as, am m. n. (g. ardharcâdi, q.v
  2. • ifc. f. ī Pāṇ. 4-1, 22 and v, 1, 54 Comm.) a measure of grain (= 1/4 droṇa = 4 prasthas = 16 kudavas = 64 palas = 256 karshas = 4096 māshas
  3. • = nearly 7 lbs. 11 ounzes avoirdupois
  4. • in Bengal = two mans or 164 lbs. avds.)
  5. • (ī), f. the pulse Cajanus Indicus Spreng. Suśr.
  6. • a kind of fragrant earth Bhpr.

⋙āḍhakajambuka

  1. ○jambuka mfn. Pāṇ. 4-2, 120 Sch.

≫āḍhakika

  1. āḍhakika mf(ī)n. holding or containing an Āḍhaka, sown with an Āḍhaka of seed (as a field), &c. Pāṇ. 5-1, 53 seq

≫āḍhakīna

  1. āḍhakīna mf(ā)n. id. ib.

āḍhīlaka

  1. āḍhīlaka v. l. for āṭīl○, q.v

āḍhya

  1. āḍhyá mf(ā)n. (? fr. ārdhya, √ṛdh
  2. • or fr. ārthya NBD.), opulent, wealthy, rich ŚBr. ix
  3. • xiv Mn. &c
  4. • rich or abounding in, richly endowed or filled or mixed with (instr. or in comp.) R. Pañcat. &c
  5. • (in arithm.) augmented by (instr.)

⋙āḍhyakulīna

  1. ○kulīna mfn. descended from a rich family Pāṇ. 4-1, 139 Sch.

⋙āḍhyaṃkaraṇa

  1. ○"ṣṃ-karaṇa mf(ī)n. enriching Pāṇ. 3-2, 56 ; iv, 1, 15 Pat.

⋙āḍhyacara

  1. ○cara mfn. once opulent Pāṇ. 5-3, 53 Sch.

⋙āḍhyatā

  1. ○tā f. opulence, wealth BhP.

⋙āḍhyapadi

  1. ○padi ind., (g. dvidaṇḍy-ādi, q.v.)

⋙āḍhyapūrva

  1. ○pūrva mfn. formerly rich Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 29

⋙āḍhyambhaviṣṇu

  1. ○"ṣmbhaviṣṇu or mfn. becoming rich Pāṇ. 3-2, 57 (cf. an-āḍhyam-bhaviṣṇu.)

⋙āḍhyambhāvuka

  1. ○"ṣm-bhāvuka mfn. becoming rich Pāṇ. 3-2, 57 (cf. an-āḍhyam-bhaviṣṇu.)

⋙āḍhyaroga

  1. ○roga m. rheumatism, gout

⋙āḍhyarogin

  1. ○rogin mfn. ill with rheumatism or with gout Car. Suśr.

⋙āḍhyavāta

  1. ○vāta m. a convulsive or rheumatic palsy of the loins Suśr.

≫āḍhyaka

  1. āḍhyaka n. wealth, (g. manojñâdi.)

≫āḍhyāḍu

  1. āḍhyāḍu mfn. (with affix āḍu = ālu in dayālu &c.) wishing to become rich Nir. xii, 14

āṇaka

  1. āṇaka mfn. = aṇ○, q.v. Vet.

≫āṇava

  1. āṇava mfn. (fr. áṇu), fine, minute Up.
  2. • = āṇaviina, q.v. L.
  3. • (am), n. exceeding smallness, (g. pṛthv-ādi, q.v.)

≫āṇavīna

  1. āṇavīna mfn. bearing or fit to bear Panicum Miliaceum Pāṇ. 5-2, 4

≫āṇi

  1. āṇí m. (cf. aṇi) the pin of the axle of a cart RV. i, 35, 6 ; 63, 3 ['battle' Naigh. ii, 17] and v, 43, 8
  2. • the part of the leg just above the knee Suśr.
  3. • (is), mf. a linch-pin L.
  4. • the corner of a house L.
  5. • a boundary L.

≫āṇīveya

  1. āṇīveya m. a descendant of Aṇīva, (g. śubhrâdi, q.v.)

āṇḍa

  1. āṇḍá n. (fr. aṇḍa), an egg RV. AV. &c
  2. • (aú), m. du. the testicles AV. ix, 7, 13 VS. &c
  3. • (āṇḍyaú), f. du. (fr. sg. āṇḍī́) id. AV. vi, 138, 2

⋙āṇḍakapāla

  1. ○kapāla n. an egg-shell ChUp.

⋙āṇḍakośa

  1. ○kośa m. an egg BhP.

⋙āṇḍaja

  1. ○ja (āṇḍá-), mfn. born from an egg ChUp. AitUp.
  2. • m. a bird Suparṇ.

⋙āṇḍād

  1. āṇḍấd n. 'eating eggs', N. of a demon AV. viii, 6, 25

⋙āṇḍīvat

  1. āṇḍī-vat mfn. (g. karṇâdi, q.v.)

≫āṇḍāyana

  1. āṇḍāyana mfn. fr. aṇḍa, (g. pakṣâdi.)

≫āṇḍīka

  1. āṇḍī́ka mfn. bearing eggs (i.e. egg-shaped fruits or bulbs) AV. iv, 34, 5 ; v, 17, 16 Kauś.

≫āṇḍīvatāyani

  1. āṇḍīvatāyani fr. āṇḍī-vat above, (g. karṇâdi, q.v.)

āt

  1. ā́t ind. (abl. of 4. a) afterwards, then (often used in a concluding paragraph antithetically to yád, yadā, yádi. and sometimes strengthened by the particles áha, íd, īm, u) RV. AV.
  2. • then, further, also, and RV. AV. It is sometimes used after an interrogative pronoun (like u, nú, aṅgá) to give emphasis to the pronoun RV.

āta

  1. ā́-ta instr. pl. ā́-tais, ā́-tā under ā-√tan. [Page 134, Column 2]

ātaṃs

  1. ā-√taṃs Caus. (2. du. Ā. -taṃsayethe) to bring near, furnish with (acc.) RV. x, 106, 1

ātaka

  1. ātaka m. N. of a Nāga demon MBh. i, 2154

ātakṣ

  1. ā-√takṣ (Impv. 2. pl. -takṣata, 3. pl. -takṣantu) to procure RV.

ātañc

  1. ā-√tañc -tanakti (cf. KātyŚr
  2. • 1. sg. -tanacmi VS. i, 4
  3. • Pot. -tañcyā́t TS. ii
  4. • ind. p. -tācya ŚBr.) to cause coagulation (by casting one liquid into another)

≫ātaṅka

  1. ā-taṅka m. disease or sickness of body Suśr.
  2. • fever L.
  3. • (ifc. f. ā MBh. ii, 285) pain or affliction of mind, disquietude, apprehension, fear Vikr. Ragh. i, 63, &c
  4. • the sound of a drum L. (cf. nirāt○.)

≫ātaṅkya

  1. ā-taṅkya mfn. śṛtâtaṅkyá

≫ātañcana

  1. ā-táñcana n. that which causes coagulation (as butter-milk which is thrown into fresh milk to turn it), runnet TS. ii ŚBr. KātyŚr.
  2. • = [prat˘IvApa], q.v. L.
  3. • = ā-pyāyana, q.v. L.
  4. • = javana, q.v. L.

ātan

  1. ā-√tan P. (2. sg. -tanoṣi
  2. • impf. ấtanot
  3. • perf. -tatāna
  4. • p. m. pl. -tanvántas
  5. • perf. p. m. sg. -tatanvā́n) to extend or stretch over, penetrate, spread, overspread (said of the light), illuminate RV.
  6. • (perf. 2. sg. -tatántha) to seek to reach RV. x, 1, 7
  7. • to be ready for, wait on (acc.) RV. v, 79, 3
  8. • (aor. Subj. -tanat) to stop any one RV. i, 91, 23: P. Ā. (3. pl. -tanvate
  9. • perf. 1. sg. -tatane) to extend (a texture), spread, stretch (a bow for shooting) RV. AV. &c.: P. to diffuse
  10. • to bestow upon RV. BhP.&c
  11. • to effect, produce Hariv. 4635 BhP. &c.: Caus. (Impv. 2. sg. -tānayā) to stretch AV.

≫ātata

  1. ā́-tata mfn. spread, extended, stretched or drawn (as a bow or bow string) RV.
  2. • long (as a way) ChUp.
  3. • fixed on, clinging to (loc.) RV. i, 22, 20 ; 105, 9 PrāśnaUp. (cf. án-āt○.)

⋙ātatīkaraṇa

  1. ātatī-karaṇa n. drawing (a bow-string) BhP.

≫ātatāyin

  1. ātatāyín mfn. having one's bow drawn VS. xvi, 18
  2. • 'one whose bow is drawn to take another's life, endeavouring to kill some one, a murderer Mn. viii, 350 seq. MBh. &c. (in later texts also incendiaries, ravishers, thieves &c. are reckoned among ātatāyinas)

≫ātatāvin

  1. ātatāvín mfn. v. l. for ○tāyín (of VS.) TS. iv

≫ātani

  1. ā-táni mfn. penetrating RV. ii, 1, 10

≫ātā

  1. ā́-tā mf. the frame of a door RV. ix, 5, 5 [instr. pl. ā́-tais
  2. • v. l. ā-tābhis Comm. on Nir. iv, 18] and VS. xxix, 5 (instr. pl. ā́-tais)
  3. • 'the frame', i.e. a quarter of the sky RV. (nom. pl. ā́-tās
  4. • loc. pl. ā́-tāsu)

≫ātāna

  1. ā-tāna m. an extended cord, string, &c. VS. vi, 12 (voc.) AitBr. (cf. ekâhâtāná.)

≫ātāyin

  1. ā-tāyin ī m. a falcon, kite L. (cf. ātāpin.)

ātap

  1. ā-√tap -tápati (Impv. -tapatu
  2. • ā-tápat and ā-tápas ss.vv.) to radiate heat AV. VS. Kauś.: Pass. (p. -tapyamāna) to suffer pain, be afflicted BhP.
  3. • (with tapas) to inflict (austerities) upon one's self BhP.

≫ātapa

  1. ā-tapá mfn. causing pain or affliction RV. i, 55, 1
  2. • m. (ifc. f. ā R. Śak.) heat (especially of the sun), sunshine KaṭhUp. Mn. &c

⋙ātapatra

  1. ○tra n. 'heatprotector' (ifc. f. ā Megh. Kathās.), a large umbrella (of silk or leaves) MBh. &c
  2. • ātapatrāyita mfn. forming an umbrella (as the branches of a tree) BhP.

⋙ātapavat

  1. ○vat mfn. irradiated by the sun Kum. i, 6:

⋙ātapavarṣya

  1. ○varṣya mf(ā)n. (water &c.) produced by rain during sunshine AitBr. KātyŚr.

⋙ātapavāraṇa

  1. ○vāraṇa n. 'heatprotector', a parasol Ragh. iii, 70 ; ix, 15

⋙ātapaśuṣka

  1. ○śuṣka mfn. dried by the sun

⋙ātapātyaya

  1. ātapâtyaya m. passing away of the heat, coolness of the evening Ragh. i, 52

⋙ātapāpāya

  1. ātapâpâya m. passing away of the hot season, beginning of the rainy season R.

≫ātapat

  1. ā-tápat mfn. (pr. p.) shining (as the sun), loc. ā-tápati, while the sun is shining ŚBr. v
  2. • xiv

≫ātapana

  1. ā-tapana m. 'causing heat', N. of Śiva MBh. xii, 10374

≫ātapas

  1. ā-tápas Ved. Inf. (abl.) from burning or singeing RV. v, 73, 5 and viii, 73, 8

≫ātapāya

  1. ātapāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become hot like sunshine Kād.

≫ātapīya

  1. ātapīya mfn. (g. utkarâdi, q.v.)

≫ātapta

  1. ā-tapta mfn. refined by heat (as gold) Hariv. 15769

≫ātapya

  1. ātapyá mfn. being in the sunshine VS.

≫ātāpin

  1. ātāpin mfn. zealous Lalit.
  2. • (ī), m. N. of a Daitya Kathās.
  3. • v. l. for ā-tāyin, q.v

ātam

  1. ā-√tam (p. Ā. -tāmyamāna and P. -tāmyat) to faint, become senseless R. ii, 63, 50 Kād. [Page 134, Column 3]
  2. • to become stiff Bālar.

ātamām

  1. ā-tamā́m a superl. form fr. 3. ā́ (used with √khyā) ŚBr. x

ātara

  1. ā-tara &c. ā-√tṝ

ātarj

  1. ā-√tarj Caus. (impf. âtarjayat
  2. • Pass. p. -tarjyamāna) to scold, abuse MBh. vii, 7176 Kād.

ātarda

  1. ā-tarda and ○rdana, ā-√tṛd

ātarpaṇa

  1. ā-tarpaṇa ā-√tṛp

ātava

  1. ātava m. N. of a man, (g. aśvâdi, q.v.)

≫ātavāyana

  1. ātavāyana as, m,. a descendant of Ātava ib.

ātaśca

  1. âtaś-ca and this for the following reason (used to introduce an argument) Pat.

ātā

  1. ā́-tā and ā-tāna, ā-√tan

ātāpin

  1. ātāpin ā-√tap

ātāmra

  1. ā-tāmra mf(ā)n. reddish, slightly copper-coloured, Kāvyâd. Ratnāv.

ātāra

  1. ā-tāra and ā-tāryá, ā-√tṝ

ātālī

  1. ātālī ind. in comp. with √1. as, √bhū, and √1. kṛ, (g. ūry-ādi, q.v.)

āti

  1. ātí f. (√at Pāṇ. 3-3, 108 Comm.) an aquatic bird RV. x, 95, 9 VS. xxiv, 34 (v. l. ātī́ TS. v) ŚBr. xi ; [cf. āḍi and Lat. anas, anati-s]
  2. • = āṭi, q.v.) the bird Turdus Ginginianus L.

āticchandasa

  1. āticchandasá n. (fr. áti-cchandas), N. of the last of the six days of the Pṛishthya ceremony MaitrS. KaushBr.

ātithigva

  1. ātithigvá (5), m. a descendant of atithi-gvá RV. viii, 68, 16 seq

≫ātitheya

  1. ātitheya mf(ī Kum. v, 31)n. Pāṇ. 4-4, 104 (fr. atithi), proper for or attentive to a guest, hospitable Śak. Ragh. &c
  2. • m. a descendant of Atithi, (g. śubhrâdi, q.v.)
  3. • (ī), f. hospitality Bālar.
  4. • (am), n. id. Mn. iii, 18

≫ātithya

  1. ātithyá mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 26) proper for a guest, hospitable AitBr.
  2. • m. a guest L.
  3. • (ā), f. (i.e. iṣṭi) the reception of the Soma when it is brought to the place of sacrifice KātyŚr.
  4. • (ám), n. hospitable reception, hospitality RV. VS. &c
  5. • the rite also called ātithyā ( before) ŚBr. AitBr. KātyŚr.

⋙ātithyarūpa

  1. ○rūpá mfn. being in the place cf the Ātithya rite VS. xix, 14

⋙ātithyavat

  1. ○vat mfn. mentioning hospitality AitBr.

⋙ātithyasatkāra

  1. ○satkāra m. [R. iii, 2, 6] or [Kathās.] the rites of hospitality

⋙ātithyasatkriyā

  1. ○satkriyā f. [Kathās.] the rites of hospitality

⋙ātithyeṣṭi

  1. ātithyêṣṭi f. = ātithyā before Comm. on VS. xix, 14

ātideśika

  1. ātideśika mfn. resulting from an atideśa, or substitution Pāṇ. 4-1, 151 Comm.

ātiraścīna

  1. ā-tiraścīna mfn. a little transverse or across Daś.

ātiraikya

  1. ātiraikya n. (fr. ati-reka), superfluity, redundancy (as of limbs) Mn. xi, 50

ātivāhika

  1. ātivāhika mfn. (fr. ati-vāha), 'fleeter than wind', (in Vedānta phil.) N. of the subtle body (or liṅga-śarīra), Kap. Bād. &c

ātivijñānya

  1. ā́tivijñānya mfn. (fr. ati-vijñāna), surpassing the understanding ŚBr. i

ātiśayika

  1. ātiśayika mfn. (fr. a2ti-śaya), superabundant Śiś. x, 23

≫ātiśayya

  1. ātiśayya n. excess, quantity L.

≫ātiśāyanika

  1. ātiśāyanika m. (in rhetoric) an affix that expresses gradation in an ascending series

≫ātiśāyika

  1. ātiśāyika mfn. expressing ascending gradation Pat.

ātiṣṭha

  1. ātiṣṭha n. (fr. ati-ṣṭhā́), superiority AitBr.

ātiṣṭhadgu

  1. ā-tiṣṭhad-gu ind. till the cows stand to be milked or after sunset Bhaṭṭ. iv, 14

ātisvāyana

  1. ātisvāyana mfn. (fr. ati-svan), (g. pakṣâdi, q.v.)

ātī

  1. ātī́ ātí

ātīṣādīya

  1. ātīṣādīya n. N. of a Sāman TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy.

ātu

  1. ātu us, m.= āḍū, q.v. L. [Page 135, Column 1]

ātuc

  1. ā-túc (loc. ○ci), f. growing dusk, evening RV. viii, 27, 21

ātuji

  1. ā-tují mfn. (√tuj), rushing on RV. vii, 66, 18

≫ātuje

  1. ā-túje Ved. Inf. to bring near RV. vii, 32, 9

ātud

  1. ā-√tud (p. -tudát
  2. • perf. -tutóda
  3. • ind. p. -tudya) to strike, push, spur on, stir up RV. x Mn. iv, 68 MBh. i, 195

≫ātunna

  1. ā́-tunna mfn. struck ŚBr. xiv (v. l. ā-tṛṇṇa)

≫ātodin

  1. ā-todín mfn. striking AV. vii, 95, 3

≫ātodya

  1. ā-todya n. 'to be struck', a musical instrument Jain. (Prākṛit āojja) Ragh. Kathās.

ātura

  1. ā́-tura mf(ā)n. suffering, sick (in body or mind) RV. viii AV. xi, 101, 2, &c
  2. • diseased or pained by (in comp.) MBh. R. &c
  3. • desirous of (Inf.) (cf. an-āturá.)

ātul

  1. ā-√tul (Inf. -tolayitum) to lift up, raise R. i, 34, 10 (v. l.)

ātṛd

  1. ā-√tṛd P. -tṛṇátti, to divide, pierce (as the ears) Nir.: Ā. -tṛntté, to sever one's self ŚBr. vii

≫ātarda

  1. ā-tarda m. an opening, hole Comm. on TS.

≫ātardana

  1. ā-tardana n. alam-āt○

≫ātṛṇṇa

  1. ā́-tṛṇṇa mfn. pierced TS. v ŚBr. Kauś.
  2. • wounded BṛĀrUp. (v. l. ā́-tunna, q.v.)

≫ātṛdas

  1. ā-tṛ́das Ved. Inf. (abl.), (cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 17) with purā́, 'without piercing' RV. viii, 1, 12

ātṛp

  1. ā-√tṛp P. (Subj. 3. pl. -tṛpán Padap. 3. sg. ○pát) to be satisfied RV. vii, 56, 10: Caus. (Impv. 2. du. -tarpayethām) to satisfy RV. i, 17, 3

≫ātarpaṇa

  1. ā-tarpaṇa n. (= prīṇana) satisfying L.
  2. • whitening the wall or floor or seat on festive occasions, pigment used for this purpose L.

≫ātṛpya

  1. ā-tṛpya m. 'to be enjoyed', the custard apple tree (Anona Reticulata) and (am), n. its fruit L.

ātṝ

  1. ā-√tṝ P. (impf. ấtirat, 2. sg. ○ras) to overcome RV.
  2. • (impf. ấtirat, 2. sg. ○ras', 3. pl. Ā. ○ranta) to increase, make prosperous, glorify RV.: Intens. Ā. (3. pl. -táruṣante) to pass through or over RV. v, 59, 1

≫ātara

  1. ā-tara m. crossing over a river Rājat.
  2. • fare for being ferried over a river, Śukasaṃdeśa 10 Buddh.

≫ātāra

  1. ā-tāra m. (= ā-tara) fare L.

≫ātārya

  1. ātāryá mfn. relating to landing TS. iv

ātodin

  1. ā-todín and ā-todya, ā-√tud

ātta

  1. ā-tta ā- √1. dā

≫āttām

  1. ấttām aor. 3. du. fr. ā- √1. dā, q.v. (or fr. √ad?)

āttha

  1. āttha 2. sg. pf. of the defect. √1. ah, q.v

ātman

  1. ātmán ā m. (variously derived fr. an, to breathe
  2. • at, to move
  3. • vā, to blow
  4. • cf. tmán) the breath RV.
  5. • the soul, principle of life and sensation RV. AV. &c
  6. • the individual soul, self, abstract individual [e.g. ātmán] (Ved. loc.) dhatte, or karoti, 'he places in himself', makes his own TS. v ŚBr.
  7. • ātmanā akarot, 'he did it himself' Kād.
  8. • ātmanā vi-√yuj, 'to lose one's life' Mn. vii, 46
  9. • ātman in the sg. is used as reflexive pronoun for all three persons and all three genders, e.g. ātmānaṃ sā hanti, 'she strikes herself'
  10. • putram ātmanaḥ spṛṣṭvā nipetatuḥ, 'they two having touched their son fell down' R. ii, 64, 28
  11. • [see also below s.v. ātmanā]
  12. • essence, nature, character, peculiarity (often ifc., e.g. karmâtman, &c.) RV. x, 97, 11, &c
  13. • the person or whole body considered as one and opposed to the separate members of the body VS. ŚBr.
  14. • the body Ragh. i, 14 RāmatUp.
  15. • (ifc.) 'the understanding, intellect, mind', naṣṭâtman, mandâ○
  16. • the highest personal principle of life, Brahma (cf. paramâtman) AV. x, 8, 44 VS. xxxii, 11 ŚBr. xiv, &c
  17. • effort L.
  18. • (= dhṛti) firmness L.
  19. • the sun L.
  20. • fire L.
  21. • a son L. ; [Old Germ. ātum ; Angl. Sax. oedhm ; Mod. Germ. āthem, Odem
  22. • Gk. ?, ? (?).] [135, 1]

⋙ātmanvat

  1. ○vát mfn. animated, having a soul RV. AV. TS.

⋙ātmanvin

  1. ○vín mfn. id. ŚBr. x, xiv

≫ātma

  1. ātma (in comp. for ātmán
  2. • also rarely ifc., e.g. adhy-ātma, adhy-ātmám)

⋙ātmakarman

  1. ○karman n. one's own act

⋙ātmakāma

  1. ○kāma (ātmá-), mf(ā)n. loving one's self, possessed of self-conceit R. ii, 70, 10
  2. • loving the supreme spirit ŚBr. xiv (cf. BṛĀrUp.)

⋙ātmakāmeya

  1. ○kāmeya ās m. pl., N. of a people, (g. rājanyâdi, q.v.)
  2. • ○yaka mfn. inhabited by the Ātmakāmeyas ib.

⋙ātmakārya

  1. ○kārya n. one's own business, private affairs. [Page 135, Column 2]

⋙ātmakṛta

  1. ○kṛta (ātmá-), mfn. done or committed against one's self VS. viii, 13
  2. • done of one's self, self-executed R. ii, 46, 23

⋙ātmakrīḍa

  1. ○krīḍa mfn. playing with the supreme spirit, NṛisUP

⋙ātmagata

  1. ○gata mfn. being on itself MBh. xi, 566 (ed. Bomb
  2. • -ruha below)
  3. • (am), ind. 'gone to one's self', (in dram.) aside (to denote that the words which follow are supposed to be heard by the audience only) Śak. Mālav. Mṛicch. &c

⋙ātmagati

  1. ○gati f. one's own way R. i, 76, 24
  2. • 'course of the soul's existence', life of the spirit Nir.
  3. • (○tyā), instr. ind. by one's own act (without the intervention of another) Śak.

⋙ātmaguṇa

  1. ○guṇa n. virtue of the soul Gaut.

⋙ātmaguptā

  1. ○guptā f. the plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook Suśr.

⋙ātmagupti

  1. ○gupti f. the hiding-place of an animal L.

⋙ātmagrāhin

  1. ○grāhin mfn. taking for one's self, selfish L.

⋙ātmaghāta

  1. ○ghāta m. suicide L.

⋙ātmaghātaka

  1. ○ghātaka m. a suicide

⋙ātmaghātin

  1. ○ghātin m. id. Yājñ. iii, 21 Kād.

⋙ātmaghoṣa

  1. ○ghoṣa m. 'uttering one's own name', a crow L.
  2. • a cock L.

⋙ātmacaturtha

  1. ○caturtha mfn. being one's self the fourth one with three others (N. of Janārdana respecting his four heads?) Pāṇ. 6-3, 6

⋙ātmacchandatīrtha

  1. ○cchanda-tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha SkandaP.

⋙ātmaja

  1. ○ja mfn. self-originated MBh. xii, 12449
  2. • m. (ifc. f. ā R.) 'born from or begotten by one's self', a son Nir. Mn. &c
  3. • N. of the fifth lunar mansion VarYogay.
  4. • (ā), f. a daughter MBh. R. &c
  5. • 'originating from intellect', the reasoning faculty L.

⋙ātmajanman

  1. ○janman n. the birth (or re-birth) of one's self, i.e. the birth of a son Kum. vi, 28
  2. • (ā), m. (= -ja, m.) a son Ragh. i, 33 ; v, 36

⋙ātmajña

  1. ○jña mfn. knowing one's self MBh. xii, 12440
  2. • knowing the supreme spirit Vedāntas.

⋙ātmajñāna

  1. ○jñāna n. self-knowledge MBh. v, 990 and 1167
  2. • knowledge of the soul or supreme spirit Mn. xii, 85 and 92 MBh. Vedāntas.

⋙ātmajyotis

  1. ○jyotis n. the light of the soul or supreme spirit MBh. xii, 6509
  2. • (ātmá-jyotis), mfn. receiving light from one's self ŚBr. xiv MBh. xii, 783

⋙ātmatattva

  1. ○tattva n. the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit ŚvetUp.
  2. • (ātmatattva) -jña mfn. knowing or versed in the Vedānta doctrines L.

⋙ātmatantra

  1. ○tantra n. the basis of self MBh. xiii, 4399
  2. • (mfn.) depending only on one's self, independent BhP. (cf. sva-tantra.)

⋙ātmata

  1. ○ta f. essence, nature BhP.

⋙ātmatṛpta

  1. ○tṛpta mfn. self-satisfied Bhag. iii, 17

⋙ātmatyāga

  1. ○tyāga m. self-forgetfulness, absence of mind Suśr.
  2. • suicide Daś.

⋙ātmatyāgin

  1. ○tyāgin mfn. committing suicide Yājñ. iii, 6 [ātmanas tyāgin Mn. v, 89] MBh. iii, 15156

⋙ātmatrāṇa

  1. ○trāṇa n. a means of saving one's self BhP.
  2. • (ātmatrāṇa) -parigraha m. a body guard R. v, 47, 27

⋙ātmatva

  1. ○tva n. essence, nature Sāh.

⋙ātmadakṣiṇa

  1. ○dakṣiṇa mfn. (a sacrifice) in which one offers one's self as Dakshiṇā TāṇḍyaBr.

⋙ātmadarśa

  1. ○darśa m. 'self-shower', a mirror Ragh. vii, 65

⋙ātmadarśana

  1. ○darśana n. seeing the soul of or in (in comp.) Yājñ. iii, 157 (cf. Mn. xii, 91.)

⋙ātmadā

  1. ○dā́ mfn. granting breath or life RV. x, 121, 2

⋙ātmadāna

  1. ○dāna n. gift of self, self-sacrifice Kathās.

⋙ātmadūṣi

  1. ○dū́ṣi mfn. corrupting the soul AV. xvi, 1, 3

⋙ātmadevatā

  1. ○devatā f. a tutelary deity Hcat.

⋙ātmadrohin

  1. ○drohin mfn. self-tormenting, fretful L.

⋙ātmanitya

  1. ○nitya mfn. constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to one's self MBh. i, 6080 [= sva-vaśa Comm.]

⋙ātmanindā

  1. ○nindā f. self-reproach MBh. ii, 1542

⋙ātmanivedana

  1. ○nivedana n. offering one's self to a deity BhP.

⋙ātmaniṣkrayaṇa

  1. ○niṣkráyaṇa mfn. ransoming one's self ŚBr. xi KaushBr.

⋙ātmapa

  1. ○pa mfn. guarding one's self BhP.

⋙ātmapakṣa

  1. ○pakṣa m. one's own party Hit.

⋙ātmapañcama

  1. ○pañcama mfn. being one's self the fifth one with four others Pāṇ. 6-3, 5 Pat. Comm.

⋙ātmaparājita

  1. ○parājitá mfn. one who has lost himself (at play) AV. v, 18, 2

⋙ātmaparityāga

  1. ○parityāga m. self-sacrifice Hit.

⋙ātmapāta

  1. ○pāta m. 'descent of the soul', re-birth BhP.

⋙ātmapūjā

  1. ○pūjā f. self-praise MBh. ii, 1542 Pañcat.

⋙ātmaprakāśa

  1. ○prakāśa mfn. self-shining, self-luminous NṛisUp.
  2. • m. N. of a commentary on VP.

⋙ātmapratikṛti

  1. ○pratikṛti f. one's own reflection or image MBh. v, 2222 BhavP. ii

⋙ātmaprabodha

  1. ○prabodha m. 'cognition of soul or supreme spirit', N. of an Upanishad

⋙ātmaprabha

  1. ○prabha mfn. shining by one's own light, self-illuminated MBh. (Nala)

⋙ātmaprayojana

  1. ○prayojana mfn. selfish Āp.

⋙ātmapravāda

  1. ○pravāda m. 'dogmas about the soul or supreme spirit', N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas or most ancient sacred writings of the Jainas
  2. • (ās), m. pl. 'those who assert the dogmas about the supreme spirit', N. of a philosophical school Nir. xiii, 9

⋙ātmapraśaṃsaka

  1. ○praśaṃsaka mfn. self-praising, boasting MBh. xii, 5400

⋙ātmapraśaṃsā

  1. ○praśaṃsā f. self-applause Āp. R.

⋙ātmapraśaṃsin

  1. ○praśaṃsin mfn. = -praśaṃsaka, q.v. R.

⋙ātmaprīti

  1. ○prīti f. strong desire to enjoy anything Pāṇ. 7-1, 51

⋙ātmabandhu

  1. ○bandhu m. 'one's own kinsman', a first cousin or father's sister's son, mother's brother's son, mother's sister's son L.

⋙ātmabuddhi

  1. ○buddhi f. self-knowledge L.

⋙ātmabodha

  1. ○bodha m. 'knowledge of soul or supreme spirit', N. of wk. of Śaṅkarācārya [Page 135, Column 3]
  2. • of one of the Upanishads of the Atharva-veda
  3. • the possession of a knowledge of soul or the supreme spirit

⋙ātmabhava

  1. ○bhava m. becoming or existing of one's self
  2. • 'mind-born', N. of Kāma Mcar.
  3. • (mfn.) produced in or caused by one's self R. ii, 64, 69

⋙ātmabhavāyana

  1. ○bhavāyana m. N. of Nārāyaṇa Hariv. 8819 and 12608

⋙ātmabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. existence of the soul ŚvetUp.
  2. • the self, proper or peculiar nature Buddh.
  3. • the body ib.

⋙ātmabhū

  1. ○bhū m. 'self-born', N. of Brahmā Śak. Kum. ii, 53
  2. • of Vishṇu Ragh. x, 21
  3. • of Śiva Śak.
  4. • a Brahman Bhām.
  5. • 'mind-born', N. of Kāma BhP.

⋙ātmabhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. 'become another's self', attached to, faithful Mn. vii, 217 R. vii, 83, 5

⋙ātmabhūya

  1. ○bhūya n. peculiarity, own nature AitUp.

⋙ātmamaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. issued out from one's own self Nir. vi, 12

⋙ātmamāna

  1. ○māna n. the regarding one's self as (e.g. learned &c.) Pāṇ. 3-2, 83

⋙ātmamūrti

  1. ○mūrti mfn. one whose body is the soul RāmatUp.

⋙ātmamūlī

  1. ○mūlī f. 'striking √in self, self-existent', the plant Alhagi Maurorum L.

⋙ātmambhari

  1. ○"ṣm-bhari mfn. self-nourishing, taking care only for one's own person, selfish Pañcat. Hit.
  2. • ○ri-tva n. selfishness Kathās.

⋙ātmayājin

  1. ○yājín mfn. sacrificing for one's self ŚBr. xi
  2. • one who sacrifices himself Mn. xii, 91

⋙ātmayoga

  1. ○yoga m. union with the supreme spirit MBh. iii, 11245

⋙ātmayoni

  1. ○yoni m. (= -bhū, q.v.) a N. of Brahmā ŚvetUp.
  2. • of Śiva L.
  3. • of Vishṇu Mudr.
  4. • of Kāma Kum. iii, 70

⋙ātmarakṣaka

  1. ○rakṣaka mfn. 'body guard', protector Jain. [Prākṛit āya-rakkhaya]

⋙ātmarakṣaṇa

  1. ○rakṣaṇa n. taking care of one's self MBh. xii, 5092

⋙ātmarakṣā

  1. ○rakṣā f. the plant Trichosanthes Bracteata (a creeper with poisonous fruit) L.

⋙ātmarati

  1. ○rati mfn. rejoicing in the supreme spirit NṛisUp.

⋙ātmaruha

  1. ○ruha mfn. growing on itself MBh. xi, 556 (ed. Calc.)

⋙ātmalābha

  1. ○lābha m. one's own profit Kāvyâd.
  2. • acquisition (of the knowledge) of the supreme spirit Āp.
  3. • coming into existence Comm. on Nyāyad.
  4. • birth Kād.

⋙ātmavañcaka

  1. ○vañcaka mfn. deceiving one's self BhP.

⋙ātmavañcanā

  1. ○vañcanā f. self-delusion

⋙ātmavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having a soul NṛisUp.
  2. • self-possessed, composed, prudent Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
  3. • ind. like one's self Hit.
  4. • (ātmavat) -tā f. self-possession, self-regard, prudence Mn. xi, 86 Ragh. viii, 83
  5. • self-resemblance, proportion, analogy L.

⋙ātmavadha

  1. ○vadha m. suicide MBh. i, 6228

⋙ātmavadhyā

  1. ○vadhyā f. id. ib. 6227

⋙ātmavaśa

  1. ○vaśa mfn. dependent on one's own will Mn. iv, 159 seq

⋙ātmavikraya

  1. ○vikraya m. sale of one's self, i.e. of one's liberty Mn. xi, 59

⋙ātmavid

  1. ○víd mfn. knowing the nature of the soul or supreme spirit ŚBr. xiv Up. MBh.
  2. • (ātmavit) -tā f. = ātma-vidyā́ below Ragh. viii, 10

⋙ātmavidyā

  1. ○vidyā́ f. knowledge of soul or the supreme spirit ŚBr. x Mn. vii, 43

⋙ātmavidhitsā

  1. ○vidhitsā f. selfishness MBh. v, 1343

⋙ātmavivṛddhi

  1. ○vivṛddhi f. self-advantage L.

⋙ātmavīra

  1. ○vīra m. (= bala-vat) a mighty man L.
  2. • (= prâṇa-vat) a living being L.
  3. • a son L.
  4. • a wife's brother L.
  5. • the jester in a play L.

⋙ātmavṛttānta

  1. ○vṛttânta m. one's own story, autobiography L.

⋙ātmavṛtti

  1. ○vṛtti f. one's own circumstances Ragh. ii, 33

⋙ātmavṛddhi

  1. ○vṛddhi f. = vivṛddhi, q.v

⋙ātmaśakti

  1. ○śakti f. one's own power or effort Pañcat. (cf. Hit.)

⋙ātmaśalyā

  1. ○śalyā f. the plant Asparagus Racemosus Willd. L.

⋙ātmaśuddhi

  1. ○śuddhi f. self-purification Mn. xi, 164 Bhag. v, 11

⋙ātmaślāgha

  1. ○ślāgha mfn. selfpraising, boasting Veṇis.
  2. • (ā), f. an- neg. in comp. with -kara mfn. 'not boasting' Sāh.

⋙ātmaślāghin

  1. ○ślāghin mfn. self-praising BhP.

⋙ātmasaṃyama

  1. ○saṃyama m. self-restraint Bhag. iv, 27

⋙ātmasaṃstha

  1. ○saṃstha mf(ā)n. based on or connected with the person Mālav.

⋙ātmasad

  1. ○sád mfn. dwelling in (my-) self AV. v, 9, 8

⋙ātmasani

  1. ○sáni mfn. granting the breath of life VS. xix, 48

⋙ātmasaṃtāna

  1. ○saṃtāna m. 'one's own offspring', a son Mn. iii, 185

⋙ātmasaṃdeha

  1. ○saṃdeha m. personal risk Hit.

⋙ātmasama

  1. ○sama m. equal to one's self
  2. • (ātmasama) -tāṃ√nī, to render any one (acc.) equal to one's self, Ratnāv

⋙ātmasamarpaṇa

  1. ○samarpaṇa n. = -nivedana above BhP.

⋙ātmasambhava

  1. ○sambhava m. (= -ja) a son MBh. i, 6651 R. Ragh.
  2. • N. of Kāma Kād.
  3. • (ā), f. a daughter R.

⋙ātmasambhāvanā

  1. ○sambhāvanā f. self-conceit Kād.

⋙ātmasammita

  1. ○sammita (ātmá-), mfn. corresponding to the person ŚBr. vi-x
  2. • resembling the soul or supreme spirit ChUp.

⋙ātmasācin

  1. ○sācín m. one's own companion Suparṇ.

⋙ātmasāt

  1. ○sāt ind. with √1. kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtvā) to place upon one's self Yājñ. iii, 54
  2. • -karoti (ind. p. -kṛtvā MBh. iii, 493 and 496
  3. • -kṛtya BhP.) to make one's own, attract, turn to one's self, acquire or gain for one's self
  4. • to cause to become one with the supreme spirit NṛisUp.

⋙ātmasukha

  1. ○sukha m. N. of a man

⋙ātmastava

  1. ○stava m. self-praise R. iii, 35, 22

⋙ātmastuti

  1. ○stuti f. id. (cf. stutīr acc. pl. ātmanaḥ Rājat.)

⋙ātmasparaṇa

  1. ○spáraṇa mfn. saving the person TS. vi TBr. ii

⋙ātmahatyā

  1. ○hatyā f. suicide Prab.

⋙ātmahan

  1. ○han mfn. one who kills his soul, i.e. does not care about the welfare of his soul, äśaUp. BhP.
  2. • (ā), m. a suicide MBh. i, 6839
  3. • a priest in a temple attendant upon an idol (the priest subsisting by appropriating to himself offerings to deities for which future punishment is assigned) L. [Page 136, Column 1]

⋙ātmahanana

  1. ○hanana n. suicide L.

⋙ātmahita

  1. ○hita mfn. beneficial to one's self
  2. • (am), n. one's own profit L.

⋙ātmahitāyana

  1. ○hitāyana m.= -bhavāyana, q.v. Hariv. 12608

⋙ātmādiṣṭa

  1. ātmâdiṣṭa m. 'self-dictated', a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself L.

⋙ātmādhika

  1. ātmâdhika mf(ā)n. 'more than one's self', dearer than one's self. Kathās.

⋙ātmādhīna

  1. ātmâdhīna mfn. depending on one's own will Āp. Śārṅg.
  2. • one whose existence depends on the breath or on the principle of animal life, sentient L.
  3. • m. a son L.
  4. • a wife's brother L.: the jester in a play L. (cf. ātma-viira and ātmanīna.)

⋙ātmānanda

  1. ātmânanda mfn. rejoicing in the soul or supreme spirit NṛisUp.

⋙ātmānapekṣa

  1. ātmânapekṣa mfn. not regarding one's self, not selfish Kathās.

⋙ātmāparādha

  1. ātmâparādha m. one's own offence, personal transgression R. v, 79, 5 Hit.

⋙ātmāpahāra

  1. ātmâpahāra m. 'taking away self', concealing of self, dissimulation, apa-hāra
  2. • -ka mfn. self-concealing, dissembling, pretending to belong to a higher class than one's own Mn. iv, 255

⋙ātmāpahārin

  1. ātmâpahārin mfn. self-deceiving, self-concealing, dissembling MBh. i, 3014 (= v, 1611)

⋙ātmābhimānitā

  1. ātmâbhimāni-tā f. self-respect MBh. iii, 17379

⋙ātmābhilāṣa

  1. ātmâbhilāṣa m. the soul's desire Megh.

⋙ātmāmiṣa

  1. ātmâmiṣa m. a peace made after having sacrificed one's own army Kām.

⋙ātmārāma

  1. ātmârāma mfn. rejoicing in one's self or in the supreme spirit BhP. &c

⋙ātmārtham

  1. ātmârtham ind. for the sake of one's self Kathās.

⋙ātmārthe

  1. ātmârthe ind. id. MBh.

⋙ātmāśin

  1. ātmâśin m. 'self-eater', a fish (supposed to eat its young) L.

⋙ātmāśraya

  1. ātmâśraya m. dependance, on self or on the supreme spirit
  2. • ātmâśrayôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad

⋙ātmeśvara

  1. ātmêśvara m. master of one's self Kum. iii, 40

⋙ātmodaya

  1. ātmôdaya m. self-advantage or elevation L.

⋙ātmodbhava

  1. ātmôdbhava m. (= ātma-sambhava) a son Ragh. xviii, 11
  2. • (ā), f. a daughter L.
  3. • the plant Glycine Debilis Roxb. L.

⋙ātmopajīvin

  1. ātmôpajīvin mfn. living by one's own labour Mn. vii, 138 ; viii, 362 ['one who lives by his wife' Comm.] Gaut.

⋙ātmopaniṣad

  1. ātmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad

⋙ātmopama

  1. ātmôpama mfn. like one's self

⋙ātmaupamya

  1. ātmâupamya n. 'likeness to self', instr. ○myena, by analogy to one's self Hit.

≫ātmaka

  1. ātmaka mf(ikā)n. belonging to or forming the nature of (gen.) MBh. xv, 926
  2. • having or consisting of the nature or character of (in comp.) ChUp. [cf. saṃkalpâtmaka]
  3. • consisting or composed of
  4. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. pañcâtmaka &c.)

≫ātmakīya

  1. ātmakīya mfn. one's own MBh. i, 4712

≫ātmanā

  1. ātmanā instr. of ātman, in comp. but not in a Bahuvrīhi with ordinals Pāṇ. 6-3, 6 (cf. the Bahuvrīhi compounds ātma-caturtha, and -pañcama.)

⋙ātmanātṛtīya

  1. ○tṛtīya mfn. 'third with one's self', being one's self the third Śak. Kathās.

⋙ātmanādaśama

  1. ○daśama mfn. being one's self the tenth Pat.

⋙ātmanādvitīya

  1. ○dvitīya mfn. being one's self the second, i.e. together with some one else Hit.

⋙ātmanāpañcama

  1. ○pañcama mfn. being one's self the fifth R.

⋙ātmanāsaptama

  1. ○saptama mfn. being one's self the seventh MBh. xvii, 25

≫ātmanīna

  1. ātmanīna mf(ā)n. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 9 and vi, 169) appropriate or good or fit for one's self Prab. Bhaṭṭ.
  2. • (= ātmâdhīna, q.v.) sentient L.
  3. • m. a son L.
  4. • a wife's brother L.
  5. • the jester in a play L.

≫ātmanīya

  1. ātmanīya mf(ā)n. one's own Lalit.

≫ātmane

  1. ātmane dat. in comp. for ātman Pāṇ. 6-3, 7 and 8

⋙ātmanepada

  1. ○pada n. 'word to one's self', form for one's self, i.e. that form of the verb which implies an action belonging or reverting to self, the terminations of the middle voice Pāṇ. 1-4, 100 and 3, 12

⋙ātmanepadin

  1. ○padin mfn. taking the terminations of the middle voice Pāṇ. Comm.

⋙ātmanebhāṣa

  1. ○bhāṣa mfn. id. Pat.
  2. • (ā), f. = -pada, q.v. Pāṇ. 6-3, 7 Kāś.

≫ātmanya

  1. ātmanya mf(ā)n. being connected with one's self TāṇḍyaBr.

≫ātmīkṛ

  1. ātmī-√kṛ́ to make one's own, take possession of Kād.

≫ātmībhāva

  1. ātmī-bhāva m. becoming part of the supreme spirit

≫ātmīya

  1. ātmīya mf(ā)n. one's own Yājñ. ii, 85 R. &c

≫ātmeya

  1. ātmeyá ās m. pl. a class of divinities also called ātmyá (and named together with the Āpyá) MaitrS.

≫ātmya

  1. ātmyá ās m. pl. id. TBr. (cf. an- and etad-.)

ātyantika

  1. ātyantika mf(ī)n. (fr. aty-anta), continual, uninterrupted, infinite, endless Mn. ii, 242 seq. Bhag. &c
  2. • entire, universal (as the world's destruction &c.) BhP. Sarvad.

ātyayika

  1. ātyayika mfn. (fr. aty-aya
  2. • g. vinayâdi, q.v.), 'having a rapid course', not suffering delay, urgent Mn. vii, 165 MBh. &c. [Page 136, Column 2]
  3. • requiring immediate help (as a disease) Suśr.

ātra

  1. ātra n. (fr. átri), N. of different Sāmans

≫ātreya

  1. ātreyá m. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 122 Comm.) a descendant of Atri ŚBr. xiv, &c
  2. • N. of a physician Bhpr.
  3. • a priest who is closely related to the Sadasya (perhaps because this office was generally held by a descendant of Atri) ŚBr. iv AitBr.
  4. • N. of Śiva L.
  5. • chyle L.
  6. • (ī́), f. a female descendant of Atri Pāṇ. 2-4, 65
  7. • (with śākhā) the Śākhā of the Ātreyas
  8. • a woman who has bathed after her courses ŚBr. i Mn. xi, 87 Yājñ. iii, 251
  9. • N. of a river in the north of Bengal (otherwise called Tistā) MBh. ii, 374
  10. • (am), n. N. of two Sāmans ĀśvGṛ. &c
  11. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a tribe MBh. vi, 376
  12. • (for atrayas m. pl. of atri, q.v.) the descendants of Atri MBh. iii, 971

⋙ātreyīputra

  1. ā́treyī-pútra m. N. of a teacher ŚBr. xiv

≫ātreyāyaṇa

  1. ātreyāyaṇa m. a descendant of an Ātreya, (g. aśvâdi, q.v.)

≫ātreyikā

  1. ātreyikā f. a woman in her courses L.

≫ātreyīya

  1. ātreyīya mfn. fr. ātreya Pāṇ. 4-1, 89 Kāś.

ātharvaṇa

  1. ātharvaṇá mf(ī́)n. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 133) originating from or belonging or relating to Atharvan or the Atharvans AV. Āp. &c
  2. • (ás), m. a descendant of Atharvan or the Atharvans (as Dadhyác) RV. AV. TS. v, &c
  3. • a priest or Brahman whose ritual is comprised in the Atharva-veda, a conjurer MBh. v, 1391, &c
  4. • the Atharva-veda ChUp. &c
  5. • N. of a text belonging to the Atharvaveda Comm. on KātyŚr.
  6. • (am), n. N. of different Sāmans
  7. • = atharvaṇāṃ samūhaḥ, (g. bhikṣâdi, q.v.)
  8. • an apartment (in which the sacrificer is informed by the officiating Brāhman of the happy termination of the sacrifice) L.

⋙ātharvaṇarahasya

  1. ○rahasya n. N. of wk

⋙ātharvaṇaśiras

  1. ○śiras n. N. of an Upanishad (belonging to the Atharva-veda)

≫ātharvaṇika

  1. ātharvaṇika mf(ī)n. belonging or relating to the Atharva-veda Daś. &c
  2. • m. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 133 ; vi, 4, 174
  3. • g. vasantâdi, q.v.) a Brāhman versed in the Atharva veda

≫ātharvaṇīyarudropaniṣad

  1. ātharvaṇīya-rudrôpaniṣad t f. N. of an Upanishad

≫ātharvika

  1. ātharvika mfn. relating to the Atharva-veda VāyuP. ii

āda

  1. ā-da ā- √1. dā

ādaṃś

  1. ā-√daṃś (impf. âdaśat) to bite (as one's lips) BhP.

≫ādaṃśa

  1. ā-daṃśa m. a bite, wound caused by biting Suśr.

≫ādaṣṭa

  1. ā-daṣṭa mfn. nibbled, pecked at MBh. ii, 704
  2. • xi, 638

ādagh

  1. ā-√dagh P. (Subj. -daghat
  2. • aor. Subj. 2. sg. -dhak) to hurt, injure RV. vi, 61, 14 TS. i
  3. • to frustrate (a wish) RV. i, 178, 1
  4. • (aor. Subj. 3. sg. -dhak) to happen to, befall any one (loc., as misfortune) RV. vii, 1, 21

ādaghna

  1. ā-daghná mfn. (for ās-d○) reaching up to the mouth (as water) RV. x, 71, 7

ādat

  1. ā́dat impf. fr. ā- √1. dā, q.v

≫ādadi

  1. ā-dadí ib.

ādabh

  1. ā-√dabh P. (Subj -dabhat
  2. • 3. pl. -dabhnuvanti Subj. -dabhan and aor. -dabhúḥ
  3. • Ved. Inf. -dábhe RV. viii, 21, 16) to harm, hurt, injure RV.

ādam

  1. ā-√dam dáṃsu-patnī

ādara

  1. ā-dara ○raṇa, &c. ā-√dṛ

ādardira

  1. ā-dardirá ā-√dṝ

ādarśa

  1. ā-darśá &c. ā-√dṛś

ādaśasya

  1. ā-daśasya Nom. P. (Impv. 2. sg. -daśasya, 2. pl. ○syata) to honour, be favourable to (acc.) RV. v, 50, 3 ; vii, 43, 5
  2. • (Pot. 2. sg. ○syes) to present any one with (gen.) RV. vii, 37, 5 ; viii, 97, 15

ādah

  1. ā-√dah Caus. Pass. (Pot. -dāhyeta) to be burnt ChUp.

≫ādahana

  1. ā-dáhana n. a place where anything is burnt AV. xii, 5, 48 ĀśvGṛ. Kauś.

ādā

  1. ā-dā √1. Ā. -datte, (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 20), ep. also rarely P. (e.g. 1. sg. -dadmi, or -dadāmi), Ved. generally Ā. [Pot. 1. pl. -dadīmahi [Page 136, Column 3]
  2. • impf. 3. sg. âdatta
  3. • perf. 1. and 3. sg. -dade
  4. • perf. p. -dadāná RV. iv, 19, 9, or -dádāna RV. x, 18, 9 AV.], but also P. (impf. sg. âdam, âdas, âdat, and 1. pl. âdāma aor. 3. du. âttām VS. xxi, 43) 'to give to one's self', take, accept, receive from (loc., instr. or abl.) RV. &c
  5. • to seize, take away, carry off, rob ib.
  6. • to take back, reclaim Mn. viii, 222 seq
  7. • to take off or out from (abl.), separate from (abl.) RV. i, 139, 2, &c
  8. • to take or carry away with one's self, KenaUp. (Pot. P. 1. sg. -dadīyam !) Mn. ix, 92 MBh.
  9. • to seize, grasp, take or catch hold of RV. &c
  10. • to put on (clothes) RV. ix, 96, 1 ŚvetUp.
  11. • to take as food or drink (with gen.) RV. viii, 72, 17 and (perf. Pass. 3. sg. -dade) 19, 31
  12. • (with acc.) Ragh. ii, 6
  13. • to undertake, begin BhP. &c
  14. • to choose (a path) R. Ragh. iii, 46
  15. • (with vacanam &c.) to begin to speak MBh. &c
  16. • to begin to speak or to recite TāṇḍyaBr. Lāṭy. (cf. punar-ādāyam)
  17. • to offer (as oblations) MuṇḍUp. (irreg. pr. p. -dadāyat)
  18. • to perceive, notice, feel MBh. 4. Rājat.
  19. • to keep in mind, N
  20. • to accept, approve of MBh. v, 7324 R. Mālav.: Caus. (ind. p. -dāpya) to cause one to take ŚāṅkhŚr.: Desid. Ā. (impf. 3. pl. ấditsanta) to be on the point of taking or carrying away from (gen.) TS. i
  21. • to be on the point of taking (the hand of) Daś.
  22. • to be about to take to one's self Hcar.

≫ātta

  1. ā-tta mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-4, 47) taken, obtained ChUp. Kathās.
  2. • taken away or off, withdrawn from ŚBr. AitBr. &c
  3. • seized, grasped ChUp. Lāṭy. &c
  4. • perceived, felt Mālav.
  5. • undertaken, begun MBh. xiii, 3567

⋙āttagandha

  1. ○gandha mfn. having the pride taken down (according to some = ārta-kaṇṭha) Śak. Ragh. xiii, 7

⋙āttagarva

  1. ○garva mfn. whose pride has been taken down, humiliated L.

⋙āttamanas

  1. ○manas or mfn. whose mind is transported (with joy) Buddh.

⋙āttamanaska

  1. ○manas-ka mfn. whose mind is transported (with joy) Buddh.

⋙āttalakṣmi

  1. ○lakṣmi mfn. stripped of wealth MBh. iii, 15671

⋙āttavacas

  1. ○vacas (ā́tta-), mfn. destitute of speech ŚBr. iii

≫āda

  1. ā-dá mfn. ifc. taking, receiving (cf. dāyâdá.)

≫ādatta

  1. ā-datta mfn. = ā-tta, q.v. Hariv. 11811

≫ādadi

  1. ā-dadí mfn. procuring RV. viii, 46, 8, obtaining, recovering RV. i, 127, 6 ; ii, 24, 13

≫ādātavya

  1. ā-dātavya mfn. seizable
  2. • to be taken

≫ādātṛ

  1. ā-dātṛ tā m. a receiver Mn. Yājñ.

≫ādāna

  1. ā-dāna n. taking, seizing
  2. • receipt Hit. iv, 94, &c
  3. • receiving, taking for one's self, drawing near to one's self Ragh. iv, 86
  4. • taking away or off
  5. • a cause of disease L.
  6. • (for 2. ā-dāna below.)

⋙ādānavat

  1. ○vat mfn. receiving, obtaining MBh.

⋙ādānasamiti

  1. ○samiti f. a method of (cautious) seizing (so that no creature be hurt) Jain.

≫ādānī

  1. ā-dānī f. N. of a cucurbitaceous plant L.

≫ādāpana

  1. ā-dāpana n. causing to seize KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr.

≫ādāya

  1. ā-dāya mfn. ifc. taking, seizing

≫ādāya

  1. ā-dā́ya ind. p. having taken
  2. • with, along with AV. &c

⋙ādāyacara

  1. ○cara mf(ī)n. one who goes away after having taken Pāṇ. 3-2, 17

≫ādāyamāna

  1. ā-dāyamāna (= ā-dadāna), mfn. taking, seizing MBh.
  2. • (for 2. ā-√dai.)

≫ādāyin

  1. ā-dāyin mfn. a receiver, inclined to receive AitBr.
  2. • (ifc.) Mn.
  3. • v. l. ā-dhāyin, q.v

≫āditsā

  1. ā-ditsā f. (fr. Desid.) the wish to take

≫āditsu

  1. ā-ditsu mfn. (fr. id.) wishing to take or obtain
  2. • greedy of gain Kād. Hit. Kum. &c

≫ādeya

  1. ā-deya mfn. to be appropriated
  2. • to be received
  3. • to be taken away
  4. • v. l. for ā-dheya, q.v

ādā

  1. ā-dā √4. P. ā́-dyati, to bind on, fasten to AV.

≫ādāna

  1. ā-dā́na n. binding on or to, fettering AV.
  2. • horse-trappings L.
  3. • (for 3. ā-dāna below under ā-√do.)

ādādika

  1. ādādika mfn. belonging to the g. ad-ādi of the Dhātupāṭha, or to the second class of roots of which the first is √ad

ādi

  1. ādi m. beginning, commencement
  2. • a firstling, first-fruits
  3. • ifc. beginning with, et caetera, and so on (e.g. indrâdayaḥ surāḥ, the gods beginning with Indra, i.e. Indra &c
  4. • gṛhâdiyukta, possessed of houses &c
  5. • evamādīni vastūni, such things and others of the same kind: śayyā khaṭvâdih [Comm. on Pāṇ. 3-3, 99], Śayyā means a bed &c
  6. • often with -ka at the end, e.g. dānadharmâdikam [Hit.], liberality, justice, &c.)
  7. • ādau ind. in the beginning, at first

⋙ādikara

  1. ○kara m. the first maker, the creator
  2. • N. of Brahman L.

⋙ādikarṇī

  1. ○karṇī f. a species of plant L.

⋙ādikartṛ

  1. ○kartṛ m. (cf. -kara) the creator Bhag. R.

⋙ādikarman

  1. ○karman n. the beginning of an action (in Gr.) [Page 137, Column 1]

⋙ādikavi

  1. ○kavi m. 'the first poet'
  2. • N. of Brahman
  3. • of Vālmīki L.

⋙ādikāṇḍa

  1. ○kāṇḍa n. 'first part', N. of the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa

⋙ādikāraṇa

  1. ○kāraṇa n. a primary cause
  2. • analysis, algebra

⋙ādikāla

  1. ○kāla m. primitive time R.

⋙ādikālīna

  1. ○kālīna mfn. belonging to primitive time

⋙ādikāvya

  1. ○kāvya n. 'the first poem', N. of the Rāmāyaṇa

⋙ādikṛt

  1. ○kṛt (= -kartṛ, q.v.) VP.

⋙ādikeśava

  1. ○keśava m. 'the first long-haired one', N. of Vishṇu Rājat.

⋙ādigadādhara

  1. ○gadā-dhara m. 'the first club-bearer', N. of an image of Vishṇu VP.

⋙ādijina

  1. ○jina m. N. of Ṛishabha Jain. L.

⋙āditas

  1. ○tas ind. from the beginning, from the first, at first, at the head of (with √1. kṛ, to put at the beginning Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 9
  2. • ifc. beginning with)

⋙āditāla

  1. ○tāla m. a kind of measure (in music)

⋙āditva

  1. ○tva n. priority, precedence

⋙ādidīpaka

  1. ○dīpaka n. N. of a figure in rhetoric (the verb standing at the beginning of the sentence) Bhaṭṭ. x, 22

⋙ādideva

  1. ○deva m. 'the first god'
  2. • N. of Brahman, Vishṇu, Śiva, Gaṇeśa, the sun

⋙ādidaitya

  1. ○daitya m. N. of Hiraṇyakaśipu MBh.

⋙ādinātha

  1. ○nātha m. N. of Ādibuddha
  2. • of a Jina
  3. • of an author

⋙ādiparvata

  1. ○parvata m. a principal mountain Kād. 117, 20

⋙ādiparvan

  1. ○parvan n. 'the first book', N. of the first book of the Mahābhārata

⋙ādipurāna

  1. ○purāna n. 'the primitive Purāṇa', N. of the Brahma-purāṇa
  2. • of a Jaina religious, book

⋙ādipuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa or m. 'first man', N. of Hiraṇyakaśipu MBh.

⋙ādipūruṣa

  1. ○pūruṣa m. 'first man', N. of Hiraṇyakaśipu MBh.
  2. • of Vishṇu Ragh. x, 6 Śiś.
  3. • of Brahman L.

⋙ādipluta

  1. ○pluta mfn. (a word) whose first vowel is prolated, Gr

⋙ādibala

  1. ○bala n. 'the primal vigour', generative power Suśr.

⋙ādibuddha

  1. ○buddha mfn. 'perceived in the beginning'
  2. • m. N. of the chief deity of the northern Buddhists

⋙ādibharataprastāra

  1. ○bharata-prastāra m. N. of wk

⋙ādibhava

  1. ○bhava mfn. 'being at first' Ragh. &c

⋙ādibhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. being the first of (gen.) VP. iii, 5, 23

⋙ādimat

  1. ○mat mfn. having a beginning Yājñ. &c
  2. • -tva n. the state of having a beginning Nyāyad.

⋙ādimūla

  1. ○mūla n. primitive cause

⋙ādiyogācārya

  1. ○yogâcārya m. 'first teacher of Yoga', N. of Śiva

⋙ādirasaśloka

  1. ○rasa-śloka ās m. pl. 'stanzas illustrating the chief sentiment', N. of a poem supposed to be written by Kālidāsa

⋙ādirāja

  1. ○rāja m. [Pāṇ. 5-4, 91] 'first king', N. of Manu R.
  2. • of Pṛithu BhP. iv, 15, 4

⋙ādirūpa

  1. ○rūpa n. 'first appearance', symptom (of disease)

⋙ādilupta

  1. ○lupta mfn. (a word) having the first letter cut off Nir. x, 34

⋙ādivaṃśa

  1. ○vaṃśa m. primeval race, primitive family MBh. R.

⋙ādivarāha

  1. ○varāha m. 'the first boar', N. of Vishṇu Kād. Hariv.
  2. • N. of a poet

⋙ādivārāha

  1. ○vārāha mfn. relating to the first boar
  2. • -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha

⋙ādivipulā

  1. ○vipulā f. N. of an Āryā metre

⋙ādiśakti

  1. ○śakti f. the primeval power, N. of Māyā L.

⋙ādiśarīra

  1. ○śarīra n. the primitive body MBh.
  2. • (in phil. = sūkṣma○ L.)

⋙ādiśābdika

  1. ○śābdika [NBD.], m. an old grammarian

⋙ādisarga

  1. ○sarga m. primitive creation MBh.
  2. • cf. BhP. iv, 10, 12 seqq

⋙ādisūra

  1. ○sūra m. N. of a prince

⋙ādīśvara

  1. ādī7śvara m. N. of a prince

⋙ādyanta

  1. ādy-anta n. or au du. pl. beginning and end, Vedāntas. 200 Lāṭy. &c
  2. • ifc. mfn. beginning and ending with Mn. iii, 205
  3. • -yamaka n. 'homophony in the beginning and end of a stanza', N. of a figure in poetry (occurring in Bhaṭṭ. x, 21 Śiś. Kir. &c.)
  4. • -vat mfn. 'having beginning and end', finite Bhag. v, 22
  5. • -vat ind. as if it were the beginning and the end Pāṇ. 1-1, 21

⋙ādyādi

  1. ādy-ādi m. N. of a gaṇa Kāty. on Pāṇ. 5-4, 44

⋙ādyudātta

  1. ādy-udātta mfn. having the Udātta accent on the first syllable Pāṇ. 3-1, 3
  2. • -tva n. the condition of having the Udātta accent on the first syllable Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 63

≫ādima

  1. ādima mf(ā)n. first, prior, primitive, original Pāṇ. Pat. L.

⋙ādimatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being first, &c

≫ādya

  1. ādyá mf(ā)n. [Pāṇ. 4-3, 54] being at the beginning, first, primitive KātyŚr. Hit. Śak. &c
  2. • ifc. mfn. (= ○ādi, q.v.) Mn. i, 50, 63, &c
  3. • immediately preceding (e.g. ekādaśâdya, immediately before the eleventh, i.e. the tenth), earlier, older
  4. • being at the head, unparalleled, unprecedented, excellent AV. xix, 22, I MBh.
  5. • (ās), m. pl. a class of deities VP. iii, 1, 27 Hariv.
  6. • (ā), f. N. of Durgā
  7. • the earth L.
  8. • (for 2. ādyá s.v.)

⋙ādyakavi

  1. ○kavi m. 'the first poet', N. of Vālmīki (cf. ādi-kavi above) L.
  2. • cf. Ragh. xv, 41

⋙ādyagaṅgā

  1. ○gaṅgā f. N. of a river

⋙ādyabīja

  1. ○bīja n. a primeval cause L.

⋙ādyamāṣaka

  1. ○māṣaka m. N. of a weight equal to five guñjās L.

⋙ādyartvij

  1. ○"ṣrtvij (-ṛtvij), m. chief-priest

ādi

  1. âdi mfn. beginning with ā RāmatUp.

ādigdha

  1. ā-digdha under ā-√dih

āditeya

  1. ā-diteyá m. 'son of Aditi', the sun RV. x, 88, 11 Nir.
  2. • a god, deity L.

≫āditya

  1. ādityá (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 85), mfn. belonging to or coming from Aditi TS. ii, 2, 6, 1 ŚBr. &c. [Page 137, Column 2]
  2. • m. 'son of Aditi'
  3. • (ās), m. pl, N. of seven deities of the heavenly sphere RV. ix, 114, 3, &c. ŚBr. iii, 1, 3, 3 (the chief is Varuṇa, to whom the N. Āditya is especially applicable
  4. • the succeeding five are Mitra, Aryaman, Bhaga, Daksha, Aṃśa
  5. • that of the seventh is probably Sūrya or Savitṛi
  6. • as a class of deities they are distinct from the viśve devāḥ ChUp.
  7. • sometimes their number is supposed to be eight TS. Sāy.
  8. • and in the period of the Brāhmaṇas twelve, as representing the sun in the twelve months of the year ŚBr. iv, 5, 7, 2, &c.)
  9. • N. of a god in general, especially of Sūrya (the sun) RV. AV. AitBr. ŚBr. Śiś. &c
  10. • N. of Vishṇu in his Vāmana or dwarf avatāra (as son of Kaśyapa and Aditi) ChUp.
  11. • the plant Calotropis Gigantea L.
  12. • (au), m. du., N. of a constellation, the seventh lunar mansion L.
  13. • (ā), f. (?) the sun VS. iv, 21
  14. • (am), n. = au (cf. punar-vasu)
  15. • N. of a Sāman ChUp.

⋙ādityakāntā

  1. ○kāntā f. Polanisia Icosandra (a creeping plant with gold-coloured flowers, growing near the water) L.

⋙ādityaketu

  1. ○ketu m. N. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh.

⋙ādityakeśava

  1. ○keśava m. N. of an image of Vishnu

⋙ādityagati

  1. ○gati f. course of the sun MBh.

⋙ādityagarbha

  1. ○garbha m. N. of a Bodhisattva L.

⋙ādityagraha

  1. ○grahá m. a particular ladle-full of Soma in the evening-oblation ŚBr. iv, 3, 5, 16 and 23

⋙ādityacandrau

  1. ○candrau m. du. sun and moon

⋙ādityajūta

  1. ○jūta (ādityá-), (fr. √jū), mfn. urged by the Ādityas RV. viii, 46, 5

⋙ādityajyotis

  1. ○jyotis (ādityá-), mfn. having the light of the sun ŚBr.

⋙ādityatīrtha

  1. ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha

⋙ādityatejas

  1. ○tejas m. or f. Polanisia Icosandra L.

⋙ādityatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being the sun MaitrUp.

⋙ādityadarśana

  1. ○darśana n. 'showing the sun' (to a child of four months), one of the rites called Saṃskāra, q.v. Vishṇus. xxvii, 10

⋙ādityadāsa

  1. ○dāsa m. N. of a man

⋙ādityadeva

  1. ○deva m. id

⋙ādityadevata

  1. ○devata (ādityá-), mfn. one whose (special) deity is the sun ŚBr.

⋙ādityanāman

  1. ○nāmán n. N. of the sun ib.

⋙ādityapattra

  1. ○pattra m. Calotropis Gigantea L.

⋙ādityaparṇikā

  1. ○parṇikā f. [L.],

⋙ādityaparṇin

  1. ○parṇin m. and [Suśr.] Polanisia Icosandra

⋙ādityaparṇinī

  1. ○parṇinī f. [Suśr.] Polanisia Icosandra

⋙ādityapāka

  1. ○pāka mfn. boiled in the sun

⋙ādityapātra

  1. ○pātrá n. a vessel for drawing off the āditya-grahá (q.v.) ŚBr. iv, 3, 5, 6, &c

⋙ādityapurāṇa

  1. ○purāṇa n. N. of an Upapurāṇa

⋙ādityapuṣpikā

  1. ○puṣpikā f. = -pattra L.

⋙ādityaprabha

  1. ○prabha m. 'having the splendour of the sun', N. of a king Kathās.

⋙ādityabandhu

  1. ○bandhu m. 'the sun's friend', N. of Śākyamuni

⋙ādityabhaktā

  1. ○bhaktā f. = -parṇikā L.

⋙ādityamaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍalá n. the disc or orb of the sun ŚBr. Vedāntas. 67

⋙ādityayaśas

  1. ○yaśas m. N. of a man

⋙ādityaloka

  1. ○loka m. pl. the sun's worlds ŚBr. xiv, 6, 6, 1

⋙ādityavat

  1. ○vat ind. like the sun MBh.

⋙ādityavat

  1. ○vat (ādityá-), mfn. surrounded by the Ādityas AV. xix, 18, 4 VS. KātyŚr.

⋙ādityavani

  1. ○váni mfn. winning (the favour of) the Ādityas VS.

⋙ādityavarṇa

  1. ○varṇa mfn. having the sun's colour ib.
  2. • m. N. of a man

⋙ādityavarman

  1. ○varman m. 'having the sun (the Ādityas?) as protector', N. of a king Kathās.

⋙ādityavallabhā

  1. ○vallabhā f. = -parṇikā L.

⋙ādityavrata

  1. ○vrata n. 'a vow or rite relating to the sun' Gobh. iii, 1, 28
  2. • N. of a Sāman

⋙ādityavratika

  1. ○vratika mfn. performing the above rite Kāty. on Pāṇ. 5-1, 94

⋙ādityaśayana

  1. ○śayana n. the sun's sleep
  2. • -vrata n. a particular vow or religious observance

⋙ādityasaṃvatsara

  1. ○saṃvatsara m. a solar year

⋙ādityasūkta

  1. ○sūkta n. a particular hymn

⋙ādityasūnu

  1. ○sūnu m. 'the sun's son', N. of Sugrīva (the monkey king), of Yama, of Manu, &c. L.

⋙ādityasena

  1. ○sena m. N. of a prince Kathās.

⋙ādityastotra

  1. ○stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ādityasthālī

  1. ○sthālī́ f. a receptacle from which the āditya-grahá is drawn ŚBr.

⋙ādityasvāmin

  1. ○svāmin m. N. of a man

⋙ādityahṛdaya

  1. ○hṛdaya n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ādityācārya

  1. ādityâcārya m. N. of an author

⋙ādityānuvartin

  1. ādityânuvartin mfn. following the sun Suśr.

≫āditya

  1. ādityá mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 85) relating or belonging to or coming from the Ādityas RV. i, 105, 16 VS. ŚBr. &c
  2. • relating to the god of the sun

āditsā

  1. ā-ditsā ā-ditsu, under ā- √1. dā, p. 136, col. 3

ādin

  1. ādin (√ad), mfn. ifc. eating, devouring Pāṇ. 8-4, 48 R. Mn. &c

ādinava

  1. ādinavá (probably n.) misfortune, want of luck in dice AV. vii, 109, 4 (cf. ādīnava.)

⋙ādinavadarśa

  1. ○darśa mfn. having in view (another's) misfortune VS. xxx, 18

ādiś

  1. ā-√diś P. -didéṣṭi [Subj. 3. sg. -dideśati AV. vi, 6, 2, &c.], -diśáti [3. pl. -diśanti Impv. 2. sg. -diśa impf. 1. sg. âdiśam, &c.], rarely -diśate [BhP. viii, 24, 51], inf. -díśe [RV. ix, 21, 5] and -deṣṭum (aor. 3. sg. âdikṣat [Bhaṭṭ. iii, 3, Pāṇ. 3-1, 45], fut. 1. pl. -dekṣyāmaḥ, perf. -dideśa) to aim at, have in view
  2. • to threaten RV. ix, 21, 5, &c. AV. [Page 137, Column 3]
  3. • to hit RV. ix, 56, 1
  4. • to assign RV. ii, 41, 17,
  5. &c. AV. BhP. R. Ragh. &c
  6. • to point out, indicate
  7. • to report, announce, teach ChUp. iii, 18, 1 BhP. MBh. R. Ragh. &c
  8. • to determine, specify, denominate ŚBr. iii, 5, 8 ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy. BhP. AitBr. &c
  9. • to declare, foretell, Ratnāv. Mālav. &c
  10. • to order, direct, command
  11. Gobh. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. BhP. Kathās. &c
  12. • to refer any one to (loc.)
  13. • to banish MBh. Śak. Kathās. &c
  14. • to undertake, try MBh.
  15. • to profess as one's aim or duty RV. Yājñ.: Caus. -deśayati, to show, indicate, announce, Ratnāv. MBh. Śak. Mṛicch.: Intens. (p. -dédiśāna) to have in view, aim at (acc.) RV. ix, 70, 5

≫ādiś

  1. ā-díś k f. aiming at, design, intention RV. x, 61, 3, &c
  2. • N. of a particular direction or point of the compass (enumerated with diś, pra○, vi○, and ud○) VS. vi, 19 (cf. inf. ā-díśe = dat.)

≫ādiśya

  1. ā-diśya ind. p. aiming at MBh.
  2. • announcing, teaching Ragh. xii, 68
  3. • having said L.

≫ādiṣṭa

  1. ā-diṣṭa mfn. directed, assigned ŚBr. i, 1, 4, 24
  2. • announced ChUp. iii, 18, 1
  3. • mentioned ŚBr.
  4. • enjoined, ordered, advised Śak.
  5. • (am), n. command, order, instruction Comm. on Mn. v, 88
  6. • N. of a particular kind of treaty (in making peace)
  7. • fragments or leavings of a meal L.

≫ādiṣṭin

  1. ā-diṣṭin ī m. one who receives (religious) instruction, a student, Brāhman in the first order of his life Mn. v, 88 MBh.
  2. • one who gives instruction L.

≫ādeśa

  1. ā-deśa m. advice, instruction ŚBr. x, 4, 5, 1 &c. KātyŚr. ChUp. TUp. RPrāt. &c
  2. • account information, declaration Mn. ix, 258 Yājñ.
  3. • foretelling, soothsaying, Ratnāv. Mṛicch.
  4. • a precept
  5. • rule, command, order
  6. R. Hit. Pañcat. Ragh. &c
  7. • a substitute, substituted form or letter Pāṇ. 1-1, 49 ; 52, &c. APrāt. i, 63 Ragh. xii, 58
  8. • result or consequence of stellar conjunction VarBṛ.

⋙ādeśakārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. obeying orders

≫ādeśaka

  1. ā-deśaka m. one who commands, a guide Kād.

≫ādeśana

  1. ā-deśana n. the act of pointing out, commanding, instructing Mn. ii, 173

≫ādeśin

  1. ā-deśin mfn. ifc. assigning
  2. • commanding, directing Ragh. iv, 68
  3. • that (form or letter) for which something is substituted (= sthānin, q.v.) Kāty. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 56
  4. • (ī), m. a fortune-teller L.

≫ādeśya

  1. ā-deśya mfn. to be said or ordered or commanded Pañcat.

≫ādeṣṭṛ

  1. ā-deṣṭṛ tā m. one who orders, a teacher VarBṛ.
  2. • an employer of priests L.

ādih

  1. ā-√dih only p.p

≫ādigdha

  1. ā-digdha mfn. ifc. besmeared, anointed MBh. Hariv. BhP.

ādī

  1. ā-dī √2. (3. sg. impf. ấdīdet RV. i, 149, 3
  2. • 3. sg. aor. ā́-dīdayat RV. ii, 4, 3) to shine upon, enlighten

ādīdi

  1. ā-√dīdi ā- √2. dī

ādīdhi

  1. ā-dīdhi 2. ā-√dhī

ādīnava

  1. ādīnava m. distress, pain, uneasiness
  2. • fault L.

ādīp

  1. ā-√dīp Caus. P. -dīpayati (2. sg. Subj. ā́-dīpayas RV. vi, 22, 8) to cause to blaze, kindle, set on fire, illuminate
  2. RV. ŚBr. MBh. R. &c

≫ādīpaka

  1. ā-dīpaka mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 133) setting on fire L.
  2. • m. an incendiary MBh.

≫ādīpana

  1. ā-dīpana n. setting on fire, inflaming Kauś. BhP.
  2. • embellishing L.
  3. • whitening a wall or floor or seat &c. upon festival occasions L.

≫ādīpita

  1. ā-dīpita mfn. inflamed R.

≫ādīpta

  1. ā-dīpta mfn. set on fire, blazing up MBh. &c

≫ādīpya

  1. ā-dīpya ind. p. having set on fire TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr.

ādīrgha

  1. ā-dīrgha mfn. somewhat long, oval Bhartṛ. i, 86

ādu

  1. ā-du √1. (Ā. 2. sg. Impv. -dunvasva MBh. i, 3289) to feel pain, be consumed by grief

≫ādūna

  1. ā-dūna mfn. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 8-2, 44)

āduri

  1. āduri under ā-√dṝ below

āduh

  1. ā-√duh P. (3. pl. impf. âduhús RV. ix, 72, 2) Ā. (1. sg. pr. ā-duhe RV. ix, 10, 8) to milk near or out. [Page 138, Column 1]

ādṛ

  1. ā-√dṛ (cf. Pāṇ. 7-4, 28), Ā. -driyate, rarely poet. P. [âdriyat BhP. iv, 4, 7] to regard with attention, attend to, be careful about (acc.) ŚBr. AitBr. MBh. Śak. &c
  2. • to respect, honour, reverence Pañcat. BhP. Ragh.

≫ādara

  1. ā-dara m. respect, regard, notice
  2. • care, trouble Pañcat. Hit. Ragh. Kir. &c
  3. • ādaraṃ- √1. kṛ, to exert or interest one's self for
  4. • ādareṇa and ādarāt adv. respectfully
  5. • carefully, zealously

⋙ādaravat

  1. ○vat mfn. showing respect, solicitous Kād.

≫ādaraṇa

  1. ā-daraṇa n. showing respect or regard

≫ādaraṇīya

  1. ā-daraṇīya mf(ā)n. to be attended to or regarded, venerable, respectable

⋙ādaraṇīyatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being venerable

≫ādartavya

  1. ā-dartavya mfn. = ā-daraṇīya above

≫āduri

  1. ā-duri mfn. attentive NBD. (according to Sāy. on RV. iv, 30, 24 belonging to ā-√dṝ below)

≫ādṛta

  1. ā-dṛta mf(ā)n. attentive, careful, zealous, diligent R. Pañcat. BhP. Ragh. &c
  2. • respected, honoured, worshipped Mn. Kathās. &c

≫ādṛtya

  1. ā-dṛtya mf(ā)n. venerable, respectable R. Bhaṭṭ.

≫ādṛtya

  1. ā-dṛtya ind. p. having respected, having honoured

ādṛś

  1. ā-√dṛś Ā. (3. sg. perf. Pass. -dádṛśe RV. x, 111, 7) to appear, be seen: Caus. -darśayati, to show, exhibit

≫ādarśa

  1. ā-darśá m. the act of perceiving by the eyes
  2. • a looking-glass, mirror
  3. ŚBr. BṛĀrUp. MBh. R. &c
  4. • 'illustrating', a commentary (often = -darpaṇa)
  5. • ideal perfection
  6. • a copy Comm. on VarBṛ.
  7. • N. of a son of the eleventh Manu Hariv.
  8. • N. of a country Comm. on Pāṇ.
  9. • of a species of Soma L.
  10. • of a mountain

⋙ādarśabimba

  1. ○bimba m. a round mirror Kum. vii, 22

⋙ādarśamaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍala m. 'having mirror-like spots', N. of a species of serpent Suśr.
  2. • a round mirror L.

⋙ādarśamaya

  1. ○maya mfn. being a mirror Kād.

≫ādarśaka

  1. ā-darśaka mfn. (Comm. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 124) belonging to the country Ādarśa
  2. • m. a mirror R.

≫ādarśita

  1. ā-darśita mfn. shown, pointed out Ragh. iv, 38

≫ādṛṣṭi

  1. ā-dṛṣṭi f. sight
  2. • a glance, look Daś.

⋙ādṛṣṭigocaram

  1. ○gocaram ind. within range of sight Kathās.

⋙ādṛṣṭiprasaram

  1. ○prasaram ind. id. Amar. 74

ādṝ

  1. ā-√dṝ P. Ā. (2. sg. Subj. ā́-darṣi RV. viii, 6, 23, &c
  2. • 3. sg. Subj. aor. ā́-darṣate RV. x, 120, 6
  3. • 2. sg. Subj. Intens. ā́-dardarṣi RV. ii, 12, 15) to crush, force or split open
  4. • to make accessible, bring to light: Intens. (2. sg. Impv. ā́-dardṛhi RV. iii, 20, 24) to crack, split open

≫ādardira

  1. ā-dardirá mfn. crushing, splitting RV. x, 78, 16

≫ādāra

  1. ā-dārá m. (according to Sāy. on RV. i, 46, 5 = ā-dara fr. ā-√dṛ above), N. of a plant that can be substituted for the Soma

⋙ādārabimbī

  1. ○bimbī f. a plant

≫ādārin

  1. ā-dārín mfn. breaking open RV. viii, 45, 13

⋙ādārinbimbī

  1. ○bimbī (ā-dāri-), f. N. of a plant Suśr.

≫ādīrya

  1. ā-dīrya ind. p. having cracked ŚBr. xiv, 1, 2, 12

≫āduri

  1. ā-duri m. 'destroyer (of enemies)', N. of Indra RV. iv, 30, 24 [Sāy.
  2. • also under ā-√dṛ above]

ādeya

  1. ā-deya mfn. under ā- √1. dā above

ādeva

  1. ādeva mf(ī)n. v. l. adeva, q.v

ādeva

  1. ā-deva m. (scil jana) 'all creatures including the gods' (cf. Sāy. on RV. ii, 4, 1)
  2. • mf(ī)n. devoted to the gods [NBD.]

ādevaka

  1. ā-devaka mf(ī)n. (√div), one who sports or plays L.

≫ādevana

  1. ā-devana n. a place for playing ĀśvGṛ. i, 5, 5 Gobh.
  2. • a means of playing L.
  3. • gain in playing L.

ādai

  1. ā-√dai Ā. only p. pr

≫ādāyamāna

  1. ā-dāyamāna mfn. (for 1. ā- √1. dā) examining, proving MBh.

ādo

  1. ā-√do P. -dā́ti, -dyáti (Subj. 1. pl. ā́-dyāmasi, &c.) to reduce to small pieces, to crush AV.

≫ādāna

  1. ā-dāna n. reducing to small pieces, crushing Jaim.
  2. • a part
  3. • (for 1. and 2. ādāna ā- √1. dā and ā- √4. dā.)

ādya

  1. ādyá mf(ā)n. (√ad), to be eaten, edible AV. viii, 2, 19
  2. • (am), n. food
  3. • grain L. [Page 138, Column 2]

ādyut

  1. ā-dyut √2. Ā. (pf. 3. sg. -didyóta) to grow rotten AV. vi, 24, 2

ādyūna

  1. ādyūna mf(ā)n. etym. doubtful, shamelessly voracious, greedy MBh. Rājat.

ādyota

  1. ā-dyota m. (fr. √1. dyut), light, brilliance L.

ādrisāra

  1. ādrisāra mf(ī)n. (fr. adri-s○), made of iron, iron R.

ādru

  1. ā-dru √1. P. -dravati, to run towards, hasten towards, approach running ŚBr. VS. AitBr. MBh.

≫ādrava

  1. ā-drava (?), m. N. of a man VāyuP.

ādvādaśam

  1. ā-dvādaśám ind. up to twelve RV. x, 114, 6

ādvāram

  1. ā-dvāram ind. up to the gate or door MārkP.

ādhamana

  1. ā-dhamana n. (fr. ā-√dhā), pledging Mn. viii, 165

ādhamarṇya

  1. ādhamarṇya n. (fr. adhamarṇa), the state of being a debtor Pāṇ. 2-3, 70, &c

ādhara

  1. ā-dhara under ā-√dhṛ

ādharmika

  1. ādharmika mf(ī)n. (fr. a-dharma), unjust, unrighteous Kāty. on Pāṇ. 4-4, 41

ādharya

  1. ādharya n. (fr. adhara), the state of being inferior or of losing a cause (in law) Vishṇus.

ādharṣa

  1. ā-dharṣa &c. under ā-√dhṛṣ

ādhava

  1. ā-dhava &c. under ā-√dhu

ādhā

  1. ā-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte (in the later language usually Ā.), [1. sg. ā́-dadhāmi AV. ii, 10, 5, &c
  2. • Impv. 2. sg. ā-dhehi AV. vi, 26, 1, &c
  3. • pf. 3. pl. -dadhús RV. viii, 103, 1, &c
  4. • aor. 3. pl. ấ-dhus RV. iv, 6, 6, &c
  5. • p. -dadhāna, p. Pass. -dhīyamāna (in comp., e.g. ā-dhīyamāna-citta Rājat. v, 164)
  6. • perf. -dadhau, &c
  7. • [see under √1. dhā], (P. and Ā.) to place on, put down, deposit, put
  8. • to impregnate, instil (e.g. good sentiments), impress, direct
  9. • to apply, appoint RV. AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
  10. • to add (fuel to fire)
  11. RV. ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. PārGṛ. &c
  12. • to give or deposit in pledge, stake (money) RV.
  13. • to give, supply, lend, deliver RV. AV. PārGṛ. BhP. &c
  14. • to accept, receive RV. AV. MBh. BhP. &c
  15. • to make, constitute, effect
  16. Ragh. Mālav. Rājat. &c
  17. • (only Ā.) to keep, preserve, appropriate to one's self, hold, possess, take
  18. • to conceive (as a woman), get children RV. &c.: Caus. -dhāpayati, to cause to put: Desid. Ā. -dhitsate, to wish to kindle (a fire) TBr.: P. (p. -dhitsat) to be about to take up (a stick for punishing) MBh. xii, 3170

≫ādhātavya

  1. ā-dhātavya mfn. to be distributed or assigned Comm. on Nyāyam.

≫ādhātṛ

  1. ā-dhātṛ m. one who has kindled the sacred fire Nyāyam.
  2. • the giver (of knowledge), a teacher Mālav.

≫ādhāna

  1. ā-dhā́na n. putting near or upon, depositing, placing ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. &c
  2. • lighting, kindling, placing a fire (especially the sacred fire, cf. agny-ā○ above) ŚBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvGṛ. &c
  3. • impregnating (cf. garbhâ○) Megh. iii, &c
  4. • a ceremony performed before coition
  5. • adding Vām.
  6. • causing, effecting MBh. Ragh. Megh. &c
  7. • pledging, depositing Yājñ.
  8. • taking, having, receiving
  9. • assigning, attributing, employing
  10. • containing, being in possession of
  11. • the place in which anything is deposited or rests ŚBr.
  12. • the bit of a bridle TS.

⋙ādhānakārikā

  1. ○kārikā f. N. of wk

⋙ādhānapaddhati

  1. ○paddhati f. id

⋙ādhānavidhi

  1. ○vidhi m. id

≫ādhānika

  1. ādhānika n. a ceremony performed before conception L.

≫ādhāya

  1. ā-dhāya ind. p. having placed Mṛicch.
  2. • having given
  3. • having delivered MBh.
  4. • having received

≫ādhāyaka

  1. ā-dhāyaka mf(ikā)n. [Pāṇ. 3-3, 10] ifc. bestowing, giving
  2. • causing, effecting Sāh.

⋙ādhāyakatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of giving &c. ib.

≫ādhāyin

  1. ā-dhāyin mfn. ifc. = ā-dhāyaka above Rājat.

⋙ādhāyintā

  1. ○tā f. the state of causing &c. ib.

≫ādhi

  1. ā-dhí m. (for 2. p. 139, col. 2) a receptacle BhP. xi, 13, 33
  2. • place, situation L.
  3. • foundation Nyāyam.
  4. • a pledge, deposit, pawn, mortgage RV. Mn. Yājñ. [Page 138, Column 3]
  5. • hire, rent Āp.
  6. • an attribute, title, epithet (cf. upâdhi) L.

⋙ādhitā

  1. ○tā f. the nature or circumstance of a pledge Comm. on Yājñ.

⋙ādhibhoga

  1. ○bhoga m. enjoyment or use of a deposit (use of a horse, cow, &c. when pledged) Gaut. xii, 35

≫ādhitsu

  1. ā-dhitsu mfn. (fr. the Desid.), wishing to receive Comm. on TBr. i, 58, 3

≫ādhīkṛ

  1. ādhī-√kṛ to pledge, mortgage, pawn, make a deposit Comm. on Yājñ.

⋙ādhīkṛkaraṇa

  1. ādhī-√kṛ--karaṇa (ādhī-), n. pledging, mortgaging

⋙ādhīkṛkṛta

  1. ādhī-√kṛ--kṛta mfn. pledged, pawned, mortgaged

⋙ādhīkṛkṛtya

  1. ādhī-√kṛ--kṛtya ind. p. having pledged, &c

≫ādheya

  1. ā-dheya mf(ā)n. to be kindled or placed (as a fire) Comm. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 69
  2. • to be deposited or placed
  3. • to be pledged or mortgaged Yājñ.
  4. • to be assigned or attributed or given or conceded Pañcat. &c
  5. • being contained, comprehended, included Comm. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 4 Bālar.
  6. • being imputed Bālar.
  7. • (am), n. putting on, placing (cf. agnyā○ above) ĀśvŚr. &c
  8. • an attribute, predicate Sāh. &c
  9. • to be effected
  10. • to be fixed T.

≫āhita

  1. ā́-hita mfn. placed on, placed, deposited, put on Pāṇ. 8-4, 8 RV. AV. MBh. &c
  2. • added (as fuel to the fire)
  3. • one who has added
  4. • deposited, pledged, pawned Comm. on Yājñ. &c
  5. • given, delivered
  6. • conceived
  7. • performed, done, effected MBh.
  8. • entertained, felt L.
  9. • comprising, containing

⋙āhitaklama

  1. ○klama mfn. overcome with fatigue, exhausted

⋙āhitalakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa mfn. noted or known for good qualities (= ā-hatal○, q.v.) L.
  2. • one who has laid down his banner T.

⋙āhitasamitka

  1. ○samit-ka mfn. one who has added fuel to the fire or who keeps up a fire

⋙āhitāgni

  1. ā́hitâgni mfn. one who has placed the sacred fire upon the altar
  2. • (is), m. sacrificer, a Brāhman who maintains a perpetual sacred fire in a family &c. TS. ŚBr. &c
  3. • āhitâgny-ādi m. a g. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-2, 37)

⋙āhitāṅka

  1. āhitâṅka mfn. marked, spotted, stained

ādhāra

  1. ā-dhāra &c. under ā-√dhṛ

ādhāv

  1. ā-√dhāv P. ā́-dhāvati (Ā. only p. -dhāvamāna MBh.) to flow towards, run near RV. ix, 17, 4 and ix, 67, 14
  2. • to come running, run or hasten towards
  3. • to return RV. Lāṭy. ŚBr. Hariv.

ādhi

  1. ā-dhi under ā-√dhā and ā-√dhyai

ādhikaraṇika

  1. ādhikaraṇika m. (fr. adhikaraṇa), a judge, government official Mṛicch. ( adhi○)

≫ādhikārika

  1. ādhikārika mf(ā)n. (fr. adhi-kāra), belonging to a chief matter or principal person Sāh. &c
  2. • belonging to particular sections or head chapters (adhikāra) ŚāṅkhGṛ.
  3. • official, relating to any office or duty Bādar.
  4. • m. the supreme ruler, the supreme spirit Bādar.

ādhikya

  1. ādhikya n. (fr. adhika), excess, abundance, superabundance, high degree
  2. • overweight, preponderance
  3. • superiority R. Mn. Suśr. Comm. on Pāṇ. &c

ādhidaivika

  1. ādhidaivika mf(ā)n. (fr. adhideva), relating to or proceeding from gods or from spirits Mn. Suśr.
  2. • proceeding from the influence of the atmosphere or planets, proceeding from divine or supernatural agencies

≫ādhidaivata

  1. ādhidaivata mfn. id. ib.

ādhipatya

  1. ā́dhipatya n. [Pāṇ. 5-1, 124] (fr. adhi-pati), supremacy, sovereignty, power RV. x, 124, 5 AV. xviii, 4, 54
  2. VS. TS. AitBr. ŚBr. Mn. Yājñ. Pañcat. &c

ādhibandha

  1. ādhi-bandha under ā-√dhyai

ādhibhautika

  1. ādhibhautika mf(ī)n. (fr. adhibhūta), belonging or relating to created beings Suśr.
  2. • elementary, derived or produced from the primitive elements, material

ādhimanyu

  1. ādhimanyu avas m. pl. (fr. adhimanyu), febrile heat L.

ādhirathi

  1. ādhirathi m. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 95) 'son of Adhi ratha', N. of Karṇa MBh.

ādhirājya

  1. ādhirājya n. (fr. adhi-rāja), royalty, royal government, supreme sway Ragh. Bālar.

ādhivedanika

  1. ādhivedanika mfn. (fr. adhivedana), belonging to a second marriage T.
  2. • (am), n. (scil. dānam) property (gifts &c.) given to a first wife upon marrying a second Yājñ. Vishṇus. [Page 139, Column 1]

ādhī

  1. ā-√dhī (cf. ā-dhyai
  2. • according to Dhātup. xxiv, 68 Pāṇ. 6-1, 6, &c., -dīdhī), P. (Subj. 3. pl. ā́-dīdhayan) to mind, care for RV. vii, 7, 6: Ā. (Subj. 2. sg. ā́-dīdhīthās) to meditate on, think about, care for, wish for AV. viii, 1, 8, &c
  3. • (p. aor. -dhī́ṣamāṇa mfn. RV. x, 26, 6) to wish for, long for

≫ādhī

  1. ā-dhī́ f. (for 1. ā-dhī under ā-√dhā), eagerness, longing, care RV. AV. &c

⋙ādhīparṇa

  1. ○parṇa mf(ā)n. 'winged with longing' AV. iii, 25, 2

≫ādhīta

  1. ā́-dhīta mfn. reflected or meditated upon
  2. • (am), n. the object of thought, anything intended or hoped for RV. VS. ŚBr. MaitrS.

⋙ādhītayajus

  1. ○yajús n. a sacrificial prayer which is meditated upon

≫ādhīti

  1. ā́-dhīti f. thinking about, intending MaitrS.

ādhīna

  1. ādhīna = adhīna, q.v. MBh.

ādhu

  1. ā-√dhu or -√dhū P. (-dhunoti [ŚBr.] 1. sg. ā́-dhūnomi {cf. VS.}, Pot. 3. sg. -dhūnuyāt {cf. TBr.}), Ā. (3. pl. ā́-dhunvate {cf. RV.}, &c.) to stir, agitate

≫ādhava

  1. ā-dhavá m. one who stirs up or agitates RV.
  2. • that which is agitated, mixture ib.

≫ādhavana

  1. ā-dhavana mfn. stirring ĀpŚr.
  2. • (am), n. agitating, moving L.

≫ādhavanīya

  1. ā-dhavanī́ya m. a vessel in which the Soma plant is stirred and cleansed VS. TS. AitBr. &c

≫ādhāva

  1. ā-dhāvá ās m. pl. that which is agitated or cleansed by stirring TS.

≫ādhuta

  1. ā-dhuta mf(ā and ī [T.])n. = the next

≫ādhūta

  1. ā-dhūta mf(ā)n. shaken, agitated Ragh. Kathās. &c
  2. • disturbed, trembling R.

≫ādhūya

  1. ā-dhūya ind. p. having shaken or agitated TS. KātyŚr. MBh. &c

ādhunaya

  1. ā-dhunaya Nom. (fr. dhúni), Ā. (Impv. 3. pl. ā́-dhunayantām) to rush towards with violence RV. iii, 55, 16

ādhunika

  1. ādhunika mf(ī)n. (fr. adhunā), new, recent, of the present moment

ādhūpaya

  1. ā-dhūpaya Nom. (fr. dhūpa), P. (Impv. 3. sg. -dhūpayatu) to envelop in smoke TĀr.

≫ādhūpana

  1. ā-dhūpana n. enveloping in smoke or mist VBr.

ādhūmaya

  1. ā-dhūmaya Nom. (fr. dhūma), P. to envelop in smoke

≫ādhūmana

  1. ā-dhūmana n. = ā-dhūpana above VBr.

≫ādhūmita

  1. ā-dhūmita mfn. enveloped in mist ib.

≫ādhūmra

  1. ā-dhūmra mfn. smoke-coloured ib.

ādhṛ

  1. ā-√dhṛ P. (-dharati) to hold, keep, support R. Kathās.: Caus. P. (impf. 2. sg. âdhārayas) to bring, supply RV. i, 52, 8 ; ix, 12, 9: Pass. (-dhriyate) to be contained, exist in anything (loc.)

≫ādhara

  1. ā-dhara mfn. ifc. supportable, tenable (cf. dur○)

≫ādhāra

  1. ā-dhārá m. support, prop, stay, substratum
  2. • the power of sustaining, or the support given, aid, patronage AV. xii, 3, 48 MBh. Suśr. Vedāntas. &c
  3. • that which contains (a fluid &c.), a vessel, receptacle Yājñ. Suśr. Pañcat. &c
  4. • a dike, dam Ragh.
  5. • a basin round the foot of a tree L.
  6. • a reservoir, pond L.
  7. • (in phil. and Gr.) comprehension, location, the sense of the locative case
  8. • ifc. belonging or relating to
  9. • the subject in a sentence (of which qualities &c. are affirmed)
  10. • N. of a lake
  11. • of an author

⋙ādhārakārikā

  1. ○kārikā f. N. of a Kārikā

⋙ādhāracakra

  1. ○cakra n. N. of a mystical circle on the posterior part of the body Rasik.

⋙ādhāratā

  1. ○tā f. and the state of being a support, &c

⋙ādhāratva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being a support, &c

⋙ādhārarūpā

  1. ○rūpā f. an ornament for the neck

⋙ādhārādheyabhāva

  1. ādhārâdheya-bhāva m. the relation of the recipient and the thing to be received (as of a mirror and the object reflected) Hit.

≫ādhāraka

  1. ādhāraka ifc. a substratum Suśr.

≫ādhāraṇa

  1. ā-dhāraṇa n. bearing, holding, supporting

≫ādhārya

  1. ā-dhārya mf(ā)n. to be located, that to which a location is to be assigned L.
  2. • contained, included Sāh.

≫ādhārya

  1. ā-dhārya ind. p. keeping, holding R.

≫ādhṛta

  1. ā-dhṛta mf(ā)n. contained (with loc.)

ādhṛṣ

  1. ā-√dhṛṣ P. (perf. 3. sg. ā́-dadharṣa Pot. ā́-dadharṣīt, Subj. aor. 3. sg. -dadhárṣat, &c.) to assail, attack, injure, overcome RV. AV.

≫ādharṣa

  1. ā-dharṣa mfn. ifc. attackable, assailable (cf. dur○)
  2. • m. insulting, assailing T. [Page 139, Column 2]

⋙ādharṣaṇa

  1. ā-dharṣaṇa n. = ā-dharṣa T.
  2. • conviction of crime or error L.
  3. • refutation ib.

≫ādharṣita

  1. ā-dharṣita mf(ā)n. convicted, sentenced
  2. • refuted in argument, disproved
  3. • injured, aggrieved Yājñ. Hariv. MBh. R.

≫ādharṣya

  1. ā-dharṣya mfn. to be injured or insulted, assailable T.
  2. • weak T.
  3. • (am), n. the state of being assailable, &c
  4. • weakness ib. (cf. an○)

≫ādhṛṣ

  1. ā-dhṛ́ṣ (only dat. [○e used as Inf RV. AV. vi, 33, 2] and abl. [○as RV. ii, 1, 9]), assault, attack

≫ādhṛṣīya

  1. ā-dhṛṣīya mfn. 'including the √dhṛṣ' Dhātup.

≫ādhṛṣṭa

  1. ā-dhṛṣṭa mf(ā)n. checked, overcome T. (cf. an○)

≫ādhṛṣṭi

  1. ā-dhṛṣṭi f. assailing, attacking (cf. an○)

ādhenava

  1. ā́dhenava n. (fr. a-dhenu), want of cows Comm. on Pāṇ.

ādhoraṇa

  1. ādhoraṇa m. the rider or driver of an elephant Ragh. Kathās. &c

ādhmā

  1. ā-√dhmā P. -dhamati (Impv. 2. sg. -dhama) to inflate, fill with air, blow Hariv.
  2. • to cry out, utter with a loud voice
  3. • to sound TĀr.: Pass. (-dhmāyati irr. ŚBr. xiv, 6, 2, 12) to swell with wind, puff up MBh. Suśr. (in the latter sense sometimes [Suśr. 290, 10] P.): Caus. to blow, inflate

≫ādhamana

  1. ā-dhamana s.v

≫ādhmāta

  1. ā-dhmāta mf(ā)n. inflated, blown, puffed up
  2. • sounded, sounding
  3. • heated, burnt

≫ādhmāna

  1. ā-dhmāna n. blowing, inflation, puffing Suśr.
  2. • boasting
  3. • a bellows L.
  4. • intumescence, swelling of the body
  5. • N. of certain diseases Suśr.
  6. • N. of a species of sound T.
  7. • (ī), f. N. of a fragrant bark

≫ādhmāpana

  1. ā-dhmāpana n. inflating, blowing upon
  2. • a method of healing particular wounds (cf. śalya) Suśr.
  3. • sounding T.

ādhyakṣya

  1. ā́dhyakṣya n. (fr. adhy-akṣa), superintendence VS.

ādhyaśvi

  1. ādhyaśvi m. (fr. adhy-aśva), N. of a place, (g. gahâdi on Pāṇ. 4-2, 138.)

≫ādhyaśvīya

  1. ādhyaśvīya mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 138) belonging to the place Ādhyaśvi

ādhyā

  1. ādhyā under ā-√dhyai

ādhyātmika

  1. ādhyātmika mf(ā and ī)n. (fr. adhy-ātma), relating to self or to the soul
  2. • proceeding from bodily and mental causes within one's self
  3. • relating to the supreme spirit Mn. &c
  4. • spiritual, holy
  5. • (am), n. (scil. duḥkham), N. of a class of diseases Suśr.

ādhyāna

  1. ā-dhyāna under ā-√dhyai

ādhyāpaka

  1. ādhyāpaka m. a teacher, a religious preceptor (= adhyāpaka, q.v.) L.

ādhyāyika

  1. ādhyāyika m. (fr. adhy-āya), occupied or employed in reading or studying TUp. MBh.

ādhyāsika

  1. ādhyāsika mfn. (fr. adhy-āsa, q.v.), (in phil.) belonging to or effected by erroneous attribution T.

ādhyai

  1. ā-√dhyai (cf. ā-√dhī), P. (p. -dhyāyat [BhP. ix, 14, 43]
  2. • Impv. 2. sg. -dhyāhi [MBh.]) to meditate on
  3. • to wish or pray for anything for another

≫ādhi

  1. ā-dhí m. thought, care, anxious reflection, mental agony, anxiety, pain TS. MBh. Yājñ. &c
  2. • reflection on religion or duty L.
  3. • hope, expectation L.
  4. • misfortune L.
  5. • a man solicitous for his family's livelihood L.

⋙ādhija

  1. ○ja mfn. produced by anxiety or pain &c. L.

⋙ādhijña

  1. ○jña mfn. suffering pain L.

⋙ādhibandha

  1. ○bandha m. the tie of anxiety (said of a king in relation to his care of his subjects) MBh.

⋙ādhimlāna

  1. ○mlāna mf(ā)n. withered with anxiety L.
  2. • (for 1. ā-dhi ā-√dhā.)

≫ādhī

  1. ā-dhī and under 1. ā-√dhī

⋙ādhīta

  1. ā-dhīta under 1. ā-√dhī

≫ādhyā

  1. ā-dhyā f. = the next L.

≫ādhyāna

  1. ā-dhyāna n. meditating upon, reflecting on, remembering with regret, pensive or sorrowful recollection

ādhra

  1. ādhrá mf(ā)n. (according to Sāy. on RV. i, 35, 14 fr. √dhrai [?], according to T. fr. ā-√dhṛ), poor, destitute, indigent, weak RV.

ādhvaṃs

  1. ā-√dhvaṃs p.p

≫ādhvasta

  1. ā-dhvasta mfn. covered Nir. iv, 3. [Page 139, Column 3]

ādhvanika

  1. ādhvanika mf(ī)n. (fr. adhvan), being on a journey MBh.

ādhvara

  1. ādhvara m. N. of a man

ādhvarāyaṇa

  1. ādhvarāyaṇa m. a descendant of Adhvara (= the second Vasu), g. naḍâdi [Pāṇ. 4-1, 99]

≫ādhvarika

  1. ā́dhvarika mf(ī)n. (fr. adhvara), belonging to the Soma sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr.
  2. • m. (scil. grantha) a book explaining the Adhvara sacrifice L.
  3. • a man acquainted with the Adhvara sacrifice L.

≫ādhvaryava

  1. ā́dhvaryava mf(ī)n. (fr. adhvaryu), belonging to the Adhvaryu (= Yajur-veda) Pāṇ. 4-3, 123 VP.
  2. • (am), n. the office of an Adhvaryu priest RV. x, 52, 2 VS. ŚBr. &c

ādhvasta

  1. ā-dhvasta under ā-√dhvaṃs

āna

  1. āná m. (fr. √an), face [NBD.]
  2. • mouth
  3. • nose {cf. Sāy.} RV. i, 52, 15
  4. • exhaling the breath through the nose T.
  5. • inhalation, breath inspired, breathing, blowing L.

≫ānana

  1. ānana n. the mouth
  2. • the face R. Ragh. &c
  3. • entrance, door L.

⋙ānanānta

  1. ānanânta m. the angle of the mouth BhP.

⋙ānanābja

  1. ānanâbja n. face-lotus (i.e. lotus-like face)

ānaka

  1. ānaka m. (etym. doubtful), a large military drum beaten at one end
  2. • a double drum
  3. • a small drum or tabor Bhag. Hariv.
  4. • a thunder-cloud or a cloud to which the thunder is ascribed L.
  5. • (mfn.) energetic T.

⋙ānakadundubhi

  1. ○dundubhi m. = anaka○, q.v
  2. • (is), m. or (ī), f. a large drum beaten at one end, a kettle-drum L.

⋙ānakasthalaka

  1. ○sthalaka mfn. belonging to Ānaka-sthalī

⋙ānakasthalī

  1. ○sthalī f. N. of a country

≫ānakāyani

  1. ānakāyani g. karṇâdi (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 80)

ānakṣ

  1. ā-√nakṣ to approach, obtain, reach, present L.

ānaḍuha

  1. ā́naḍuha mf(ī)n. (fr. anaḍuh), coming from or belonging to a bull ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c
  2. • (am), n. N. of a Tīrtha Hariv.

≫ānaḍuhaka

  1. ānaḍuhaka mfn. coming from or belonging to a bull [T.], g. kulālâdi (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 118)

≫ānaḍuhya

  1. ānaḍuhya m. a descendant of the Muni Anaḍuh [T.]

≫ānaḍuhyāyana

  1. ānaḍuhyāyana (g. aśvâdi [Pāṇ. 4-1, 110]) and belonging to Āna-ḍuhya

⋙ānaḍuhyāyani

  1. ānaḍuhyāyani (g. karṇâdi [Pāṇ. 4-2, 80]), belonging to Āna-ḍuhya

ānata

  1. ā-nata &c. under ā-√nam next page

ānad

  1. ā-√nad Caus. P. (p. -nādayat) to make resonant, cause to sound MBh.

ānaddha

  1. ā-naddha &c. under ā-√nah

ānana

  1. ānana under āná above

ānantarya

  1. ānantarya n. (fr. an-antara Pāṇ. 5-1, 124), immediate sequence or succession KātyŚr. Āp. Mn. &c
  2. • proximity, absence of interval MBh. &c

⋙ānantaryatṛtīyā

  1. ○tṛtīyā f. the third day (of a religious rite) BhP.

ānantya

  1. ā́nantya mfn. (fr. an-anta Pāṇ. 5-4, 23), infinite, eternal MBh. &c
  2. • bestowing infinite reward ĀrshBr.
  3. • (am), n. infinity, eternity
  4. ŚBr. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
  5. • immortality, future happiness MBh. &c

ānand

  1. ā-√nand P. -nandati, to rejoice, be delighted Gīt. Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. P. -nandayati, to gladden
  2. • to bless TUp. Yājñ. &c.: Ā. -nandayate, to amuse one's self

≫ānanda

  1. ā-nandá m. happiness, joy, enjoyment, sensual pleasure RV. AV. VS. R. Ragh. &c
  2. • m. and (am), n. 'pure happiness', one of the three attributes of Ātman or Brahman in the Vedānta philosophy Vedāntas. &c
  3. • m. (in dram.) the thing wished for, the end of the drama e.g. the Vīth āct in the Veṇis. Sāh. 399
  4. • a kind of flute
  5. • the sixteenth Muhūrta
  6. • N. of Śiva
  7. • of a Lokeśvara (cf. Buddh.)
  8. • of a Bala (cf. Jain.) L.
  9. • of several men
  10. • of a country
  11. • m. and (am), n. N. of the forty-eighth year of the cycle of Jupiter
  12. • (ā and ī), f. N. of two plants L.
  13. • (ā), f. N. of Gaurī L.
  14. • (am), n. a kind of house
  15. • (often at the beginning and end of proper names.)

⋙ānandakanda

  1. ○kanda m. 'the √of joy', N. of an author
  2. • of a medical work
  3. • of a country

⋙ānandakara

  1. ○kara mfn. exhilarating, delighting. [Page 140, Column 1]

⋙ānandakalikā

  1. ○kalikā f. N. of wk

⋙ānandakānanamāhātmya

  1. ○kānana-māhātmya n. N. of a section of the Vāyu-purāṇa

⋙ānandakāvya

  1. ○kāvya n. N. of wk

⋙ānandakośa

  1. ○kośa m. N. of a play

⋙ānandagiri

  1. ○giri m. N. of a pupil of and annotator on Śāṅkarācārya

⋙ānandaghana

  1. ○ghana mfn. consisting of pure joy NṛisUp.

⋙ānandacaturdaśīvrata

  1. ○caturdaśī-vrata n. N. of a religious rite BhavP.

⋙ānandacaula

  1. ○caula m. N. of a teacher

⋙ānandaja

  1. ○ja mfn. proceeding from joy T.
  2. • m. N. of a teacher
  3. • (am), n. semen virile L.

⋙ānandajala

  1. ○jala n. tears of joy BhP.

⋙ānandajñāna

  1. ○jñāna m. = -giri above
  2. • -giri m. id

⋙ānandatā

  1. ○tā f. joyfulness, joy ŚBr.

⋙ānandatāṇḍavapura

  1. ○tāṇḍava-pura n. N. of a town

⋙ānandatīrtha

  1. ○tīrtha m. N. of Madhva, the founder of a Vaishṇava school of philosophy
  2. • = ānanda-giri (?)

⋙ānandada

  1. ○da mfn. = -kara, q.v. L.

⋙ānandadatta

  1. ○datta m. membrum virile L.

⋙ānandadīpikā

  1. ○dīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙ānandadeva

  1. ○deva m. N. of a poet

⋙ānandanātha

  1. ○nātha m. N. of a man

⋙ānandanidhi

  1. ○nidhi m. N. of a commentary

⋙ānandapaṭa

  1. ○paṭa m. a bridal garment L.

⋙ānandapura

  1. ○pura n. N. of a town

⋙ānandapūrṇa

  1. ○pūrṇa m. N. of a scholiast

⋙ānandaprabhava

  1. ○prabhava m. the seminal fluid L.
  2. • the universe (as proceeding from Ānanda = Brahman T.)

⋙ānandaprabhā

  1. ○prabhā f. N. of a celestial woman

⋙ānandabāṣpa

  1. ○bāṣpa m. = -jala above

⋙ānandabodhendra

  1. ○bodhêndra m. N. of a scholiast

⋙ānandabhuj

  1. ○bhuj mfn. enjoying happiness MāṇḍUp. Vedāntas.

⋙ānandabhairava

  1. ○bhairava mfn. causing both enjoyment and fear
  2. • m. N. of Śiva
  3. • N. of a teacher
  4. • (ī), f. N. of Gaurī T.

⋙ānandamaya

  1. ○maya mf(ī)n. blissful, made up or consisting of happiness
  2. TUp. MāṇḍUp. Vedāntas. Kathās.
  3. • (am), n. (scil. brahman) the supreme spirit (as consisting of pure happiness, cf. ānanda above)
  4. • -koṣa m. the innermost case of the body, the causal frame enshrining the soul

⋙ānandamālā

  1. ○mālā f. N. of wk

⋙ānandayoga

  1. ○yoga m. (in astron.) N. of a particular Yoga

⋙ānandarāya

  1. ○rāya m. N. of a man

⋙ānandarūpa

  1. ○rūpa mfn. consisting of happiness NṛisUp.

⋙ānandalahari

  1. ○lahari or f. 'wave of enjoyment', N. of a hymn by Śaṅkarācārya addressed to Pārvatī

⋙ānandalaharī

  1. ○laharī f. 'wave of enjoyment', N. of a hymn by Śaṅkarācārya addressed to Pārvatī

⋙ānandalaharīstotra

  1. ○laharī-stotra n. N. of a poem

⋙ānandavana

  1. ○vana m. N. of a scholiast
  2. • (am), n. N. of Kāśī

⋙ānandavardhana

  1. ○vardhana mfn. enhancing enjoyment R.
  2. • m. N. of a poet Rājat.

⋙ānandavallī

  1. ○vallī f. N. of the second part of the Taittirīya-Upanishad

⋙ānandavimala

  1. ○vimala m. N. of a man

⋙ānandaveda

  1. ○veda m. N. of several men

⋙ānandasambhava

  1. ○sambhava mfn. = -prabhava, q.v

⋙ānandācala

  1. ānandâcala m. = -giri, q.v

⋙ānandātman

  1. ānandâtman mfn. one whose essence consists in happiness ŚBr.
  2. • (ā), m. N. of a teacher

⋙ānandāmṛta

  1. ānandâmṛta n. 'joy-nectar', happiness NṛisUp.
  2. • -rūpa mfn. consisting of happiness ib.

⋙ānandāśrama

  1. ānandâśrama m. N. of a scholar

⋙ānandāśru

  1. ānandâśru n. = ānanda-jala above

⋙ānandeśvaratīrtha

  1. ānandêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha

⋙ānandotsava

  1. ānandôtsava m. a festival

≫ānandaka

  1. ā-nandaka mf(ā)n. gladdening, rejoicing Hit. Kād.
  2. • (am), n. N. of a lake

≫ānandathu

  1. ā-nandathu mfn. happy, joyful L.
  2. • (us), m. happiness, joy Bhaṭṭ.

≫ānandana

  1. ā-nandana n. delighting, making happy Hit.
  2. • civility, courtesy, courteous treatment of a friend or guest at meeting and parting L.

≫ānandayitavya

  1. ā-nandayitavya mfn. to be enjoyed

≫ānandayitṛ

  1. ā-nandayitṛ ā m. a gladdener, one who makes joyful Ragh.

≫ānandi

  1. ā-nandi m. happiness, enjoyment, pleasure L.

≫ānandita

  1. ā-nandita mf(ā)n. rejoiced, delighted, happy Hariv. &c
  2. • N. of a man

≫ānandin

  1. ā-nandin mfn. delightful, blissful, happy, cheerful Kathās.
  2. • gladdening, making happy
  3. • N. of a man

ānapatya

  1. ānapatya mfn. (fr. an-apatya), proceeding from childlessness BhP.

ānabhimlāta

  1. ānabhimlāta m. a descendant of An-abhimlāta BṛĀrUp.

ānabhimlāna

  1. ānabhimlāna m. a descendant of An-abhimlāna Pāṇ.

ānam

  1. ā-√nam P. (3. pl. ā́-namanti RV. &c
  2. • inf. -námam RV. iv, 8, 3), Ā. (Impv. 3. pl. ā́namantām RV. vi, 49, 4) to bend down, bend, bow, incline R. BhP. Ragh. &c
  3. • to do homage, salute reverently BhP. ŚBr. &c
  4. • to condescend
  5. • to be propitious (as gods to men) RV. vi, 50, 4
  6. • to bring near
  7. • to bend towards or near
  8. • to subdue RV.: Caus. -nāmayati and -namayati, to inflect, bend (a bow), cause to bend, subdue MBh. Mālav. Hariv.

≫ānata

  1. ā́-nata mfn. bending, stooping, bowed Ragh. Kathās.
  2. • humbled, submissive, obedient MBh. &c
  3. • bent or curved inwards (as a bow) ŚBr.
  4. • flat, sunk (not elevated) MBh. R.
  5. • pacified, conciliated
  6. • saluted reverently. [Page 140, Column 2]

⋙ānataja

  1. ○ja ās m. pl. a class of divine beings (cf. Jain.)

≫ānati

  1. ā́-nati f. bending, bowing, stooping VS. Kathās.
  2. • submission, obedience, inferiority Comm. on KātyŚr. &c
  3. • contentedness T.
  4. • saluting L.

≫ānama

  1. ā-nama m. bending, stretching (a bow) L.
  2. • ifc. to be bent (cf. dur○)

≫ānamana

  1. ā-namana n. = ā-nati, q.v. T.

≫ānamam

  1. ā-námam under ā-√nam

≫ānamita

  1. ā-namita and mfn. (p. of Caus.) bent or bowed down, caused to bend Bhartṛ. Mālav.

⋙ānāmita

  1. ā-nāmita mfn. (p. of Caus.) bent or bowed down, caused to bend Bhartṛ. Mālav.

≫ānamya

  1. ā-namya and mfn. to be bent

⋙ānāmya

  1. ā-nāmya mfn. to be bent

≫ānamya

  1. ā-namya and ind. p. having bent

⋙ānatya

  1. ā-natya ind. p. having bent

≫ānamra

  1. ā-namra mfn. bent
  2. • propitious

≫ānāmana

  1. ā-nāmana n. propitiation, gaining (a god's) favour, conciliation

ānamra

  1. ā-namra mfn. a little bent

ānaya

  1. ā-naya &c. under ā-√nī

ānarta

  1. ā-narta &c. under ā-√nṛt

ānarthakya

  1. ānarthakya n. (fr. an-arthaka), uselessness, unprofitableness KātyŚr. Pāṇ. &c
  2. • unfitness, impropriety L.

ānard

  1. ā-√nard to roar

≫ānardam

  1. ā-nardam ind. p. roaring MBh.

≫ānardita

  1. ā-nardita n. roaring R.

ānala

  1. ānala n. (fr. anala), 'belonging to Agni', N. of the constellation Kṛittikā VarBṛS.

ānalavi

  1. ānalavi m. N. of a man

ānava

  1. ā́nava mf(ī)n. (fr. 2. anu BRD.), kind to men RV.
  2. • humane ib.
  3. • a foreign man RV. vii, 18, 13 (according to T. [fr. ānu = man], 'belonging to living men')

ānavya

  1. ānavya mfn. = ā́nava T.

ānasa

  1. ānasá mfn. (fr. anas), belonging to a waggon ŚBr.
  2. • belonging to a father T.

ānah

  1. ā-√nah P. (Impv. 2. sg. ā́-nahya) to bind to or on AV. vi, 67, 3 MBh.: Ā. -nahyate, to be stopped up, become stopped Suśr.

≫ānaddha

  1. ā-naddha mfn. bound to or on, bound, tied MBh.
  2. • costive Suśr.
  3. • (am), n. a drum in general L.
  4. • putting on clothes or ornaments L.

⋙ānaddhatva

  1. ○tva n. state of being bound, obstruction

⋙ānaddhavastitā

  1. ○vasti-tā f. suppression of urine
  2. • state of having the bladder obstructed

≫ānāha

  1. ā-nāha m. epistasis, suppression of urine
  2. • constipation Suśr. MBh.
  3. • length L.

≫ānāhika

  1. ānāhika mf(ī)n. to be used in epistasis Suśr.

ānākarathavartman

  1. ā-nāka-ratha-vartman mfn. one the path of whose chariot, reaches to the sky Ragh. i, 5

ānāthya

  1. ānāthya n. (fr. a-nātha), state of being unprotected or without a guardian, orphanage Kathās.

āniceya

  1. āniceya mf(ī [Pāṇ. 4-1, 73])n. (according to T. [fr. ā-ni-√ci], to be gathered from every side
  2. • more probably) a descendant of Aniceya [NBD.] L.

āniñjya

  1. āniñjya n. (fr. an with √iñj), immovableness

ānidhana

  1. ānidhana n. (scil. sāman) N. of a Sāman

ānidheya

  1. ānidheya mf(ī [Pāṇ. 4-1, 73])n. a descendant of A-nidheya [NBD.] L.

āniruddha

  1. āniruddha m. a descendant of A-niruddha L.

ānirhata

  1. ā́nirhata mf(ī)n. (fr. a-nirhata), of indestructible nature ŚBr. VS.
  2. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a class of principal gods [T.]

ānila

  1. ānila mf(ī)n. (fr. anila), proceeding from or produced by wind, windy L.
  2. • belonging to Vāyu or Anila T.
  3. • m. N. of Hanumat
  4. • of Bhīma L.
  5. • (ī), f. and (am), n. N. of the constellation Svāti

≫ānili

  1. ānili m. 'a descendant of Anila'
  2. • N. of Hanumat
  3. • of Bhīma L.

āniśam

  1. ā-niśam ind. till night

ānī

  1. ā-√nī P. -nayati (1. pl. ā́-nayāmasi AV. v, 25, 8
  2. • Impv. 2. sg. ā́-naya, 3. sg. ā́-nayatu
  3. • pf. ā́-nināya AV. v, 17, 2, and ā-ninā́ya RV. viii, 21, 9 [Page 140, Column 3]
  4. • inf. -netavaí ŚBr. ii, 1, 14, 16), Ā. (1. sg. -naye R.) to lead towards or near
  5. • to bring, carry to a place (acc. or loc.)
  6. • to fetch
  7. RV. AV. SV. ŚBr. MBh. R. Śak. &c
  8. • (perf. periphr. -nayāmāsa MBh. iii, 2282) to cause to bring or fetch
  9. • to bring back or take back MBh. R.
  10. • to pour in, mix in RV. VS. ŚBr. &c
  11. • to bring any one to, reduce to any state MBh.
  12. • to deduce, calculate
  13. • to use, employ, prove: Caus. P. -nāyayati, to cause to be brought or fetched or led near
  14. MBh. R. Ragh. Kathās. &c.: Desid. -ninīṣati, to intend or wish to bring near BhP. x, 89, 42

≫ānaya

  1. ā-naya m. leading to T.
  2. • leading to a teacher = upanayana, q.v.) L.

≫ānayana

  1. ā-nayana n. bringing, leading near VP. KātyŚr. MBh. R. &c
  2. • producing, working
  3. • calculating

≫ānayitavya

  1. ā-nayitavya mfn. to be brought or led near MBh.
  2. • to be calculated Comm. on VarBṛ.

≫ānāya

  1. ā-nāya as. m. a fisherman's net Pāṇ.

≫ānāyāya

  1. ānāyāya Nom. Ā. (-nāyāyate) to become a net, form or represent a net

≫ānāyin

  1. ānāyin ī m. a fisherman, fisher Ragh.

≫ānāyya

  1. ā-nāyya mfn. to be brought near
  2. • m. consecrated fire (taken from the Gārhapatya or household fire, and placed on the south side, where it is called dakṣiṇâgni, q.v.)

≫ānāyya

  1. ā-nāyya ind. p. (of the Caus.) having caused to be brought, having caused to be introduced, having brought together

≫ānīta

  1. ā-nīta mfn. taken, brought near, &c

≫ānīti

  1. ā-nīti f. the act of leading near R.

≫ānetavai

  1. ā-netavai under ā-√nī

≫ānetavya

  1. ā-netavya mfn. = 1. ā-nāyya, q.v

≫ānetṛ

  1. ā-netṛ mfn. one who leads or brings near, a bringer, bringing Kathās.

ānīkavata

  1. ānīkavata mfn. (fr. anīkavat [= Agni]), relating to Agni Comm. on KātyŚr.

ānīla

  1. ā-nīla mf(ā)n. darkish Ragh. Vikr.
  2. • slightly dark or blue
  3. • m. a black horse L.
  4. • (ī), f. a black mare T.
  5. • tin L.

ānu

  1. ā-nu √1. Ā. (aor. 3. pl. ấnūṣata RV. i, 151, 6 and ix, 65, 14) to sound, roar towards or near
  2. • (p. -nuvāna Bhaṭṭ.) to cry
  3. • to twitter (as birds): Intens. (ā́-navinot RV. vii, 87, 2) to roar towards

ānu

  1. ānu mfn. (fr. √2. an), living, human T.

ānukalpika

  1. ānukalpika mfn. (fr. anu-kalpa, q.v., g. ukthâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 60), one who knows or studies the alternative rules
  2. • obtained by alternative rules T.
  3. • (am), n. a substitute T.

ānukūlika

  1. ānukūlika mfn. (fr. anu-kūla), conformable, favourable, inclined to help Pāṇ. 4-4, 28

≫ānukūlya

  1. ānukūlya n. conformity, suitableness Kathās. MBh. Yājñ.
  2. • favour, kindness, humouring Rājat.
  3. • agreement of minds, friendliness

⋙ānukūlyatas

  1. ○tas ind. conformable to one's wishes, Vātsy.

ānukṛṣṭa

  1. ānukṛṣṭa mfn. (= anu-kṛṣṭa, q.v.) Vārtt. on Pāṇ. 5-4, 36

ānukhaḍgya

  1. ānukhaḍgya mfn. (fr. anu-khaḍga), being along the sword Comm. on Pāṇ.

ānugaṅgya

  1. ānugaṅgya mfn. (fr. anu-gaṅga), being along the Gaṅgā ib.

ānugatika

  1. ānugatika mfn. (fr. anu-gata), relating to or proceeding from, following Pāṇ.

≫ānugatya

  1. ānugatya n. following
  2. • acquaintance, familiarity L.

ānugādika

  1. ānugādika mfn. (fr. anu-gādin), belonging to one who repeats another's words, repeating another's words Pāṇ.

ānuguṇika

  1. ānuguṇika mfn. (fr. anu-guṇa), knowing or studying the Anu-guṇa (i.e. according to T. a manual of the art of keeping within the bounds of one's faculties ?) ib.

≫ānuguṇya

  1. ānuguṇya n. homogeneousness Sāh.

ānugrāmika

  1. ānugrāmika mfn. (fr. anu-grāma), belonging or conformable to a village, rustic, rural Pāṇ. [Page 141, Column 1]

ānucāraka

  1. ānucāraka mfn. (fr. anu-cāraka), belonging to an attendant ib.

ānujāvara

  1. ānujāvará mfn. (fr. anu and √jan), posthumous [BRD.]
  2. • common TS. TBr.

ānuḍuha

  1. ānuḍuha n. v. l. for ānaḍuha, q.v

ānutilya

  1. ānutilya mfn. (fr. anu-tila), belonging or conformable to grains of Sesamum Comm. on Pāṇ.

ānudṛṣṭineya

  1. ānudṛṣṭineya mf. a descendant of Anu-dṛishṭi, q.v. ib.

ānudṛṣṭeya

  1. ānudṛṣṭeya mfn. id. Pāṇ.

ānudeśika

  1. ānudeśika mfn. belonging to an Anu-deśa (q.v.) rule L.

ānunāśya

  1. ānunāśya mfn. (fr. anu-nāśa), belonging or conformable to destruction Pāṇ.

ānunāsikya

  1. ānunāsikya n. (fr. anu-nāsika), nasality (of a sound) RPrāt.

ānupathya

  1. ānupathya mfn. (fr. anu-patha), along the way Comm. on Pāṇ.

ānupadika

  1. ānupadika mfn. (fr. anu-pada), following, pursuing, tracking
  2. • knowing or studying the anupada (q.v.) song ib.

≫ānupadya

  1. ānupadya mfn. being behind any one's steps ib.

ānupūrva

  1. ānupūrva n. and ī f. (fr. anu-pūrva), order, series, succession MBh. R. &c
  2. • (in law) direct order of the castes Mn. Yājñ. &c
  3. • (generally only instr. -eṇa and -yā, one after the other, in due order.)

≫ānupūrvya

  1. ānupūrvya n. order, succession KātyŚr. Mn. Yājñ. &c
  2. • (generally abl. -āt, in due order.)

ānumata

  1. ānumatá mf(ī)n. belonging to the goddess Anu-mati (q.v.) TBr.

ānumānika

  1. ānumānika mf(ī)n. (fr. anumāna), relating to a conclusion, derived from inference, subject to inference, inferable, inferred Āp. ŚāṅkhŚr.
  2. • making conclusions BhP.

⋙ānumānikatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being inferable KātyŚr.

ānumāṣya

  1. ānumāṣya mfn. (fr. anu-māṣa), belonging or conformable to kidney-beans Comm. on Pāṇ.

ānuyavya

  1. ānuyavya mfn. (fr. anu-yava), belonging to barley ib.

ānuyātrika

  1. ānuyātrika mfn. (fr. anu-yātra), belonging to a servant
  2. • belonging to a retinue
  3. • a servant ib.

ānuyūpya

  1. ānuyūpya mfn. (fr. anu-yūpa), being along or belonging to a sacrificial post ib.

ānurakti

  1. ānurakti f. (= anu-rakti, q.v.), passion, affection L.

ānurāhati

  1. ānurāhati is mf. a descendant of Anu-rahat Pāṇ. (cf. ānuhārati)

ānurūpya

  1. ānurūpya n. (fr. anu-rūpa), conformity, suitableness Sāh.

ānurohati

  1. ānurohati is mf. a descendant of Anu-rohat (according to T., v. l. for ○hārati, q.v.)

ānurohiṇa

  1. ānurohiṇa mf(ī)n. belonging to the constellation Rohiṇī

ānulomika

  1. ānulomika mf(ī)n. (fr. anu-loma), in the direction of the hair, in natural or regular order, in due course
  2. • conformable, favourable, benevolent L.

≫ānulomya

  1. ānulomya mf(ī)n. in the direction of the hair, produced in natural or direct order
  2. • (am), n. a direction similar to that of hairs, natural or direct order Mn. Yājñ. Pāṇ.
  3. • the state of being prosperous, doing well Suśr. Pāṇ.
  4. • bringing to one's right place Suśr.
  5. • favourable direction, fit disposition, favourableness L.
  6. • regular series or succession L.

ānuvaṃśya

  1. ānuvaṃśya mfn. (fr. anu-vaṃśa), belonging to a race, conformable to a genealogical list (according to T., 'behind a bamboo') L.

ānuvāsanika

  1. ānuvāsanika mfn. (fr. anuvāsana), suitable for an oily enema

ānuvidhitsā

  1. ānuvidhitsā f. (probably for an-anuvi○, fr. anu-vi- and the Desid. of √dhā), ingratitude L. [Page 141, Column 2]

ānuveśya

  1. ānuveśya mfn. (fr. anu-veśa Pāṇ. 4-3, 59), a neighbour living on the same side Mn.

ānuśātika

  1. ānuśātika mfn. (fr. anu-śatika Pāṇ. 7-3, 20), belonging to a person or thing accompanied with or bought for a hundred

ānuśāsanika

  1. ānuśāsanika mfn. (fr. anuśāsana), relating to or treating of instruction MBh.

ānuśūka

  1. ānuśūka mfn. (fr. anu-śūka), being with or within the awns (as rice)

ānuśrava

  1. ānuśrava mfn. according to hearing, resting on tradition, derived from the Veda or tradition BhP.

≫ānuśravika

  1. ānuśravika and mfn. id

⋙ānuśrāvika

  1. ānuśrāvika mfn. id

ānuṣak

  1. ānuṣák ind. (fr. anu-√sañj [gaṇa svarâdi]), in continuous order, uninterruptedly, one after the other RV. v, 16, 2, &c. (cf. anuṣak)

≫ānuṣaṅgika

  1. ānuṣaṅgika mf(ī)n. (fr. anu-ṣaṅga), closely adherent, following, concomitant, inherent, implied BhP. Pañcat.
  2. • consistent
  3. • lasting, enduring Rājat.
  4. • necessarily following, necessary as a result or consequence, inevitable
  5. • occasional, unimportant, secondary Sāh.
  6. • (in Gr.) elliptical, including or agreeing with words not comprised in the sentence

⋙ānuṣaṅgikatva

  1. ○tva n. the being occasional, secondary Siddh. on Pāṇ. 2-2, 29 (p. 430)

ānuṣaṇḍa

  1. ānuṣaṇḍa mfn. belonging to the country Anu-shaṇḍa (q.v.) L.

ānuṣūka

  1. ānuṣūká mfn. (probably fr. anu-ṣūka, 'after-shoot of rice' [according to native interpretation from anu-√sū]), 'in the manner of the after-shoot of rice', i.e. shot after TS. ii, 3, 4, 2

ānuṣṭubha

  1. ā́nuṣṭubha mf(ī)n. consisting of Anu-shṭubhs
  2. • formed like the Anu-shṭubh metre (e.g. composed of four divisions) RV. x, 181, 1 VS. ŚBr. RPrāt.

≫ānuṣṭubhauṣṇiha

  1. ānuṣṭubhâuṣṇiha mfn. consisting of the two metres Anu-shṭubh and Ushṇih RPrāt.

ānusāyya

  1. ānusāyya mfn. (fr. anu-sāya), being every evening Comm. on Pāṇ.

ānusītya

  1. ānusītya mfn. (fr. anu-sīta), being along the furrow ib.

ānusīrya

  1. ānusīrya mfn. (fr. anu-sīra) being along the plough ib.

ānusuka

  1. ānusuka mfn. studying or knowing the work Anusū (q.v.) L.

ānusūka

  1. ānusūka = ānuṣūka (?), q.v

ānusūya

  1. ānusūya mfn. given by Anu-sūyā (Atri's wife) Ragh. xiv, 14

ānusṛtineya

  1. ānusṛtineya mf. a descendant of Anu-sṛiti Pāṇ.

ānusṛṣṭineya

  1. ānusṛṣṭineya mf. a descendant of Anu-sṛishṭi ib.

ānuhārati

  1. ānuhārati mf. a descendant of Anu-harat ib.

ānūka

  1. ānūká n. (fr. anv-añc), 'lying close to', ornament, jewels RV. v, 33, 9 [according to NBD. ānūkam ind. subsequently
  2. • but Sāy. explains the word by ābharaṇa]

ānūpa

  1. ānūpa mfn. (fr. anūpa g. kacchâdi [Pāṇ. 4-2, 133]), belonging to a watery place
  2. • wet, watery, marshy Suśr.
  3. • m. any animal frequenting watery or marshy places, as fishes, buffaloes, &c. (cf. anūpa) ib.
  4. • a descendant of Anūpa
  5. • (am), n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy. iv, 6, 1

⋙ānūpamāṃsa

  1. ○māṃsa n. the flesh or meat of animals frequenting watery or marshy places

≫ānūpaka

  1. ānūpaka mfn. living in marshy places Pāṇ.

ānṛṇya

  1. ānṛṇya n. (fr. an-ṛṇa), acquittance of debt or obligation, the not being indebted to (gen.) Mn. MBh. R. Ragh. Pañcat. &c

ānṛt

  1. ā-√nṛt P. (aor. 3. pl. ā́-nṛtus RV. v, 52, 12
  2. • p. -nṛ́tyat AV. iv, 37, 7) to dance towards, hasten near, jump near: Caus. (impf. 3. pl. -nartayan) to agitate gently Ṛitus. Ragh.

≫ānarta

  1. ā-narta m. dancing-room, dancing academy T. [Page 141, Column 3]
  2. • a stage, theatre L.
  3. • war L.
  4. • N. of a king (son of Śaryāti) Hariv.
  5. • N. of a country (northern Kāṭhiavāḍ) ib.
  6. • (ās), m. pl., N. of the inhabitants of the above country
  7. • of the kings of that country
  8. • (am), n. the empire of the Ānartas
  9. • water L.
  10. • dancing T.

⋙ānartapura

  1. ○pura n. the capital of Ānarta, i.e. Dvāravatī L.

≫ānartaka

  1. ānartaka mfn. dancing towards T.
  2. • belonging to the inhabitants of Ānarta, (g. dhūmâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 127.)

≫ānartana

  1. ā-nartana n. the act of dancing towards or near, dancing ŚāṅkhGṛ. i, 11, 5

≫ānartita

  1. ā-nartita mfn. agitated gently Bhartṛ.

≫ānartīya

  1. ānartīya mfn. belonging to the country (and the people of) Ānarta

ānṛta

  1. ānṛta mf(ī)n. (fr. an-ṛta g. chattrâdi Pāṇ. 4-4, 62), untruthful, lying, false

≫ānṛtaka

  1. ānṛtaka mfn. belonging to or occupied by liars L.

ānṛśaṃsa

  1. ānṛśaṃsa n. (fr. a-nṛśaṃsa), absence of cruelty or harm, absence of injury, mildness, kindness, benevolence MBh. Gaut. v, 45

≫ānṛśaṃsi

  1. ānṛśaṃsi mf. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 95) the descendant of a benevolent person T.
  2. • a benevolent person L.

≫ānṛśaṃsīya

  1. ānṛśaṃsīya mfn. belonging to a benevolent person, (g. gahâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 138.)

≫ānṛśaṃsya

  1. ānṛśaṃsya mf(ā)n. merciful, mild, kind MBh.
  2. • (am), n. absence of cruelty or harm, kindness, mercy, compassion, benevolence MBh. Mn. Āp.

⋙ānṛśaṃsyatas

  1. ○tas ind. from harmlessness, through kindness

ānemimagna

  1. ā-nemi-magna mfn. sunk up to the rim or felloe (as a wheel)

ānaipuṇa

  1. ānaipuṇa n. (fr. a-nipuṇa Pāṇ. 7-3, 30), unskilfulness, clumsiness (cf. a-naipuṇa)

ānaiśvarya

  1. ānaiśvarya n. (fr. an-īśvara [Pāṇ. 7-3, 30]), absence of power or supremacy (cf. an-aiśvarya)

ānta

  1. ānta under 3. am (p. 80)

ānta

  1. ānta mfn. final, terminal, relating to the end

≫āntya

  1. āntya m. one who finishes, personified as Bhauvana VS. TS.

≫āntyāyana

  1. āntyāyaná m. a descendant of the above TS.

āntaḥpurika

  1. āntaḥpurika mfn. (fr. antaḥpura), belonging to the women's apartments
  2. • (am), n. anything done in the women's apartment

āntam

  1. ântám ind. (for ā-antam), to the end, completely, from head to foot ŚBr. TS. Gaut.

āntara

  1. āntara mfn. (fr. antara), interior, internal, inward Bhaṭṭ.
  2. • native, indigenous MBh.
  3. • being inside, within (a palace &c.) MBh.
  4. • m. an intimate friend
  5. • (am), n. the heart Naish.

⋙āntaraprapañca

  1. ○prapañca m. (in phil.) 'the inward expansion'
  2. • the fantasies of the soul produced by ignorance

≫āntaratamya

  1. āntaratamya n. (fr. antara-tama), nearest or closest relationship (as of two letters) Siddh.

≫āntarya

  1. āntarya n. near relationship (of two letters)

āntarāgārika

  1. āntarāgārika mfn. (fr. antarâgāra), belonging to the inner or women's apartments
  2. • m. the keeper of a king's wives
  3. • (am), n. the office of the above

āntarāyika

  1. āntarāyika mfn. (fr. antar-āya), returning at intervals, repeated from time to time

āntarāla

  1. āntarāla mfn. (fr. antar-āla), (in phil.) 'those who know the condition of the soul within the body', N. of a philosophical sect

āntarikṣa

  1. āntarikṣá or āntarīkṣa mf(ī)n. (fr. antarikṣa), belonging to the intermediate space between heaven and earth, atmospherical, proceeding from or produced in the atmosphere VS. TS. MBh. VarBṛS. Suśr.
  2. • (am), n. rain-water

āntarīpaka

  1. āntarīpaka mfn. (fr. antar-īpa g. dhūmâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 127, where in Bo10htlingk's edition antarīpa is to be read instead of antarīya), belonging to or being in an island

āntargaṇika

  1. āntargaṇika mf(ī)n. (fr. antargaṇa), included or comprehended in a class or troop L.

āntargehika

  1. āntargehika mf(ī)n. (fr. antargeha), being inside a house ib. [Page 142, Column 1]

āntarvedika

  1. āntarvedika mfn. (fr. antarvedika), being within the place of sacrifice Comm. on KātyŚr.

āntarveśmika

  1. āntarveśmika mf(ī)n. (fr. antar-veśma), produced or occurring within a house L.

āntikā

  1. āntikā f. (= antikā, q.v. [under 2. anti]) an elder sister L.

āntra

  1. āntrá n. (fr. antra), the bowels, entrails RV. AV. VS. ŚBr.

⋙āntratantī

  1. ○tantī f. a string made from an animal's intestines, gut

⋙āntrapāśa

  1. ○pāśa m. id

⋙āntrānucārin

  1. āntrânucārin mfn. being in the bowels, Mantrabr

≫āntrika

  1. āntrika mf(ī)n. visceral, within or relating to the bowels L.

āntra

  1. āntra n. (fr. √am), a kind of pipe (for smoking) T.

ānda

  1. āndá m. (√and Comm. on VS. xxx, 16), one who makes fetters VS.

āndola

  1. āndola m. swinging
  2. • fanning
  3. • a swing L.

≫āndolaka

  1. āndolaka m. a see-saw, swing

≫āndolana

  1. āndolana n. swinging, a swing
  2. • trembling, oscillation L.
  3. • investigation T.

≫āndolaya

  1. āndolaya Nom. P. āndolayati, to swing, agitate Bālar.

≫āndolita

  1. āndolita mfn. agitated, shaken, swung Kāvyâd.

āndhasika

  1. āndhasika mfn. (fr. 2. andhas), cooking
  2. • m. a cook L.

āndhīgava

  1. āndhīgava n. (fr. andhī-gu), 'seen, i.e. composed by the Ṛishi Andhīgu', N. of several Sāmans Lāṭy. iv, 5, 27 TāṇḍyaBr. Nyāyam.

āndhya

  1. āndhya n. (fr. andha Pāṇ. 5-1, 124), blindness Suśr.
  2. • darkness Vet.

āndhra

  1. āndhra mf(ī)n. (fr. andhra), belonging to the Andhra people
  2. • m. the Andhra country
  3. • a king of that country
  4. • (ās), m. pl. the inhabitants of that country MBh. BhP. &c
  5. • (ī), f. an Andhra wife

ānna

  1. ānna as mfn. (fr. anna), having food, one who gets food Pāṇ. 4-4, 85
  2. • relating to food

ānyatareya

  1. ānyatareya m. (fr. anya-tara g. śubhrâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 123), N. of a grammarian APrāt. iii, 74 RPrāt. iii, 13 [BRD.], (perhaps rather) belonging to the school and family of another teacher ?

ānyabhāvya

  1. ānyabhāvya n. (fr. anyabhāva g. brāhmaṇâdi Pāṇ. 5-1, 24), the being another thing

ānvayika

  1. ānvayika mf(ī)n. (fr. anv-aya), of a good family, well born L.

ānvāhika

  1. ānvāhika mf(ī)n. (fr. anv-aha), daily Mn.

ānvīkṣikī

  1. ānvīkṣikī f. (fr. anv-īkṣā), logic, logical philosophy, metaphysics MBh. Mn. Gaut. &c

ānvīpika

  1. ānvīpika mfn. (fr. anv-īpa), being along (the water)
  2. • conformable (?) Pāṇ. 4-4, 28

āp

  1. āp cl. 5. P. āpnóti [AV. ix, 5, 22, &c.], (perf. āpa, aor. āpat fut. āpsyati inf. āptum), Ā. (perf. 3. pl. āpiré RV. ix, 108, 4, p. pf. āpāná RV. ii, 34, 7, but also pres. p. ā́pnāna RV. x, 114, 7) to reach, overtake, meet with, fall upon RV. AV. ŚBr. &c
  2. • to obtain, gain, take possession of RV. AV. &c. MBh. Mn. &c
  3. • to undergo, suffer Mn.
  4. • to fall, come to any one
  5. • to enter, pervade, occupy
  6. • to equal: Pass. āpyate, to be reached or found or met with or obtained
  7. • to arrive at one's aim or end, become filled TS. &c.: Caus. P. āpayati, to cause to reach or obtain or gain ChUp. &c
  8. • to cause any one to suffer
  9. • to hit Kathās.: Desid. P. and Ā. īpsati and īpsate [Pāṇ. 7-4, 55] to strive to reach or obtain AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c.: Desid. of the Caus. āpipayiṣati, to strive to reach ŚBr.
  10. • [probably connected with 1. ap
  11. • cf. apna
  12. • Gk. ?, ? ; Lat. apiscor, aptus, ops ; Old [142, 1] Germ. uoban ; Mod. Germ. ū0ben.] [Page 142, Column 2]

≫āpa

  1. āpa m. obtaining
  2. • (mfn.) ifc. to be obtained (cf. dur○)

≫āpaka

  1. āpaka mf(ī)n. one who obtains L.

≫āpana

  1. āpana n. obtaining, reaching, coming to BhP.
  2. • pepper L.

≫āpaneya

  1. āpaneya mfn. to be reached or obtained KaṭhUp.

≫āpayitṛ

  1. āpayitṛ mfn. one who procures, procuring

≫āpāna

  1. āpāná mfn. one who has reached
  2. • (for 2. ā- √1. pā.)

≫āpi

  1. āpí m. an ally, a friend, an acquaintance RV. VS. (according to Sāy. on RV. ii, 29, 4, from the Caus.) causing to obtain [wealth &c.]
  2. • (mfn.) ifc. reaching to, entering

⋙āpitva

  1. ○tvá n. confederation, friendship RV. viii, 4, 3 ; 20, 22

≫āpta

  1. āptá mfn. reached, overtaken, met ŚBr.
  2. • received, got, gained, obtained ŚBr. Mn. Hit. Kathās.
  3. • filled up, taken ŚBr.
  4. • come to Naish.
  5. • reaching to, extending
  6. • abundant, full, complete
  7. • apt, fit, true, exact, clever, trusted, trustworthy, confidential Mn. R. Ragh. &c
  8. • respected
  9. • intimate, related, acquainted MBh. R. Ragh. &c
  10. • appointed
  11. • divided Sūryas.
  12. • connected L.
  13. • accused, prosecuted L.
  14. • m. a fit person, a credible or authoritative person, warranter, guarantee
  15. • a friend
  16. • an Arhat Jain.
  17. • N. of a Nāga MBh.
  18. • (ā), f. = jaṭā, q.v. L.
  19. • (am), n. a quotient
  20. • equation of a degree L.

⋙āptakāma

  1. ○kāma mfn. one who has gained his wish, satisfied
  2. • (in phil.) one who knows the identity of Brahman and Ātman
  3. • m. the supreme soul T.

⋙āptakārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. managing affairs in a fit or confidential manner
  2. • (ī), m. a trusty agent, a confidential servant MBh. Mn. &c

⋙āptagarbhā

  1. ○garbhā f. a pregnant woman

⋙āptagarva

  1. ○garva mfn. possessing pride, proud

⋙āptadakṣiṇa

  1. ○dakṣiṇa mfn. having proper gifts or furnished with abundant gifts Mn. R.

⋙āptabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. the state of being trustworthy MBh.

⋙āptavacana

  1. ○vacana n. speech or word of an authoritative person Ragh. xi, 42

⋙āptavajrasūci

  1. ○vajra-sūci f. N. of an Upanishad

⋙āptavarga

  1. ○varga m. 'collection of intimate persons', intimate persons, friends Mālav.

⋙āptavākya

  1. ○vākya n. = āpta-vacana, q.v
  2. • a correct sentence

⋙āptavāc

  1. ○vāc f. a credible assertion or the assertion of a credible person, true affirmation, trustworthy testimony
  2. • the Veda
  3. • the Smritis, Itihāsas, Purāṇas, &c. T.
  4. • (mfn.) one whose assertion is credible, a Muni Ragh.

⋙āptaśruti

  1. ○śruti f. a credible tradition
  2. • the Veda
  3. • the Smṛitis, &c. T.

⋙āptāgama

  1. āptâgama = āpta-śruti

⋙āptādhīna

  1. āptâdhīna mfn. dependent on credible or trustworthy persons

⋙āptokti

  1. āptôkti f. = āpta-vacana, q.v
  2. • a word of received acceptation and established by usage only

⋙āptopadeśa

  1. āptôpadeśa m. a credible or trusty instruction Sāh.

≫āptavya

  1. āptavya mfn. to be reached, obtainable

≫āpti

  1. ā́pti f. reaching, meeting with TS. ŚBr. BṛĀrUp.
  2. • obtaining, gain, acquisition ŚBr. R. MBh. &c
  3. • abundance, fortune ŚBr.
  4. • quotient
  5. • binding, connection L.
  6. • sexual intercourse L.
  7. • relation, fitness, aptitude L.
  8. • (ayas), f. pl., N. of twelve invocations (cf. VS. ix, 20) the first of which is āpaye svāhā

≫āptya

  1. āptyá = āptavya q.v. RV. v, 41, 9
  2. • (for 2. āptya below.)

≫āpnāna

  1. āpnāna (cf. √1. āp), n. (scil. tīrtha) the passage to the place of sacrifice

≫āpya

  1. ā́pya mfn. to be reached, obtainable ŚBr.
  2. • (am), n. confederation, alliance, relationship, friendship RV. ii, 29, 3, &c
  3. • a friend RV. vii, 15, 1
  4. • (for 2. āpya p. 144, col. 1.)

āp

  1. âp (ā-√āp), pf. ấpa, to arrive at, come towards RV. x, 32, 8

āpa

  1. āpa m. N. of one of the eight demigods called Vasus VP. Hariv. MBh.
  2. • (ī), f. N. of a constellation L.

āpa

  1. āpa n. (fr. 2. ap Pāṇ. 4-2, 37), a quantity of water, Mallinātha on Śiś. iii, 72

āpakara

  1. āpakara mf(ī)n. coming from or native of the (country ?) Apakara Pāṇ. 4-3, 33

āpakva

  1. ā-pakva mfn. (√pac), half-baked, nearly crude or raw
  2. • nearly ripe, not quite ripe
  3. • undressed, what is eaten without further preparation (as bread &c.) L.

āpagā

  1. āpagā f. (according to Mallinātha on Śiś. iii, 72, fr. 3. āpa and √gā), a river, a stream MBh. R. Ragh. Śiś.
  2. • N. of a river MBh.

≫āpageya

  1. āpageya m. 'a descendant of the river Āpagā', N. of Bhīshma MBh. [Page 142, Column 3]

āpaṭ

  1. ā-√paṭ Caus. -pāṭayati, to cause to split Suśr.

āpaṭava

  1. āpaṭava v. l. for apāṭava, q.v

āpaṇa

  1. āpaṇa m. a market, a shop MBh. R. Kathās.
  2. • waves MBh.
  3. • commerce, trade L.

⋙āpaṇadevatā

  1. ○devatā f. image of a deity placed in the market R.

⋙āpaṇavīthika

  1. ○vīthika m. and n. a row of stalls (in a market) R.

⋙āpaṇavedikā

  1. ○vedikā f. a shop-counter R.

≫āpaṇika

  1. ā-paṇika mfn. (cf. Uṇ. ii, 45) mercantile, relating to traffic or to a market &c
  2. • m. a merchant, dealer, shop-keeper L.
  3. • tax on markets or shops
  4. • assize, market-rate L.

āpat

  1. ā-pat √1. P. -patati, (p. acc. -patantam AV. xii, 4, 47
  2. • aor. ā́-paptata RV. i, 88, 1 [Pāṇ. 7-4, 19]
  3. • Pot. perf. ā́-papatyāt AV. vi, 29, 3) to fly towards, come flying
  4. • to hasten towards, rush in or on RV. AV. ŚBr. Hariv. Ragh. &c
  5. • to fall towards or on Kathās.
  6. • to approach
  7. • to assail
  8. • to fall out, happen
  9. • to appear, appear suddenly
  10. • to fall to one's share, to befall MBh. R. Rājat. BhP. Pañcat. Kād. &c.: Caus. P. (3. pl. -patáyanti RV. x, 64, 2) to fly towards
  11. • -pātayati, to throw down, let fall, cut down
  12. • to shed BhP. Hariv. Mn.

≫āpatana

  1. ā-patana n. happening, appearing Sāh.
  2. • coming, approaching
  3. • reaching
  4. • unexpected appearance (as from fate) L.

≫āpati

  1. ā-pati m. incessantly moving (as the wind) VS. v, 5 Comm.

≫āpatika

  1. āpatika mfn. accidental, unforeseen, coming from fate Comm. on Uṇ. ii, 45
  2. • m. a hawk, a falcon ib.

≫āpatita

  1. ā-patita mfn. happened, befallen
  2. • alighted, descended

≫āpāta

  1. ā-pāta m. the falling, descending
  2. • rushing upon, pressing against Mn. Kum. Ragh. &c
  3. • forwardness Kathās.
  4. • happening, becoming apparent, (unexpected) appearance Ragh. Sāh. &c
  5. • the instant, current moment Kir.
  6. • throwing down, causing to descend L.

⋙āpātatas

  1. ○tas ind. unexpectedly
  2. • instantly, suddenly, just now Sāh.

⋙āpātamātra

  1. ○mātra mfn. being only momentary

≫āpātika

  1. āpātika mfn. rushing upon, being at hand
  2. • m. N. of a kind of demigod

≫āpātita

  1. ā-pātita mfn. caused to fall down, thrown down, killed Hariv.

≫āpātin

  1. ā-pātin mfn. ifc. falling on, happening Kathās.

≫āpātya

  1. ā-pātya mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 68) approaching in order to assault or attack, rushing on, assailing Śiś. v, 15
  2. • to be assaulted or attacked L.

āpatkāla

  1. āpat-kāla &c. under 1. ā-√pad below

āpatya

  1. āpatya mfn. (fr. apatya), relating to the formation of patronymic nouns L.

āpathi

  1. ā́-pathi m. (fr. pathin with ā), travelling hither or near RV. v, 52, 10

≫āpathī

  1. āpathī́ f. any impediment in one's way (e.g. a stone, tree, &c.) [?] RV. i, 64, 11

āpad

  1. ā-√pad Ā. -padyate (pf. -pede aor. âpādi, &c.) to come, walk near, approach BhP.
  2. • to enter, get in, arrive at, go into ŚBr. Lāṭy. R. &c
  3. • to fall in or into
  4. • to be changed into, be reduced to any state
  5. • to get into trouble, fall into misfortune AV. viii, 8, 18
  6. • xi, 1, 30 ŚBr. AitBr. MBh. Mn. &c
  7. • to get, attain, take possession
  8. • to happen, occur ŚBr. Mālav. &c.: Caus. -pādayati (aor. 1. pl. ấ-pīpadāma AV. x, 5, 42) to cause to enter, bring on ŚBr.
  9. • to bring to any state Ragh.
  10. • to bring into trouble or misfortune R. &c
  11. • to bring near or towards, fetch, procure, produce, cause, effect MBh. Suśr. Ragh. &c
  12. • to procure for one's self, obtain, take possession BhP.
  13. • to change, transform

≫āpat

  1. āpat (in comp. for 2. āpad below)

⋙āpatkalpa

  1. ○kalpa m. rule of practice in misfortune (cf. āpad-dharma) Gaut. Mn.

⋙āpatkāla

  1. ○kāla m. season or time of distress Mn. Pañcat.

⋙āpatkālika

  1. ○kālika mfn. occurring in a time of calamity, belonging to such a time, g. kāśy-ādi (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 116)

≫āpatti

  1. ā-patti f. happening, occurring
  2. • entering into a state or condition, entering into relationship with, changing into KātyŚr. APrāt. &c
  3. • incurring, misfortune, calamity Yājñ.
  4. • fault, transgression L.

≫āpad

  1. āpad f. misfortune, calamity, distress Mn. Hit. Ragh. &c
  2. • (āpadā instr.), through mistake or error, unintentionally. [Page 143, Column 1]

⋙āpaduddharaṇa

  1. ○uddharaṇa n. bringing out of trouble Hit.

⋙āpadgata

  1. ○gata mfn. fallen into misfortune, unhappy

⋙āpadgrasta

  1. ○grasta mfn. seized by misfortune, unfortunate, in misfortune

⋙āpaddharma

  1. ○dharma m. a practice only allowable in time of distress Mn.
  2. • misfortune MBh. [NBD.]

⋙āpadvinīta

  1. ○vinīta mfn. disciplined or humbled by misfortune Bālar. 193, 17

≫āpadā

  1. ā-padā f. misfortune, calamity L.

≫āpanna

  1. ā́-panna mfn. entered, got in ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c
  2. • afflicted, unfortunate Śak. Kathās. &c
  3. • gained, obtained, acquired
  4. • having gained or obtained or acquired

⋙āpannajīvika

  1. ○jīvika mfn. having obtained a livelihood Comm. on Pāṇ. 1-2, 44

⋙āpannasattvā

  1. ○sattvā f. a pregnant woman Ragh. x, 60 Śak.

⋙āpannārtipraśamanaphala

  1. āpannârti-praśamana-phala mf(ā)n. having as result the relieving of the pains of the afflicted Megh. 54

≫āpāda

  1. ā-pāda m. reward, remuneration ChUp.
  2. • arriving at L.
  3. • (for 2. ā-pāda below.)

≫āpādaka

  1. ā-pādaka mfn. causing, effecting

≫āpādana

  1. ā-pādana n. causing to arrive at
  2. • bringing any one to any state
  3. • producing, effecting Siddh.

āpadeva

  1. āpadeva m. (fr. 2. ap), N. of the god of water (Varuṇa) T.
  2. • N. of an author
  3. • (ī), f. N. of a book written by the above (the Mīmāṃsanyāya-prakāśa)

āpan

  1. ā-√pan Ā. (ā́-pananta RV. x, 74, 4), P. (pf. ā-papana RV. viii, 2, 17) to admire, praise

āpana

  1. āpana &c. under √1. āp

āpabhaṭṭa

  1. āpa-bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author (= Āpa-deva)

āpamityaka

  1. āpamityaka mfn. (fr. apa-mitya [Pāṇ. 4-4, 21], ind. p. of apa-√mā), received by barter
  2. • (am), n. property &c. obtained by barter L.

āpayā

  1. āpayā́ (fr. 3. āpa and √yā
  2. • cf. āpagā), a river L.
  3. • N. of a river RV. iii, 23, 4

āparapakṣīya

  1. āparapakṣīya mfn. (fr. aparapakṣa), belonging to the second half (of a month) BhP.

āparādhayya

  1. āparādhayya n. (fr. aparādhaya g. brāhmaṇâdi Pāṇ. 5-1, 124), wronging, offending L.

āparāhṇika

  1. āparāhṇika mfn. (fr. aparâhṇa), belonging to or occurring in the afternoon Pāṇ. KātyŚr.

āpartuka

  1. āpartuka mfn. (fr. apartu = apṛtu), not corresponding to the season

āpala

  1. āpala n. N. of a Sāman (cf. āpāla)

āpava

  1. āpava m. N. of Vasishṭha MBh. Hariv. (said to be a patron. fr. āpu = Varuṇa ?)

āpavargika

  1. āpavargika mfn. (fr. apa-varga), conferring final beatitude BhP.

≫āpavargya

  1. āpavargya mfn. id. ib.

āpaś

  1. ā-√paś P. ā́-paśyati [AV. iv, 20, 1], to look at

āpas

  1. ā́pas n. (connected with 1. ap), a religious ceremony RV.

āpas

  1. āpas n. (fr. 2. ap), water ChUp.

≫āpas

  1. āpas Nom. (rarely acc.) pl. of 2. ap, q.v

≫āpo

  1. āpo (in comp. for 2. and 3. āpas)

⋙āpodevata

  1. ○devata mfn. having the water as deity ĀśvŚr.

⋙āpodevatya

  1. ○devatya mfn. id. ŚāṅkhŚr.

⋙āpomaya

  1. ○maya mfn. consisting of water ŚBr. ChUp. MBh.

⋙āpomātrā

  1. ○mātrā f. the subtle elementary principle of water

⋙āpomūrti

  1. ○mūrti m. N. of a son of Manu Svārocisha Hariv.
  2. • N. of one of the seven Ṛishis of the tenth Manvantara

⋙āpośāna

  1. ○'śāna mfn. 'taking water' [āpas being a rare form of the acc. for apas], i.e. sipping water
  2. • (am), n. sipping water before and after eating

⋙āpohiṣṭhīya

  1. ○hiṣṭhīya mfn. belonging to the hymn x, 9 of the RV. (which begins with ā́po hí ṣṭhā́)
  2. • (am), n. N. of a Sāman

āpastamba

  1. āpastamba m. N. of a renowned sage and writer on ritual
  2. • (as, ī), mf. a descendant of Āpastamba, g. vidâdi [Pāṇ. 4-1, 104]
  3. • (ās), m. pl. the pupils of Āpastamba

⋙āpastambagṛhya

  1. ○gṛhya n

⋙āpastambadharma

  1. ○dharma m

⋙āpastambaśrauta

  1. ○śrauta n

⋙āpastambasūtra

  1. ○sūtra n. &c., N. of wks. by Āpastamba and his school

≫āpastambi

  1. āpastambi m. a descendant of the above. [Page 143, Column 2]

≫āpastambīya

  1. āpastambīya mfn. belonging to or descended from Āpastamba

āpastambha

  1. āpastambha m. v. l. for āpastamba

≫āpastambhinī

  1. āpastambhinī f. N. of a plant L.

āpā

  1. ā-pā √1. P. -pibati, (Impv. 2. du. ā́pibatam RV. ii, 36, 6
  2. • pf. -papau: Pass. -pīyate, &c.) to drink in, suck in or up
  3. • to sip RV. MBh. Ragh.
  4. • to drink in with ears or eyes, i.e. to hear or with attention, hang on BhP. Ragh.
  5. • to absorb, take away: Caus. -pāyayati, to cause to drink or suck in BhP.

≫āpāna

  1. ā-pāna n. the act of drinking, a drinking-party, banquet MBh.
  2. • (for 1. āpāná p. 142, col. 2.)

⋙āpānagoṣṭhī

  1. ○goṣṭhī f. a banquet, carouse Kathās.

⋙āpānabhūmi

  1. ○bhūmi f. a place for drinking in company Ragh. Kum.

⋙āpānaśālā

  1. ○śālā f. a tavern, liquor shop R.

≫āpānaka

  1. ā-pānaka n. a drinking-bout
  2. • drinking liquor Kād.

≫āpāntamanyu

  1. ā́-pānta-manyu mfn. giving zeal or courage when drunk (said of the Soma juice) RV. x, 89, 5

≫āpāyin

  1. ā-pāyin mfn. fond of drinking AitBr.

≫āpīta

  1. ā-pīta mfn. drunk up, exhausted

≫āpīya

  1. ā-pīya ind. p. having drunk in Hariv.

āpāka

  1. āpāka m. (√pac), a baking-oven, potter's kiln
  2. • baking T.
  3. • = puṭapāka, q.v. T.

⋙āpākestha

  1. āpāke-sthá mfn. standing in an oven AV. viii, 6, 14

āpāka

  1. ā-pāka m. slight baking T.

āpāṅgya

  1. āpāṅgya n. (fr. apâṅga), anointing the corners of the eyes Suśr.

āpāṭala

  1. ā-pāṭala mf(ā)n. reddish Kād.

āpāṭaliputram

  1. ā-pāṭaliputram ind. as far as or to Pāṭaliputra L.

āpāṇḍu

  1. ā-pāṇḍu mfn. slightly pale, palish, pale VarBṛS.

⋙āpāṇḍutā

  1. ○tā f. paleness

≫āpāṇḍura

  1. ā-pāṇḍura mfn. palish, pale, white

⋙āpāṇḍurarībhū

  1. ○"ṣrī-√bhū to become pale Kum.

āpāta

  1. ā-pāta under ā- √1. pat

āpātalikā

  1. āpātalikā f. N. of a Vaitālīya metre

āpāda

  1. ā-pāda &c. under 1. ā-√pad

āpāla

  1. āpāla n. N. of a Sāman (cf. āpala)

āpāli

  1. āpāli m. a louse L.

āpi

  1. āpi &c. under √1. āp

āpiṅga

  1. ā-píṅga mfn. reddish-brown Bhaṭṭ.

āpiñjara

  1. ā-piñjara mfn. somewhat red, reddish Ragh. Kād.
  2. • (am), n. gold L.

āpibd

  1. ā-√pibd p. ā-píbdamāna, making a noise, crackling RV. x, 102, 11 [Sāy.]

āpiś

  1. ā-√piś P. (Impv. 2. pl. ā́-piṃśata RV. x, 53, 7), Ā. (p. -piśāná RV. vii, 57, 3) to decorate, ornament, colour

āpiśaṅga

  1. ā-piśaṅga mfn. slightly tawny, gold-coloured Kād.

āpiśarvara

  1. āpiśarvará mfn. (fr. api-śarvara), nightly, nocturnal TS.

āpiśali

  1. āpiśali m. N. of an ancient grammarian mentioned by Pāṇ. 6-1, 92, &c

≫āpiśala

  1. āpiśala mf(ī)n. belonging to or coming from Āpiśali
  2. • m. a pupil of the same

āpiṣ

  1. ā-√piṣ P. (ā́-pinaṣṭi AV. xx, 133, 1
  2. • pf. -pipéṣa VS. ix, 11) to press or rub against, to touch

≫āpeṣam

  1. ā-péṣam ind. p. having pressed or rubbed against, touching ŚBr.

āpī

  1. ā-√pī &c. under ā-√pyai

āpīḍ

  1. ā-√pīḍ Caus. -pīḍayati, to press against or out
  2. • to press, crush ĀśvGṛ. R. &c
  3. • to press hard, give pain, perplex MBh.

≫āpīḍa

  1. ā-pīḍa m. (ifc. mf(ā)n. L.) compressing, squeezing Suśr.
  2. • giving pain, hurting L.
  3. • a chaplet tied on the crown of the head MBh. R. Ragh.
  4. • N. of a metre

≫āpīḍana

  1. ā-pīḍana n. the act of compressing, squeezing, drawing tightly [Page 143, Column 3]
  2. • embracing, clasping
  3. • hurting, giving pain L.

≫āpīḍita

  1. ā-pīḍita mfn. compressed, squeezed R. Śak. Prab. &c
  2. • bound tightly, embraced, overlaid, covered Rājat.
  3. • hurt
  4. • decorated with chaplets MBh.

āpīta

  1. ā-pīta mfn. yellowish R.
  2. • m. N. of a species of tree Comm.
  3. • (am), n. filament of the lotus ib.
  4. • a pyritic mineral L.
  5. • (for 1. ā-pīta under ā-√pā, and for 3. ā-pīta under ā-√pyat)

≫āpītaya

  1. ā-pītaya Nom. P. to make yellowish, dye with any yellow substance Kād.

āpīna

  1. ā-pīna under ā-√pyai

āputh

  1. ā-√puth Caus. -pothayati

≫āpothya

  1. ā-pothya ind. p. having squeezed or compressed Suśr.

āpū

  1. ā-√pū Ā. (Impv. ā́-pavasva RV. ix, 70, 10
  2. • once P. ā́-pava RV. ix, 49, 3
  3. • p. -punāna) to be pure
  4. • to flow towards after purification
  5. • to carry towards in its course (as a stream) RV. VS.

āpūpika

  1. āpūpika mfn. (fr. apūpa), relating to cakes (as selling or eating or making cakes) Comm. on Pāṇ.
  2. • m. a baker, confectioner L.
  3. • (am), n. a multitude of cakes L.

≫āpūpya

  1. āpūpya n. meal, flour L.

āpūy

  1. ā-√pūy P. (impf. âpūyat) to putrify ŚBr.

≫āpūyita

  1. āpūyita mfn. stinking. an-ā-pūyita

āpūra

  1. ā-pūra &c. under ā-√pṝ

āpūṣa

  1. āpūṣa n. tin L.

āpṛ

  1. ā-pṛ √1. P. (aor. Subj. 2. du. -parṣathas RV. x, 143, 4) to give aid, protect

āpṛ

  1. ā-pṛ √2. P. (-pṛṇoti) to employ one's self, to be occupied BhP.

≫āpṛta

  1. ā-pṛta mfn. occupied, engaged BhP.

āpṛc

  1. ā-√pṛc P. (Impv. ā́-pṛṇaktu
  2. • pf. -papṛcus
  3. • Inf. -pṛ́ce RV. v, 50, 2, and -pṛ́cas RV. viii, 40, 9) to fill, pervade
  4. • to satiate RV. i, 84, 1 TBr.
  5. • to mix with AitBr.: Ā. (aor. Pot. ā́-pṛcīmahi) to satiate one's self RV. i, 129, 7

≫āpṛk

  1. ā-pṛ́k ind. in a mixed manner, in contact with RV. x, 89, 14

āpṛcchā

  1. ā-pṛcchā under ā-√prach

āpṝ

  1. ā-√pṝ P. -piparti, -pṛṇāti, and -pṛṇati, to fill up, fulfil, fill RV. AV. VS.
  2. • to do any one's desire, satisfy any one's wish RV.: Ā. -pṛṇate, to surfeit one's self, satiate or satisfy one's self RV.: Pass. -pūryate, to be filled, become full, increase
  3. • to be satiated, satisfied
  4. RV. ŚBr. BhP. MBh. Kathās. &c.: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill up, fulfil, fill ŚBr. Hariv. Rājat. &c
  5. • to fill with noise MBh. R.
  6. • to fill with air, to inflate R.
  7. • to cover
  8. • to load anything with MBh. R. Ṛitus. Kathās.

≫āpūra

  1. ā-pūra m. flood, flooding, excess, abundance Kathās. Śiś. &c
  2. • filling up, making full L.
  3. • filling a little T.

≫āpūraṇa

  1. ā-pūraṇa mfn. making full, filling up Hit.
  2. • m. N. of a Nāga MBh.
  3. • (am), n. filling, making full, satiating
  4. • drawing a bow
  5. • flooding

≫āpūrita

  1. ā-pūrita mfn. filled up, full

≫āpūrta

  1. ā-pūrta n. fulfilling
  2. • a meritorious work Kād.

≫āpūrya

  1. ā-pūrya ind. p. having filled, filling

≫āpūryamāṇa

  1. ā-pūryamāṇa mfn. becoming full, increasing

⋙āpūryamāṇapakṣa

  1. ○pakṣa m. [scil. candra] the moon in her increase, the waxing moon
  2. ĀśvGṛ. PārGṛ. ŚāṅkhGṛ. &c

āpekṣika

  1. āpekṣika mfn. (fr. apekṣā), relative, having relation or reference to Siddh. (p. 418, l. 10)

⋙āpekṣikatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being relative Nyāyad.

āpeya

  1. āpeya ās m. pl. (fr. 1. ap ?), a particular class of gods

⋙āpeyatva

  1. ○tva n. the being of this class MaitrS. (cf. āpyeya.)

āpeṣam

  1. āpeṣam under ā-√piṣ

āpoklima

  1. āpoklima n. (in astron.) = ?. [Page 144, Column 1]

āpodevata

  1. āpo-devata āpo-maya, &c. p. 143, col. 1

āpta

  1. āpta &c. under √āp

āptya

  1. āptyá m. N. of Trita RV.
  2. • N. of Indra RV. x, 120, 6
  3. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a class of deities RV. (cf. ib.) AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr.
  4. • (for 1. āptya under √āp.)

āpnavāna

  1. āpnavāna m. a descendant of Apnavāna ĀśvŚr.

āpya

  1. āpya mfn. (fr. 2. ap), belonging or relating to water, watery, liquid Suśr.
  2. • consisting of water
  3. • living in water
  4. • m. N. of several asterisms VarBṛ.
  5. • N. of a Vasu
  6. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a class of deities BhP. Hariv.
  7. • (am), n. N. of a constellation
  8. • (for 1. āpya under √āp.)

āpya

  1. āpya n. N. of a plant, a kind of Costus L. (cf. vāpya.)

āpyeya

  1. āpyeya ās m. pl. (fr. 1. ap ?), N. of a class of deities (= āpeya) KapS.

⋙āpyeyatva

  1. ○tva n. = āpeya-tva ib.

āpyai

  1. ā-√pyai Ā. -pyāyate (Impv. ā́-pyāyasva AV. vii, 81, 5
  2. • aor. Subj. 1. pl. ā-pyāyiṣīmahi AV. vii, 81, 5) to swell, increase
  3. • to grow larger or fat or comfortable
  4. • to thrive
  5. • to become full or strong
  6. • to abound
  7. RV. AV. VS. AitBr. MBh. Yājñ. &c
  8. • to make full
  9. • to enlarge, strengthen MBh.: Caus. ā́-pyāyayati (cf. AV. iv, 11, 4
  10. • aor. Subj. ā́-pīpayan RV. i, 152, 6) to cause to swell
  11. • to make full, fill up
  12. • to enlarge
  13. • to cause to grow, increase
  14. • to make fat or strong or comfortable
  15. • to confirm ŚBr. AitBr. MBh. R. Megh. &c
  16. • to help forward
  17. • to cause to increase or get the upper hand (e.g. a disease) Suśr. &c

≫āpī

  1. ā-pī mfn. fat, enlarged, increased T.

≫āpīta

  1. ā́-pīta mfn. swollen out, puffed up, distended, full, stout, fat RV. viii, 9, 19
  2. • (for 2. āpīta s.v.)

≫āpīna

  1. ā́-pīna mfn. id. AV. ix, 1, 9 AitBr. MBh. &c
  2. • m. a well T.
  3. • (am), n. an udder Ragh.

⋙āpīnavat

  1. ○vat mfn. containing a form of ā-√pyai (as the verse RV. i, 91, 16) AitBr. i, 17, 4 (cf. āpyāna-vat.)

≫āpyāna

  1. ā-pyāna mfn. stout, robust, increased
  2. • glad T.
  3. • (am), n. increasing
  4. • stoutness
  5. • gladness T.

⋙āpyānavat

  1. ○vat = ā-pīna-vat ŚBr. vii, 3, 1, 12, &c

≫āpyāya

  1. ā-pyāya m. becoming full, increasing Kathās.

≫āpyāyana

  1. ā-pyāyana mfn. causing fulness or stoutness Suśr.
  2. • increasing welfare, gladdening L.
  3. • (ī), f. an umbilical vein MārkP.
  4. • (am), n. the act of making full or fat Suśr.
  5. • satiating
  6. • satisfying, refreshing, pleasing Mn.
  7. • increasing, causing to thrive MBh.
  8. • causing to swell (the Soma) ŚBr. &c
  9. • satiety, satisfaction
  10. • advancing
  11. • anything which causes corpulency or good condition
  12. • strengthening medicine Suśr.
  13. • corpulency, growing or being fat or stout
  14. • gladness L.

⋙āpyāyanavat

  1. ○vat mfn. causing or effecting welfare, increase MaitrUp.

⋙āpyāyanaśīla

  1. ○śīla mfn. capable of satisfying

≫āpyāyita

  1. ā-pyāyita mfn. satisfied, increased, improved, pleased, gratified
  2. • stout, fat
  3. • grown, spread out (as a disease)

≫āpyāyin

  1. ā-pyāyin mfn. causing welfare or increase Kathās.
  2. • (inī), f. N. of a Śakti L.

≫āpyāyya

  1. ā-pyāyya mfn. to be satisfied or pleased MBh.

āpra

  1. āprá mfn. (fr. √1. āp Sāy. on RV. i, 132, 2), getting at enemies in order to kill them (?)
  2. • (for 2. āpra under ā-√prī.)

āprach

  1. ā-√prach Ā. -pṛcchate, rarely P. (Impv. -pṛccha MBh.) to take leave, bid farewell
  2. • to salute on receiving or parting with a visitor MBh. R. Megh. Ragh. Kathās. &c
  3. • to call (on a god), implore Suśr.
  4. • to ask, inquire for BhP.
  5. • to extol L.

≫āpṛcchā

  1. ā-pṛcchā f. conversation, speaking to or with
  2. • address
  3. • bidding farewell, saluting on receiving a visitor, asking, inquiring L.

≫āpṛcchya

  1. ā-pṛ́cchya mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 123) to be inquired for
  2. • to be respected RV. i, 60, 2
  3. • to be praised, laudable, commendable RV.

≫āpṛcchya

  1. ā-pṛcchya ind. p. having saluted or asked or inquired

≫āpṛṣṭa

  1. ā-pṛṣṭa mfn. welcomed, saluted MBh.
  2. • asked for L.

≫āpṛṣṭvā

  1. ā-pṛṣṭvā (irr.) = 2. ā-pṛcchya R. i, 72, 20

≫āpracchana

  1. ā-pracchana n. expression of civility on receiving or parting with a visitor, welcome, bidding farewell &c. [Page 144, Column 2]

≫āpraṣṭavya

  1. ā-praṣṭavya mfn. to be saluted
  2. • to be asked Sāy.

āpratinivṛt

  1. ā-prati-ni-√vṛt to cease completely

≫āpratinivṛttaguṇormicakra

  1. ā-prati-nivṛtta-guṇôrmi-cakra mfn. (scil. jñāna, knowledge) through which the whole circle of wave-like qualities (of passion &c.) subside or cease completely BhP. ii, 3, 12

āpratī

  1. ā-pratī7 (ā-prati-√i), P. (Impv. 2. pl. -étana RV. vi, 42, 2) to go towards any one to meet him

āprath

  1. ā-√prath Caus. (aor. Subj. 3. pl. -papráthan RV. viii, 94, 9) to spread, extend

āpradivam

  1. ā-pradivám ind. for ever ŚBr.

āprapadam

  1. ā-prapadam ind. to the end or fore part of the foot Pāṇ. 4-2, 8

≫āprapadīna

  1. ā-prapadīna mfn. reaching to the fore part of the foot (as a dress) Kād.

≫āprapadīnaka

  1. āprapadīnaka mfn. id
  2. • (am), n. a dress reaching to the end of the foot

āprayam

  1. ā-pra-√yam P. (Impv. -práyaccha AV. vii, 26, 8) to hand over, to reach

āpravaṇa

  1. ā-pravaṇa mfn. a little precipitous

āprā

  1. ā-√prā P. (pf. ā́-paprau AV. xix, 49, 1 and RV.
  2. • aor. 2. sg. ấprās RV. i, 52, 13, &c.), Ā. (pf. ā-papre AV. xi, 2, 27
  3. • aor. ấprāyi AV. xix, 47, 1, &c.) to fulfil
  4. • to accomplish any one's desire (kāmam)

āprāvṛṣam

  1. ā-prāvṛṣam ind. until the rainy season ŚBr.

āprī

  1. ā-√prī P. (-prīṇāti AitBr. ii, 4
  2. • aor. Subj. 2. sg. -pipráyas RV. ii, 6, 8) to satisfy, conciliate, propitiate, please RV. TS. ŚBr.
  3. • to address or invoke with the Āprī ( below) verses AitBr. ŚBr.: Ā. (impf. âprīṇīta) to amuse one's self, be delighted or pleased TS. Lāṭy.

≫āpra

  1. āpra mfn. belonging to or being an Āprī ( below) RAnukr.

≫āprī

  1. ā-prī́ f. gaining one's favour, conciliation, propitiation
  2. • (-príyas [AV. xi, 7, 19] and -pryas ṇārāy.), f. pl., N. of particular invocations spoken previous to the offering of oblations (according to ĀśvŚr. iii, 2, 5 seqq. they are different in different schools
  3. • e.g. sámiddho agnír RV. v, 28, 1, in the school of Śunaka
  4. • juṣásva naḥ RV. vii, 2, 1, in that of Vasishṭha
  5. • sámiddho adyá RV. x, 110, 1, in that of others
  6. • Nārāyaṇa on this passage gives ten hymns belonging to different schools
  7. • also Sāy. on RV. i, 13 [súsamiddho na ā́ vaha, the Āprī-hymn of the school of Kaṇva], who enumerates twelve Āprīs and explains that twelve deities are propitiated
  8. • those deities are personified objects belonging to the fire-sacrifice, viz. the fuel, the sacred grass, the enclosure, &c., all regarded as different forms of Agni
  9. • hence the objects are also called Āprīs, or, according to others, the objects are the real Āprīs, whence the hymns received their names) AV. TS. ĀśvŚr. &c

≫āprīta

  1. ā-prīta mfn. gladdened, joyous BhP. x, 62, 27

⋙āprītapā

  1. ○pā́ m. [according to the Comm. on VS. viii, 57, 'guarding those who are propitiated'] guarding when gladdened or propitiated, N. of Vishṇu VS. ŚBr.

≫āprītimāyu

  1. ā-prīti-māyu m. N. of a place L.
  2. • (āprītimāyava mfn. belonging to the above place ib.)

āpru

  1. ā-√pru (√pru = √plu), Ā. -pravate, to spring up, jump up

āpruṣāya

  1. ā-pruṣāya Nom. P. ā́-pruṣāyati, to besprinkle, bespeckle RV. x, 26, 3 ; 68, 4: Ā. (impf. 3. pl. -pruṣāyánta) id. RV. i, 186, 9

āplu

  1. ā-√plu Ā. -plavate (Pot. -pluviita ŚāṅkhGṛ. iv, 12, 31 v. l., and -plavet) to spring or jump towards or over, dance towards or over AV. xx, 129, 1 AitBr. MBh. Hariv. &c
  2. • to bathe, wash ĀśvGṛ. ŚāṅkhGṛ. & Śr. ŚBr. Mn. BhP. MBh. &c
  3. • to immerse one's self MBh. &c
  4. • to bathe, wash another MBh. Ragh. &c
  5. • to water, bedew, inundate
  6. • to overrun MBh. Hariv. Pañcat. &c.: Caus. P. -plāvayati, to wash or bathe any person or thing, cause to be bathed or washed ĀśvGṛ. PārGṛ. MBh. &c
  7. • to bathe (one's self) MBh.
  8. • to inundate, overwhelm, set in commotion MBh. Hariv. Mn. &c. [Page 144, Column 3]
  9. • to dip, steep Suśr. VarBṛS.: Ā. -plāvayate id

≫āplava

  1. ā-plava m. ablution, bathing Pāṇ. BhP. R.
  2. • sprinkling with water L.

⋙āplavavratin

  1. ○vratin m. one whose duty is to perform the Samāvartana ablution (on returning home after completing his studies), an initiated householder L.

≫āplavana

  1. ā-plavana n. immersing, bathing KātyŚr. BhP. MBh.
  2. • sprinkling with water L.

≫āplāva

  1. ā-plāva m. (= ā-plava Pāṇ. 3-3, 50), submerging, wetting
  2. • flood, inundation L.

≫āplāvita

  1. ā-plāvita mfn. inundated, overflowed Hariv. Rājat. Pañcat.

≫āplāvya

  1. āplāvya mfn. to be used as a bath, serving for bathing MBh.
  2. • bathing (any one), to be washed, bathed
  3. • (am), n. washing, bathing Pāṇ. L.

≫āplāvya

  1. ā-plāvya ind. p. having washed, wetted or sprinkled

≫āpluta

  1. ā-pluta mfn. one who has bathed (himself), bathed MBh. BhP.
  2. • wetted, sprinkled, overflowed
  3. MBh. Hariv. Ragh. &c
  4. • ifc. (used fig.) overrun
  5. • afflicted, distressed (vyasanâ○)
  6. • one who has sprung or jumped near Hariv. MBh.
  7. • m. (= ā-plava-vratin), an initiated householder L.
  8. • (am), n. bathing MBh.
  9. • jumping, springing towards MBh. Hariv.

⋙āplutavratin

  1. ○vratin m. = ā-plava-vratin, q.v. L.

⋙āplutāṅga

  1. āplutâṅga mf(ī)n. bathed all over MBh.

≫āpluti

  1. ā-pluti f. bathing, a bath L.

≫āplutya

  1. ā-plutya ind. p. having bathed or washed
  2. • having jumped up

āpluṣṭa

  1. ā-pluṣṭa mfn. a little singed or burnt Kum. v, 48

āpvā

  1. āpvā nom. of āpvan m. ? (according to Siddh. ii, p. 393, l. 21, fr. √āp) wind, air (according to Comm. on Uṇ. i, 154 = kaṇṭha-sthāna)

āpsara

  1. āpsara mfn. (fr. apsaras), belonging to the Apsaras

≫āpsarasa

  1. āpsarasa mf(ī)n. a descendant of an Apsaras BhP. vi, 4, 16
  2. • (am), n. N. of a Sāman

āpsava

  1. āpsava m. (fr. apsu loc. pl. of ap), N. of a Manu

āphaṇ

  1. ā-√phaṇ Intens. -pánīphaṇat (cf. Pāṇ. 7-4, 65) to skip, jump RV. iv, 40, 4

āphalaka

  1. ā-phalaka m. enclosure, palisade R. i, 70, 3

āphalodayakarman

  1. ā-phalôdaya-karman mfn. persevering in a work until it bears fruit Ragh. i, 5

āphalya

  1. āphalya n. (fr. a-phala), fruitlessness Nyāyad.

āphīna

  1. āphīna n. and āphūka, am n. opium L.
  2. • (Hindī āphīm and āphū, cf. a-phena.)

ābadh

  1. ā-√badh ā-√vadh

ābandh

  1. ā-√bandh P. -badhnāti (impf. ấbadhnāt AV. vi, 81, 3
  2. • pf. -babandha), Ā. (pf. -bedhe14 AV. v, 28, 11
  3. • Inf. ā-bádhe AV. v, 28, 11) to bind or tie on, tie to one's self
  4. AV. ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. Lāṭy. MBh. Kathās. &c
  5. • to join, bind together, combine, resume MBh. Daś. Kād.
  6. • to take hold of, seize Mn.
  7. • to adhere closely to, be constant Kād.
  8. • to fix one's eye or mind on Kathās. Ragh.
  9. • to effect, produce
  10. • to bring to light, show Megh. &c

≫ābaddha

  1. ā-baddha mfn. tied on, bound
  2. • joined
  3. • fixed, effected, produced, shown (cf. the comps.)
  4. • m. affection L.
  5. • (am), n. binding fastly, a binding, a yoke L.
  6. • an ornament, cloth ŚāṅkhGr. ii, 1, 25 (cf. L. as, m.)

⋙ābaddhadṛṣṭi

  1. ○dṛṣṭi mfn. having the eyes fixed on Ragh.

⋙ābaddhamaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍala mfn. forming a circle, sitting in a circle Kād.

⋙ābaddhamāla

  1. ○māla mfn. forming a wreath Megh.

⋙ābaddhāñjali

  1. ā-baddhâñjali mfn. (= kṛtâñjali) joining the palms of the hands Daś.

≫ābadh

  1. ā-badh f. binding (cf. Inf. ā-bádhe = dat.)

≫ābandha

  1. ā-bandha m. a tie or bond
  2. • the tie of a yoke (that which fastens the axle to the yoke, or the latter to the plough) L.
  3. • ornament, decoration L.
  4. • affection L.

≫ābandhana

  1. ā-bandhana n. tying or binding on or round R.

ābandhura

  1. ā-bandhura mfn. a little deep. [Page 145, Column 1]

ābayu

  1. ābayu m. (only voc. ā́bayo and ābayo) N. of a plant AV. vi, 16, 1

ābarha

  1. ā-barha &c. under ā-√bṛh

ābalya

  1. ābalya n. (fr. a-bala), weakness KaushUp.

ābādh

  1. ā-√bādh Ā. -bādhate, to oppress, press on, press hard
  2. • to molest, check
  3. • to pain or torment TS. &c
  4. • to suspend, annul BhP.

≫ābādha

  1. ā-bādhá m. pressing towards RV. viii, 23, 3
  2. • molestation, trouble
  3. • m. and (ā), f. pain, distress MBh. Mn. Suśr. Kir. &c
  4. • (ā), f. (in math.) segment of the base of a triangle
  5. • (mfn.) distressed, tormented T.

ābālam

  1. ā-bālam ind. down to or including children, beginning with infants Kathās.

≫ābālyam

  1. ā-bālyam ind. id. ib. and R.

ābila

  1. ābila mfn. (fr. √bil, 'to split' T.
  2. • cf. āvila), turbid, dirty
  3. • confounded, embarrassed L.
  4. • (ám), ind. confusedly ŚBr.

⋙ābilakanda

  1. ○kanda m. a species of bulbous plant L.

ābutta

  1. ābutta m. (in dram.) a sister's husband (probably a Prākṛit word)

ābudh

  1. ā-√budh P. (Impv. 2. sg. -bódhā) to attend to, mind RV. vii, 22, 3

ābudhya

  1. ābudhya n. (fr. a-budha), want of discernment, foolishness L.

ābṛh

  1. ā-√bṛh P. -bṛhati (cf. ā-vṛh) to tear up or off or away
  2. • to pull off RV. x, 61, 5 TS. ŚBr. &c

≫ābarha

  1. ā-barha ifc. mfn. tearing out
  2. • m. tearing out or away
  3. • hurting, violating L.
  4. • (am), ind. so as to tear up Kāṭh.

≫ābarhaṇa

  1. ā-barhaṇa n. the act of tearing off or out L.

≫ābarhita

  1. ā-barhita mfn. torn out L.

≫ābarhin

  1. ābarhin mfn. fit for tearing out ib.

≫ābṛḍha

  1. ā́-bṛḍha mfn. torn out or away ŚBr. ii, 1, 2, 16

ābdam

  1. ā́bdam ind. (for ā-abdam), during a year BhP.

≫ābdika

  1. ābdika mfn. annual, yearly Mn.

ābrahma

  1. ā-brahma ind. up to or including Brahman BhP.

≫ābrahmasabham

  1. ā-brahma-sabham ind. to Brahman's court Ragh. xviii, 27

ābrū

  1. ā-brū Ā. -bruvate, to converse with Hariv.

ābhaṅgin

  1. ā-bhaṅgin mfn. (√bhañj), a little curved Kād.

ābhaj

  1. ā-√bhaj P. (Impv. 2. sg. ā́-bhaja
  2. • pf. ā́-babhāja
  3. • aor. Subj. 2. sg. ā́-bhāg RV. viii, 69, 8), Ā. (Impv. 2. sg. ā́-bhajasva, &c.) to cause to share or partake
  4. • to help any one to anything, let any one have anything RV. AV. AitBr. ŚBr. &c
  5. • to revere, respect BhP.: Caus. (Impv. 2. sg. -bhājayasva) to cause to partake Comm. on BṛĀrUp. i, 3, 18

≫ābhaga

  1. ā́-bhaga m. one who is to be honoured by a share RV. i, 136, 4, &c. AV. iv, 23, 3

≫ābhajanīya

  1. ā-bhajanīya mfn. id. Sāy. on RV.

ābhaṇḍana

  1. ā-bhaṇḍana n. defining, determining L.

ābhayajātya

  1. ābhayajātya mf(ī)n. descended from Abhaya-jāta, g. gargâdi (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 105)

≫ābhayajāta

  1. ābhayajāta mf(ī)n. belonging to Ābhayajātya, g. kaṇvâdi (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 111)

ābhara

  1. ā-bhara &c. under ā-√bhṛ

ābhā

  1. ā-√bhā P. -bhāti (Impv. 2. sg. ā́-bhāhi RV.
  2. • pf. -babhau) to shine or blaze towards RV. AV.
  3. • to irradiate, outshine, illumine RV. AV. TB. BhP.
  4. • to appear, become visible or apparent BhP. MBh. Hariv. Rājat. &c
  5. • to look like Kathās. MBh. &c

≫ābhā

  1. ā-bhā f. splendour, light
  2. • a flash
  3. • colour, appearance, beauty
  4. MBh. Mn. Suśr. Pañcat. &c
  5. • a reflected image, outline
  6. • likeness, resemblance MBh. R.
  7. • (mfn.) ifc. like, resembling, appearing R. Kāvyâd. Śiś. &c. (e.g. hemâbha, shining like gold) ; [Hib. avibh, 'likeness, similitude' ; avibe, 'neatness, elegance' ; avibhcal, 'a spark of fire' ?] [Page 145, Column 2]

≫ābhāta

  1. ā-bhāta mfn. shining, blazing
  2. • appearing, visible MBh. Mn. &c

≫ābhāti

  1. ā-bhāti f. splendour, light
  2. • shade L.

ābhāṇaka

  1. ā-bhāṇaka m. (√bhaṇ), a saying, proverb

ābhāṣ

  1. ā-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to address, speak to MBh. R. &c
  2. • to talk, converse with MBh. Kathās. Hariv.
  3. • to talk, speak
  4. • to communicate
  5. • to call, shout MBh. Ragh.
  6. • to name Suśr.
  7. • to promise Kathās.

≫ābhāṣa

  1. ā-bhāṣa m. speech, talking
  2. • addressing R.
  3. • a saying, proverb
  4. • introduction, preface L.

≫ābhāṣaṇa

  1. ā-bhāṣaṇa n. addressing, speaking to, conversing with, entertainment Ragh.

≫ābhāṣita

  1. ā-bhāṣita mfn. addressed
  2. • spoken, told Hariv.

≫ābhāṣya

  1. ā-bhāṣya mfn. to be addressed, worthy of being spoken to or conversed with MBh. Ragh.

≫ābhāṣya

  1. ā-bhāṣya ind. p. having addressed, having spoken to

ābhās

  1. ā-√bhās Ā. (pf. -babhāse) to appear, look like MBh. Ragh. vii, 40, &c. Kum. Kathās.: Caus. P. -bhāsayati, to shine upon, illuminate Nir. MārkP.
  2. • to throw light upon, exhibit the falsity of anything Comm. on Bādar.

≫ābhāsa

  1. ā-bhāsa m. splendour, light R. Vedāntas. 195
  2. • colour, appearance R. Suśr. Bhag.
  3. • semblance, phantom, phantasm of the imagination
  4. • mere appearance, fallacious appearance Vedāntas. ŚāṅkhŚr.
  5. • reflection
  6. • intention, purpose
  7. • (in log.) fallacy, semblance of a reason, sophism, an erroneous though plausible argument (regarded by logicians as of various kind)
  8. • ifc. looking like, having the mere appearance of a thing Gaut. Sāh. &c

⋙ābhāsatā

  1. ○tā f. or the being a mere appearance Sāh. &c

⋙ābhāsatva

  1. ○tva n. the being a mere appearance Sāh. &c

≫ābhāsana

  1. ā-bhāsana n. illuminating, making apparent or clear

≫ābhāsin

  1. ābhāsin mfn. ifc. shining like, having the appearance of Hariv.

≫ābhāsura

  1. ā-bhāsura mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 161) shining, bright L.
  2. • m. N. of a class of deities L.

≫ābhāsvara

  1. ā-bhāsvara mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 175) shining, bright L.
  2. • m. N. of a class of deities, sixtyfour in number
  3. • N. of a particular set of twelve subjects (ātmā jñātā damo dāntaḥ śāntir jñānaṃ śamas tapaḥ kāmaḥ krodho mado moho dvādaśâbhāsvarā ime T.)

ābhikāmika

  1. ābhikāmika mfn. (fr. abhikāma), wished for, agreeable MBh.

ābhicaraṇika

  1. ābhicaraṇika mf(ī)n. (fr. abhicaraṇa), maledictory, imprecatory, serving for incantation or cursing or enchantment KātyŚr.

≫ābhicārika

  1. ābhicārika mf(ī)n. id
  2. • (am), n. spell, enchantment, magic

ābhijana

  1. ābhijana mfn. (fr. abhi-jana), relating to descent or family Kum.
  2. • (am), n. loftiness of birth

≫ābhijātya

  1. ābhijātya n. (fr. abhi-jāta), noble birth, nobility R. BhP.
  2. • learning, scholarship L.
  3. • beauty T.

ābhijita

  1. ābhijita mfn. born under the constellation Abhi-jit Pāṇ.
  2. • a descendant of Abhi-jit ib.

≫ābhijitya

  1. ābhijitya mfn. a descendant of Abhi-jit Pāṇ.

ābhid

  1. ā-√bhid Pass. -bhidyate, to be divided or torn or cleft

ābhidhā

  1. ābhidhā f. (for abhi-dhā, q.v.), word, name, appellation L.

≫ābhidhātaka

  1. ābhidhātaka n. word, name L.

≫ābhidhānika

  1. ābhidhānika mfn. (fr. abhi-dhana), belonging to or contained in a dictionary, lexicographical
  2. • m. a lexicographer Comm. on Mn. viii, 275

≫ābhidhānīyaka

  1. ābhidhānīyaka n. (fr. abhi-dhānīya), the characteristic of a noun L.

ābhipratāriṇa

  1. ābhipratāriṇa m. a descendant of Abhi-pratārin AitBr.

ābhiprāyika

  1. ābhiprāyika mfn. (fr. abhiprāya), voluntary, optional

ābhiplavika

  1. ābhiplavika mfn. relating to the religious ceremony called Abhi-plava ĀśvŚr. Lāṭy.
  2. • (am), n. N. of a Sāman

ābhimanyava

  1. ābhimanyava m. a descendant of Abhi-manyu L.

ābhimānika

  1. ābhimānika mfn. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) belonging to Abhi-māna or self-conceit. [Page 145, Column 3]

ābhimukhya

  1. ābhimukhya n. (fr. abhi-mukha), direction towards
  2. • being in front of or face to face, presence Pāṇ. Pañcat. Sāh.
  3. • wish or desire directed towards anything
  4. • the state of being about to do anything

ābhiyogika

  1. ābhiyogika mfn. (fr. abhiyoga), done with skill or dexterity

ābhirūpaka

  1. ābhirūpaka n. (fr. abhirupa), suitableness
  2. • beauty, g. manojñâdi Pāṇ. 5-1, 133

≫ābhirūpya

  1. ābhirūpya n. suitableness Lāṭy.
  2. • beauty L.

ābhiśasya

  1. ābhiśasya n. (fr. abhi-śas), a sin or offence through which one becomes disgraced Āp.

ābhiṣeka

  1. ābhiṣeka mfn. (fr. abhi-ṣeka), relating to the inauguration of a king
  2. • serving for it VarYogay.

≫ābhiṣecanika

  1. ābhiṣecanika mfn. id. MBh. R.

ābhihārika

  1. ābhihārika mfn. (fr. abhi-hāra), to be presented (especially to a king)
  2. • (am), n. a respectful present or offering

ābhīka

  1. ābhīka n. (fr. abhīka, N. of a Ṛishi ?), 'composed by Abhīka' [T.], N. of a Sāman KātyŚr.

ābhīkṣṇa

  1. ābhīkṣṇa mfn. (fr. abhīkṣṇa), repeated, frequent L.
  2. • (am), n. continued repetition

≫ābhīkṣṇya

  1. ābhīkṣṇya n. continued repetition L.

ābhīra

  1. ābhīra m. N. of a people MBh. R. VP.
  2. • a cowherd (being of a mixed tribe as the son of a Brāhman and an Ambashṭha woman) Mn. x, 15, &c
  3. • (ī), f. a cowherd's wife or a woman of the Ābhīra tribe L.
  4. • the language of the Ābhīras
  5. • (ī), f. and (am), n. N. of a metre
  6. • (mfn.) belonging to the Ābhīra people

⋙ābhīrapalli

  1. ○palli or f. a station of herdsmen, village inhabited by cowherds only, abode of cowherds &c. L.

⋙ābhīrapallī

  1. ○pallī f. a station of herdsmen, village inhabited by cowherds only, abode of cowherds &c. L.

≫ābhīraka

  1. ābhīraka or mf(ī)n. belonging to the Ābhīra people L.

⋙ābhīrika

  1. ābhīrika mf(ī)n. belonging to the Ābhīra people L.
  2. • m. the Ābhīra people

ābhīla

  1. ā-bhīla mfn. (√bhī), formidable, fearful MBh.
  2. • suffering pain L.
  3. • (am), n. bodily pain, misfortune L. ; [Hib. abhéil, 'terrible, dreadful.']

ābhīśava

  1. ābhīśava n. (fr. abhīśu), 'composed by Abhīśu', N. of a Sāman KātyŚr. xxv, 14, 15

≫ābhīśavādya

  1. ābhīśavâdya and n. id

⋙ābhīśavottara

  1. ābhīśavôttara n. id

ābhu

  1. ābhú mfn. empty, void RV. x, 129, 3 ('pervading, reaching' Sāy.) VS.
  2. • one whose hands are empty, stingy RV. x, 27, 1
  3. • 4

≫ābhūka

  1. ābhūka mfn. empty, having no contents
  2. • powerless

ābhugna

  1. ā-bhugna mfn. (√1. bhuj), a little curved or bent Ragh.

ābhuj

  1. ā-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, to bend in, bend down, (paryaṅkam ā-bhujya, bending down in the Paryaṅka (q.v.) posture.)

≫ābhoga

  1. ā-bhogá m. winding, curving, curve, crease MBh. R. &c
  2. • a serpent RV. vii, 94, 12
  3. • the expanded hood of the Cobra Capella (used by Varuṇa as his umbrella) MBh. Hcar.
  4. • circuit, circumference, environs, extension, fulness, expanse Śak. Bhartṛ. &c
  5. • variety, multifariousness Bhartṛ.
  6. • effort, pains L.
  7. • (for 2. ā-bhoga s.v.)

≫ābhogin

  1. ābhogin mfn. curved, bent Hariv.

ābhū

  1. ā-√bhū -bhávati (Impf. 2. sg. ấ-bhavas
  2. • pf. ā́-babhūva, &c.) to be present or near at hand
  3. • to assist
  4. • to exist, be RV. AV. VS.
  5. • to continue one's existence MBh.
  6. • to originate, be produced, begin to exist RV. AV. ŚBr.

≫ābhū

  1. ā-bhū mfn. present, being near at hand, assisting, helping RV.
  2. • approaching, turning one's self towards (as a worshipper towards the deity) RV. i, 51, 9
  3. • (ūs), m. a helper, assistant

≫ābhūta

  1. ā-bhūta mfn. produced, existing

≫ābhūti

  1. ā-bhūti f. reaching, attaining
  2. • superhuman power or strength RV. x, 84, 6
  3. • (is), m. N. of a teacher ŚBr.

ābhūtasaṃplavam

  1. ā-bhūta-saṃplavam ind. down to the dissolution or destruction of created things or of the universe VP.

ābhūmipāla

  1. ā-bhūmipāla mfn. up to the king inclusively Hariv. 2023. [Page 146, Column 1]

ābhūṣ

  1. ā-√bhūṣ P. -bhū́ṣati, to spread over, reach AV. vii, 11, 1 ; xviii, 1, 24
  2. • to pass one's existence, pass RV. x, 11, 7
  3. • to go by
  4. • to act according to (loc.), obey
  5. • to cultivate
  6. • to honour or serve RV.

≫ābhūṣeṇya

  1. ā-bhūṣéṇya mfn. to be obeyed or praised or honoured RV. v, 55, 4

ābhṛ

  1. ā-√bhṛ P. -bhárati (pf. ā́-jabhāra RV.
  2. • aor. P. sg. ấbhārṣam RV. &c.) to bring towards or near
  3. • to carry or fetch
  4. • to effect, produce RV. AV. VS. ŚBr. &c
  5. • to fill up, fill, attract (one's attention) BhP.

≫ābhara

  1. ā-bhara n. N. of several Sāmans

≫ābharaṇa

  1. ā-bharaṇa n. decorating
  2. • ornament, decoration (as jewels &c.) Mn. Śak. Hit. &c
  3. • N. of several works (especially ifc.)

≫ābharadvasu

  1. ābharád-vasu mfn. bringing property or goods RV. v, 79, 3
  2. • (us), m. N. of a man. (ābharadvasava n. 'composed by Ābharad-vasu', N. of a Sāman.)

≫ābharita

  1. ābharita mfn. (fr. ā-bharaṇa), ornamented, decorated Hariv. 855

≫ābhṛta

  1. ā-bhṛta mfn. brought or carried near, procured, produced, caused to exist BhP. &c
  2. • filled up, full
  3. • firmly fixed BhP.

⋙ābhṛtatman

  1. ābhṛtátman mfn. one whose soul is filled with, having the attention fixed or fastened on

ābherī

  1. ābherī f. N. of one of the Rāgiṇīs or modes of music (personified as a female) L.

ābhoga

  1. ā-bhoga m. (√2. bhuj), enjoyment, satiety, fulness, completion L.
  2. • N. of wk
  3. • (mfn.) ifc. enjoying, eating TĀr.
  4. • (for 1. ā-bhoga ā- √1. bhuj.)

≫ābhogaya

  1. ā-bhogáya mfn. to be enjoyed RV. i, 110, 2
  2. • [m. food, nourishment NBD.]

≫ābhogi

  1. ā-bhogí f. food, nourishment RV. i, 113, 5

≫ābhogin

  1. ābhogin mfn. enjoying, eating T.
  2. • (for 1. ābhogin ā- √1. bhuj.)

≫ābhojin

  1. ā-bhojin mfn. ifc. eating, consuming L.

ābhyantara

  1. ābhyantara mfn. (fr. abhy-antara), being inside, interior, inner MBh. Suśr.
  2. • (am), ind. inside

⋙ābhyantaraprayatna

  1. ○prayatna m. internal effort (of the mouth in producing articulate utterance) Comm. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 9 Siddh. p. 10

≫ābhyantarika

  1. ābhyantarika mfn. = ābhyantara

ābhyavakāśika

  1. ābhyavakāśika mfn. (fr. abhy-avakāśa), living in the open air Buddh.

ābhyavahārika

  1. ābhyavahārika mfn. (fr. abhy-avahāra), supporting life, belonging to livelihood T.

ābhyāgārika

  1. ābhyāgārika mfn. (fr. abhy-āgāra), belonging to the support of a family L.

ābhyāśika

  1. ābhyāśika mfn. (fr. abhy-āśa), being near to each other, neighbouring MBh. (less correctly in this sense written ābhyāsika)

ābhyāsika

  1. ābhyāsika mfn. (fr. abhy-āsa), resulting from practice, practising, repeating L.

ābhyudayika

  1. ābhyudayika mfn. (fr. abhy-udaya), connected with the beginning or rising of anything Mn.
  2. • relating to or granting prosperity Mṛicch. Uttarar. &c
  3. • (am), n. N. of a Śrāddha or offering to ancestors on occasions of rejoicing ĀśvŚr. Gaut. Gobh. &c

ābhra

  1. ābhra mfn. (fr. abhra), made or consisting of talc Naish.

≫ābhrya

  1. ābhrya mf. a descendant of Abhra [NBD.], belonging to or being in the air {cf. T.} L.

ābhrāja

  1. ābhrāja n. N. of a Sāman

ābhrika

  1. ābhrika mfn. (fr. abhri), one who digs with a wooden spade or hoe L.

ām

  1. ām ind. an interjection of assent or recollection Mṛicch. Śak. Vikr. &c
  2. • (a vocative following this particle is anudātta Pāṇ. 8-1, 55.)

āma

  1. āmá mf(ā)n. raw, uncooked (opposed to pakva, q.v.) RV. AV. Mn. Yājñ. &c
  2. • N. of the cow (considered as the raw material which produces the prepared milk). RV. iii, 30, 14, &c
  3. • unbaked, unannealed AV. MBh. VarBṛS. &c
  4. • undressed
  5. • unripe, immature Suśr. &c
  6. • undigested Suśr.
  7. • fine, soft, tender (as a skin) BhP. iii, 31, 27
  8. • m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa VP.
  9. • of a son of Ghṛita-pṛishṭha BhP. v, 20, 21 [Page 146, Column 2]
  10. • m. or (am), n. constipation, passing hard and unhealthy excretions Suśr.
  11. • (am), n. state or condition of being raw Suśr.
  12. • grain not yet freed from chaff
  13. • [Gk. ? ; Lat. amārus ; Hib. amh, 'raw, unsodden, [146, 2] crude, unripe' ; Old Germ. ampher ; Mod. Germ. (ṣauer-ampfer.]

⋙āmakumbha

  1. ○kumbha m. a water-jar of unbaked clay

⋙āmagandhi

  1. ○gandhi mfn. smelling like raw meat or smelling musty L.

⋙āmagandhika

  1. ○gandhika and mfn. id. ib.

⋙āmagandhin

  1. ○gandhin mfn. id. ib.

⋙āmagarbha

  1. ○garbha m. an embryo Bhpr.

⋙āmajvara

  1. ○jvara m. fever produced by indigestion Śiś. ii, 54

⋙āmatā

  1. ○tā f. rawness
  2. • unpreparedness Suśr.

⋙āmapāka

  1. ○pāka m. a method of mellowing or ripening a tumour or swelling Suśr.

⋙āmapācin

  1. ○pācin mfn. assisting or causing digestion Bhpr.

⋙āmapātra

  1. ○pātrá n. an unannealed vessel AV. viii, 10, 28 ŚBr.

⋙āmapeṣa

  1. ○peṣa ās m. pl. grains pounded in a raw (i.e. uncooked) condition MaitrS. ĀpŚr.

⋙āmabhṛṣṭa

  1. ○bhṛṣṭa mfn. a little broiled KātyŚr. v, 3, 2

⋙āmapīnasa

  1. ○pīnasa m. running at the nose, defluxion Suśr.

⋙āmamāṃsa

  1. ○māṃsa n. raw flesh. āma-māṃsâśin m. eater of raw flesh, a cannibal

⋙āmarakta

  1. ○rakta m. dysentery

⋙āmarasa

  1. ○rasa m. imperfect chyme

⋙āmarākṣasī

  1. ○rākṣasī f. a particular remedy against dysentery

⋙āmavāta

  1. ○vāta m. constipation or torpor of the bowels with flatulence and intumescence Suśr.

⋙āmaśūla

  1. ○śūla n. cholic pains arising from indigestion Bhpr.

⋙āmaśrāddha

  1. ○śrāddha n. a particular Śrāddha offering (of raw flesh)

⋙āmātisāra

  1. āmâtisāra m. dysentery or diarrhoea produced by vitiated mucus in the abdomen (the excretion being mixed with hard and fetid matter) Suśr.

⋙āmātisārin

  1. āmâtisārin mfn. afflicted with the above disease

⋙āmād

  1. āmấd mfn. eating raw flesh or food RV. x, 87, 7 AV. xi, 10, 8 VS. ŚBr. (amādya n. the state of eating raw flesh.)

⋙āmānna

  1. āmânna n. undressed rice

⋙āmāśraya

  1. āmâśraya m. the receptacle of the undigested food, the upper part of the belly as far as the navel, stomach MBh. Yājñ. Suśr.

≫āmaka

  1. āmaka mfn. raw, uncooked, &c. Suśr.

≫āmiṣa

  1. āmiṣa s.v

āma

  1. āma m. (probably identical with 1. āma), sickness, disease L.

≫āmana

  1. āmana n. sickness, disease
  2. • (for 2. āmana ā-√man.)

≫āmaya

  1. āmaya m. sickness, disease ŚBr. KātyŚr. Yājñ. R. &c
  2. • indigestion L.
  3. • (am), n. the medicinal plant Costus Speciosus Bhpr.

≫āmayāvin

  1. āmayāvín mfn. sick, diseased TS. KātyŚr.
  2. • affected with indigestion, dyspeptic Mn. Yājñ.

⋙āmayāvinvitva

  1. ○"ṣvi-tva n. indigestion, dyspepsia Mn.

āmagna

  1. ā-magna mfn. (p.p. of ā-√majj) wholly sunk or submerged Prab. Kād.

āmañju

  1. ā-mañju mfn. charming, pleasant Uttarar.

āmaṇḍa

  1. āmaṇḍa m. and āmaṇḍaka n. the castor-oil plant, Ricinus Communis L. (cf. amaṇḍa and maṇḍa.)

āmath

  1. ā-√math or ā-√manth P. (pf. -mamantha) to whirl round or stir with velocity, agitate, shake about R.

≫āmathya

  1. ā-mathya or ind. p. having shaken, having twirled or whirled MBh.

⋙āmanthya

  1. ā-manthya ind. p. having shaken, having twirled or whirled MBh.

āmadhyāhnam

  1. ā-madhyâhnam ind. to midday

āman

  1. ā-√man Ā. (Impv. 2. du. ā́-manyethām) to long to be at, wish one's self at RV. iii, 58, 4 and viii, 26, 5

≫āmana

  1. ā́-mana n. friendly disposition, inclination, affection TS. ii, 3, 9, 1 and 2 MaitrS.
  2. • (for 1. āmana under 2. āma.)

⋙āmanahoma

  1. ○homa m. an offering at which the above two verses of the TS. are spoken Nyāyam. iv, 4, 6

≫āmanas

  1. ā́-manas mfn. friendly disposed, kind, favourable AV. ii, 36, 6 TS. MaitrS.

āmanasya

  1. āmanasya and āmānasya n. (fr. a-manas), pain, suffering L.

āmantr

  1. ā-√mantr Ā. -mantrayate (pf. -mantrayām-āsa &c.) to address, speak to
  2. • to summon TBr. KātyŚr. &c
  3. • to call, ask, invite MBh. BhP. Uttarar. &c
  4. • to salute, welcome R. MBh. &c
  5. • to bid farewell, take leave
  6. MBh. R. BhP. Kum. Rājat. Kathās. &c

≫āmantraṇa

  1. ā-mántraṇa n. addressing, speaking to, calling or calling to ŚBr. Sāh. &c
  2. • summoning
  3. • inviting, invitation Yājñ. MBh. &c
  4. • deliberation, interrogation AV. viii, 10, 7 KātyŚr.
  5. • greeting, courtesy, welcome [Page 146, Column 3]
  6. • bidding adieu, taking leave L.
  7. • the vocative case
  8. • (ā), f. addressing, calling L.

≫āmantraṇīya

  1. ā-mantraṇī́ya mfn. to be addressed or asked, to be asked for advice or consulted AV. viii, 10, 7 ŚBr.

≫āmantrayitavya

  1. ā-mantrayitavya mfn. to be taken leave of Veṇis.

≫āmantrayitṛ

  1. ā-mantrayitṛ mfn. asking, inviting, calling
  2. • (tā), m. an inviter, entertainer (especially of Brāhmans) L.

≫āmantrita

  1. ā-mantrita mfn. addressed, spoken to
  2. • called, invited, summoned MBh. BhP.
  3. • asked
  4. • one of whom leave is taken MBh. Rājat. &c
  5. • (am), n. addressing, summoning
  6. • the vocative case L.

≫āmantrya

  1. ā-mantrya mfn. to be addressed or called to
  2. • to be invited
  3. • standing in the vocative case (as a word) L.

≫āmantrya

  1. ā-mantrya ind. having addressed or saluted
  2. • having taken leave
  3. • bidding farewell

āmanth

  1. ā-√manth ā-√math, col. 2

āmandra

  1. ā-mandra mfn. having a slightly deep tone, making a low muttering sound (as thunder) Megh. Kathās. &c

āmaraṇam

  1. ā-maraṇam ind. till death Pañcat.

≫āmaraṇānta

  1. ā-maraṇânta or mfn. having death as the limit, continuing till death, lasting for life Hit. Mn. MBh.

⋙āmaraṇāntika

  1. ā-maraṇântika mfn. having death as the limit, continuing till death, lasting for life Hit. Mn. MBh.

āmarītṛ

  1. ā-marītṛ́ tā m. (√mṛ), one who hurts or destroys, a destroyer RV. iv, 20, 7

āmarda

  1. ā-marda &c. ā-√mṛd

āmarśa

  1. ā-marśa ā-√mṛś

āmarṣa

  1. āmarṣa m. (for a-marṣa, q.v. T., with reference to Pāṇ. 6-3, 137), impatience, anger, wrath L.

≫āmarṣaṇa

  1. āmarṣaṇa n. (for a-m○, q.v.), id. ib.

āmalaka

  1. āmalaka m. and ī f. (g. gaurâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 41) Emblic Myrobalan, Emblica Officinalis Gaertn
  2. • (am), n. the fruit of the Emblic Myrobalan MBh. Suśr. ChUp. &c
  3. • m. another plant, Gendarussa Vulgaris L.

≫āmalakīpattra

  1. āmalakī-pattra n. Pinus Webbiana

⋙āmalakīpattraphala

  1. ○phala n. the fruit of the Emblic Myrobalan Kād.

āmah

  1. ā-√mah Ā. (3. sg. ā́-mahe RV. vii, 97, 2 [= ā-mahate, ā-datte Sāy.]) to give, grant (?)
  2. • to take (?)

āmahīyā

  1. āmahīyā f. (scil. ṛc), N. of the verse ápāma sómam (cf. RV. viii, 48, 3) KātyŚr. x, 9, 7

≫āmahīyava

  1. āmahīyava m. (fr. amahīyu ?), N. of a Ṛishi
  2. • (am), n. N. of several Sāmans

āmā

  1. ā-mā √2. P. (Pot. -mimīyāt Kāṭh. xix, 13) to bleat at

āmātya

  1. āmātya m. (= amātya, q.v.), a minister, counsellor L.

āmāvāsya

  1. āmāvāsyá mfn. (fr. amā-vāsyā g. saṃdhivelâdi Pāṇ. 4-3, 16), belonging to the new moon or its festival ŚBr. AitBr.
  2. • born at the time of new moon Pāṇ. 4-3, 30
  3. • (am), n. the new moon oblation

⋙āmāvāsyavidha

  1. ○vidha mfn. belonging to the new moon, occurring at the time of new moon ŚBr.

āmi

  1. ā-√mi ā-√mī

āmikṣā

  1. āmíkṣā f. a mixture of boiled and coagulated milk, curd AV. x, 9, 13 TS. VS. ŚBr. &c

≫āmikṣavat

  1. āmíkṣavat mfn. having the above mixture TBr. i, 6, 2, 5

≫āmikṣīya

  1. āmikṣīya and mfn. suitable for the preparation of Āmikshā L. Bhaṭṭ.

⋙āmikṣya

  1. āmikṣya mfn. suitable for the preparation of Āmikshā L. Bhaṭṭ.

āmitauji

  1. āmitâuji m. a descendant of Amitaujas, (g. bāhv-ādi Pāṇ. 4-1, 96.)

āmitra

  1. āmitrá mf(ī)n. (fr. a-mitra), caused or produced by an enemy, inimical, odious RV. AV. ŚBr.

≫āmitrāyaṇa

  1. āmitrāyaṇa m

⋙āmitrāyaṇi

  1. āmitrāyaṇi m. and a descendant of A-mitra Pāṇ.

⋙āmitri

  1. āmitri m. a descendant of A-mitra Pāṇ.

≫āmitrīya

  1. āmitrīya mfn. belonging to Āmitri Pāṇ.

āmiśra

  1. ā-miśra mfn. mixed, mingled Pat. [Page 147, Column 1]

⋙āmiśratva

  1. ○tva n. mixedness ib.

⋙āmiśrabhūta

  1. ○bhūta (āmiśrī-), mfn. mixed, mingled
  2. • -tva n. mixedness

āmiśla

  1. ā́-miśla mfn. having a tendency to mix
  2. • ā́miśla-tama (superl.), mfn. readily mixing RV. vi, 29, 4

āmiṣa

  1. āmiṣa n. (probably connected with 1. āma
  2. • fr. √2. miṣ, 'to wet' T.), flesh MBh. Mn. Pañcat. Hit. Ragh. &c
  3. • food, meat, prey
  4. • an object of enjoyment, a pleasing or beautiful object &c. Mn. Ragh. Kathās. &c
  5. • coveting, longing for
  6. • lust, desire
  7. • a gift, boon, fee L.
  8. • (ī), f. N. of a plant L.

⋙āmiṣatā

  1. ○tā f. and the state of being a prey or preyed upon Hit. &c

⋙āmiṣatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being a prey or preyed upon Hit. &c

⋙āmiṣapriya

  1. ○priya mfn. fond of flesh-meat, carnivorous
  2. • m. a heron L.

⋙āmiṣabhuj

  1. ○bhuj mfn. carnivorous

⋙āmiṣāśin

  1. āmiṣâśin mfn. carnivorous, eating flesh and fish Kathās.

≫āmis

  1. ā́mis n. raw flesh, meat
  2. • a dead body RV. vi, 46, 14 [ā́miṣi]

āmī

  1. ā-√mī P. -mināti (RV. vi, 30, 2, &c.) to destroy, neutralize, curtail RV.
  2. • to put aside or away, cause to disappear or vanish, displace
  3. • to exchange RV. i, 92, 10, &c
  4. • to put or push out of place TBr.: Ā. (impf. ấminanta) to vanish, disappear RV. i, 79, 2: Intens. (p. -mémyāna) to change, alter RV. i, 96, 5

āmīkṣā

  1. āmīkṣā f. = amikṣā, q.v

āmīl

  1. ā-√mīl Caus. P. -mīlayati, to close the eyes Kāvyâd. BhP. Daś.

≫āmīlana

  1. ā-mīlana n. the act of closing the eyes Kād. Amar.

āmīv

  1. ā-√mīv P. -mīvati, to press, push, open by pressure TBr. ŚBr.

≫āmīvatka

  1. ā-mīvat-ká mfn. pushing, pressing TS. iv, 5, 9, 2

≫āmīvita

  1. ā́-mīvita mfn. pressed, opened by pressure TBr.

āmukulita

  1. ā-mukulita mfn. (fr. mukalaya Nom. with ā), a little open (as a blossom) Kād.

āmukha

  1. ā-mukha n. commencement L.
  2. • prelude, prologue Sāh.
  3. • (am), ind. to the face

≫āmukhīkṛ

  1. ā-mukhī-√kṛ to make visible

⋙āmukhīkṛbhū

  1. ā-mukhī-√kṛ--√bhū to become visible

āmuc

  1. ā-√muc P. -muñcati, to put on (a garment or ornament &c.) Ragh. Mālav. Hariv. &c
  2. • to put off (clothes &c.), to undress R.
  3. • to let go
  4. • to throw, sling, cast MBh. Megh. &c

≫āmukta

  1. ā-mukta mfn. put on (as a garment &c.), dressed, accoutred MBh. Rājat. Śiś. &c
  2. • put off, left off, undressed
  3. • let go, discharged, cast, shot off
  4. • (am), n. armour L.

≫āmukti

  1. ā-mukti f. putting on
  2. • cloth, armour L.

≫āmoka

  1. ā-moka m. putting or tying on T.

≫āmocana

  1. ā-mocana n. putting or tying on R.
  2. • emitting, shedding, &c. L.

āmupa

  1. āmupa m. the cane Bambusa Spinosa Hamilt. Roxb. L.

āmur

  1. ā-múr and ā-múri m. (√mṛ), destroying, hurting
  2. • destroyer RV.

āmuṣ

  1. ā-√muṣ P. (impf. ấmuṣṇāt RV. x, 67, 6) to draw or pull towards one's self
  2. • to take away RV.

≫āmoṣa

  1. ā-moṣá m. robbing, stealing ŚBr. xii

≫āmoṣin

  1. ā-moṣin mfn. stealing, a thief Pāṇ.

āmuṣmika

  1. āmuṣmika mf(ī)n. (fr. amuṣmin loc. of adas), of that state
  2. • being there, belonging to the other world Suśr. Sāh. Daś. &c

⋙āmuṣmikatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being there or belonging to the other world Nyāyam.

≫āmuṣyakulikā

  1. āmuṣyakulikā f. (fr. amuṣya-kula), the being of that family Pāṇ. 6-3, 21 Kāś.

≫āmuṣyaputrikā

  1. āmuṣyaputrikā f. (fr. amuṣya-putra), the being the son of that one ib.

≫āmuṣyāyaṇa

  1. āmuṣyāyaṇá mf(ī)n. (g. naḍâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 99), a descendant of such a one AV. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhGṛ. &c
  2. • m. a son or descendant of an illustrious person L.

āmūrtarayasa

  1. āmūrtarayasa m. a descendant of Amūrta-rayas MBh.

āmūrdhāntam

  1. ā-mūrdhântam ind. up to the crown of the head Kathās. [Page 147, Column 2]

āmūlam

  1. ā-mūlam ind. to the √, by the √, entirely, radically Kathās.
  2. • from the beginning

āmṛj

  1. ā-√mṛj P. -mṛjati, to wipe away or off
  2. • to rub, clean MBh. Śak. BhP. &c.: Intens. (p. -mármṛjat RV. x, 26, 6) to smooth, polish, clean

≫āmṛjya

  1. ā-mṛjya ind. p. having wiped away or off

≫āmṛṣṭa

  1. ā-mṛṣṭa mfn. wiped off, clean
  2. • (for 2. -āmṛṣṭa under ā-√mṛś.)

āmṛṇa

  1. ā-mṛṇa mfn. (√mṛṇ), violating, hurting
  2. • enemy (cf. an-ā○.)

āmṛta

  1. ā-mṛta mfn. (√mṛ), killed, struck by death (cf. an-ā○.)

āmṛd

  1. ā-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, to crush by rubbing
  2. • to crumple
  3. • to mix together R. Suśr.

≫āmarda

  1. ā-marda m. crushing, handling roughly Śak. MBh.
  2. • pressing, squeezing Kathās.
  3. • N. of a town

≫āmardaka

  1. ā-mardaka m. N. of Kālabhairava

≫āmardin

  1. ā-mardin mfn. crushing, pressing, handling roughly R.

āmṛś

  1. ā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to touch MBh. Śiś.
  2. • to touch, taste, enjoy (a woman)
  3. • to consider, reflect upon MBh. Śak. Kum.
  4. • (p. -mṛśat) to rub off, wipe away, remove, Śis. vi, 3: Pass. -mṛśyate, to be eaten Ragh. v, 9 [Mall. bhakṣyate]: Caus. -marśayati, to consider, reflect upon

≫āmarśa

  1. ā-marśa m. touching L.
  2. • contact
  3. • nearness, similarity ĀśvŚr. ii, 2, 13, 32

≫āmarśana

  1. ā-marśana n. touching, wiping off L.

āmṛṣ

  1. ā-√mṛṣ Ā. -mṛṣyate, to bear patiently MBh.: Caus. -marṣayati id. MBh. R. (for āmarṣa s.v.)

āmekhalam

  1. ā-mekhalam ind. to the edge (of a mountain) Kum. i, 5

āmenya

  1. āmenyá mfn. to be measured from all sides [Sāy.] RV. v, 48, 1

āmokṣaṇa

  1. ā-mokṣaṇa n. fastening or tying on or to R.

āmocana

  1. ā-mocana under ā-√muc

āmoda

  1. ā-móda mf(ā)n. (√mud), gladdening, cheering up ŚBr. KātyŚr.
  2. • m. joy, serenity, pleasure R.
  3. • fragrancy, a diffusive perfume
  4. • strong smell, smell
  5. Ragh. Megh. Śiś. Kathās. &c
  6. • Asparagus Racemosus L.

⋙āmodajananī

  1. ○jananī f. 'causing a strong smell', betel ib.

≫āmodana

  1. ā-modana n. rejoicing, delighting L.

≫āmodita

  1. ā-modita mfn. perfumed Ṛitus. BhP. &c

≫āmodin

  1. āmodin mfn. fragrant
  2. • ifc. fragrant or perfumed with, e.g. kadambâmodin, perfumed with Kadambas
  3. • (ī), m. a perfume for the mouth made up in the form of a camphor pill &c

āmoṣa

  1. ā-moṣa &c. under ā-√muṣ

āmohanikā

  1. āmohanikā f. (√muh, Caus.), a particular fragrant odour Suśr. ii, 163, 14

āmnā

  1. ā-√mnā P. -manati, to utter, mention, allege
  2. • to cite, quote
  3. • to commit to memory, hand down in sacred texts
  4. • to celebrate
  5. KātyŚr. Lāṭy. BhP. Mālav. Kum. &c

≫āmnāta

  1. ā-mnāta mfn. mentioned, quoted, committed to memory, handed down in sacred texts
  2. • taught
  3. • celebrated KātyŚr. BhP. Kum. &c

≫āmnātavya

  1. ā-mnātavya mfn. to be mentioned or quoted APrāt.

≫āmnātin

  1. āmnātin ī m. (fr. ā-mnāta), one who has mentioned or quoted Comm. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 36

≫āmnāna

  1. ā-mnāna n. mention, handing down by sacred texts KātyŚr.
  2. • study of the sacred texts T.

≫āmnāya

  1. ā-mnāya m. sacred tradition, sacred texts handed down by repetition
  2. • that which is to be remembered or studied or learnt by heart
  3. • a Veda or the Vedas in the aggregate
  4. • received doctrine VPrāt. Mn. MBh. &c
  5. • traditional usage, family or national customs
  6. • advice, instruction in past and present usage
  7. • a Tantra
  8. • a family, series of families L.

⋙āmnāyarahasya

  1. ○rahasya n. N. of wk

⋙āmnāyasārin

  1. ○sārin mfn. observing the Vedas and traditional customs, pious
  2. • containing the essence of the Veda L. [Page 147, Column 3]

≫āmnāyin

  1. āmnāyin ī m. an orthodox Vaishṇava L.

āmba

  1. āmbá m. a species of grain TS. Kāṭh.

āmbarīṣaputraka

  1. āmbarīṣaputraka mfn. belonging to or inhabited by the Ambarīsha-putras, (g. rājanyâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 53.)

āmbaṣṭha

  1. āmbaṣṭha m. a man belonging to the Ambashṭha people Pāṇ.

≫āmbaṣṭhya

  1. āmbaṣṭhya m. a king of the Ambashṭhas AitBr. viii, 21, 6
  2. • (ā), f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 74

āmbikeya

  1. āmbikeya m. (g. śubhrâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 123), a descendant of Ambikā
  2. • N. of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh.
  3. • of Kārttikeya L.
  4. • of a mountain VP. ii, 4, 63

āmbuda

  1. āmbuda mfn. (fr. ambu-da), coming from a cloud Naish.

āmbhasa

  1. āmbhasa mfn. (fr. ambhas), consisting of water, being watery, fluid MBh.

≫āmbhasika

  1. āmbhasika mfn. living in water, aquatic
  2. • m. a fish Comm. on Pāṇ. 4-4, 27

≫āmbhi

  1. āmbhi mfn. a descendant of Ambhas, (g. bāhvādi Pāṇ. 4-1, 96.)

āmbhṛṇī

  1. āmbhṛṇī f. daughter of Ambhṛiṇa, N. of Vāc
  2. • ( ambhṛṇa.)

āmyakṣ

  1. ā-√myakṣ P. (pf. -mimikṣús) to be contained or possessed by (loc.) RV. vi, 29, 2 and 3

āmra

  1. āmra m. the mango tree, Mangifera Indica MBh. R. Śak. &c
  2. • (am), n. the fruit of the mango tree Suśr. ŚBr.
  3. • &c
  4. • a particular weight

⋙āmrakūṭa

  1. ○kūṭa m. N. of a mountain Megh. 17

⋙āmragandhaka

  1. ○gandhaka m. N. of a plant L.

⋙āmragandhiharidrā

  1. ○gandhiharidrā f. Curcuma Reclinata Bhpr.

⋙āmragupta

  1. ○gupta m. N. of a man Pāṇ. (āmraguptāyani and ○gupti, m. a descendant of Āmra-gupta ib.)

⋙āmrataila

  1. ○taila n. mango oil L.

⋙āmraniśā

  1. ○niśā f. Curcuma Reclinata L.

⋙āmrapañcama

  1. ○pañcama m. a particular Rāga (in music)

⋙āmrapāla

  1. ○pāla m. N. of a king
  2. • (ī), f. N. of a woman

⋙āmrapeśī

  1. ○peśī f. a portion of dried mango fruit L.

⋙āmraphalaprapānaka

  1. ○phala-prapānaka n. a cooling drink made of mangoes, Bþpr

⋙āmramaya

  1. ○maya mfn. made of mangoes (as sauce) L.

⋙āmravaṇa

  1. ○vaṇa (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 5), n. a mango forest R. Daś. &c

⋙āmravāṭa

  1. ○vāṭa

⋙āmravāṭaka

  1. ○vāṭaka and m. the hog-plum, Spondias Mangifera L.

⋙āmravāṭika

  1. ○vāṭika m. the hog-plum, Spondias Mangifera L.

⋙āmrāvarta

  1. āmrâvarta m. inspissated mango juice L.

⋙āmrāsthi

  1. āmrâsthi n. kernel of the mango fruit Bhpr.

≫āmrāta

  1. āmrāta m. the hog-plum, Spondias Mangifera Suśr.

≫āmrātaka

  1. āmrātaka m. the hog-plum, Spondias Mangifera MBh. R. Suśr.
  2. • inspissated mango juice L.
  3. • N. of a mountain R.
  4. • (ī), f. a kind of climbing plant L.

⋙āmrātakeśvara

  1. āmrātakêśvara n. N. of a Liṅga

≫āmrāvatī

  1. āmrāvatī f. N. of a town R.

≫āmriṅ

  1. āmriṅ mfn. containing mango trees. Comm. on Pāṇ.

≫āmriman

  1. āmriman ā m. the state of being a mango tree (?) Pāṇ. 5-1, 123, (gana dṛḍhâdi.)

≫āmrya

  1. āmrya n. id

āmreḍ

  1. ā-√mreḍ Caus. P. -mreḍayati, to repeat MBh.

≫āmreḍa

  1. ā-mreḍa m. repetition Bālar.

≫āmreḍana

  1. ā-mreḍana n. tautology, reiteration of words and sounds L.

≫āmreḍita

  1. ā-mreḍita mfn. reiterated, repeated
  2. • (am), n. repetition of a sound or word
  3. • (in Gr.) reduplication, reiteration, the second word in a reiteration Pāṇ. APrāt. &c

āmla

  1. āmla as, ā mf. (fr. amla), the tamarind tree, Tamarindus Indica L.
  2. • (am), n. sourness, acidity L.

⋙āmlavallī

  1. ○vallī f. a species of plant L.

⋙āmlavetasa

  1. ○vetasa m. the plant Rumex Vesicarius (= amla○)

≫āmlikā

  1. āmlikā and f. the tamarind tree

⋙āmlīkā

  1. āmlīkā f. the tamarind tree
  2. • sourness in the mouth, acidity of stomach (= amlīkā) L.

āmlāna

  1. ā-mlāna mfn. v. l. for a-mlāna, q.v. Ragh. xvi, 75

āya

  1. āyá m. (fr. ā-√i), arrival, approach RV. ii, 38, 10 ChUp.
  2. • income, revenue
  3. • gain, profit
  4. Pāṇ. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. Hit. &c
  5. • the eleventh lunar mansion VarBṛS.
  6. • a die Jyot.
  7. • the number four ib.
  8. • N. of a kind of formulas inserted at particular occasions of a sacrifice ŚāṅkhŚr. Comm.
  9. • the guard of the women's apartments L. [Page 148, Column 1]

⋙āyadarśin

  1. ○darśin mfn. seeing (i.e. having) revenues Mṛicch.

⋙āyadvāra

  1. ○dvāra n. the place where revenues are collected

⋙āyavyaya

  1. ○vyaya (am), n. or (au), m. du. receipt and disbursement, income and expenditure

⋙āyasthāna

  1. ○sthāna n. a place where revenues are collected Pāṇ.

≫āyat

  1. āyat mfn. (p. pres.) coming near to

⋙āyadvasu

  1. āyádvasu mfn. one to whom wealth or property comes AV. xiii, 4, 54

≫āyatī

  1. ā-yatī f. of the p

⋙āyatīgavam

  1. ○gavam ind. at the time when the cows come home, (g. tiṣṭhad-gv-ādi Pāṇ. 2-1, 17) Bhaṭṭ.

⋙āyatīsamam

  1. ○samam ind. id. ib.

≫āyana

  1. ấyana n. coming, approaching RV. AV. VS.
  2. • (for 2. āyana s.v.)

≫āyin

  1. âyín mfn. coming or hastening near TS. ii, 4, 7, 1

āyaḥśūlika

  1. āyaḥśūlika mf(ī)n. (fr. ayaḥśāla Pāṇ. 5-2, 76), acting violently, using violence, using forcible means (e.g. a beggar holding a lance to your breast in asking for alms) L.

āyaḥsthūṇa

  1. āyaḥsthūṇá m. (g. śivâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 112), a descendant of Ayaþ-sthūṇa ŚBr.

āyaka

  1. āyaka mfn. (fr. √i), going (?) Comm. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 81

āyaj

  1. ā-√yaj P. (ā́-yajati) and Ā. (-yajate) to make oblations or offer (to gods) RV. AV.
  2. • to do homage, honour RV. VS.
  3. • to receive or procure through offerings, gain RV. VS. ŚBr.

≫āyaji

  1. ā-yají and mfn. procuring or bringing near through offerings RV. i, 28, 7 ; viii, 23, 17

⋙āyajin

  1. ā-yajín [TBr.], mfn. procuring or bringing near through offerings RV. i, 28, 7 ; viii, 23, 17

≫āyajiṣṭha

  1. ā́-yajiṣṭha mfn. procuring most or best (superlative of the above) RV. ii, 9, 6 ; x, 2, 1

≫āyajīyas

  1. ā́-yajīyas mfn. procuring more or better, procuring very much or very well (compar. of ā-yaji) TBr.

≫āyajyu

  1. ā-yajyú mfn. = ā-yajín RV. ix, 97, 26

≫āyāga

  1. ā-yāga m. a gift given at a sacrifice R.

⋙āyāgabhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. obtained by sacrifice

≫eṣṭa

  1. ếṣṭa (ā + iṣṭa), mfn. obtained by offerings or oblations VS. v, 7
  2. • (for 2. eṣṭa under éṣ = ā- √2. iṣ.)

āyat

  1. ā-√yat P. (2. du. ā́-yatathas) Ā. (3. pl. ā-yatante) to arrive, enter
  2. • to adhere, abide
  3. • to attain to RV. AV. ŚBr.
  4. • to rest on, depend on
  5. • to be at the disposition of
  6. MBh. R. Mn. Megh. &c
  7. • to make efforts R. BhP.: Caus. -yātayati, to cause to arrive at or reach ŚBr. AitBr.

≫āyatana

  1. ā-yátana n. resting-place, support, seat, place, home, house, abode
  2. TS. ŚBr. ChUp. AitBr. Mn. Yājñ. Kum. &c
  3. • the place of the sacred fire (= agny-āyatana) KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. and Gṛ
  4. • an altar
  5. • a shed for sacrifices
  6. • a sanctuary ChUp. R. Mn. Pañcat. &c
  7. • a plot of ground, the site of a house
  8. • a barn Yājñ. ii, 154
  9. • the cause of a disease Suśr.
  10. • (with Buddhists) the five senses and Manas (considered as the inner seats or Āyatanas) and the qualities perceived by the above (the outer Āyatanas)

⋙āyatanatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being the site of, &c. Vedāntas. &c

⋙āyatanavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having a seat or home TS.
  2. • (ān), m. N. of the fourth foot of Brahman ChUp. iv, 8, 4

≫āyatta

  1. ā-yatta mfn. adhering, resting on, depending on
  2. • being at the disposition of
  3. MBh. Hariv. R. Megh. Kathās. &c
  4. • exerting one's self, making efforts BhP.
  5. • cautious, circumspect R.
  6. • being ready or prepared R.

⋙āyattatā

  1. ○tā f. and dependence Sāh.

⋙āyattatva

  1. ○tva n. dependence Sāh.

⋙āyattamūla

  1. ○mūla mfn. having taken √cf. TāṇḍyaBr. xx. 16, 1

≫āyatti

  1. ā-yatti f. dependence, subjection, subjecting
  2. • affection
  3. • power, strength
  4. • day
  5. • boundary, limit
  6. • sleeping
  7. • length
  8. • majesty, dignity
  9. • future time
  10. • continuance in the right way, steadiness of conduct L.

āyathātathya

  1. āyathātathya n. (= a-yāthātathya, q.v. Pāṇ. 7-3, 31), the not being as it should be, wrong application, incorrectness Śiś. ii, 56

āyathāpurya

  1. āyathāpurya n. (= a-yāthāpurya, q.v. Pāṇ. 7-3, 31), the state of being not as formerly

≫āyathāpūrvya

  1. āyathāpūrvya n. ib. Daś.

āyana

  1. āyana mfn. (fr. ayana), belonging to the solstice Comm. on Sūryas.
  2. • (for 1. āyana under āya.) [Page 148, Column 2]

āyam

  1. ā-√yam P. -yacchati and (Ved.) -yamati, to stretch, lengthen out, extend
  2. RV. AV. Lāṭy. Suśr. MBh. &c
  3. • to stretch (a bow)
  4. • to put on (an arrow &c.)
  5. • to draw near, bring hither
  6. • to fetch, procure RV.
  7. • to keep, stop, hold in, draw back, restrain Mn. Yājñ. MBh. BhP. &c
  8. • to produce Bhaṭṭ.: Ā. -yacchate (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 28 and 75) to stretch one's self or be stretched or strained
  9. • to grow long L.
  10. • to grasp, possess L.: Caus. -yāmayati, to bring near, draw near
  11. • to carry, fetch RV.
  12. • to lengthen, extend Suśr.
  13. • to produce or make visible
  14. • to show MBh.

≫āyata

  1. ā-yata mfn. stretched, lengthened, put on (as an arrow)
  2. • stretching, extending, extended, spread over
  3. • directed towards, aiming at
  4. • extended, long, future
  5. MBh. R. Suśr. Ragh. Śiś. Kir. &c
  6. • m. an oblong figure (in geometry)
  7. • (ā), f. a particular interval (in music)
  8. • (am), and (ayā), ind. without delay, on the spot, quickly ŚBr.

⋙āyatacaturasra

  1. ○caturasra mfn. oblong ĀśvGṛ. &c
  2. • m. an obtain tree, Musa Paradisiaca Lin. L.

⋙āyatadīrghacaturasra

  1. ○dīrgha-caturasra m. = -caturasra

⋙āyatastū

  1. ○stū m. a panegyrist Kāty. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 178

⋙āyatākṣa

  1. āyatâkṣa mf(ī)n. having longish eyes Bhartṛ. &c

⋙āyatāpāṅga

  1. āyatâpâṅga mf(ī)n. having long-cornered eyes

⋙āyatāyati

  1. āyatâyati f. long continuance, remote futurity Śiś.

⋙āyatārdha

  1. āyatârdha m. (in geom.) half an oblong

⋙āyatekṣaṇa

  1. āyatêkṣaṇa mfn. long-eyed, having long or large eyes

≫āyati

  1. ā́-yati f. stretching, extending RV. i, 139, 9
  2. • extension, length Kād.
  3. • following or future time
  4. • the future, 'the long run'
  5. MBh. R. Mn. Pañcat. &c
  6. • posterity, lineage
  7. • descendant, son Daś.
  8. • expectation, hope Kathās. Kād.
  9. • majesty, dignity L.
  10. • restraint of mind L.
  11. • N. of a daughter of Meru VP.

⋙āyatikṣama

  1. ○kṣama mfn. fit or useful for future time Mn.

⋙āyatimat

  1. ○mat mfn. long, extended
  2. • stately, dignified L.
  3. • self-restrained L.

≫āyatī

  1. ā-yatī f. v. l. for āyati
  2. • (for 1. col. 1.)

≫āyantṛ

  1. ā-yantṛ́ tā m. restrainer, ruler (?)
  2. • one who approaches [Sāy.] RV. viii, 32, 14

≫āyamana

  1. ā-yamana n. stretching (a bow) ChUp.

≫āyamya

  1. ā-yamya mfn. to be stretched
  2. • to be restrained

≫āyamya

  1. ā-yamya ind. p. having stretched or restrained MBh. &c

≫āyāma

  1. ā-yāma m. stretching, extending RPrāt. Suśr. &c
  2. • restraining, restrained, stopping Mn. MBh. Bhag. &c
  3. • expansion, length (either in space or time), breadth (in mensuration) Suśr. ĀśvGṛ. R. Megh. &c

⋙āyāmavat

  1. ○vat mfn. extended, long

≫āyāmita

  1. ā-yāmita mfn. lengthened out, extended
  2. • made visible, shown MBh.

≫āyāmin

  1. āyāmin mfn. long in space or time Kād.
  2. • ifc. restraining, stopping VP. Yājñ. &c

āyallaka

  1. āyallaka n. (etym. doubtful), impatience
  2. • longing for
  3. • missing, regretting L.

āyava

  1. āyava n. (fr. āyu), N. of a Sāman

āyavan

  1. ā́yavan ā m. the dark half of the month MaitrS. (cf. ayava.)

āyavana

  1. ā-yávana under ā- √2. yu

āyavas

  1. āyavas n. = ā́yavan above

āyavasa

  1. ā́yavasa m. N. of a king [Sāy.] RV. i, 122, 15

āyas

  1. ā-√yas P. -yasyati, to work hard, exert one's self, weary one's self MBh. R. BhP. Hariv. &c
  2. • to become exhausted Hariv. R. &c.: Caus. P. -yāsayati, to weary, worry
  3. • to give pain, torment Suśr. MBh. Kathās. &c.: Pass. of Caus. -yāsyate, to pine away
  4. • to consume by grief R. &c

≫āyasta

  1. ā-yasta mfn. exerted, managed or effected with difficulty
  2. • labouring, toiling, making effort or exertion MBh. R. Hariv. &c
  3. • pained, distressed
  4. • wearied, vexed, angry ib.
  5. • sharpened, whetted
  6. • thrown, cast L.

≫āyāsa

  1. ā-yāsa m. effort, exertion (of bodily or mental power), trouble, labour
  2. MBh. R. Suśr. Śak. Kathās. &c
  3. • fatigue, weariness MBh. R. Daś.

≫āyāsaka

  1. ā-yāsaka mfn. causing effort, causing fatigue or weariness Bhartṛ.

≫āyāsin

  1. āyāsin mfn. making exertion, active, laborious
  2. • exhausted by labour, wearied

āyasa

  1. āyasá mf(ī)n. (fr. ayas), of iron, made of iron or metal, metallic
  2. RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr. MBh. Yājñ. &c. [Page 148, Column 3]
  3. • iron-coloured MBh. v, 1709
  4. • armed with an iron weapon L.
  5. • (ī), f. armour for the body, a breastplate, coat of mail L.
  6. • (am), n. iron
  7. • anything made of iron Ragh. Kum. &c
  8. • a wind-instrument KātyŚr. xxi, 3, 7

⋙āyasamaya

  1. ○maya mfn. made of iron Kād.

≫āyasīya

  1. āyasīya mfn. (fr. ayas), belonging to or made of iron, (g. kṛśâśvâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 80.)

āyaskāra

  1. āyaskāra m. the upper part of the thigh of an elephant
  2. • ( also ayas-kāra.)

≫āyaskāri

  1. āyaskāri m. a descendant of Ayas-kāra L.

āyā

  1. ā-√yā P. -yāti, to come near or towards
  2. • to arrive, approach
  3. RV. AV. ŚBr. MBh. Kathās. &c
  4. • to reach, attain, enter BhP. &c
  5. • to get or fall into any state or condition
  6. • to be reduced to, become anything (with the acc. of an abstr. noun) Hariv. MBh. R. BhP. Ragh. &c

≫āyāta

  1. ā-yāta mfn. come, arrived, attained MBh. Śak. Kathās. &c
  2. • (am), n. abundance, superabundance, Kirāt

≫āyāti

  1. ā-yāti f. coming near, arrival
  2. • (is), m. N. of a son of Nahusha MBh. Hariv. VP.

≫āyāna

  1. ā-yā́na n. coming, arrival RV. viii, 22, 18 MBh. &c
  2. • the natural temperament or disposition L. (cf. ayāna.)

≫āyāpana

  1. ā-yāpana n. causing to come near, inviting
  2. • fetching

āyāc

  1. ā-√yāc P. (p. -yācat) Ā. (p. -yācamāna) to supplicate, implore R.

≫āyācita

  1. ā-yācita mfn. urgently requested or desired
  2. • (am), n. prayer R.

āyu

  1. ā-yu √2. Ā. (ā́-yuvate RV. ix, 77, 2
  2. • pf. -yuyuvé RV. i, 138, 1
  3. • p. -yuvámāna RV. i, 582, and -yuvāna ŚBr. ix, 4, 1, 8) to draw or pull towards one's self
  4. • to seize, take possession of RV. TBr. ŚBr.
  5. • to procure, provide, produce TS.
  6. • to stir up, agitate, mingle MānŚr. and Gṛ.: Intens. (p. -yóyuvāna RV. iv, 1, 11) to meddle with

≫āyavana

  1. ā-yávana n. a spoon (or similar instrument) for stirring AV. ix, 6, 17, &c

≫āyuta

  1. ā-yuta mfn. melted, mixed, mingled
  2. • ifc. combined with MBh. R. BhP.
  3. • (ā́-yutam), n. halfmelted butter MaitrS. AitBr.

āyu

  1. āyú mfn. (fr. √i Uṇ. i, 2), living, movable RV. VS.
  2. • (us), m. a living being, man
  3. • living beings collectively, mankind RV.
  4. • son, descendant, offspring
  5. • family, lineage RV.
  6. • a divine personification presiding over life RV. x, 17, 4
  7. • N. of fire (as the son of Purūravas and Urvaśī) VS. MBh. Hariv. (cf. āyus)
  8. • N. of a man persecuted by Indra RV.
  9. • N. of several other men MBh. Hariv. &c
  10. • N. of a king of frogs MBh.
  11. • (u), n. [and (us), m. L.] life, duration of life RV. iii, 3, 7 ; ix, 100, 1

⋙āyukṛt

  1. ○kṛt mfn. making or giving long life ĀpŚr.

⋙āyupatnī

  1. ○patnī f. ruling over mankind TāṇḍyaBr. i, 5, 17

⋙āyuṣak

  1. ○ṣák ind. (fr. √sac), with the co-operation of men RV. ix, 25, 5 ; 63, 22

≫āyuḥ

  1. āyuḥ (in comp. for āyus below)

⋙āyuḥpati

  1. ○pati mf(inī)n. presiding over longevity ĀpŚr. (cf. āyuṣpati.)

⋙āyuḥśeṣa

  1. ○śeṣa m. remainder of life Hit.
  2. • (mfn.) having still a short space of life left, not yet about to die
  3. • -tā f. the state of being not yet about to die Pañcat.

⋙āyuḥṣṭoma

  1. ○ṣṭoma m. a ceremony performed to obtain longevity and forming - together with the Go and Jyotis - part of the Abhi-plava ceremony (cf. ā́yus)
  2. TS. ŚBr. AitBr. KātyŚr. &c

≫āyur

  1. āyur (in comp. for āyus below)

⋙āyurjñāna

  1. ○jñāna n. N. of wk

⋙āyurdad

  1. ○dád or mfn. giving life, giving longevity AV. VS. TS. &c

⋙āyurdā

  1. ○dā́ or mfn. giving life, giving longevity AV. VS. TS. &c

⋙āyurdāvan

  1. ○dāvan mfn. giving life, giving longevity AV. VS. TS. &c

⋙āyurdāya

  1. ○dāya m. predicting the length of a man's life from the aspect of the stars

⋙āyurdravya

  1. ○dravya n. a medicament L.

⋙āyurmahodadhi

  1. ○mahôdadhi m. N. of wk

⋙āyuryudh

  1. ○yúdh mfn. struggling for one's life VS. xvi, 60

⋙āyuryoga

  1. ○yoga m. a conjunction of planets enabling an astrologer to predict the course of a man's life

⋙āyurveda

  1. ○veda m. the science of health or medicine (it is classed among sacred sciences, and considered as a supplement of the Atharva-veda
  2. • it contains eight departments: 1. Śalya or (removal of) any substance which has entered the body (as extraction of darts, of splinters, &c.)
  3. • 2. Śālākya or cure of diseases of the eye or ear &c. by Śalākās or sharp instruments
  4. • 3. Kāya-cikitsā or cure of diseases affecting the whole body
  5. • 4. Bhūtavidyā or treatment of mental diseases supposed to be produced by demoniacal influence
  6. • 5. Kaumāra-bhṛitya or treatment of children [Page 149, Column 1]
  7. • 6. Agada-tantra or doctrine of antidotes
  8. • 7. Rāsāyana-tantra or doctrine of elixirs
  9. • 8. Vājīkaraṇa-tantra or doctrine of aphrodisiacs Suśr. MBh. Hariv. &c.)
  10. • -driś m. a physician
  11. • -maya mfn. acquainted with medical sciences R.
  12. • -rasâyana n. -sarvasva n. -saukhya n. N. of wks

⋙āyurvedika

  1. ○vedika m. acquainted or familiar with medical science, a physician L.

⋙āyurvedin

  1. ○vedin m. id

⋙āyurhṛt

  1. ○hṛt mfn. taking away health, obnoxious to health

≫āyuṣ

  1. āyuṣ (in comp. for āyus below)

⋙āyuṣkara

  1. ○kara mfn. causing or creating long life Kād.

⋙āyuṣkāma

  1. ○kāma mfn. wishing for long life or health ŚBr. KātyŚr. Āp. &c

⋙āyuṣkāraṇa

  1. ○kāraṇa n. cause of longevity Sāh.

⋙āyuṣkṛt

  1. ○kṛ́t mfn. producing or creating long life AV.

⋙āyuṣṭoma

  1. ○"ṣṭoma m. for āyuḥ-ṣṭoma, q.v., a particular ceremony

⋙āyuṣpati

  1. ○pati mf(tnī)n. ruling over long life AV.

⋙āyuṣpā

  1. ○pā́ mfn. preserving life VS. TS.

⋙āyuṣprataraṇa

  1. ○pratáraṇa mfn. prolonging life AV. iv, 10, 4

⋙āyuṣmat

  1. ○mat (ā́yuṣ-), mfn. possessed of vital power, healthy, long-lived
  2. • alive, living AV. VS. MBh. R. Śak. &c
  3. • lasting AV. vi, 98, 2
  4. • old, aged ĀśvGṛ.
  5. • (ān), m. 'life-possessing', often applied as a kind of honorific title (especially to royal personages and Buddhist monks)
  6. • the third of the twenty-seven Yogas or divisions of the ecliptic
  7. • the Yoga star in the third lunar mansion
  8. • N. of a son of Uttānapāda
  9. • of Saṃhrāda VP.
  10. • -puruṣaka mfn. giving long life to men Pat.

≫āyuṣa

  1. āyuṣa n. ifc. = āyus, duration of life ŚBr. Pañcat. &c

≫āyuṣaya

  1. āyuṣaya Nom. to wish long life to any one L.

≫āyuṣka

  1. āyuṣka n. the being fond of or depending on life Jain.

≫āyuṣya

  1. āyuṣyá mfn. giving long life, vital, preservative of life, for the sake of life, relating or belonging to it ŚBr. Mn. MBh. R.
  2. • (ám), n. vital power, abundance of life, longevity AV. VS. ŚBr. Mn. Pañcat. &c
  3. • a medicament L.
  4. • 'vivifying', N. of a ceremony performed after a child's birth PārGṛ.

⋙āyuṣyavat

  1. ○vat mfn. long-lived BhP.

⋙āyuṣyahoma

  1. ○homa m. N. of a kind of oblation MānGṛ.

≫āyus

  1. ā́yus n. life, vital power, vigour, health, duration of life, long life
  2. RV. AV. TS. ŚBr. Mn. MBh. Pañcat. &c
  3. • active power, efficacy RV. VS.
  4. • the totality of living beings food ṣāy. RV. ii, 38, 5 and vii, 90, 6
  5. • N. of a particular ceremony (= āyuḥ-ṣṭoma, q.v.)
  6. • N. of a Sāman
  7. • of the eighth lunar mansion
  8. • food L.
  9. • (us), m. the son of Purūravas and Urvaśī (cf. āyu) MBh. Vikr. VP.
  10. • [Dor. ?
  11. • perhaps also ?.]

⋙āyustejas

  1. ○tejas m. N. of a Buddha

āyuj

  1. ā-√yuj P. (1. sg. ā́-yunajmi RV. iii, 50, 2) Ā. (pf. 3. pl. -yuyujré RV. v, 58, 7) to yoke or join to RV.
  2. • to join, fasten Śak.
  3. • to accommodate with
  4. • to appoint BhP.: Caus. -yojayati, to join together
  5. • to form, constitute BhP. Kum.

≫āyukta

  1. ā-yukta mfn. joined with, united, applied to
  2. • appointed, charged with L.
  3. • burdened with, slightly joined L.
  4. • m. a minister, an agent or deputy

≫āyuktaka

  1. āyuktaka m. an official

≫āyuktin

  1. āyuktin mfn. a fit official L.

≫āyuj

  1. ā-yúj mfn. uniting, joining AV. xi, 8, 25

≫āyoga

  1. ā-yoga m. a yoke or team of draft animals ŚāṅkhŚr. Kāṭh.
  2. • appointment, action, the performance of an action L.
  3. • ornament, decoration R. Hariv.
  4. • swarm R. v, 17, 5
  5. • presenting or offering flowers, perfumes &c. L.
  6. • a shore or bank
  7. • a quay to which boats are attached L.

≫āyojana

  1. ā-yojana n. junction, combination
  2. • collecting
  3. • bringing or carrying near, fetching L.
  4. • N. of particular Mantras Kauś.

≫āyojita

  1. ā-yojita mfn. collected together, brought into connexion Kum.

āyudh

  1. ā-√yudh P. -yudhyati (fut. -yotsyati MBh. iii, 15645) to war against, attack, oppose: Caus. -yodhayati id. MBh. Uttarar. &c

≫āyudha

  1. ā́-yudha n. a weapon
  2. RV. AV. VS. R. Mn. MBh. Ragh. &c
  3. • implement AV. x, 10, 18 AitBr. Kauś.
  4. • gold used for ornaments L.
  5. • (āni), n. pl. water L.

⋙āyudhajīvin

  1. ○jīvin mfn. living by one's weapons
  2. • (ī), m. a warrior Pāṇ. 4-3, 81

⋙āyudhadharmiṇī

  1. ○dharmiṇī f. the plant Sesbania AEgyptiaca (commonly called Jayantī) L.

⋙āyudhapāla

  1. ○pāla m. the governor of an arsenal Hariv.

⋙āyudhabhṛt

  1. ○bhṛt mfn. bearing arms
  2. • (t), m. a warrior VarBṛS.

⋙āyudhaśālā

  1. ○śālā f. an armoury, arsenal Kād.

⋙āyudhasahāya

  1. ○sahāya mfn. armed Veṇis.

⋙āyudhasāhvaya

  1. ○sâhvaya m. N. of a plant Suśr. ii, 104, 10

⋙āyudhāgāra

  1. āyudhâgāra n. an armoury, arsenal Mn. MBh. Veṇis.
  2. • -nara m. governor of an arsenal Hariv. āyudhâgārika m. governor of an arsenal Hariv. [Page 149, Column 2]

≫āyudhika

  1. āyudhika mfn. relating to arms
  2. • living by one's weapons
  3. • m. a warrior, soldier Pāṇ. 4-4, 14 MBh.

≫āyudhin

  1. āyudhín m. bearing weapons
  2. • (ī), m. a warrior VS. xvi, 36 Kauś. R.

≫āyudhīya

  1. āyudhīya mfn. relating to or living by arms
  2. • m. a warrior, soldier Pāṇ. 4-4, 14 Mn. Comm. on Yājñ.

≫āyodhana

  1. ā-yodhana n. war, battle MBh. Ragh.
  2. • battle-field MBh. R.
  3. • killing, slaughter L.

≫āyodhita

  1. ā-yodhita mfn. attacked MBh.

āyup

  1. ā-√yup Caus. P. (1. pl. ā́-yopayāmasi RV. x, 134, 7) to blot out, disturb
  2. • to sin against

āyus

  1. ā́yus col. 1

āye

  1. āye = aye, q.v. L.

āyoga

  1. ā-yoga under 1. ā-√yuj

āyogava

  1. āyogava m. (= ayogava, q.v.), a man of mixed tribe (sprung from a Śūdra man and Vaiśya woman
  2. • his business is carpentry &c.)
  3. ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. Yājñ.
  4. • (ī), f. a woman of this tribe

āyojanam

  1. ā-yojanam ind. at the distance of a Yojana MBh.

āyoda

  1. āyoda m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh.

āyodhyaka

  1. āyodhyaka mfn. belonging to or native of Ayodhyā VarBṛS.

≫āyodhyika

  1. āyodhyika mfn. id. Uttarar. 1, 14

ār

  1. ār cl. iv, P. ā́ryanti, to praise RV. viii, 16, 6 and x, 48, 3 (perhaps connected with √ṛ)

≫ārita

  1. ārita mfn. praised RV. i, 101, 4, &c

ār

  1. ār (ā-√ṛ), P. (Subj. 2. sg. -ṛṇós RV. i, 30, 14 and 15
  2. • ā́-ṛṇvati RV. i, 144, 5
  3. • but also Impv. 2. pl. íyarta RV. viii, 7, 13
  4. • aor. ấratām, &c.) Ā. (3. sg. ā́-ṛṇve RV. v, 74, 5) to insert, place in RV.
  5. • to excite
  6. • to bring near, fetch RV.
  7. • to come
  8. • to reach, obtain, fall into (misfortune) RV. ŚBr. AitBr. &c
  9. • to inflict AitBr.: Caus. ârpayati, to cause to partake of ŚBr. iv, 5, 7, 7
  10. • to fix, settle, annex
  11. • to inflict, injure

≫ārakāt

  1. ārakāt ind. (with abl.) far from ŚBr.

≫ārāt

  1. ārā́t and ss.vv

⋙āre

  1. āré ss.vv

≫ārta

  1. ā́rta mfn. (optionally also written ārtta, whence erroneously derived fr. √ṛt or even regarded as irreg. formation fr. √ard
  2. • also Weber in ŚBr. p. 339, l. 20 ff.) fallen into (misfortune), struck by calamity, afflicted, pained, disturbed
  3. • injured
  4. • oppressed, suffering, sick, unhappy ŚBr. TS. Mn. R. Śak. Ragh. &c

⋙ārtagala

  1. ○gala m. the plant Barleria Caeruli Suśr.

⋙ārtatara

  1. ○tara mfn. extremely pained, disturbed, confounded R. ii, 77, 19, &c

⋙ārtatā

  1. ○tā f. state of affliction, pain R. ii, 59, 17

⋙ārtanāda

  1. ○nāda m. and a cry of pain Śak.

⋙ārtasvara

  1. ○svara m. a cry of pain Śak.

⋙ārtabandhu

  1. ○bandhu m. friend of the distressed

≫ārti

  1. ā́rti f. painful occurrence, pain, injury, mischief
  2. • sickness AV. VS. KātyŚr. R. Megh. &c
  3. • (for 2. ārti s. v.)

⋙ārtimat

  1. ○mat mfn. having or suffering pain Suśr.
  2. • (ān), m. a Mantra or spell (against snakes) MBh. i, 21, 88

⋙ārtihan

  1. ○han or mfn. destroying pain

⋙ārtihara

  1. ○hara mfn. destroying pain

⋙ārtyapaharaṇa

  1. ārty-apaharaṇa n. the relieving of distress or pain &c

≫ārpayitṛ

  1. ārpayitṛ tā m. one who inflicts, injures ŚBr.

≫ārpita

  1. ā́rpita mfn. fastened to, annexed
  2. • dependent on RV. AV.

āra

  1. āra n. brass BhP. x, 41, 20
  2. • iron L.
  3. • a sting Comm. on TS.
  4. • an angle
  5. • a corner
  6. • m. cavity Sūryas.
  7. • N. of a tree L.
  8. • N. of a lake KaushUp.
  9. • the planet Mars, ?
  10. • the planet Saturn L.
  11. • (ā), f. a shoemaker's awl or knife
  12. • a bore
  13. • a probe RV. Suśr. &c
  14. • an aquatic bird

⋙ārakūṭa

  1. ○kūṭa m. n. a kind of brass

⋙ārāgra

  1. ā́râgra n. the point of an awl ŚvetUp.
  2. • the iron thong at the end (of a whip)
  3. • the edge of a semicircular arrow-head L.
  4. • (mfn.) sharpened, sharp at the top and broad at the bottom like an awl TS.

⋙ārāmukha

  1. ārā-mukha n. an arrow-head shaped like an awl

⋙ārāvalī

  1. ārâvalī f. 'row of awl-shaped hills', N. of a chain of mountains (commonly called Aravalli, running for 300 miles in a north-easterly direction through Rājputāna &c., the highest point being Mount Abu 5650 feet high). [Page 149, Column 3]

āra

  1. āra n. v. l. for ara, q.v., a spoke MBh. i, 1498 (ed. Bomb. i, 33, 4 reads ara)

ārakta

  1. ā-rakta mfn. reddish Suśr. Vikr.
  2. • (am), n. red sandal-wood L.

⋙āraktapuṣpī

  1. ○puṣpī f. N. of a plant L.

≫āraktībhū

  1. āraktī-√bhū to become or get reddish

ārakṣ

  1. ā-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati, to watch over, defend
  2. • to protect from RV. vii, 50, 1

≫ārakṣa

  1. ā-rakṣa mfn. preserved, defended, proper or worthy to be defended L.
  2. • m. protection, guard, preservation Mn. R. &c
  3. • the junction of the frontal sinuses of an elephant L.
  4. • the part of the forehead below this junction Śiś. v, 5
  5. • (ā), f. protection, guard

≫ārakṣaka

  1. ā-rakṣaka or mfn. who or what guards or protects

⋙ārakṣika

  1. ā-rakṣika mfn. who or what guards or protects
  2. • m. a watchman, patrol
  3. • a village or police magistrate Pañcat. Daś. &c

≫ārakṣita

  1. ā-rakṣita mfn. guarded, protected MBh. R.

≫ārakṣin

  1. ā-rakṣin mfn. guarding, watching MBh.

≫ārakṣya

  1. ā-rakṣya mfn. to be preserved or guarded R.

āragvadha

  1. ārag-vadha m. the tree Cathartocarpus (Cassia) Fistula Bhpr. Suśr.
  2. • (am), n. its fruit Suśr.

āraṅgara

  1. āraṅgará m. (√rañj ? ṅmn), a bee RV. x, 106, 10

ārac

  1. ā-√rac Caus. to arrange

≫āracayya

  1. ā-racayya ind. p. having prepared or composed
  2. • having furnished or provided Pañcat.

≫āracita

  1. ā-racita mfn. arranged, prepared
  2. • put on Daś.

āraṭ

  1. ā-√raṭ P. (p. -raṭat) to shriek, screech Kathās. Bhaṭṭ.

≫āraṭa

  1. āraṭa mf(ī [gaṇa gaurâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 41])n. crying, making a noise
  2. • m. a mime T. (?)

≫āraṭi

  1. ā-raṭi f. (?) noise, roaring (in muktâraṭi, 'having uttered a roaring') Kathās. 52, 123

≫āraṭita

  1. ā-raṭita n. a cry, noise Daś.

āraṭṭa

  1. āraṭṭa ās m. pl., N. of a people and country in Pañca-nada or the Pañjab MBh.
  2. • m. the ancestor of this people ib.

⋙āraṭṭaja

  1. ○ja mfn. born in this country MBh. R.

≫āraṭṭaka

  1. āraṭṭaka mfn. belonging to or coming from the country or people of Āraṭṭa

āraḍava

  1. āraḍava mfn. belonging to or made of Arāḍu tree Comm. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 71

āraṇa

  1. ā́raṇa n. (probably connected with araṇa) depth, abyss, precipice RV. i, 112, 6 and viii, 70, 8

⋙āraṇaja

  1. ○ja m. pl., N. of a class of deities (cf. Jain.)

āraṇi

  1. āraṇi m. an eddy L.

āraṇeya

  1. āraṇeya mfn. (fr. araṇi, q.v.), made of or relating to the Araṇis or two pieces of wood by the attrition of which sacred fire is kindled
  2. • m. N. of Śuka (as born from Araṇī) MBh.
  3. • (am), n. a box for Araṇis MBh.

⋙āraṇeyaparvan

  1. ○parvan n. N. of the last section (Adhyāyas 311-314) of the third book of the Mahā-bhārata

āraṇya

  1. āraṇyá mf(ā)n. (fr. araṇya), being in or relating to a forest, forest-born, wild RV. AV. KātyŚr. MBh. &c
  2. • m. a wild animal ChUp.

⋙āraṇyakāṇḍa

  1. ○kāṇḍa n. N. of the third book of the Rāmāyaṇa

⋙āraṇyakukkuṭa

  1. ○kukkuṭa m. a wild cock Bhpr.

⋙āraṇyagāna

  1. ○gāna n. one of the four Gānas or hymn-books of the Sāma-veda

⋙āraṇyaparvan

  1. ○parvan n. the first section (Adhyāyas 1-10) of the third book of the Mahābhārata (= araṇya○)

⋙āraṇyapaśu

  1. ○paśu m. a wild or forest animal (as a buffalo, monkey &c.) Mn. &c

⋙āraṇyamudga

  1. ○mudga f. a kind of bean, Phaseolus Trilobus Ait. L.

⋙āraṇyarāśi

  1. ○rāśi m. (in the Zodiac) the sign Leo
  2. • Aries and Taurus
  3. • the former half of Capricorn L.

⋙āraṇyopala

  1. āraṇyôpala m. dry cow-dung Bhpr.

≫āraṇyaka

  1. āraṇyaka mfn. forest, wild, forest-born, produced in a forest, relating to a forest or a forest animal, (the āraṇyakam parva of the Mahā-bhārata is either the whole third book or only the first section of it)
  2. • m. a forester, an inhabitant of the woods MBh. Ragh. &c
  3. • (am), n. N. of a class of religious and philosophical writings closely connected with the Brāhmaṇas and called Āraṇyakas because either composed in forests or studied there, (the Upanishads are considered to be attached to them.)

⋙āraṇyakakāṇḍa

  1. ○kāṇḍa n. N. of the third book of the Rāmāyaṇa and of the fourteenth book of the Śatapatha-brāhmaṇa. [Page 150, Column 1]

⋙āraṇyakagāna

  1. ○gāna n. = āraṇyagāna, q.v

ārata

  1. ā-rata &c. ā-√ram

āraddhaas

  1. āraddha-as m. N. of a man, (g. tikâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 154.)

≫āraddhāyani

  1. āraddhāyani m. a descendant of the above

āradvat

  1. āradvat ān m. N. of a king VP.

āranāla

  1. āranāla n. sour gruel made from the fermentation of boiled rice Suśr.

≫āranālaka

  1. āranālaka n. id. L.

ārap

  1. ā-√rap P. (p. -rápat) to whisper towards VS. xx, 2

ārabh

  1. ā-√rabh P. (only pf. 1. pl. -rarabhmā́ RV. viii, 45, 20) Ā. -rabhate (pf -rebhe, &c
  2. • Inf. -rábham and -rábhe RV.) to lay or take hold of, keep fast, cling to RV. AV. ŚBr. &c
  3. • to gain a footing
  4. • to enter, reach, attain RV.
  5. • to undertake, commence, begin
  6. TBr. ŚBr. MBh. Ragh. Kathās. &c
  7. • to make, produce
  8. • to form, compose BhP. &c.: Intens. (pf. ā́-rárabhe) to cling to RV. i, 168, 3

≫ārabdha

  1. ā-rabdha mfn. begun, commenced, undertaken AitBr. MBh. R. BhP. Kathās. &c
  2. • one who has begun or commenced, beginning, commencing R. BhP.
  3. • m. N. of a king

≫ārabdhavya

  1. ā-rabdhavya mfn. to be begun or undertaken MBh.

≫ārabdhi

  1. ā-rabdhi f. beginning, commencement Rājat.

≫ārabhaṭa

  1. ā-rabhaṭa m. an enterprising man, courageous man L.
  2. • (ī), f. boldness, confidence, heroism Rājat.
  3. • (in dram.) the representation of supernatural and horrible events on the stage

≫ārabhamāṇa

  1. ā-rabhamāṇa mfn. beginning, commencing resolutely (with a determination to finish)

≫ārabhya

  1. ā-rabhya mfn. ifc. = ā-rabdhavya, q.v

≫ārabhya

  1. ā-rabhya ind. p. having begun
  2. • beginning with

≫ārabhyamāṇa

  1. ā-rabhyamāṇa mfn. being commenced

≫ārambha

  1. ā-rambhá m. undertaking, beginning Mn. Pañcat. Megh. &c
  2. • a thing begun
  3. • beginning, origin, commencement ŚBr. KātyŚr. Megh. &c
  4. • (in dram.) the commencement of the action which awakens an interest in the progress of the principal plot Sāh. 324 and 325
  5. • haste, speed
  6. • effort, exertion
  7. • pride
  8. • killing, slaughter (erroneous for ālambha, Zachariae, BeitrÂ"ge, p. 20, l. 9) L.

⋙ārambhatā

  1. ○tā f. the condition of beginning or commencing Kathās.

⋙ārambharuci

  1. ○ruci mfn. enjoying new undertakings
  2. • enterprising
  3. • -tā f. spirit of enterprise Mn. xii, 32

⋙ārambhasiddhi

  1. ○siddhi f. N. of wk

≫ārambhaka

  1. ā-rambhaka mfn. causing to begin or commence
  2. • ifc. commencing, beginning BhP. &c

≫ārambhaṇa

  1. ā-rámbhaṇa n. the act of taking hold of, seizing, using
  2. • the place of seizing, a handle
  3. ChUp. AitBr. KātyŚr.
  4. • beginning, undertaking, commencement

⋙ārambhaṇavat

  1. ○vat mfn. seizable ŚBr. iv, 6, 1, 2

≫ārambhaṇīya

  1. ā-rambhaṇīya mfn. to be undertaken
  2. • that with which one must begin, forming the commencement AitBr. ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ.

≫ārambhita

  1. ā-rambhita mfn. begun, undertaken

≫ārambhin

  1. ārambhin mfn. enterprising, one who makes many new projects Yājñ.

≫āripsu

  1. ā-ripsu mfn. (fr. Desid.), intending to undertake Nyāyam.

āram

  1. ā-√ram P. -ramati (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 83), to pause, stop
  2. • to leave off
  3. AitBr. ĀśvŚr. Mn. MBh. Kathās. &c
  4. • to delight in
  5. • to enjoy one's self, take pleasure Mn. Daś. Kathās. &c

≫ārata

  1. ā-rata mfn. ceased, quiet, gentle
  2. • (am), n. a kind of coitus Mall. on Kirāt. v, 23

≫ārati

  1. ā-rati f. stopping, ceasing L.

≫āramaṇa

  1. ā-rámaṇa n. pleasure, delight, enjoyment TS. ŚBr.
  2. • sexual pleasure Gaut. xxiv, 4
  3. • cessation, pause
  4. • resting-place L.

≫ārāma

  1. ā-rāmá m. delight, pleasure ŚBr. TUp. Bhag. Bhartṛ.
  2. • place of pleasure, a garden, grove Mn. Yājñ. MBh. R. Mṛicch. Kathās. &c
  3. • N. of a particular Daṇḍaka metre
  4. • [cf. ? and ?.]

⋙ārāmaśītalā

  1. ○śītalā f. N. of a plant with fragrant leaves L.

≫ārāmika

  1. ārāmika m. a gardener Rājat.

ārambaṇa

  1. ā-rambaṇa (for ā-lambana), n. ifc. support ChUp.

ārava

  1. ā-rava 1. ā- √1. ru. [Page 150, Column 2]

āras

  1. ā-ras √1. P. -rasati, to roar towards, shout to, Nalod

≫ārasa

  1. ā-rasa m. a scream, shout Mālav.

≫ārasita

  1. ā-rasita n. roaring, screaming Hariv.

ārasya

  1. ārasya n. (fr. a-rasa Pāṇ. 5-1, 121), insipidity
  2. • want of flavour or spirit

ārā

  1. ārā ārā-mukha, &c. 2. āra

ārāga

  1. ā-rāga m. (vḷ. for ā-roga, q.v.) Comm. on VP. vi, 3

ārājñī

  1. ā-rājñī f. (fr. rājan with 3. ā), N. of a region, (g. dhūmâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 127.)

≫ārājñaka

  1. ārājñaka mfn. belonging to the above region ib.

ārāḍa

  1. ārāḍa m. N. of a teacher of Śākya-muni Lalit.

ārāḍhi

  1. ārāḍhi or ārāḻhi m. a patronymic of a teacher named Saujāta AitBr. vii, 22, 1

ārāt

  1. ārā́t ind. (abl. of an ideal base āra fr. ā-√ṛ
  2. • cf. āré) from a distant place
  3. • distant
  4. • to a distant place
  5. • far from (with abl.)
  6. RV. AV. Āp. MBh. Kathās.
  7. • near Gaut. Ragh.
  8. • directly, immediately Prab. Kathās. Śak. 131 a
  9. • (t), m. N. of a village L.

≫ārātīya

  1. ārātīya mfn. remote
  2. • near, proximate L.

≫ārātka

  1. ārātka mfn. belonging to the village Ārāt L.

≫ārāttāt

  1. ārā́t-tāt ind. from a distant place RV.

ārāti

  1. ā́rāti m. enemy (= arāti, q.v.) MaitrS.

ārātrika

  1. ā-rātrika n. the light (or the vessel containing it) which is waved at night before an idol
  2. • N. of this ceremony

≫ārātrivivāsam

  1. ārātri-vivāsam ind. 'till night's departure', till daybreak L.

ārādh

  1. ā-√rādh Caus. P. -rādhayati, to conciliate, propitiate
  2. • to strive to obtain the favour of or gain a boon from
  3. • to solicit
  4. • to honour, worship
  5. • to deserve, merit
  6. MBh. R. Megh. Śak. Kathās. &c.: Pass. -rādhyate, to be effected or accomplished Daś.

≫ārādha

  1. ā-rādha m. gratification, paying homage

≫ārādhaka

  1. ā-rādhaka mfn. worshipping, a worshipper L.

≫ārādhana

  1. ā-rādhana mfn. propitiating, rendering favourable to one's self Kum. Kathās.
  2. • (am), n. gratifying, propitiation, homage, worship, adoration MBh. R. Kathās. Kum. &c
  3. • effecting, accomplishment Śak.
  4. • acquirement, attainment L.
  5. • cooking L.
  6. • (ā), f. worship, adoration, propitiation of the deities L.

⋙ārādhanaprakāra

  1. ○prakāra m. N. of wk

≫ārādhanīya

  1. ā-rādhanīya mfn. to be worshipped or adored
  2. • to be propitiated or conciliated Ragh. Kād.

≫ārādhaya

  1. ā-rādhaya mfn. propitiating, doing homage, (g. brāhumaṇâdi Pāṇ. 5-1, 124.)

≫ārādhayitṛ

  1. ā-rādhayitṛ mfn. one who propitiates or conciliates, doing homage Śak. 125, 6

≫ārādhayiṣṇu

  1. ā-rādhayiṣṇu mfn. wishing or endeavouring to conciliate, propitiatory R.

≫ārādhayya

  1. ā-rādhayya n. the act of conciliating or propitiating Pāṇ. 5-1, 124

≫ārādhita

  1. ā-rādhita mfn. propitiated, pleased, solicited for a boon
  2. • worshipped, honoured, revered
  3. • accomplished, effected

≫ārādhya

  1. ā-rādhya mfn. to be made favourable
  2. • to be worshipped Kathās. Bhartṛ. Pañcat.
  3. • to be accomplished Sāh. Kpr.

≫ārādhyamāna

  1. ā-rādhyamāna mfn. being worshipped, receiving worship
  2. • being in course of fulfilment, being accomplished

≫ārirādhayiṣu

  1. ā-rirādhayiṣu mfn. endeavouring to gain one's favour, desirous of worshipping MBh.

ārāla

  1. ārāla mfn. (g. tārakâdi Pāṇ. 5-2, 36), a little curved or crooked T. (?)

≫ārālita

  1. ārālita mfn. (cf. ib.) id. T.

ārālika

  1. ārālika m. (fr. arāla, 'crooked, deceitful' T.), a cook MBh. xv, 19

ārāva

  1. ā-rāva 1. ā- √1. ru

ārāvalī

  1. ārāvalī 2. āra

āric

  1. ā-√ric P. (Subj. 3. sg. ā́-riṇak RV. ii, 19, 5
  2. • pf. ā́-rireca AV. xviii, 3, 41) to give or make over to

≫āreka

  1. ā-reka m. emptying
  2. • doubt L. [Page 150, Column 3]

≫ārecita

  1. ā-recita mfn. emptied
  2. • contracted, mixed

⋙ārecitabhrū

  1. ○bhrū mfn. having contracted eye-brows Kum. Daś.

≫ārecin

  1. ā-recin mfn. emptying

āritrika

  1. āritrika mf(ā and ī)n. (fr. aritra g. kāśy-ādi Pāṇ. 4-2, 116), belonging to or being on an oar

āriṃdamika

  1. āriṃdamika mf(ā and ī)n. (fr. ariṃ-dama g. kāśy-ādi Pāṇ. 4-2, 116), belonging to or being on Ariṃ-dama

āriph

  1. ā-√riph P. (p. -rephat) to snore ŚāṅkhBr. xvii, 19

āriś

  1. ā-√riś Ā. (1. pl. -riśā́mahe) to eat up (grass as a cow in grazing) RV. i, 187, 8 and x, 169, 1 (cf. ā-liś.)

āriṣ

  1. ā-√riṣ Caus. (aor. Subj. 2. sg. ā́-rīriṣas) to hurt, destroy RV. i, 104, 6

ārih

  1. ā-√rih P. -réḍhi, to lick up RV. x, 162, 4 (cf. ā-lih.)

≫ārehaṇa

  1. ā-réhaṇa n. licking, kissing AV. vi, 9, 3

ārī

  1. ā-√rī P. (ā́-riṇanti RV. ix, 71, 6) to pour, let drop: Ā. ā́-rīyate, to trickle or flow upon
  2. • to flow over RV.

āru

  1. ā-ru √1. P. -rauti or -raviiti (Impv. ā́-ruva RV. i, 10, 4) to shout or cry towards
  2. • to cry out VarBṛS. R. Bhaṭṭ.
  3. • to praise L.: Intens. -roraviiti, to roar towards or against RV.

≫ārava

  1. ā-rava m. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 50) cry, crying, howling
  2. • crash, sound R. &c
  3. • noise
  4. • thundering Śiś. vi, 38 Kathās.
  5. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a people VarBṛS.

⋙āravaḍiṇḍima

  1. ○ḍiṇḍima m. a kind of drum Gīt. xi, 7

≫ārāva

  1. ā-rāva m. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 50) cry, crying out, howling
  2. • crash, sound
  3. • humming (as bees &c.), N. MBh. Hit. &c

≫ārāvin

  1. ā-rāvin mfn. ifc. tinkling or sounding with Mālav.
  2. • (ī), m. N. of a son of Jaya-sena VP.

≫āruta

  1. ā-ruta n. cry, crying R.

āru

  1. āru m. a hog
  2. • a crab
  3. • the tree Lagerstroemia Regina L.
  4. • (us), f. a pitcher L.

āruka

  1. ā́ruka mfn. hurting, injuring TĀr. i, 5, 2
  2. • (am), n. the fruit of a medicinal plant growing on the Himālaya mountains L.

āruc

  1. ā-√ruc Ā. (Subj. 3. pl. ā́-rucayanta RV. iii, 6, 7) to shine near or towards

≫āroka

  1. ā-roká m. shining through
  2. • small points of light (appearing through the threads of worn cloth &c.) RV. ŚBr.
  3. • an interstice (as between the teeth &c.) MantraBr.

≫ārocana

  1. ā-rocana mfn. shining, bright Nir.

āruj

  1. ā-√ruj P. -rujati (Inf. -rúje RV. iv, 31, 2) to break up, loosen
  2. • to pull down, tear out
  3. • to shatter, demolish RV. AV. MBh. R. &c

≫āruj

  1. ā-ruj mfn. ifc. breaking, destroying

≫āruja

  1. ā-rujá mfn. breaking, destroying RV. viii, 45, 13
  2. • m. N. of a Rākshasa attendant on Rāvaṇa MBh.

≫ārujatnu

  1. ā-rujatnú mfn. breaking RV. i, 6, 5

≫āroga

  1. ā-roga m. one of the seven suns at the end of a period of the world TĀr. AitĀr. (cf. ā-rāga.)

āruṇa

  1. āruṇa mf(ī)n. coming from or belonging to Aruṇa
  2. • (ī), f. a reddish mare [Sāy.] RV. i, 64, 7

⋙āruṇaketuka

  1. ○ketuka mfn. belonging to the Aruṇāþ Ketavaþ ( under aruṇa) TĀr.

⋙āruṇaparājin

  1. ○parājin ī m. N. of an ancient Kalpa work on the ritual of the Brāhmaṇas

≫āruṇaka

  1. āruṇaka mfn. belonging to the country Aruṇa, (g. dhūmâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 127.)

≫āruṇi

  1. ā́ruṇi m. (fr. aruṇa), N. of Uddālaka (a renowned Brāhmaṇa teacher, son of Aruṇa Aupaveśi and father of Śveta-ketu) ŚBr. AitBr. MBh.
  2. • N. of Auddālaki (= Śveta-ketu) KaṭhUp.
  3. • N. of Suparṇeya, a son of Prajāpati TĀr.
  4. • of Vainateya MBh.
  5. • of Taṭāyu Bālar.

⋙āruṇihotṛ

  1. ○hotṛ mfn. having Āruṇi as Hotṛi priest TāṇḍyaBr. xxiii, 1, 5

≫āruṇin

  1. āruṇin inas m. pl., N. of a school derived from Vaiśampāyana Āruṇi L.

≫āruṇīya

  1. āruṇīya mfn. belonging to Āruṇi

≫āruṇeya

  1. āruṇeyá mfn. id
  2. • m. N. of Śvetaketu as Āruṇi's son ŚBr.

⋙āruṇeyapada

  1. ○pada n. N. of an Āraṇyaka

≫āruṇya

  1. āruṇya n. redness Comm. on Nyāyam.

≫āruṇyaka

  1. āruṇyaka mfn. belonging to the Aruṇas. [Page 151, Column 1]

ārudh

  1. ā-rudh √2. P. -ruṇaddhi and Ā. (Impv. 3. sg. ā́-runddhām AV. iii, 20, 10
  2. • pf. ā́rurudhre AV. iv, 31, 3) to shut up, lock in BhP.
  3. • to blockade, besiege Hariv.
  4. • to keep off, ward off RV. AV. ŚBr.: Caus. -rodhayati, to obstruct, impede MBh. R. Hariv.

≫ārodha

  1. ā-rodha m. siege Hit.

≫ārodhana

  1. ā-ródhana n. innermost part, secret place [Sāy.]
  2. • (fr. √1. rudh = √ruh), mounting, ascent Pischel and ṇBḍ. RV.

ārupita

  1. ā́rupita mfn. = ā-ropita [Sāy. ?] RV. iv, 5, 7

āruṣ

  1. ā-√ruṣ Caus. to make furious

≫āroṣita

  1. ā-roṣita mfn. made furious Hariv.

āruṣī

  1. ārúṣī f. (fr. √ruṣ ?), hitting, killing [Sāy.] RV. x, 155, 2
  2. • N. of a daughter of Manu and mother of Aurva MBh.

āruṣīya

  1. āruṣīya mfn. (fr. arus), belonging to a wound, (g. kṛśâśvâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 80.)

≫āruṣkara

  1. āruṣkara n. the fruit of the Semecarpus Anacardium Suśr. (cf. aruṣ○.)

āruh

  1. ā-√ruh P. -rohati (aor. -rukṣat and Ved. -ruhat [Pāṇ. 3-1, 59]
  2. • Inf. -rúham RV. x, 44, 6), Ā. (2. sg. ā́-rohase RV. i, 51, 12) to ascend, mount, bestride, rise up RV. AV. ŚBr. MBh.
  3. R. Hariv. Śak. Kathās. &c
  4. • to arise, come off, result Kathās. Kum. &c
  5. • to venture upon, undertake
  6. • to attain, gain RV. MBh. Kathās. Ragh. &c.: Caus. -rohayati & -ropayati, to cause to mount or ascend
  7. • to raise RV. KātyŚr. R. BhP. Pañcat. &c
  8. • to string (a bow) MBh. Hariv. Kum. Śak. &c
  9. • to cause to grow
  10. • to plant Kathās. &c
  11. • to place, deposit, fasten MBh. R. BhP. Yājñ.
  12. • to produce, cause, effect Kathās. Prab. MārkP.
  13. • to attribute BhP. Vedāntas. Sāh. &c.: Desid. P. -rurukṣati, to wish to ascend or mount RV. BhP. MBh.

≫ārurukṣu

  1. ā-rurukṣu mfn. desirous to rise or ascend or advance MBh. Ragh. Bhag. Kād.

≫āruh

  1. ā-rúh mfn. ifc. ascending RV. i, 124, 7
  2. • (k), f. excrescence, shoot (of a plant) AV. xiii, 1, 9

≫āruha

  1. ā-ruha ifc. mfn. leaping up, mounting, ascending

≫āruhya

  1. ā-ruhya ind. p. having mounted or ascended

≫ārūḍha

  1. ā-rūḍha mfn. mounted, ascended, bestridden (as a horse &c.) MBh. Hariv. BhP.
  2. • risen
  3. • raised up, elevated on high
  4. VarBṛS. Pañcat. Hit. Kathās. &c
  5. • undertaken
  6. • reached, brought to (often used in compounds, e.g. indriyârūḍha, brought under the cognizance of the senses, perceived) BhP.
  7. • having reached or attained, come into (a state) BhP. Prab. Śak. Kathās. &c
  8. • (am), n. the mounting, arising

⋙ārūḍhavat

  1. ○vat mfn. mounting, rising, N. of a Sāman

≫ārūḍhi

  1. ā-rūḍhi f. ascent, mounting Śak.

≫āroḍhavya

  1. ā-roḍhavya mfn. to be ascended or mounted MBh. Kathās. Pañcat.

≫āroḍhṛ

  1. ā-roḍhṛ ḍhā m. one who ascends or rises Yājñ.

≫āropa

  1. ā-ropa m. imposing (as a burden), burdening with, charging with
  2. • placing in or on
  3. • assigning or attributing to
  4. • superimposition, Vedānt. Sāh. &c

≫āropaka

  1. ā-ropaka mfn. ifc. planting Mn.
  2. • fixing
  3. • causing to ascend L.

≫āropaṇa

  1. ā-ropaṇa n. causing to mount or ascend Kathās.
  2. • raising up, elevating Kathās.
  3. • the act of placing or fixing in or on R. Ragh. Kum.
  4. • the stringing of a bow R.
  5. • assigning, attribution, imposition, substitution Sāh.
  6. • planting L.
  7. • trusting, delivering L.

≫āropaṇīya

  1. ā-ropaṇīya mfn. to be made to ascend
  2. • to be raised or placed Kathās.
  3. • to be planted L.
  4. • to be strung, Pras
  5. • to be inserted or supplied Comm. on TPrāt. xiv, 9

≫āropita

  1. ā-ropita mfn. raised, elevated Kum.
  2. • fixed, placed Kād.
  3. • made
  4. • charged with
  5. • strung (as a bow)
  6. • deposited, intrusted
  7. • interposed, supplied
  8. • accidental, adventitious L.

≫āropya

  1. ā-ropya mfn. to be placed or fixed in or on
  2. • to be planted VarBṛS.
  3. • to be strung (as a bow) Hariv.
  4. • to be attributed, interposed, supplied Sarvad.

≫āropya

  1. ā-ropya ind. p. having made to ascend or mount &c

≫āropyamāṇa

  1. ā-ropyamāṇa mfn. being strung (cf. MBh. i, 7032 in the sense of trying to string Comm.
  2. • perhaps straining at or making great exertions with ?). [Page 151, Column 2]

⋙āroha

  1. ā-roha m. one who mounts or ascends, a rider (on a horse &c.), one who is seated in a carriage R.
  2. • ascent, rising, creeping up, mounting Śak. Kathās. R.
  3. • haughtiness, pride Kathās.
  4. • elevation, elevated place, altitude R.
  5. • a heap, mountain R.
  6. • increase Sāh.
  7. • a woman's waist, the swell of the body R. BrahmaP. Śiś.
  8. • length L.
  9. • a particular measure L.
  10. • descending (= ava-roha ?) L.

≫ārohaka

  1. ā-rohaka mfn. ascending, rising
  2. • raising up
  3. • m. a rider Pañcat.
  4. • a tree L.

≫ārohaṇa

  1. ā-róhaṇa mf(ī)n. arising, ascending MārkP.
  2. • (am), n. the act of rising, ascending ŚBr. KātyŚr. Śak. MBh. &c
  3. • a carriage ŚBr. KātyŚr.
  4. • an elevated stage for dancing MBh.
  5. • a ladder, staircase L.
  6. • the rising or growing of new shoots, growing (of plants) L.
  7. • a particular measure L.

⋙ārohaṇavāha

  1. ○vāhá mfn. drawing a carriage TS.

≫ārohaṇika

  1. ārohaṇika mfn. relating to ascent or mounting MBh.

≫ārohaṇīya

  1. ārohaṇīya mfn. (g. anupravacanâdi Pāṇ. 5-1, 111) helping to ascend or mount

≫ārohin

  1. ārohin mfn. ascending, mounting
  2. • one who mounts, rides Pañcat. VarBṛ.
  3. • leading to, helping to attain Pañcat.

ārū

  1. ārū mfn. (√ṛ [Uṇ. i, 87]), tawny
  2. • (ūs), m. tawny (the colour) L.

āre

  1. āré ind. (loc
  2. • ārā́t) far, far from, outside, without RV. AV.
  3. • near L.

⋙āreagha

  1. ○agha mfn. having evil far removed RV. vi, 1, 12 ; 56, 6

⋙āreavadya

  1. ○avadya mfn. one from whom blame or insult is far removed RV. x, 99, 5

⋙āreśatru

  1. ○śatru mfn. one whose enemies are driven far away AV. vii, 8

ārehaṇa

  1. ā-rehaṇa ā-√rih

āroka

  1. ā-roka ā-√ruc

āroga

  1. ā-roga ā-√ruj

ārogya

  1. ārogya n. (fr. a-roga), freedom from disease, health MBh. R. Suśr. Mn. Gaut. Āp.
  2. • a particular ceremony
  3. • (ā), f. N. of Dākshāyaṇi
  4. • (mfn.) healthy
  5. • giving health L.

⋙ārogyacintāmaṇi

  1. ○cintā-maṇi m. N. of wk

⋙ārogyatā

  1. ○tā f. health R.

⋙ārogyapañcaka

  1. ○pañcaka n. a remedy against fever Bhpr.

⋙ārogyapratipadvrata

  1. ○pratipad-vrata n. a ceremony for gaining health

⋙ārogyamālā

  1. ○mālā f. N. of wk

⋙ārogyavat

  1. ○vat mfn. healthy L.

⋙ārogyavrata

  1. ○vrata n. an observance for procuring health

⋙ārogyaśālā

  1. ○śālā f. a hospital L.

⋙ārogyāmbu

  1. ārogyâmbu n. healthful water Bhpr.

≫ārogyaya

  1. ārogyaya Nom. to wish health

ārocaka

  1. ā-rocaka ā-√ruc

ārodha

  1. ā-rodha &c. ā- √2. rudh

āropa

  1. ā-ropa ā-roha, &c. ā-√ruh

ārka

  1. ārka mfn. (fr. arka), belonging or relating to the sun BhP.
  2. • coming from the plant Calotropis Gigantea VarBṛS.

≫ārkalūṣa

  1. ārkalūṣa m. (fr. arkalūṣa g. vidâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 104), a descendant of Arkalūsha

≫ārkalūṣāyaṇa

  1. ārkalūṣāyaṇa m. (g. haritâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 100) a descendant of Ārkalūsha

≫ārkalūṣāyaṇi

  1. ārkalūṣāyaṇi mf. (g. karṇâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 80) a descendant of Ārkalūsha

≫ārkāyaṇa

  1. ārkāyaṇa mfn. (fr. arka g. aśvâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 110) and mfn. (g. karṇâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 80) coming from or relating to Arka or the sun

⋙ārkāyaṇi

  1. ārkāyaṇi mfn. (g. karṇâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 80) coming from or relating to Arka or the sun
  2. • m. a ceremony MBh.

≫ārki

  1. ārki m. a son or descendant of Arka or the sun
  2. • N. of the planet Saturn VarBṛS.
  3. • of Yama T.
  4. • of a Manu T.
  5. • of Sugrīva T.
  6. • of Karṇa T.

ārkam

  1. ā́rkam (for ā-arkam), ind. as far as the sun, even to the sun inclusively BhP. x, 14, 40

ārkṣa

  1. ārkṣá mf(ī)n. (fr. ṛkṣa), stellar, belonging to or regulated by the stars or constellations
  2. • (ás), m. a son or descendant of Ṛiksha RV. viii, 68, 16 MBh.

⋙ārkṣavarṣa

  1. ○varṣa m. a stellar year or revolution of a constellation L.

≫ārkṣya

  1. ārkṣya m. and (fr. ṛkṣa g. gargâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 105), a descendant of Ṛiksha

⋙ārkṣyāyaṇī

  1. ārkṣyāyaṇī f. (fr. ṛkṣa g. gargâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 105), a descendant of Ṛiksha

ārkṣoda

  1. ārkṣoda mfn. (fr. ṛkṣoda), coming from or inhabiting the mountain Ṛikshoda L.

ārgayana

  1. ārgayana (fr. ṛgayana Pāṇ. 4-3, 73) or ārgayaṇa (g. girinady-ādi Kāty. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 10) contained in or explanatory of the book Ṛigayana T. [Page 151, Column 3]

ārgala

  1. ārgala m. and ī f. a bolt or bar (= argala, q.v.) L.

ārgvadha

  1. ārgvadha = āragvadha, q.v

ārgvaidika

  1. ārgvaidika mfn. belonging to the Ṛig-veda Comm. on KātyŚr. v, 1, 5, &c

ārghā

  1. ārghā f. a sort of yellow bee L.

≫ārghya

  1. ārghya mfn. relating to or coming from the above bee Suśr.
  2. • (am), n. its honey L.

ārca

  1. ārca mfn. (fr. arcā Pāṇ. 5-2, 101) = arcāvat (q.v.), worshipping, doing homage

ārca

  1. ārca mf(ī)n. (fr. ṛc), relating to the Ṛic or Ṛig-veda

≫ārcāyana

  1. ārcāyana m. (fr. ṛc g. naḍâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 99), a descendant of Ṛic
  2. • (mfn.) belonging to the Ṛig-veda [T.]

≫ārcika

  1. ārcika mfn. relating to the Ṛig-veda or connected with a Ṛic-verse
  2. • (am), n. N. of the Sāma-veda

ārcatka

  1. ārcatká m. (fr. ṛcatka Sāy.), N. of Śara RV. i, 116, 22

ārcābhin

  1. ārcābhin inas m. pl., N. of a school founded by Ṛicābha (a pupil of Vaiśampāyana), (g. kārtakaujapâdi Pāṇ. 6-2, 37) Nir. &c

ārcīkaparvata

  1. ārcīka-parvata m. N. of a mountain MBh.

ārch

  1. ārch (ā-√ṛch), P. ārcchati, to fall into (calamity or mischief) AV. ii, 12, 5 ŚBr. i AitBr.
  2. • to obtain, partake of ŚBr. MBh.

ārjava

  1. ārjava mfn. (fr. ṛju g. pṛthvādi Pāṇ. 5-1, 122), straight
  2. • honest, sincere Kathās.
  3. • m. N. of a teacher VP.
  4. • (am), n. straightness, straight direction Sāh.
  5. • rectitude, propriety of act or observance
  6. • honesty, frankness, sincerity
  7. ChUp. Āp. Gaut. MBh. R. Mn. &c

≫ārjavaka

  1. ārjavaka mfn. straight, direct
  2. • m. N. of the ninth Sarga or creation MBh. xii, 11566

≫ārjavin

  1. ārjavin mfn. having or showing honest behaviour MBh.

ārjīka

  1. ārjīká mfn. (fr. ṛjīka [Sāy.], q.v.), belonging to the country Ṛijīka
  2. • m. a particular Soma vessel {cf. NBD.} RV.

≫ārjīkīya

  1. ārjīkī́ya m. N. of a country [Sāy.]
  2. • a Soma vessel {cf. NBD.} RV. viii, 64, 11
  3. • (ā), f. N. of a river RV. x, 75, 5

ārjuna

  1. ārjuna m. N. of Indra (= arjuna, q.v.) Kāṭh. 34, 3

≫ārjunāyana

  1. ārjunāyana m. (g. aśvâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 110) a descendant of Arjuna
  2. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a people VarBṛS.

≫ārjunāyanaka

  1. ārjunāyanaka mfn. (g. rājanyâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 53) inhabited by the Arjunāyanas

≫ārjuni

  1. ārjuni m. (fr. arjuna g. bāhv-ādi Pāṇ. 4-1, 96), a descendant of Arjuna MBh.

≫ārjuneya

  1. ārjuneyá m. (fr. ārjuni), N. of Kutsa RV.

ārñj

  1. ārñj (ā-√ṛñj), Ā. (only irr. aor. 1. sg. ā́-ṛñjase RV. v, 13, 6 and x, 76, 1) to strive after, endeavour to obtain, wish to possess

ārta

  1. ārta &c. 2. ār (ā-√ṛ)

ārtanā

  1. ā́rtanā f. [connected with ārta Sāy.] a destructive battle, or ā́rtana mfn. [connected with ārā́t and āré BRD.] uncultivated, waste, desert RV. i, 127, 6

ārtaparṇa

  1. ārtaparṇa m. the son of Ṛitaparṇa, N. of Sudāsa Hariv.

ārtabhāga

  1. ārtabhāga m. and ī f. (fr. ṛtabhāga g. vidâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 104), a descendant of Ṛitabhāga ŚBr.

⋙ārtabhāgaīputra

  1. ○"ṣī-putra m. N. of a teacher ŚBr. xiv

ārtava

  1. ārtavá mf(ī)n. (fr. ṛtu), belonging or conforming to the seasons or periods of time, seasonable R. Kum. Ragh. Vikr. &c
  2. • menstrual, relating to or produced by this discharge Suśr.
  3. • m. a section of the year, a combination of several seasons AV. TS. VS. &c
  4. • (ī), f. a mare L.
  5. • (am), n. the menstrual discharge ŚBr. Suśr. Mn.
  6. • the ten days after the menstrual discharge fit for generation Mn. Suśr. [Page 152, Column 1]
  7. • fluid discharged by the female of an animal at the time of rut Suśr.
  8. • a flower L.

≫ārtveyī

  1. ārtveyī f. a woman during her courses L.

ārtuparṇi

  1. ārtuparṇi (fr. ṛtu-parṇa), vḷ. for ārtaparṇa, q.v

ārtnī

  1. ā́rtnī f. the end of a bow, the place where the string or sinew is fastened (?) RV. VS. ŚBr.

ārtvijīna

  1. ā́rtvijīna mfn. (fr. ṛtv-ij Pāṇ. 5-1, 71), fit for the office of a priest ŚBr.

≫ārtvijya

  1. ā́rtvijya n. the office or business of a Ṛitv-ij or sacrificing priest, his rank or order RV. AV. ChUp. ŚBr. &c

ārtvya

  1. ārtvyá m. N. of the Asura Dvimūrdhan AV. viii, 10, 22

ārtha

  1. ā́rtha mf(ī)n. (fr. artha), relating to a thing or object
  2. • material, significant (opposed to śābda, q.v.) Sāh.
  3. • resulting from or based on the possession of a thing Pat.

⋙ārthatva

  1. ○tva n. significance

≫ārthapatya

  1. ārthapatya n. (fr. artha-pati), power or possession of a thing

≫ārthika

  1. ārthika mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 40) significant
  2. • wise
  3. • rich
  4. • substantial, real, pertaining to the true substance of a thing
  5. • derivable from the sense of a word, being contained implicitly (not said explicitly) Nyāyam.

ārda

  1. ārda mf(ī [gaṇa gaurâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 41])n. (√ṛd), pressing hard, tormenting exceedingly T.

ārdra

  1. ārdrá mf(ā)n. (√ard Uṇ. ii, 18) wet, moist, damp
  2. RV. TS. ŚBr. MBh. Mn. Suśr. Megh. &c
  3. • fresh, not dry, succulent, green (as a plant), living AV. ŚBr. R. Suśr. MBh. &c
  4. • fresh, new Kathās.
  5. • soft, tender, full of feeling, warm
  6. • loose, flaccid Kathās. Megh. Pañcat. &c
  7. • m. N. of a grandson of Pṛithu Hariv. VP.
  8. • (ā), f. the fourth or sixth Nakshatra or lunar mansion AV. MBh. VarBṛS.
  9. • (am), n. fresh ginger Vishṇus.
  10. • dampness, moisture Hariv.

⋙ārdrakāṣṭha

  1. ○kāṣṭha n. green wood, timber not dry

⋙ārdraja

  1. ○ja n. dry ginger L.

⋙ārdratā

  1. ○tā f. or wetness, moisture

⋙ārdratva

  1. ○tva n. wetness, moisture
  2. • freshness, greenness
  3. • softness, tenderness

⋙ārdradānu

  1. ○dānu mfn. granting or having moisture AV. VS. Kāṭh.

⋙ārdranayana

  1. ○nayana mfn. moist-eyed, weeping, suffused with tears

⋙ārdrapaṭī

  1. ○paṭī f. a kind of magic ceremony (performed to destroy an enemy) L.

⋙ārdrapattraka

  1. ○pattraka m. bamboo L.

⋙ārdrapada

  1. ○pada mf(ī)n. moist-footed L.

⋙ārdrapavi

  1. ○pavi mfn. having moist or dripping fellies (as a carriage) AV. xvi, 3, 4

⋙ārdrapavitra

  1. ○pavitra mfn. having a wet strainer (said of the Soma) AV. ix, 6, 27

⋙ārdrabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. wetness, dampness Kum.
  2. • tenderness of heart Ragh. ii, 11 Kathās.

⋙ārdramañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī f. a cluster of fresh blossoms Comm. on Gobh.

⋙ārdramāṣā

  1. ○māṣā f. a leguminous shrub, Glycine Debilis L.

⋙ārdramūla

  1. ○mūla mf(ā)n. having damp roots ŚBr. i, 3, 3, 4

⋙ārdravastratā

  1. ○vastra-tā f. the state of having or standing in wet clothes Gaut. xix, 15

⋙ārdraśāka

  1. ○śāka n. fresh ginger L.

⋙ārdrahasta

  1. ○hasta mf(ā)n. moist-handed AV. xii, 3, 13

⋙ārdrālubdhaka

  1. ārdrālubdhaka m. the dragon's tail or descending node L.

⋙ārdraidhāgni

  1. ārdrâidhâgní m. a fire maintained by wet wood ŚBr. xiv, 5, 4, 10

≫ārdraka

  1. ārdraka mf(ikā)n. wet, moist Bhpr. VarBṛS.
  2. • born under the constellation Ārdrā Pāṇ. 4-3, 28
  3. • m. N. of a king VP.
  4. • (am), n. [and ikā f. L.] ginger in its undried state Suśr.

≫ārdraya

  1. ārdraya Nom. P. ārdrayati, to make wet, moisten Bhartṛ.
  2. • to soften, move Kād. Bālar.

≫ārdrīkṛ

  1. ārdrī-√kṛ to make wet, moisten
  2. • to refresh Kād.
  3. • to soften, move Kād.

≫ārdrya

  1. ārdrya n. wetness, dampness GopBr. i, 1, 1

ārdh

  1. ārdh (ā-√ṛdh), P. (Pot. 2. sg. ā́-ṛdhyās RV. iii, 50, 1) to satisfy, fulfil (a wish): Desid. (p. ếrtsamāna AV. vi, 118, 2) to wish to obtain or to collect

≫ārddha

  1. ārddha n. abundance Bālar. v, 40

≫ārdhuka

  1. ārdhuka mfn. conducive to success, useful, beneficial ŚāṅkhBr. Kāṭh.

ārdha

  1. ārdha in comp. optionally for ardha- (q.v.) Pāṇ. 7-3, 26

⋙ārdhakaṃsika

  1. ○kaṃsika mfn. measuring half a kaṃsa Comm. on Pāṇ.

⋙ārdhakauḍavika

  1. ○kauḍavika mfn. measuring half a kuḍava ib.

⋙ārdhakrośika

  1. ○krośika mfn. measuring half a krośa ib.

⋙ārdhadrauṇika

  1. ○drauṇika mfn. measuring or bought with half a droṇa ib.

⋙ārdhaprasthika

  1. ○prasthika mfn. weighing half a prastha ib. [Page 152, Column 2]

⋙ārdhadhātuka

  1. ārdhadhātuka mf(ā)n. (fr. ardha-dhātu), 'applicable to the shorter form of the verbal base', a technical N. given to the terminations of the pf. and bened. and to any Pratyaya (q.v.) except the personal terminations of the conjugational tenses in P. and Ā., and except the Pratyayas which have the Anubandha ś Pāṇ. 3-4, 114-117 ; ii, 4, 36, &c

≫ārdhadhātukīya

  1. ārdhadhātukīya mfn. belonging or relating to an Ārdhadhātuka Pat.

≫ārdhanārīśvara

  1. ārdhanārīśvara n. (fr. ardha-nārī7śvara, q.v.), the story of the lord (Śiva) in his form as half female (and half male) Bālar.

≫ārdhamāsika

  1. ārdhamāsika mfn. (fr. ardha-māsa), lasting &c. for half a month Pat.
  2. • observing or practising (continence &c.) for a fortnight

≫ārdharātrika

  1. ārdharātrika mfn. (fr. ardha-rātra), happening at midnight, midnight Sūryas.
  2. • (ās), m. pl., N. of an astronomical school who reckoned the beginning of the motions of the planets from midnight

≫ārdhika

  1. ārdhika mfn. sharing half, an equal partner
  2. • relating to half
  3. • m. one who ploughs the ground for half the crop (cf. ardha-sīrin) Mn.

ārpayitṛ

  1. ârpayitṛ 2. ār (ā-√ṛ)

ārbudi

  1. ārbudi m. (fr. arbuda), N. of a Vedic Ṛishi

ārbhava

  1. ārbhava mf(ī)n. (fr. ṛbhu), belonging or sacred to the Ṛibhus ŚBr. KātyŚr. AitBr. Lāṭy.
  2. • m. N. of a Vedic Ṛishi

ārya

  1. ā́rya m. (fr. aryá, √ṛ), a respectable or honourable or faithful man, an inhabitant of Āryāvarta
  2. • one who is faithful to the religion of his country
  3. • N. of the race which immigrated from Central Asia into Āryāvarta (opposed to an-ārya, dasyu, dāsa)
  4. • in later times N. of the first three castes (opposed to śūdra) RV. AV. VS. MBh. Yājñ. Pañcat. &c
  5. • a man highly esteemed, a respectable, honourable man Pañcat. Śak. &c
  6. • a master, an owner L.
  7. • a friend L.
  8. • a Vaiśya L.
  9. • Buddha
  10. • (with Buddhists [Pāli ayyo, or ariyo]) a man who has thought on the four chief truths of Buddhism ( next col.) and lives accordingly, a Buddhist priest
  11. • a son of Manu Sāvarṇa Hariv.
  12. • (mf(ā and ā́rī)n.) Āryan, favourable to the Āryan people RV. &c
  13. • behaving like an Āryan, worthy of one, honourable, respectable, noble R. Mn. Śak. &c
  14. • of a good family
  15. • excellent
  16. • wise
  17. • suitable
  18. • (ā), f. a name of Pārvatī Hariv.
  19. • a kind of metre of two lines (each line consisting of seven and a half feet
  20. • each foot containing four instants, except the sixth of the second line, which contains only one, and is therefore a single short syllable
  21. • hence there are thirty instants in the first line and twenty-seven in the second) ; [Old. Germ. êra ; Mod. Germ. Ehre ; Irish Erin.]

⋙āryakumāra

  1. ○kumāra m. a noble prince Pāṇ. 6-2, 58

⋙āryakulyā

  1. ○kulyā f. N. of a river VP.

⋙āryakṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. made by a man of the first three castes Pāṇ. KātyŚr. MaitrS.

⋙āryagaṇa

  1. ○gaṇa m. (Pāli ayyagaṇo) the whole body of (Buddhist) priests

⋙āryagṛhya

  1. ○gṛhya mfn. taking the side or adhering to the party of the noble ones Ragh. ii, 33

⋙āryacetas

  1. ○cetas mfn. nobleminded Śiś. xvi, 30

⋙āryajana

  1. ○jana m. Āryans
  2. • honest people Gaut. Vait.

⋙āryajuṣṭa

  1. ○juṣṭa mfn. liked by or agreeable to noble ones MBh.

⋙āryatā

  1. ○tā f. and honourable behaviour Mn. Rājat.

⋙āryatva

  1. ○tva n. honourable behaviour Mn. Rājat.

⋙āryaduhitṛ

  1. ○duhitṛ f. a noble one's daughter (honourable designation of a female friend) Kathās.

⋙āryadeva

  1. ○deva m. N. of a pupil of Nāgārjuna

⋙āryadeśa

  1. ○deśa m. a region inhabited by Āryans or followers of the Āryan laws Rājat.

⋙āryadeśya

  1. ○deśya mfn. belonging to or originated from such a region ib.

⋙āryanivāsa

  1. ○nivāsa m. an abode of Āryans Pat.

⋙āryapatha

  1. ○patha m. the path of the honest ones R.

⋙āryaputra

  1. ○putra m. [Prākṛit ajja-utta] son of an Āryan or honourable man, (honourable designation of the son of an elder brother or of any person of rank)
  2. • designation of a husband by his wife (in dram.)
  3. • of a king by his subjects

⋙āryapravṛtta

  1. ○pravṛtta mfn. proceeding in an honest mode or manner R.

⋙āryaprāya

  1. ○prāya mfn. inhabited for the most part by Āryan people Mn. vii, 69

⋙āryabala

  1. ○bala m. N. of a Bodhisattva

⋙āryabrāhmaṇa

  1. ○brāhmaṇa m. a noble Brāhman Pāṇ. 6-2, 58

⋙āryabhaṭa

  1. ○bhaṭa (or less correctly

⋙āryabhaṭṭa

  1. ○bhaṭṭa) m. N. of two renowned astronomers and authors

⋙āryabhaṭīya

  1. ○bhaṭīya n. N. of wk. on astronomy by Āryabhaṭa

⋙āryabhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. honourable character or behaviour R.

⋙āryamārga

  1. ○mārga m. the way of the honourable ones

⋙āryamiśra

  1. ○miśra mfn. distinguished, respectable [Page 152, Column 3]
  2. • m. an honourable person, a gentleman R. Prab. Mṛicch.

⋙āryayuvan

  1. ○yuvan m. an Āryan youth Kāty. on Pāṇ.

⋙āryarāja

  1. ○rāja m. N. of a king Rājat.

⋙āryarūpa

  1. ○rūpa mfn. having only the form or appearance of an Āryan or honest one Mn. x, 57

⋙āryaliṅgin

  1. ○liṅgin mfn. bearing the external semblance of an Āryan or honourable man Mn. ix, 260

⋙āryavarman

  1. ○varman m. N. of a king Kathās.

⋙āryavāc

  1. ○vāc mfn. speaking the Āryan language Mn. x, 45

⋙āryavṛtta

  1. ○vṛtta n. the behaviour of an Āryan or noble man Mn.
  2. • (mfn.) behaving like an Āryan, honest, virtuous Mn. Gaut.

⋙āryaveśa

  1. ○veśa mfn. dressed like an Āryan or honest person

⋙āryavrata

  1. ○vrata mfn. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or honourable men, behaving like Āryans MBh.

⋙āryaśīla

  1. ○śīla mfn. having an honest character MBh.

⋙āryasaṃgha

  1. ○saṃgha m. the whole body of (Buddhist) priests
  2. • N. of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of the Yogācāras)

⋙āryasatya

  1. ○satya n. (Pāli ariyasaccam) sublime truth
  2. • (with Buddhists the cattari ariyasaccāni or 'four great truths' are, 1. life is suffering, 2. desire of life is the cause of suffering, 3. extinction of that desire is the cessation of suffering, 4. the eightfold path ( below) leads to that extinction.)

⋙āryasamaya

  1. ○samaya m. the law of Āryans or honest men Āp.

⋙āryasiṃha

  1. ○siṃha m. N. of a Buddhist patriarch

⋙āryasiddhānta

  1. ○siddhânta m. N. of wk. of Āryabhaṭa

⋙āryasuta

  1. ○suta (= -putra), mfn. a husband Kathās.

⋙āryastrī

  1. ○strī f. an Āryan woman or a woman of the first three castes Āp. Gaut.

⋙āryasvāmin

  1. ○svāmin m. N. of a man

⋙āryahalam

  1. ○halam ind. an interjection ('murder!' T.), g. svar-ādi Pāṇ. 1-1, 37

⋙āryahṛdya

  1. ○hṛdya mfn. beloved by noble ones L.

⋙āryāgama

  1. āryâgama m. the approaching an Āryan woman sexually Yājñ. ii, 294

⋙āryāgīti

  1. āryā-gīti f. a variety of the Āryā metre (containing eight equal feet or thirty-two syllabic instants in each verse of the couplet)

⋙āryācaṇḍītīrtha

  1. āryā-caṇḍī-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha

⋙āryādhiṣṭhita

  1. āryâdhiṣṭhita mfn. being under the superintendence of men of the first three castes Āp. ii, 3, 4

⋙āryāvarta

  1. āryâvarta m. 'abode of the noble or excellent ones'
  2. • the sacred land of the Āryans (N. of Northern and Central India, extending from the eastern to the western sea and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains) Mn. Rājat. &c
  3. • (ās), m. pl. the inhabitants of that country

⋙āryāvilāsa

  1. āryā-vilāsa m. N. of wk

⋙āryāṣṭaśata

  1. āryâṣṭaśata n. N. of wk. of Āryabhaṭa, consisting of 108 distichs

⋙āryāṣṭāṅgamārga

  1. āryâṣṭâṅga-mārga m. (Pāli ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo) 'the holy eightfold path' pointed out by Buddha for escape from the misery of existence: 1. right views, 2. right thoughts, 3. right words, 4. right actions, 5. right living, 6. right exertion, 7. right recollection, 8. right meditation

≫āryaka

  1. āryaka m. an honourable or respectable man R.
  2. • a grandfather MBh.
  3. • N. of a cowherd who became king Mṛicch.
  4. • of a Nāga MBh.
  5. • (āryakā or āryikā), f. a respectable woman L.
  6. • N. of a river BhP.
  7. • (ikā), f. N. of a Nakshatra L.
  8. • (akam), n. a ceremony performed to the manes, the vessel &c. used in sacrifices made to the manes L.

≫āryava

  1. āryava n. honourable behaviour, honesty Āp.

≫āryāṇaka

  1. āryāṇaka m. N. of a country

āryamaṇa

  1. āryamaṇa mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to Aryaman
  2. • (ī), f. N. of the Yamunā Bālar.

≫āryamṇa

  1. āryamṇa n. N. of the Nakshatra Uttaraphalguṇī (which is presided over by Aryaman) VarBṛS.

ārśa

  1. ārśá mfn. (fr. ṛśya), belonging to the antelope AV. iv, 4, 5

ārṣa

  1. ārṣa mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to or derived from Ṛishis (i.e. the poets of the Vedic and other old hymns), archaistic MBh. R. &c
  2. • m. a form of marriage derived from the Ṛishis (the father of the bride receiving one or two pairs of kine from the bridegroom) ĀśvGṛ. i, 6, 4 Mn. iii, 21 Yājñ. i, 58 (cf. vivāha)
  3. • (ī), f. a wife married by the above form of marriage Vishṇus. xxiv, 31
  4. • (am), n. the speech of a Ṛishi, the holy text, the Vedas Nir. RPrāt. Mn.
  5. • sacred descent Comm. on Lāṭy. Yājñ.
  6. • the derivation (of a poem) from a Ṛishi author

⋙ārṣaṃdhara

  1. ○"ṣṃ-dhara n. N. of a Sāman

⋙ārṣoḍhā

  1. ārṣôḍhā f. a wife married according to the Ārsha form L.

≫ārṣeya

  1. ārṣeyá mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to or derived from a Ṛishi, of sacred descent [Page 153, Column 1]
  2. • venerable, respectable
  3. RV. VS. AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c
  4. • m. N. of Agni
  5. • (am), n. sacred descent
  6. AitBr. KātyŚr. ŚBr. &c
  7. • N. of several Sāmans

⋙ārṣeyavat

  1. ○vat mfn. connected with sacred descent ŚBr.

ārṣabha

  1. ārṣabha mf(ī)n. (fr. ṛṣabha), coming from or produced by a bull ŚBr. MBh.
  2. • m. a descendant of Ṛishabha BhP.
  3. • (ī), f. N. of several constellations VP. Comm. on BhP.
  4. • (am), n. N. of a Sāman
  5. • a particular metre

≫ārṣabhi

  1. ārṣabhi m. a descendant of Ṛishabha Tīrtha-kṛit
  2. • N. of the first Cakra-vartin in Bhārata L.

≫ārṣabhya

  1. ārṣabhya mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 14) to be regarded or used as a full-grown steer
  2. • to be castrated L.

ārṣikya

  1. ārṣikya n. (fr. ṛṣika g. purohitâdi Pāṇ. 5-1, 128), the condition of being a Ṛishika, q.v

ārṣiṇeśva

  1. ārṣiṇeśva m. N. of a king VP. iv, 31

ārṣṭiṣeṇa

  1. ārṣṭiṣeṇá m. (fr. ṛṣṭi-ṣeṇa Pāṇ. 4-1, 112 and 104), a descendant of Ṛishṭi-sheṇa, N. of Devāpi RV. x, 98, 5 ; 6 ; 8
  2. • N. of a man MBh. Hariv. Comm. on KātyŚr.

ārṣyaśṛṅga

  1. ārṣyaśṛṅga m. a descendant of Ṛishya-śṛiṅga MBh.

ārhata

  1. ārhata mf(ī)n. (fr. arhat), belonging to an Arhat or Jaina saint Prab.
  2. • m. a Jaina, a follower of Jaina doctrines Prab. VP.
  3. • a Buddhist, AgniP
  4. • (am), n. the Jaina doctrine, Jainism

≫ārhantya

  1. ārhantya n. (g. brāhmaṇâdi Pāṇ. 5-1, 124), the state or practice of an Arhat or Jaina saint

ārhāyaṇa

  1. ārhāyaṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. arha g. aśvâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 110), a descendant of Arha

āla

  1. āla n. spawn
  2. • any discharge of poisonous matter from venomous animals Suśr. Kauś.
  3. • yellow arsenic, orpiment Suśr.
  4. • m. N. of an ape Kathās. 57, 136
  5. • (mfn.) not little or insignificant, excellent L.

⋙ālākta

  1. ā́lâkta mf(ā)n. anointed with poison (as an arrow) RV. vi, 75, 5

⋙ālāsya

  1. ālâsya m. 'poison-mouthed', a crocodile L.

ālakṣ

  1. ā-√lakṣ Ā. -lakṣayate, to descry, behold, see MBh. R. BhP. Pañcat. &c

≫ālakṣaṇa

  1. ā-lakṣaṇa n. perceiving, beholding, observing

≫ālakṣi

  1. ā-lakṣi mf(ī)n. beholding, seeing, (g. gaurâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 41.)

≫ālakṣita

  1. ā-lakṣita mfn. beheld, descried, perceived BhP. R.

≫ālakṣya

  1. ā-lakṣya mfn. to be observed, visible, apparent MBh. R. Ragh. &c

≫ālakṣya

  1. ā-lakṣya ind. p. having observed or beheld, beholding, observing MBh. R. Ragh. &c

ālakṣya

  1. ā-lakṣya mfn. scarcely visible, just visible Śak. 181 a

ālag

  1. ā-√lag P. -lagati, to adhere, cling to, Kāvyad.: Caus. -lagayati, to affix Comm. on KātyŚr.

≫ālagna

  1. ā-lagna mfn. adhered, clung to Amar.

ālagarda

  1. ālagarda and ālagardha = ala○, q.v

ālaji

  1. ālaji mf(ī)n. speaking to, addressing [T. ?], g. gaurâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 41

ālap

  1. ā-√lap to address, speak to, converse MBh. Hariv. Kathās. Rājat. &c

≫ālapana

  1. ā-lapana n. speaking to, conversation Kād.

≫ālapitavya

  1. ā-lapitavya mfn. to be addressed or spoken to Kād.

≫ālapya

  1. ā-lapya ind. p. having addressed Kathās.

≫ālāpa

  1. ā-lāpa m. speaking to, addressing
  2. • speech
  3. • conversation, communication
  4. Pañcat. Hit. Kathās. Śak. &c
  5. • the singing or twittering of birds Kathās.
  6. • statement of the question in an arithmetical or algebraic sum
  7. • question
  8. • a lesson Jain.
  9. • (ā), f. (in music) a particular Mūrcchanā or melody

⋙ālāpavat

  1. ○vat mfn. speaking, addressing Amar.

≫ālāpana

  1. ā-lāpana n. speaking to or with, conversation
  2. • a benediction R. i, 77, 12

≫ālāpanīya

  1. ā-lāpanīya or mfn. to be said or spoken

⋙ālāpya

  1. ā-lāpya mfn. to be said or spoken
  2. • to be spoken to or addressed. [Page 153, Column 2]

≫ālāpikavaṃśa

  1. ā-lāpika-vaṃśa m. a kind of flute

≫ālāpin

  1. ālāpin mfn. speaking or conversing with Bhartṛ.
  2. • (inī), f. a lute made of a gourd
  3. • (in music) a particular interval

ālabh

  1. ā-√labh Ā. -labhate, to take hold of, touch, handle RV. TS. KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
  2. • to kill, sacrifice AitBr. ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c
  3. • to commence, undertake TS.
  4. • to reach, obtain
  5. • to conciliate BhP. MBh. Megh. &c.: Caus. -lamohayati, to cause to touch Kauś. KātyŚr.
  6. • to cause to begin TBr.: Desid. -lipsate, to intend or wish to touch KātyŚr.
  7. • to intend to kill or sacrifice ŚBr.

≫ālabdha

  1. ā-labdha mfn. touched MBh.
  2. • killed, sacrificed
  3. • gained, conciliated BhP.

≫ālabha

  1. ā-labha m. touching, grasping

≫ālabhana

  1. ā-labhana n. touching, handling BhP. VarBṛ.
  2. • killing, sacrificing BhP.

≫ālabhya

  1. ā-labhyá mfn. to be killed or sacrificed TS.

≫ālabhya

  1. ā-labhya ind. p. having grasped or touched MBh.
  2. • having killed or sacrificed Yājñ. MBh.
  3. • having received or obtained

≫ālambha

  1. ā-lambha m. taking hold of, seizing, touching ĀśvGṛ. Mn. Yājñ.
  2. • tearing off, rooting out (plants) Mn.
  3. • killing, sacrificing AitBr. ŚBr. MBh. Megh.

≫ālambhana

  1. ā-lambhana n. seizure
  2. • taking hold of, touching KātyŚr. Gaut.
  3. • killing, sacrificing KātyŚr.

≫ālambhanīya

  1. ā-lambhanīya mfn. to be taken hold of or handled
  2. • to be touched R.

≫ālambham

  1. ā-lambham ind. p. touching, taking hold of (with acc.) TāṇḍyaBr.

≫ālambhin

  1. ālambhin mfn. ifc. touching, taking hold of

≫ālambhya

  1. ā-lambhya mfn. to be killed or sacrificed, TB3r

ālamarthya

  1. ālamarthya n. (fr. alam and artha), the condition of having the sense of alam Pat.

ālamb

  1. ā-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to hang from Vikr.
  2. • to lay hold of, seize, cling to
  3. • to rest or lean upon
  4. MBh. R. Kathās. Pañcat. &c
  5. • to support, hold R. Ragh. &c
  6. • to take up
  7. • to appropriate
  8. • to bring near
  9. • to get
  10. • to give one's self up to
  11. MBh. R. Pañcat. BhP. &c
  12. • to depend Sāh.

≫ālamba

  1. ā-lamba mfn. hanging down R.
  2. • m. that on which one rests or leans, support, prop
  3. • receptacle
  4. • asylum MBh. R. Kathās. &c
  5. • depending on or from
  6. • a perpendicular L.
  7. • N. of a Muni MBh.
  8. • (ā), f. a species of plant with poisonous leaves Suśr.
  9. • (am), ind. holding, supporting Kāṭh.

≫ālambana

  1. ā-lambana n. depending on or resting upon
  2. • hanging from Pāṇ.
  3. • supporting, sustaining Megh.
  4. • foundation, base Prab. KaṭhUp.
  5. • reason, cause
  6. • (in rhetoric) the natural and necessary connection of a sensation with the cause which excites it Sāh.
  7. • the mental exercise practised by the Yogin in endeavouring to realize the gross form of the Eternal VP.
  8. • silent repetition of a prayer [W.]
  9. • (with Buddhists) the five attributes of things (apprehended by or connected with the five senses, viz. form, sound, smell, taste, and touch
  10. • also dharma or law belonging to manas)

⋙ālambanaparīkṣā

  1. ○parīkṣā mfn. N. of wk

⋙ālambanavat

  1. ○vat mfn. devoted to the mental exercise called Ālambana VP.

≫ālambāyana

  1. ālambāyana mf(ī)n. a descendant of Ālamba
  2. • m. N. of a man MBh.

⋙ālambāyanīputra

  1. ālambāyanī-putra m. N. of a teacher ŚBr.

≫ālambāyanīya

  1. ālambāyanīya mfn. belonging to Ālambāyana

≫ālambi

  1. ā-lambi mf(ī [gaṇa gaurâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 41])n
  2. • (is), m. N. of a pupil of Vaiśampāyana

⋙ālambīputra

  1. ā-lambī-putra m. N. of a teacher ŚBr.

≫ālambita

  1. ā-lambita mfn. pendent, suspended
  2. • hanging from or on
  3. • supported, upheld
  4. • protected

≫ālambin

  1. ā-lambin mfn. hanging from, resting or leaning upon
  2. • depending on or from Pañcat. MBh. Ragh.
  3. • laying hold of, supporting, maintaining Hit.
  4. • wearing Kum.
  5. • (inas), m. pl. the school of Ālambi L.

≫ālambya

  1. ā-lambya ind. p. having supported
  2. • supporting, sustaining
  3. • taking by the hand MBh. R. &c

ālaya

  1. ā-laya ā-√lī

ālarka

  1. ālarka mfn. (fr. alarka), caused by or relating to a mad dog Suśr.

ālava

  1. ā-lava ā-√lū

ālavaṇya

  1. ālavaṇya n. (fr. a-lavaṇa Pāṇ. 5-1, 121), saltlessness
  2. • insipidity
  3. • ugliness. [Page 153, Column 3]

ālavāla

  1. ālavāla m. a basin for water round the √of a tree Ragh. Vikr. Śiś. &c

ālaṣ

  1. ā-√laṣ Ā. -laṣate, to desire, lust after BhP. v, 13, 6

ālasa

  1. ālasa mfn. = a-lasa, idle L.: [or fr. lasa with 4. ā in the sense of diminution T.] a little active
  2. • (fr. a-lasa g. vidâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 104), a descendant of A-lasa

≫ālasāyana

  1. ālasāyana m. (g. haritâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 100), a descendant of Alasa

≫ālasya

  1. ālasya n. idleness, sloth, want of energy MBh. Mn. Yājñ. Suśr. &c
  2. • (mfn.) idle, slothful L.

ālākta

  1. ā́lâkta āla

ālāṭya

  1. ā-lāṭyá m. (fr. √laṭ = √raṭ ?), to be cried down, N. of the ocean (?) TS. iv, 5, 8, 2

ālāta

  1. ālāta n. = alāta
  2. • q.v. L.

ālāna

  1. ālāna n. (fr. ā-√lī T. ?), the post to which an elephant is tied Mṛicch. Ragh. &c
  2. • the rope that ties him
  3. • a fetter, tie, rope or string Ragh. Kād.
  4. • binding, tying L.
  5. • m. N. of a minister of Śiva L.

≫ālānika

  1. ālānika mfn. serving as a post to which an elephant is tied Ragh. xiv, 38

≫ālānita

  1. ālānita mfn. tied to (as an elephant) Bālar.

ālāpa

  1. ā-lāpa &c. ā-√lap

ālābu

  1. ālābu f. the pumpkin gourd, Cucurbita Pepo L.

ālāvarta

  1. ālâvarta m. a fan made of cloth L.

āli

  1. āli m. (cf. ali), a scorpion
  2. • Scorpio in the zodiac VarBṛS.
  3. • a bee L.
  4. • (is and ī), f. a woman's female friend Kum. Sāh. Amar. Śiś. &c
  5. • a row, range, continuous line, a swarm (cf. āvali) Amar. Kum. Ragh.
  6. • a ridge or mound of earth crossing ditches or dividing fields &c. L.
  7. • a dike L.
  8. • a ditch L.
  9. • a line, race, family L.
  10. • (mfn.) useless, idle, unmeaning L.
  11. • pure, honest, secure L.

⋙ālikrama

  1. ○krama m. a kind of musical composition

⋙ālijana

  1. ○jana m. a lady's female friends Amar. Prasamar.

≫ālin

  1. ālin ī m. a scorpion L. (cf. alin.)

ālikh

  1. ā-√likh P. -likhati, to make a scratch on
  2. • to delineate by scratches
  3. • to scratch ŚBr. KātyŚr. MBh. Hariv. &c
  4. • to mark, draw, write, delineate, paint MBh. R. Hariv.
  5. VarBṛS. Ragh. Megh. Mālav. &c

≫ālikhat

  1. ā-likhat mfn. scratching
  2. • (an), m. N. of an evil spirit PārGṛ. i, 16, 23

≫ālikhita

  1. ā-likhita mfn. delineated by scratches, scratched ŚBr.
  2. • drawn, written, delineated, painted VarBṛS. Kathās. Ragh. Śak. &c

≫ālikhya

  1. ā-likhya ind. p. pourtraying, delineating, sketching

≫ālekhana

  1. ā-lekhana n. scratching, scraping
  2. • marking out by scratches
  3. • painting
  4. • m. N. of a teacher ĀśvŚr.
  5. • (ī), f. a brush, pencil L.

≫ālekhani

  1. ā-lekhani m. N. of a teacher

≫ālekhya

  1. ā-lekhya mfn. to be written or delineated or painted
  2. • (am), n. writing, painting
  3. • a picture, portrait R. Śak. Vikr.

⋙ālekhyadevatā

  1. ○devatā f. a painted deity

⋙ālekhyapuruṣa

  1. ○puruṣa m. an image or drawing of a man Kathās.

⋙ālekhyalekhā

  1. ○lekhā f. painting

⋙ālekhyaśeṣa

  1. ○śeṣa mfn. one of whom there is nothing left but a painting, deceased Ragh. xiv, 15

⋙ālekhyasamarpita

  1. ○samarpita mfn. fixed on a picture, painted Ragh. iii, 15

āligavya

  1. āligavya m. and āligavyāyanī (Pāṇ. 4-1, 18), f. (fr. aligu Pāṇ. 4-1, 105), a descendant of Aligu

āligī

  1. ā́ligī f. a kind of serpent [NBD. ?] AV. v, 13, 7

āliṅg

  1. ā-√liṅg P. -liṅgati and -liṅgayati Ā. -liṅgate, to clasp, join the limbs closely
  2. • to encircle, embrace
  3. MBh. Kathās. Pañcat. Ragh. &c
  4. • to spread out, extend VarBṛS.

≫āliṅga

  1. ā-liṅga m. a kind of drum L.

≫āliṅgana

  1. ā-liṅgana n. clasping, embracing
  2. • an embrace MBh. Pañcat. Megh. &c
  3. • (ā), f. id. Naish.

≫āliṅgita

  1. ā-liṅgita mfn. embraced Rājat. Sāh. &c
  2. • occupied [Page 154, Column 1]
  3. • (am), n. an embrace Megh.

⋙āliṅgitavat

  1. ○vat mfn. one who has embraced

≫āliṅgin

  1. āliṅgin mfn. embracing
  2. • (ī), m. a small drum shaped like a barleycorn and carried upon the breast L.

≫āliṅgya

  1. ā-liṅgya mfn. to be embraced
  2. • m. a kind of drum L.

≫āliṅgya

  1. ā-liṅgya ind. p. having embraced

≫āliṅgyāyana

  1. āliṅgyāyana m. [?], N. of a village or town, (g. varaṇâdi on Pāṇ. 4-2, 82.)

āliñjara

  1. āliñjara m. a large clay waterjar L. (cf. aliñjara.)

ālinda

  1. ālinda m. a terrace before a house, a raised place or terrace for sleeping upon L. (cf. alinda.)

ālip

  1. ā-√lip P. -limpati (aor. âlipat) to besmear, anoint
  2. ŚBr. Hariv. Suśr. MBh. BhP. Kathās. &c.: Caus. -limpayati and lepayati, to besmear, anoint Kauś. Suśr.

≫ālipta

  1. ā-lipta mfn. anointed, smeared, plastered Mṛicch. Kathās. &c

≫ālipya

  1. ā-lipya ind. p. having besmeared or anointed MBh. Kathās. &c

≫ālimpana

  1. ā-limpana n. whitening or painting (the floor, wall &c. on festal occasions) L.

≫ālepa

  1. ā-lepa m. the act of smearing, plastering, anointing
  2. • liniment
  3. • ointment Suśr. Kathās.

≫ālepana

  1. ā-lepana n. smearing, plastering, anointing
  2. • liniment
  3. • ointment Suśr. BhP.

ālih

  1. ā-√lih P. -lihati, to apply the tongue to
  2. • to lick, lap BhP.: Intens. (p. -lelihāna) to lick up (as fire) BhP. v, 6, 9

≫ālīḍha

  1. ā-līḍha mfn. licked, lapped by the tongue
  2. • licked up, eaten R. MBh. Ragh.
  3. • scraped, polished
  4. • m. N. of a man, (g. śubhrâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 123)
  5. • (am), n. a particular attitude in shooting (the right knee advanced, the left leg drawn back) Comm. on Kum. Ragh.

≫ālīḍheya

  1. ālīḍheya m. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 123) a descendant of Ālīḍha

ālī

  1. ā-√lī Ā. -līyate, to come close to
  2. • to settle down upon
  3. • to stoop, crouch MBh. Hariv. Ragh. &c

≫ālaya

  1. ā-laya m. and n. a house, dwelling
  2. • a receptacle, asylum R. Yājñ. Kathās. &c
  3. • (often ifc., e.g. himâlaya, 'the abode of snow.')

≫ālīna

  1. ā-līna mfn. having come close to Kathās. Hariv. Ragh.
  2. • dwelling or abiding in Kathās.
  3. • crouched, stooped MBh. R.

≫ālīnaka

  1. ālīnaka n. tin, (from its close adherence to other metals ?) L.

ālu

  1. ālu m. (√ṛ Comm. on Uṇ. i, 5), an owl L.
  2. • ebony, black ebony L.
  3. • (us and ūs), f. a pitcher, a small water-jar L.
  4. • (u), n. a raft, a float
  5. • an esculent √, Arum Campanulatum L.
  6. • (in modern dialects applied to the yam, potatoe &c.)

≫āluka

  1. āluka m. a kind of ebony L.
  2. • N. of Śesha (the chief of the Nāgas or serpent race)
  3. • (ī), f. a species of √cf. Bhpr
  4. • (am), n. a particular fruit (= āruka, q.v.) L.
  5. • the esculent √of Amorphophallus Campanulatus

āluñc

  1. ā-√luñc P. -luñcati, to tear in pieces Suśr.

≫āluñcana

  1. ā-luñcana n. tearing in pieces, rending Mṛicch.

āluḍ

  1. ā-√luḍ Caus. P. -loḍayati, to stir up, mix
  2. • to agitate

≫āloḍana

  1. ā-loḍana n. mixing, blending Suśr.
  2. • stirring, shaking, agitating

≫āloḍita

  1. ā-loḍita mfn. stirred up, mixed, blended
  2. • shaken, agitated Suśr. R.

≫āloḍya

  1. ā-loḍya ind. p. having stirred up or mixed
  2. • having agitated ĀśvGṛ. MBh. R. Suśr. &c

ālup

  1. ā-√lup P. -lumpati, to tear out or asunder
  2. • to dissolve, separate
  3. AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr. AitBr.: Pass. -lupyate, to be interrupted Megh.

≫ālopa

  1. ā-lopa m. a morsel, bit L.

ālubh

  1. ā-√lubh P. -lubhyati, to become disturbed or disordered ŚBr.: Desid. of Caus. (Subj. 3. sg. -lulobhayiṣāt) to wish to disturb or trouble

ālulita

  1. ā-lulita mfn. (√lul), a little moved or agitated Mālav. [Page 154, Column 2]

⋙ālola

  1. ā-lola mfn. moving gently
  2. • trembling slightly
  3. • rolling (as an eye)
  4. Amar. Megh. Śiś. Kathās. Kir.
  5. • m. trembling, agitation
  6. • swinging, rocking

≫ālolita

  1. ā-lolita mfn. a little shaken or agitated

ālū

  1. ā-√lū P. -lunāti, to cut, cut off
  2. • to pluck off

≫ālava

  1. ā-lava m. stubble Comm. on TS.

≫ālūna

  1. ā-lūna mfn. cut off Kum.

ālekhana

  1. ā-lekhana ā-√likh

āleśa

  1. ā-leśá m. (√liś = √riś), grazing TS. v, 1, 5, 9

ālok

  1. ā-√lok Ā. -lokate, to look at Hit. Sāh. Kathās.
  2. • to descry, behold Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -lokayati, to see, look at or upon
  3. MBh. Hariv. Kathās. Ragh. Śak. &c
  4. • to consider
  5. • to prove R. Mn. &c
  6. • to descry, behold, perceive
  7. • to know MBh. R. Hit. Pañcat. &c

≫āloka

  1. ā-loka m. looking, seeing, beholding
  2. • sight, aspect, vision
  3. Kathās. Megh. Mṛicch. Śak. Ragh. &c
  4. • light, lustre, splendour
  5. • glimmer R. MBh.
  6. • flattery, praise, complimentary language
  7. • panegyric Ragh.
  8. • section, chapter
  9. • N. of wk

⋙ālokakara

  1. ○kara mfn. spreading or causing light VarBṛS.

⋙ālokagadādharī

  1. ○gadādharī f. N. of a commentary on the above work called Āloka

⋙ālokapatha

  1. ○patha m. and line of sight, range of vision Ragh.

⋙ālokamārga

  1. ○mārga m. line of sight, range of vision Ragh.

⋙ālokavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having light or lustre

≫ālokaka

  1. ālokaka m. a spectator Naish.

≫ālokana

  1. ā-lokana mfn. looking at
  2. • contemplating
  3. • (am), n. seeing, looking
  4. • sight, beholding
  5. Yājñ. Ragh. Kum. Kathās. Sāh. &c

≫ālokanīya

  1. ā-lokanīya mfn. to be looked at
  2. • visible
  3. • to be considered, regarded R.

⋙ālokanīyatā

  1. ○tā f. the state or condition of being visible Kum.

≫ālokita

  1. ā-lokita mfn. seen, beheld

≫ālokin

  1. ā-lokin mfn. seeing, beholding
  2. • contemplating Bhartṛ. Kathās.

≫ālokya

  1. ā-lokya ind. p. having seen or looked at, beholding

āloc

  1. ā-√loc Ā. -locate, to consider, reflect upon: Caus. P. Ā. -locayati, -te, to make visible, show MBh.
  2. • to behold, view, perceive
  3. • to consider, reflect
  4. MBh. MārkP. Kathās. Hit. &c

≫ālocaka

  1. ā-locaka mfn. causing to see Suśr.

≫ālocana

  1. ā-locana n. seeing, perceiving Pāṇ.
  2. • (ā, am), f. n. considering, reflecting, reflection R. Sāh.

≫ālocanīya

  1. ā-locanīya and 1

⋙ālocya

  1. ā-locya mfn. to be considered or reflected upon, Vedāntas.

≫ālocita

  1. ā-locita mfn. considered, reflected upon Kathās. Hit. Pañcat.

≫ālocya

  1. ā-locya ind. p. having considered, reflecting MārkP. Hit. Kathās. &c

āloṣṭī

  1. āloṣṭī ind. hurting (?), g. ūryādi Pāṇ. 1-4, 61

ālohavat

  1. ā-lohavat mfn. a little reddish ĀśvGṛ. iv, 8, 6

≫ālohita

  1. ā-lohita mfn. reddish Kathās.

⋙ālohitaīkṛ

  1. ○"ṣī-√kṛ to make reddish Kād.

ālohāyana

  1. ālohāyana m. (g. naḍâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 99), a descendant of Aloha

ālola

  1. ā-lola above

āva

  1. āvá the base of the dual cases of the pronoun of the 1st person
  2. • Nom. Acc. āvām (Ved. āvám)
  3. • Inst. Dat. Abl. āvābhyām (Ved. Abl. also āvát)
  4. • Gen. Loc. āváyos

āvac

  1. ā-√vac Ā. (aor. 1. sg. ā́-voce RV. vii, 32, 2) to address, invoke

≫okta

  1. ốkta (ā́-ukta), mfn. addressed, invoked RV. i, 63, 9

āvañc

  1. ā-√vañc Pass. (Impv. 2. sg. ā́-vacyasva) to gush or flow towards or near RV. ix, 2, 2, &c

āvaṭika

  1. āvaṭika ās m. pl., N. of a school

āvaṭya

  1. āvaṭya (fr. avaṭa g. gargâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 105), m. ā (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 75) and avatyāyanī (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 17), f. a descendant of Avaṭa

āvat

  1. ā-vát f. proximity AV. v, 30, 1 (opposed to parā-vat)

āvatsaram

  1. ā-vatsaram ind. for a year, during a year MārkP. [Page 154, Column 3]

⋙āvatsarāntam

  1. ā-vatsarântam ind. to the end of the year Kathās.

āvad

  1. ā-√vad P. -vadati, to speak to, address
  2. • to shout out
  3. • to invoke, celebrate RV. AV. VS. ŚBr.

āvadānika

  1. āvadānika mfn. (fr. ava-dāna), offered after being divided into pieces Vait.

āvadh

  1. ā-√vadh P. (aor. 3. sg. ấvadhīt RV. viii, 72, 4 and viii, 75, 9) to shatter, crush

āvan

  1. ā-√van Ā. (2. sg. ā́-vanase RV. i, 140, 11
  2. • pf. 3. sg. ā́-vavne RV. v, 74, 7
  3. • aor. 3. sg. -ávaniṣīṣṭa RV. i, 127, 7) to wish, desire, crave for
  4. • to procure

āvanatīya

  1. āvanatīya mfn. (fr. ava-nata g. kṛśâśvâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 80.)

āvaneya

  1. āvaneya m. (fr. avani), 'son of the earth', N. of the planet Mars

āvanta

  1. āvanta m. (fr. avanti), a king of Avanti (the district of Oujein) VarBṛS.
  2. • N. of a son of Dhṛishṭa Hariv., (cf. avanta)
  3. • (ī), f. the language of Avanti

≫āvantaka

  1. āvantaka mfn. belonging to or coming from Avanti
  2. • (ās), m. pl. the inhabitants of Avanti VarBṛS.

≫āvantika

  1. āvantika mfn. belonging to or coming from Avanti VarBṛS.
  2. • (ās), m. N. of a Buddhist school
  3. • (ā), f. N. of a woman Kathās.

≫āvantya

  1. āvantya mfn. coming from or being in the country Avanti Suśr.
  2. • m. a king or inhabitant of Avanti MBh. Hariv.
  3. • (according to Manu x, 21 the Āvantyas are offsprings of degraded Brāhmans.)

āvandana

  1. ā-vandana n. (√vand), salute L.

āvap

  1. ā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to throw or scatter into
  2. • to mix with
  3. • to put together
  4. AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvGṛ. MārkP.
  5. • to insert AitBr. ŚBr. Lāṭy. &c
  6. • to pour out
  7. • to fill up VarBṛS.
  8. • to present, afford, supply
  9. • to offer MBh.: Caus. P. -vāpayati, to mix with Suśr.
  10. • to comb, smooth
  11. • to shave MBh.

≫āvapana

  1. ā-vápana n. the act of sowing, throwing, scattering, placing upon ŚBr. KātyŚr. Gaut.
  2. • instilling, inserting ŚBr. KātyŚr.
  3. • capacity MBh.
  4. • a vessel, jar, ewer MaitrS. BhP.
  5. • sowing seed, weaving L.
  6. • a hempen cloth L.
  7. • (ī), f. a vessel, jar AV. xii, 1, 61

≫āvapantaka

  1. ā-vapantaka mf(ikā́)n. scattering AV. xii, 2, 63

≫āvāpa

  1. ā-vāpa m. scattering, throwing
  2. • sowing seed MBh. Comm. on Yājñ.
  3. • insertion, Śulb
  4. • casting, directing
  5. • (in med.) throwing additional ingredients into any mixture in course of preparation
  6. • mixing, inserting
  7. • setting out or arranging vessels, jars, &c. L.
  8. • a kind of drink L.
  9. • a bracelet L.
  10. • a basin for water round the √of a tree L.
  11. • uneven ground L.
  12. • hostile purpose, intention of going to war Sāh. Śiś. &c
  13. • a vessel
  14. • principal oblation to fire Gobh.

≫āvāpaka

  1. āvāpaka m. a bracelet of gold &c. L.

≫āvāpana

  1. ā-vāpana n. a loom, an implement for weaving
  2. • a reel or frame for winding thread L.

≫āvāpika

  1. āvāpika mfn. additional, inserted, supplementary Nir.

āvabhṛtya

  1. āvabhṛtya m. a king of Avabhṛiti
  2. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a dynasty of kings BhP.

āvabhṛtha

  1. āvabhṛtha mfn. belonging to Avabhṛitha, q.v. BhP.

āvaya

  1. āvayá n. (fr. 2. a-vii, cf. āvi), pangs of childbirth, painful childbirth (?) AV. viii, 6, 26
  2. • m. arrival T.
  3. • one who arrives T.
  4. • N. of a country L.

≫āvayaka

  1. āvayaka mfn. belonging to the country Āvaya L.

āvayas

  1. ā́-vayas ās m. perhaps 'the youthful one' (cf. abhi-vayas) RV. i, 162, 5

āvayās

  1. āvayās m. (f. ?) pl. water Nigh. i, 12

āvaraka

  1. ā-varaka &c. 1. ā-√vṛ

āvarasamaka

  1. āvarasamaka mfn. (fr. avarasama Pāṇ. 4-3, 49), to be paid in the following year (as a debt). [Page 155, Column 1]

āvarjaka

  1. ā-varjaka &c. ā-√vṛj

āvarta

  1. ā-varta &c. ā-√vṛt

āvarṣa

  1. āvarṣa ā-√vṛṣ

āvarha

  1. ā-varha &c. ā-√vṛh

āvali

  1. āvali is and ī f. (√val T.), a row, range
  2. • a continuous line
  3. • a series
  4. • dynasty, lineage Vikr. BhP. Prab. Hit. &c

⋙āvalīkanda

  1. āvalī-kanda m. a kind of bulbous plant L.

≫āvalikā

  1. āvalikā f. = āvali, q.v., coriander L.

āvalg

  1. ā-√valg Ā. -valgate, to spring, jump, leap up MBh.

≫āvalgita

  1. ā-valgita mfn. springing, jumping MBh. Hariv.

≫āvalgin

  1. ā-valgin mfn. id

āvalguja

  1. āvalguja mfn. (fr. a-valgu-ja), coming or produced from the plant Vernonia Anthelminthica Suśr.

āvaśīra

  1. āvaśīra ās m. pl., N. of a people MBh.

āvaśyaka

  1. āvaśyaka mfn. (fr. avaśya), necessary, inevitable Comm. on Kum. and Ragh.
  2. • (am), n. necessity, inevitable act or conclusion Pāṇ.
  3. • religious duty Jain.
  4. • a call of nature Mn.

⋙āvaśyakatā

  1. ○tā f. necessity, inevitability Hit.

⋙āvaśyakabṛhadvṛtta

  1. ○bṛhad-vṛtta n. N. of a Jaina work

āvas

  1. ā-vas √5. P. -vasati, to abide, dwell
  2. • to spend (time) RV. MBh. MārkP.
  3. • to enter, inhabit
  4. • to take possession of
  5. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. R. BhP. VarBṛS. &c
  6. • to sleep with Mn.: Caus. -vāsayati, to cause or allow any one to dwell or abide
  7. • to receive hospitably R. Rājat.
  8. • to inhabit, settle in a place
  9. MBh. Hariv. R. Kathās. &c

≫āvasati

  1. ā-vasatí f. shelter, night's lodging TBr.
  2. • night (i.e. the time during which one rests)

≫āvasatha

  1. ā-vasathá m. (cf. Uṇ. iii, 114) dwelling-place, abode, habitation, night's lodging AV. ix, 6, 7 ŚBr. ChUp. Mn. R. Hit. Ragh. &c
  2. • a dwelling for pupils and ascetics
  3. • a village
  4. • a particular religious observance L.
  5. • a treatise on Āryā metres T.

≫āvasathika

  1. āvasathika mf(ī)n. dwelling in a house
  2. • household, domestic Pāṇ. 4-4, 74
  3. • m. a householder (who keeps a domestic fire) T.

≫āvasathya

  1. āvasathya and mfn. being in a house

⋙āvasathīya

  1. āvasathī́ya [TBr. iii, 7, 4, 6], mfn. being in a house
  2. • m. [scil. agni] a domestic fire MBh. Vait.
  3. • m. and (am), n. a night's lodging, dwelling for pupils and ascetics L.
  4. • (am), n. establishing or keeping a domestic fire L.

⋙āvasathyādhāna

  1. ā-vasathyâdhāna n. establishing a domestic fire PārGṛ.

≫āvāsa

  1. ā-vāsa m. abode, residence, dwelling, house MBh. R. Pañcat. Ragh. &c

≫āvāsin

  1. āvāsin mfn. ifc. abiding or dwelling in

≫āvāsya

  1. ā-vāsya mfn. ifc. to be inhabited by, full of BhP. viii, 1, 10

āvasāna

  1. āva-sāna mf(ī)n. (fr. ava-sāna g. takṣaśilâdi Pāṇ. 4-3, 93), dwelling or living on the boundaries of a village &c. T.

≫āvasānika

  1. āvasānika mf(ī)n. being at the end L.

āvasāyin

  1. āvasāyin mfn. (fr. avasa and āyin), going after or procuring a livelihood AitBr. vii, 29, 2

āvasita

  1. āvasita = avasita (q.v.) L.

āvasthika

  1. āvasthika mfn. (fr. 2. ava-sthā), being in accordance with or adapted to the circumstances
  2. • suitable Suśr.

āvah

  1. ā-√vah P. Ā. -vahati, -te, to drive or lead near or towards
  2. • to bring
  3. • to fetch, procure
  4. RV. AV. ŚBr. MBh. R. BhP. Pañcat. &c
  5. • to bring home (a bride) MBh. Hariv.
  6. • to pay Yājñ. ii, 193
  7. • to carry away MBh.
  8. • to bear R. Hariv.
  9. • to use MārkP.: Caus. -vāhayati, to cause to drive or come near
  10. • to invite, invoke
  11. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. ĀśvŚr. MBh. R. &c

≫āvaha

  1. ā-vaha mf(ā)n. bringing, bringing to pass, producing
  2. • what bears or conveys Mn. Bhag. R. Pañcat. &c
  3. • m. N. of one of the seven winds or bands of air (that which is usually assigned to the bhuvar-loka or atmospheric region between the bhūr-loka and svar-loka) Hariv.
  4. • one of the seven tongues of fire. [Page 155, Column 2]

⋙āvahana

  1. ā-vahana n. bringing near

≫āvahamāna

  1. ā-vahamāna mfn. bringing near, bearing along, followed or succeeded by, bringing in succession

≫āvāha

  1. ā-vāha m. inviting, invitation MBh.
  2. • marrying L.
  3. • N. of a son of Śvaphalka Hariv.

≫āvāhana

  1. ā-vāhana n. sending for, inviting, calling Yājñ. VP. VarBṛS.
  2. • invocation, invitation
  3. • (ī), f. a particular position of the hands (the palms being placed together, and the thumbs turned towards the √of the ring-finger) L.

≫āvāhita

  1. ā-vāhita mfn. invoked, invited

≫āvāhya

  1. ā-vāhya mfn. to be invoked or invited Nyāyam.

āvā

  1. ā-√vā P. -vāti, to blow towards or upon RV. TBr. BhP. Kir. Bhaṭṭ.

āvādhā

  1. ā-vādhā ā-bādhā

āvāpa

  1. ā-vāpa &c. ā-√vap

āvāra

  1. ā-vāra &c. 1. ā-√vṛ

āvāla

  1. āvāla m. a basin of water round the foot of a tree (= ālavāla, q.v.) L.

āvās

  1. ā-√vās Caus. -vāsayati, to perfume R. ii, 103, 40

āvāsa

  1. ā-vāsa ā- √5. vas, col. 1

āvi

  1. āvi is and ī́ f. (perhaps √vii), pain, suffering Suśr. TS.
  2. • (yas), f. pl. pangs of childbirth Suśr.

āvika

  1. āvika mf(ī)n. (fr. avi), relating to or coming from sheep MBh. Mn. Yājñ. Gaut. Suśr.
  2. • woollen Mn. Suśr.
  3. • (ī), f. and (am), n. a sheepskin R. Āp.
  4. • (am), n. and m. ḻ. a woollen cloth or blanket ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. &c

⋙āvikasautrika

  1. ○sautrika mfn. made of woollen threads Mn.

≫āvikya

  1. āvikya n. (g. purohitâdi Pāṇ. 5-1, 128), the state of being or belonging to a sheep

āvikṣita

  1. āvikṣitá m. a descendant of A-vikshit, N. of Marutta ŚBr. AitBr. MBh. Hariv.

āvigna

  1. āvigna = avigna, q.v

āvij

  1. ā-√vij Caus. -vejayati, to stir up, confuse R.

≫āvigna

  1. ā-vigna mfn. agitated, confused MBh. Hariv. Kathās.

āvijñānya

  1. ā́vijñānya mfn. (fr. a-vijñāna), undistinguishable ŚBr. i, 6, 3, 39

āvitan

  1. ā-vi-√tan Ā. (p. -tanvāna) to spread over (as rays of light) BhP. v, 20, 37

āvid

  1. ā-vid √1. P. (pf. ā́-veda RV. x, 114, 9) to know well or thoroughly: Caus. (1. sg. -vedayāmi) to address, invite RV. ŚBr.
  2. • to make known, report, declare, announce MBh. Hariv. Śak. Vikr. BhP. Kathās. &c
  3. • to offer, present MBh. Kathās.

≫āvid

  1. ā-víd t f. knowledge, the being or becoming known ŚBr. TS.

≫āvidvas

  1. ā-vidvás mfn. acquainted with, knowing thoroughly, skilled in RV. iv, 19, 10

≫āvedaka

  1. ā-vedaka mfn. ifc. making known, reporting, announcing
  2. • m. an appellant, a suitor
  3. • one who makes known, an informer

≫āvedana

  1. ā-vedana n. announcing, informing AitBr.
  2. • stating a complaint
  3. • addressing or apprising respectfully

≫āvedanīya

  1. ā-vedanīya mfn. to be declared or reported or announced Kād. Pañcat.

≫āvedita

  1. ā-vedita mfn. made known, communicated, represented Ragh. Comm. on Yājñ. &c

≫āvedin

  1. ā-vedin mfn. ifc. announcing, declaring

≫āvedya

  1. ā-vedya mfn. = ā-vedanīya above

≫āvedya

  1. ā-vedya ind. p. having made known &c

≫āvedyamāna

  1. ā-vedyamāna mfn. being made known, being stated or represented

āvid

  1. ā-vid √2. P. (Subj. 1. sg. ā́-vidam RV. ii, 27, 17
  2. • Inf. -víde RV. x, 113, 3) Ā. (Subj. 1. sg. ā́-vide RV. viii, 45, 36
  3. • aor. 1. sg. ấvitsi RV. x, 15, 3 ; 97, 7) to reach, obtain
  4. • to get into: Pass. -vidyate, to exist RV. iii, 54, 4

≫āvitta

  1. ā́-vitta mfn. existing, being VS. x, 9

≫āvid

  1. ā-víd t f. technical designation of the formulas (in VS. x, 9) beginning with āvis and āvitta ŚBr.

≫āvinna

  1. ā́-vinna mfn. existing, being TBr. i, 7, 6, 6

āvidūrya

  1. āvidūrya n. (fr. a-vidūra), proximity Pāṇ. [Page 155, Column 3]

āviddha

  1. ā́-viddha ā-√vyadh

āvibhā

  1. ā-vi-√bhā P. ā́-vi-bhāti, to shine near or towards [Gmn.]
  2. • to kindle on all sides {cf. Sāy.} RV. i, 71, 6

āvir

  1. āvír āvís below

āvila

  1. āvila mfn. (also written ā-bila, q.v.) turbid (as a fluid), foul, not clear Suśr. Ragh. Kum. MBh. &c
  2. • confused
  3. • (ifc.) polluted by or mixed with

⋙āvilakanda

  1. ○kanda m. a kind of bulbous plant L.
  2. • (for āvalī-kanda, q.v.)

≫āvilaya

  1. āvilaya Nom. P. āvilayati, to make turbid
  2. • to blot Śak. 122 a

āviś

  1. ā-√viś P. Ā. -viśati, -te (inf. ā-víśam RV. ii, 24, 6) to go or drive in or towards
  2. • to approach, enter
  3. • to take possession of
  4. RV. AV. VS. ŚBr. MBh. BhP. R. Mn. &c
  5. • to sit down, settle MBh.
  6. • to get or fall into
  7. • to reach, obtain
  8. • to become RV. MBh. R. BhP. &c.: Caus. -veśayati, to cause to enter or approach
  9. • to cause to reach or obtain
  10. • to deliver, offer, present
  11. • to make known
  12. RV. AV. AitBr. MBh. BhP. Ragh. Bhag. &c

≫āviṣṭa

  1. ā-viṣṭa mfn. entered BhP. Kathās. &c
  2. • being on or in BhP. R.
  3. • intent on L.
  4. • possessed (by a demon &c.)
  5. • subject to, burdened with
  6. • possessed, engrossed
  7. • filled (by any sentiment or feeling) MBh. AitBr. Hariv. Kathās. Pañcat. &c

⋙āviṣṭatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being possessed or burdened Vām.

⋙āviṣṭaliṅga

  1. ○liṅga mfn. 'having a fixed gender', (in Gr.) a word which does not change its gender

≫āveśa

  1. ā-veśa m. joining one's self KātyŚr.
  2. • entering, entrance, taking possession of MBh. Śak. Prab. &c
  3. • absorption of the faculties in one wish or idea, intentness, devotedness to an object BhP.
  4. • demoniacal frenzy, possession, anger, wrath Bālar. Kād.
  5. • pride, arrogance L.
  6. • indistinctness of idea, apoplectic or epileptic giddiness L.

≫āveśana

  1. ā-veśana n. entering, entrance L.
  2. • possession by devils &c. Sāh.
  3. • passion, anger, fury L.
  4. • a house in which work is carried on, a workshop, manufactory, &c. Mn.
  5. • the disk of the sun or moon L.
  6. • (for ā-veṣaṇa.)

≫āveśika

  1. ā-veśika mfn. own, peculiar
  2. • inherent
  3. • m. a guest, a visitor
  4. • (am), n. entering into
  5. • hospitable reception, hospitality L.

āviṣ

  1. āvíṣ āvís

āviṣṭita

  1. ā́-viṣṭita ā-√veṣṭ

āvis

  1. āvís ind. (said to be connected with vahis and ava
  2. • or fr. ā-vid BRD.
  3. • Gk. ? ; Lat. ex ?), [155, 3] before the eyes, openly, manifestly, evidently RV. AV. VS.

⋙āvistarām

  1. ○tarā́m ind. in a more manifest or very manifest way ŚBr. (very often joined to the roots as, bhū, and 1. kṛ)

≫āvir

  1. āvír (in comp. for āvís)

⋙āvirṛjīka

  1. ○ṛjīka mfn. having manifest means [Sāy.] RV. iv, 38, 4

⋙āvirbhāva

  1. ○bhāva m. manifestation, becoming visible, presence ŚBr. ChUp. Sāh.

⋙āvirbhū

  1. ○√bhū to be or become apparent or visible
  2. • to appear, become manifest, be present before the eyes RV. AV. ŚBr. Śak. Megh. &c

⋙āvirbhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. become apparent, visible, manifest

⋙āvirbhūti

  1. ○bhūti f. = -bhāva, q.v

⋙āvirmaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍala mfn. manifesting the form of a circle Kir. xiv, 65

⋙āvirmukha

  1. ○mukha mfn. having a visible or manifest aperture
  2. • (ī), f. an eye BhP.

⋙āvirmūla

  1. ○mūla mfn. having the √laid bare, eradicated (as a tree) AitĀr. ii, 3, 6, 10

⋙āvirhita

  1. ○hita (√dhā), mfn. made visible BhP.

⋙āvirhotra

  1. ○hotra m. N. of a man BhP.

≫āviṣ

  1. āvíṣ (in comp. for āvís)

⋙āviṣkaraṇa

  1. ○karaṇa n. and making visible, manifestation Sāh.

⋙āviṣkāra

  1. ○kāra m. making visible, manifestation Sāh.

⋙āviṣkṛ

  1. ○kṛ to make, apparent
  2. • to reveal, uncover
  3. • to show RV. AV. ŚBr. Sāh. &c

⋙āviṣkṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. made visible, revealed
  2. • uncovered
  3. • evident, manifest
  4. • known Mn. Ragh. Kum. &c

≫āviṣṭya

  1. ā́viṣṭya mfn. apparent, manifest RV.

āvihan

  1. ā-vi-√han P. -hanti, to hew at MBh. iii, 10654

āvī

  1. ā-√vī P. -véti (but also -váyati Nigh. ii, 8
  2. • pf. -vivāya, &c.) to undertake
  3. • to hasten near, approach RV.
  4. • to grasp, seize AitUp.
  5. • to drive on or near RV.: Intens. (Pot. 3. pl. ā́-vaviiran TS. iii, 2, 9, 5) to tremble, be agitated
  6. • (for the noun āvii āvi, and for āvii f. āvya.)

āvīj

  1. ā-√vīj Caus. -viijayati, to fan Hariv. 4444

āvīta

  1. ā-vīta and āviitin, ā-√vye. [Page 156, Column 1]

āvīracūrṇa

  1. āvīra-cūrṇa n. a kind of red powder L.

āvuka

  1. āvuka m. (in dram.) father L.

āvṛ

  1. ā-vṛ √1. P. -vṛṇoti, to cover, hide, conceal
  2. • to surround, enclose, shut, comprehend, hem in
  3. • to keep off MBh. R. BhP. Śak. Kathās. &c.: Caus. -vārayati, to cover, enclose
  4. • to ward off, keep off MBh. R. BhP. VarBṛS.

≫āvaraka

  1. ā-varaka mfn. covering, concealing, darkening Sāh. Sarvad.

≫āvaraṇa

  1. ā-varaṇa mfn. covering, hiding, concealing Ragh.
  2. • (am), n. the act of covering, concealing, hiding Suśr. Ragh.
  3. • shutting, enclosing
  4. • an obstruction, interruption Mn. Suśr. Ragh.
  5. • a covering, garment, cloth
  6. MBh. Kir. Śak. Ragh.
  7. • anything that protects, an outer bar or fence
  8. • a wall
  9. • a shield
  10. • a bolt, lock MBh. R. Ragh. &c
  11. • (in phil.) mental blindness Jain.

⋙āvaraṇaśakti

  1. ○śakti f. the power of illusion (that which veils the real nature of things) Vedāntas.

≫āvaraṇin

  1. āvaraṇin inas m. pl., N. of a Buddhist sect

≫āvaraṇīya

  1. āvaraṇīya mfn. belonging to Āvaraṇa or mental blindness Jain.

≫āvarikā

  1. ā-varikā f. a shop, stall L.

≫āvāra

  1. ā-vāra m. shelter, defence
  2. • ifc. enclosing, keeping out

≫āvāri

  1. ā-vāri f. a shop, stall L.

≫āvārya

  1. ā-vārya ind. p. having covered or concealed BhP. MBh. R.
  2. • warding off, keeping off MBh.

≫āvṛta

  1. ā́-vṛta mfn. covered, concealed, hid
  2. • screened
  3. RV. AV. ŚBr. Kathās. MBh. BhP. &c
  4. • enclosed, encompassed, surrounded (by a ditch, wall, &c.) Mn. R. Rājat. Pañcat. &c
  5. • invested, involved
  6. • spread, overspread, overcast
  7. • filled with, abounding with
  8. • m. a man of mixed origin (the son of a Brāhman by a woman of the Ugra caste) Mn. x, 15

≫āvṛti

  1. ā-vṛti f. covering, closing, hiding

≫āvṛtya

  1. ā-vṛtya ind. p. 3. having covered &c. Śak. MBh. &c

āvṛ

  1. ā-vṛ √2. Ā. (ā́-vṛṇe RV. i, 17, 1, &c
  2. • 1. pl. -vṛṇīmáhe) P. (-várat RV. i, 143, 6, &c.) to choose, desire, prefer RV. AV.
  3. • to fulfil, grant (a wish) RV. MBh.

āvṛj

  1. ā-√vṛj Ā. -vṛṅkte (Subj. -várjate RV. i, 33, 1
  2. • aor. ấvṛkta RV. viii, 90, 16
  3. • also P. aor. 1. sg. ấvṛkṣam RV. x, 159, 5) to turn or bring into the possession of, procure for, bestow, give RV.
  4. • to turn or bring into one's own possession
  5. • to appropriate RV. ŚBr. BhP.
  6. • to be propitiated, favour BhP.: Caus. P. -varjayati, to turn over, incline, bend
  7. Hariv. Śak. Vikr. Ragh. Megh. &c
  8. • to pour out Ragh. Kum.
  9. • to deliver BhP. Ragh. &c
  10. • to cause to yield, overcome
  11. • to gain one's favour, propitiate, attract Kathās. Daś. &c

≫āvarjaka

  1. ā-varjaka mfn. attracting, propitiating Rājat.

≫āvarjana

  1. ā-varjana n. attracting, propitiating Sāh.
  2. • overcoming, victory
  3. • bending or bringing down Lalit.

⋙āvarjanaīkṛ

  1. ○"ṣī-√kṛ to bring down, humble Lalit.

≫āvarjita

  1. ā-varjita mfn. inclined, bent down, prone MBh. Ragh. &c
  2. • poured out, made to flow downwards Kum.
  3. • overcome, humbled Kathās. &c
  4. • (am), n. a particular position of the moon VarBṛS.

≫āvarjya

  1. ā-varjya ind. p. bending, turning down, &c

āvṛt

  1. ā-√vṛt P. (only pf. in RV., -vavárta) Ā. -vartate (aor. 3. sg. ấvṛtsata RV. viii, 1, 29
  2. • Inf. -vṛ́te RV. iii, 42, 3) to turn or draw round or back or near RV. ŚāṅkhŚr.
  3. • to turn or go towards
  4. • to turn round or back, return, revolve RV. AV. VS. ŚBr.
  5. ChUp. MBh. Kathās. R. &c.: Caus. P. -vartayati (Ved. Subj. -vavártati Pot. -vavṛtyāt, &c.), Ā. -vartayate (Ved. Pot. -vavṛtīta, &c.) to cause to turn, roll
  6. • to draw or turn towards
  7. • to lead near or towards
  8. • to bring back
  9. • to turn round or back
  10. RV. AV. VS. TBr. MBh. BhP. &c
  11. • to repeat, recite, say repeatedly
  12. • to pray
  13. ĀśvŚr. KātyŚr. Kathās. R. Hariv. &c.: Intens. -varīvartti RV. i, 164, 31 AV. ix, 10, 11, &c., to move quickly or repeatedly

≫āvarta

  1. ā-varta m. turning, winding, turning round, revolving R. Sāh. Suśr.
  2. • whirl, gulf, whirlpool
  3. ŚBr. Megh. MBh. Ragh. &c
  4. • deliberation, revolving (in the mind) L.
  5. • a lock of hair that curls backwards (especially on a horse considered lucky), a curl R. Śiś. &c. [Page 156, Column 2]
  6. • the two depressions of the forehead above the eyebrows Suśr.
  7. • a crowded place where many men live close together
  8. • a kind of jewel L.
  9. • N. of a form of cloud personified
  10. • (ā), f. N. of a river L.
  11. • (am), n. a mineral substance, pyrites, marcasite L.

≫āvartaka

  1. ā-vartaka m. a kind of venomous insect Suśr.
  2. • N. of a form of cloud personified Kum. Ragh.
  3. • a depression above the frontal ridge or over the eyebrows
  4. • whirlpool
  5. • revolution
  6. • excitement of the mind from the influence of the senses
  7. • a curl of hair
  8. • (ī), f. N. of a creeping plant L.

≫āvartana

  1. ā-vártana mfn. turning round or towards
  2. • revolving TS.
  3. • (am), n. turning, turning round, returning RV. x, 19, 4 ; 5
  4. • circular motion, gyration, churning, stirring anything in fusion
  5. • melting metals together, alligation L.
  6. • the time when the sun begins to cast shadows towards the east or when shadows are cast in an opposite direction, noon
  7. • year MBh.
  8. • repeating, doing over again
  9. • study, practising L.
  10. • m. N. of an Upa-dviipa in Jambu-dviipa BhP.
  11. • (ī), f. a crucible L.
  12. • a magic art R.

⋙āvartanamaṇi

  1. ○maṇi m. a gem of secondary order (generally known as Rājāvarta) L.

≫āvartanīya

  1. ā-vartanīya mfn. to be turned round or whirled
  2. • to be reversed
  3. • to be repeated Comm. on Nyāyam.

≫āvartamāna

  1. ā-vartamāna mfn. going round, revolving
  2. • advancing, proceeding

≫āvartita

  1. ā-vartita mfn. turned round, stirred round Hariv. BhP. &c

≫āvartin

  1. āvartin mfn. whirling or turning upon itself
  2. • returning
  3. • (ī), m. a horse having curls of hair on various parts of his body (considered as a lucky mark)
  4. • (inī), f. a whirlpool
  5. • N. of the plant Odina Pinnata &c
  6. • (i), n. N. of particular Stotras Lāṭy.

≫āvṛt

  1. ā-vṛ́t f. turning towards or home, entering RV.
  2. • turn of path or way, course, process, direction AV. VS. TS. ŚBr.
  3. • progress of an action, occurrence, a series of actions ŚBr. AitBr. &c
  4. • doing an act without speaking or silently (cf. agnihotrâvṛt) ŚBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. &c
  5. • order, method ŚBr.

⋙āvṛtvat

  1. ○vat mfn. turning or turned towards RV. viii, 45, 36

≫āvṛtta

  1. ā-vṛtta mfn. turned round, stirred, whirled
  2. • reverted, averted
  3. • retreated, fled
  4. • (am), n. addressing a prayer or songs to a god

≫āvṛtti

  1. ā́-vṛtti f. turning towards, entering, turning back or from, reversion, retreat, flight
  2. • recurrence to the same point
  3. TS. ŚBr. Bhag. Kathās. &c
  4. • repetition KātyŚr.
  5. • repetition (as a figure of rhetoric) Kāvyâd.
  6. • turn of a way, course, direction
  7. • occurrence
  8. • revolving, going round ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c
  9. • worldly existence, the revolution of births Kap.
  10. • use, employment, application

⋙āvṛttidīpaka

  1. ○dīpaka n. (in rhetoric) enforcing a statement by repeating it Kuval.

≫āvṛtya

  1. ā-vṛtya ind. p. having turned, turning towards, &c

āvṛdh

  1. ā-√vṛdh Ā. (Subj. 3. pl. ā́-vardhanta
  2. • pf. -vāvṛdhe) P. (pf. 3. pl. -vāvṛdhús) to grow up, increase RV.

≫āvṛddhabālakam

  1. ā-vṛddha-bālakam ind. from childhood to old age

āvṛṣ

  1. ā-√vṛṣ P. (pf. -vavarṣa) to pour over
  2. • to cover (with arrows) MBh. iv, 1688: Ā. -varṣate, to pour in for one's self RV.

≫āvarṣa

  1. ā-varṣa m. pouring, raining

≫āvṛṣṭi

  1. ā-vṛṣṭi f. id. (both only in comp. with nis)

āvṛh

  1. ā-√vṛh P. -vṛhati, to pull or tear out or off
  2. • to eradicate

≫āvarha

  1. ā-varhá m. tearing out or off, cutting out AV. iii, 9, 2
  2. • m. tearing out L.

≫āvarham

  1. ā-varham ind. p. tearing up Kāṭh.

≫āvarhita

  1. ā-varhita mfn. eradicated, plucked up by the roots L.

≫āvarhin

  1. āvarhin mfn. fit to be torn out L.

āve

  1. ā-√ve P. -vayati, to weave on to
  2. • to interweave, string
  3. • to sew loosely AV. TBr. ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c

≫ota

  1. ôta (ā-uta), mfn. interwoven BhP. MuṇḍUp.

⋙otaprota

  1. ○prôta mfn. sewn lengthwise and crosswise MBh. v, 1789

āve

  1. âvê (ā-ava-√i), P. (3. pl. ấva-yanti RV. v. 41, 13) to rush down upon (acc.)

āvega

  1. ā-vega m. (√vij), hurry or haste produced by excitement [Page 156, Column 3]
  2. • flurry, agitation
  3. Śak. Mṛicch. Kathās. Kir. &c
  4. • (ī), f. N. of the plant Argyreia Speciosa L.

āveṇika

  1. āveṇika mf(ī)n. (fr. a-veṇi), not connected with anything else, independent Buddh.

āvedaka

  1. ā-vedaka &c. ā- √1. vid

āvedha

  1. ā-vedha &c. ā-√vyadh

āveśa

  1. ā-veśa &c. ā-√viś

āveṣṭ

  1. ā-√veṣṭ Ā. -veṣṭate, to spread over ŚBr.: Caus. -veṣṭayati, to envelop, cover ŚBr. Suśr.
  2. • to keep together
  3. • to close (the hand) MBh.: Pass. -veṣṭyate, to be twisted (as a rope) Hit.

≫āviṣṭita

  1. ā́-viṣṭita (p.p. from an earlier form of the root), mfn. enveloped, surrounded, covered RV. x, 51, 1 AV. v, 18, 3 and 28, 1 TS. iii, 4, 1, 4

≫āveṣṭa

  1. ā-veṣṭa m. surrounding, covering with (clothes)
  2. • to strangle, throttle Yājñ. ii, 217

≫āveṣṭaka

  1. ā-veṣṭaka m. a snare Comm. on KātyŚr. vi, 5, 19
  2. • a wall, fence
  3. • an enclosure L.

≫āveṣṭana

  1. ā-veṣṭana n. wrapping round
  2. • binding, tying
  3. • a wrapper, bandage, envelope, enclosure Kauś. Pañcat.

≫āveṣṭita

  1. ā-veṣṭita mfn. surrounded, enveloped, &c

≫āveṣṭya

  1. ā-veṣṭya ind. p. having surrounded &c

āvya

  1. āvyá mf(āvii)n. (fr. avi), belonging to sheep TS.
  2. • woollen ĀśvGṛ.

≫āvīsūtra

  1. āvī-sūtra n. a woollen thread Āp. HirGṛ.

āvyaktika

  1. āvyaktika (fr. a-vyakta), mfn. not perceivable, immaterial Comm. on Nyāyas.

āvyañj

  1. ā-vy-√añj

≫āvyakta

  1. ā-vy-akta mfn. quite clear or intelligible R. vii, 88, 20

āvyadh

  1. ā-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to throw in, fling away ŚBr. KātyŚr.
  2. • to drive or scare away
  3. • to push away or out R. MārkP.
  4. • to shoot at, wound TS. ŚBr. Lāṭy. &c
  5. • to hit, pierce, break
  6. • to pin on R. Ragh. &c
  7. • to swing MBh. BhP. Hariv. &c
  8. • to stir up, excite, agitate BhP.

≫āviddha

  1. ā́-viddha mfn. cast, thrown, sent Mn.
  2. • pierced, wounded TS. Ragh.
  3. • swung, whirled Suśr.
  4. • disappointed L.
  5. • crooked
  6. • false, fallacious L.
  7. • stupid, foolish L.
  8. • (am), n. swinging
  9. • a particular manner of fencing Hariv.

⋙āviddhakarṇa

  1. ○karṇa mfn. having the ears pierced
  2. • (ī), f. N. of a plant L.

≫āvidha

  1. ā-vidha m. an awl, a drill
  2. • a kind of gimlet worked by a string L.

≫āvidhya

  1. ā-vidhya ind. p. having pierced &c

≫āvedha

  1. ā-vedha m. swinging, shaking MBh.

≫āvedhya

  1. ā-vedhya mfn. to be pierced or pinned on
  2. • to be put on

≫āvyādha

  1. ā-vyādhá m. the act of piercing or making an incision
  2. • breaking into for the first time TBr.

≫āvyādhin

  1. āvyādhín mfn. shooting, attacking, wounding VS. ŚBr.
  2. • (inyas), f. pl. a band of robbers MaitrS.

āvyātta

  1. ā-vyātta (√1. dā), mfn. a little open VarBṛS.

āvyuṣam

  1. ā-vyuṣam ind. till the dawn AV. iv, 5, 7

āvye

  1. ā-√vye P. (Pot. 1. sg. ā́-vyayeyam RV. ii, 29, 6
  2. • aor. 2. pl. -ávyata RV. i, 166, 4) Ā. (aor. 3. sg. -avyata RV. ix, 101, 14, 107, 13) to cover or hide one's self
  3. • to take refuge

≫āvīta

  1. ā-vīta mfn. covered, invested (especially with the sacred thread)

≫āvītin

  1. āvītin ī. m. (a Brāhman) who has the sacred thread on (in the usual manner over the left shoulder and under the right arm, cf. prācīnâviitin)
  2. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvGṛ. ŚāṅkhGṛ. &c

āvraj

  1. ā-√vraj P. -vrajati, to come near, proceed to ŚBr. Lāṭy. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
  2. • to come back or home, return
  3. R. BhP. Suśr. MBh. &c

≫āvrajita

  1. ā-vrajita mfn. come near, come home

āvraśc

  1. ā-√vraśc P. -vṛścati, to tear off, cut off
  2. • to separate, remove ŚBr. Kāṭh. TBr.: Ā. -vṛścate AV. xii, 4, 6, &c. (aor. 1. sg. -vṛkṣi RV. i, 27, 13 TS. ŚāṅkhŚr.) to cut off, take away: Pass. -vṛścyate, to be torn or cut off RV. AV. TBr.

≫āvraścana

  1. ā-vráścana n. the stump of a tree TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. Nyāyam. [Page 157, Column 1]

⋙āvraska

  1. ā-vraska m. (cf. an○), the being torn off or dropping down

āvrīḍaka

  1. āvrīḍaka mfn. (fr. a-vrīḍa g. rājanyâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 53), inhabited by shameless people

āś

  1. âś (ā- √1. aś), P. (aor. 3. sg. -ā́naṭ RV. i, 71, 8) to reach, obtain

≫āśa

  1. āśa m. (√1. aś), reaching, obtaining (cf. dur○.)

≫āśina

  1. āśiná mfn. aged (having reached old age) RV. i, 27, 13 eating ṭ.

āśa

  1. āśa m. (√2. aś), food
  2. • eating ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c. (cf. prātar-āśa, sāyam-āśa, &c
  3. • hutâśa, āśrayâśa, &c.)

≫āśaka

  1. āśaka mfn. eating (cf. an○.)

≫āśayitṛ

  1. āśayitṛ (fr. the Caus. of √2. aś), mfn. feeding
  2. • protecting
  3. • (tā), m. a feeder, protector

≫āśi

  1. āśi f. eating Kauś.

≫āśita

  1. ā́śita mfn. (p.p. of the Caus. of √2. aś) fed, boarded, satiated RV. KātyŚr. HirGṛ. R. &c
  2. • given to eat (as food)
  3. • (am), n. food RV.

⋙āśitaṃgavīna

  1. ○"ṣṃgavīna mfn. (a meadow &c.) where cattle have been fed Pāṇ. 5-4, 7

⋙āśitaṃbhava

  1. ○"ṣṃ-bhava mfn. (rice &c.) by which one can be fed, satiating Pāṇ. 3-2, 45
  2. • (am), n. and m. satiety L.

≫āśitiman

  1. āśitimán ā m. satiety TS. vii, 1, 17, 1

≫āśitṛ

  1. āśitṛ mfn. eating greedily, voracious, gluttonous L.

≫āśin

  1. āśin mfn. ifc. eating, consuming

≫āśira

  1. āśira m. (cf. Uṇ. i, 53) fire
  2. • a Rākshasa
  3. • (mfn.) eating, voracious L.
  4. • (for 2. āśira āśír.)

āśaṃs

  1. ā-√śaṃs P. -śaṃsati (aor. 1. sg. -śaṃsiṣam RV. x, 44, 5), Ā. -śaṃsate, to hope for, expect
  2. • to wish to attain, desire
  3. • to suspect, fear
  4. RV. AV. AitBr. ĀśvGṛ. R. MBh. Kathās. Śak. BhP. Mn. &c
  5. • to ask MBh. BhP.
  6. • to praise, extol BhP.
  7. • to tell, speak, recite
  8. • to announce Śak. Kum. BhP. Daś.: Caus. (Impv. ā́-śaṃsaya RV. i, 29, 1 and with Wh. and ṛo. AV. xix, 64, 4) to excite, hope for

≫āśaṃsana

  1. ā-śaṃsana n. wishing for another, wishing Sāh.

≫āśaṃsā

  1. ā-śaṃsā f. hope, expectation, desire, wish Pāṇ. Ragh. Vikr. Sāh.

≫āśaṃsita

  1. ā-śaṃsita mfn. hoped, expected
  2. • suspected, feared
  3. • told, announced R. Kir. BhP. Ragh.

≫āśaṃsitṛ

  1. ā-śaṃsitṛ mfn. one who wishes or expects L.
  2. • (tā), m. one who announces, an announcer

≫āśaṃsin

  1. ā-śaṃsin mfn. ifc. announcing, promising R. Śak. ĀśvGṛ.

≫āśaṃsu

  1. ā-śaṃsu mfn. wishing, hoping, desiring Pāṇ. Kauś. Bhaṭṭ.

≫āśas

  1. ā-śás f. (earlier form for 1. āśā́) wish, desire, hope (praise [Sāy.]) RV. AV. vii, 57, 1

≫āśasta

  1. ā-śasta an-ā○

≫āśā

  1. ā-śā́ f. wish, desire, hope, expectation, prospect AV.
  2. ŚBr. ChUp. R. Śak. Kathās. Pañcat. &c
  3. • Hope personified as the wife of a Vasu Hariv.
  4. • as the daughter-in-law of Manas Prab.
  5. • (for 2. ā́śā s.v.)

⋙āśākṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. 'formed into expectation', attended with the expectation (of being gratified) or with hope of success R.

⋙āśānvita

  1. ○"ṣnvita (āśânvita), mfn. having hope

⋙āśāpiśācikā

  1. ○piśācikā f. fallacious hopes Pañcat.

⋙āśāprāpta

  1. ○prāpta mfn. successful, possessing the object hoped for

⋙āśābandha

  1. ○bandha m. band of hope, confidence, trust, expectation
  2. • a spider's web Megh. 10

⋙āśābhaṅga

  1. ○bhaṅga m. disappointment

⋙āśāvat

  1. ○vat mfn. hoping, having hope, trusting Hit. Mn. Suśr.

⋙āśāvaha

  1. ○vaha m. bringing hope
  2. • N. of the sun MBh.
  3. • of a Vṛishṇi MBh.

⋙āśāvibhinna

  1. ○vibhinna mfn. disappointed in expectation

⋙āśāhīna

  1. ○hīna mfn. one who has lost all hope, desponding, despairing

āśak

  1. ā-√śak P. (only RV.
  2. • aor. Subj. ā́-śakat, viii, 32, 12
  3. • pf. 3. pl. ā́-śekus, x, 88, 17, &c.) to stimulate
  4. • to bring near, invite
  5. • to aid, help
  6. • to give a share of, let partake: Desid. Ā. -śikṣate, to let partake
  7. • to give, bestow, confer RV. and TBr.

≫āśakta

  1. ā-śakta mfn. very powerful or mighty, able L.

≫āśakti

  1. ā-śakti f. might, power, ability L.

≫āśikṣā

  1. ā-śikṣā́ f. desire of learning VS. xxx, 10

āśaṅk

  1. ā-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate (seldom P. -saṅkati) to suspect, fear, doubt, hesitate
  2. MBh. R. Kathās. Hit. &c
  3. • to expect, suppose, conjecture, think, imagine Ragh. Kathās. Pañcat. &c
  4. • (in grammatical and philosophical discussions) to object, state a possible objection [Page 157, Column 2]
  5. • to mistrust Bhaṭṭ.

≫āśaṅkanīya

  1. ā-śaṅkanīya mfn. to be suspected or doubted
  2. • to be feared Vedāntas.
  3. • questionable

≫āśaṅkā

  1. ā-śaṅkā f. fear, apprehension
  2. • doubt, uncertainty
  3. • distrust, suspicion
  4. • danger
  5. • objection Kathās. R. Śiś. &c. (often ifc., e.g. vigatâśaṅka mfn. 'fearless
  6. • doubtless'
  7. • baddhâśaṅka mfn. 'filled with anxiety')
  8. • (am), n. (as the last word of a Tatpurusha compound Pāṇ. 6-2, 21, e.g. vacanâśaṅkam, 'fear of speaking', &c.)

⋙āśaṅkānvita

  1. āśaṅkânvita mfn. apprehensive, doubting
  2. • uncertain
  3. • afraid

≫āśaṅkita

  1. ā-śaṅkita mfn. feared, dreaded
  2. • doubted &c

≫āśaṅkitavya

  1. ā-śaṅkitavya mfn. = ā-śaṅkanīya, q.v

≫āśaṅkin

  1. āśaṅkin mfn. fearing R. Ragh. Prab. &c
  2. • suspecting Kathās.
  3. • imagining to be, thinking Kād.
  4. • doubting, hesitating

≫āśaṅkya

  1. ā-śaṅkya ind. p. having suspected &c

āśad

  1. ā-√śad to go Vop. on Dhātup. xx, 25

āśana

  1. āśana m. (fr. aśani g. pārśvādi Pāṇ. 5-3, 117), a king of the Aśanis

āśana

  1. āśana = 2. asana, Terminalia Tomentosa L.

āśaya

  1. āśaya &c. 3. ā-√śī

āśara

  1. ā-śara m. (√śṝ), fire L.
  2. • a Rākshasa L.

≫āśarīka

  1. ā́-śarīka n. rheumatic pains AV. xix, 34, 10

āśarīram

  1. ā-śarīram ind. to or as far as the body, (all things) including the body Kathās. 90, 18

āśava

  1. āśava p. 158, col. 1

āśasana

  1. ā-śásana n. (√śas), cutting up (a killed animal) RV. AV. ŚBr.

āśā

  1. ā́śā f. (√1. aś
  2. • for 1. āśā́ ā-√śaṃs), space, region, quarter of the heavens RV. AV. TS. R. MBh. Ragh. &c

⋙āśāgaja

  1. ○gaja m. elephant of the quarter
  2. • (one of the supposed four or eight mythical elephants which support the world, standing in the quarters and intermediate points of the compass) R.

⋙āśācakravāla

  1. ○cakravāla n. the whole horizon Kād.

⋙āśādāman

  1. ○dāman m. N. of a king

⋙āśāditya

  1. ○"ṣditya (aśâditya), m. N. of a commentator

⋙āśāpati

  1. ○pati m. (cf. Naish.) and m. guardian or lord of the regions or quarters AV. TS. VS. ŚBr. &c

⋙āśāpāla

  1. ○pālá m. guardian or lord of the regions or quarters AV. TS. VS. ŚBr. &c

⋙āśāparā

  1. ○parā f. N. of a goddess

⋙āśāpura

  1. ○pura n. N. of a town
  2. • -guggulu and -sambhava m. a kind of bdellium L.

⋙āśāvāsas

  1. ○vāsas mfn. having the sky's regions as a garment = naked Bhartṛ.

⋙āśāvijaya

  1. ○vijaya m. conquering the world Kād.

⋙āśāsaṃśita

  1. ○saṃśita (√śi), mfn. sharpened by the quarters of the sky AV. x, 5, 29

āśāḍha

  1. āśāḍha = āṣāḍha, q.v. L.

āśāra

  1. ā-śāra m. (√śri), shelter, refuge

⋙āśāraiṣin

  1. āśārâiṣín mfn. seeking shelter AV. iv, 15, 6

āśās

  1. ā-√śās Ā. -śāste (aor. 1. pl. ā́-śiṣāmahi RV. viii, 24, 1) to desire, wish, ask, pray for
  2. • to hope, expect
  3. RV. AV. TS. ŚBr. AitBr. BhP. MBh. &c
  4. • to instruct, order, command Kathās. Bhaṭṭ.
  5. • to subdue RV. ii, 28, 9 [ā́-śādhi = 'anuśiṣṭān kuru' Sāy.]

≫āśāsana

  1. ā-śāsana n. asking, praying or craving for Comm. on Nyāyam.

≫āśāsanīya

  1. ā-śāsanīya mfn. to be wished or craved for Comm. on Nyāyas.

≫āśāsya

  1. ā-śāsya mfn. to be wished, desirable Comm. on Kum. Mālav.
  2. • (am), n. wish, benediction Ragh.

≫āśis

  1. āśís īs f. asking for, prayer, wish RV. AV. VS. TS. ŚBr. &c
  2. • blessing, benediction
  3. • wishing for any other R. Ragh. Kum. Śak. &c
  4. • a particular medicament
  5. • (for 2. āśis s.v.)

≫āśī

  1. āśī f. = 1. āśís L.
  2. • (for 2. āśī 2. āśis.)

≫āśīr

  1. āśīr (in comp. for 1. aśís)

⋙āśīrukti

  1. ○ukti f. benediction Prasannar.

⋙āśīrgeya

  1. ○geya n. song together with benediction R.

⋙āśīrgrahaṇa

  1. ○grahaṇa n. accepting a benediction

⋙āśīrdā

  1. ○dā́ and f. fulfilment of a benediction or wish VS. TS.

⋙āśīrdāyā

  1. ○dāyā́ f. fulfilment of a benediction or wish VS. TS.

⋙āśīrvacana

  1. ○vacana n. a blessing, benediction
  2. • āśīr-vacanâkṣepa m. a deprecatory benediction [e.g. if a wife wishes 'a happy journey' to her departing husband though deprecating his departure] Kāvyâd.

⋙āśīrvācaka

  1. ○vācaka mfn. expressing a wish Comm. on Mn.

⋙āśīrvāda

  1. ○vāda [āśirvāda Nir.], m. benediction MBh. Pañcat. &c
  2. • āśīrvādâbhidhāna-vat mfn. containing a word which expresses benediction (as a name) Mn. ii, 33. [Page 157, Column 3]

āśi

  1. ā-√śi P. (Impv. ā́-śiśīhi) to sharpen [Sāy.], i.e. to make zealous RV. vii, 16, 6 ; viii, 21, 8 [to bestow, let partake BRD.]
  2. • (for 1. āśi 2. āśa.)

āśikṣā

  1. ā-śikṣā́ ā-√śak

āśikham

  1. ā-śikham ind. as far as the top lock of hair inclusively Hariv.

āśiñj

  1. ā-√śiñj

≫āśiñjita

  1. ā-śiñjita mfn. tinkling (as of the ornaments worn on the hands and feet) Kum.
  2. • (am), n. tinkling R. Viddh.

āśita

  1. ā́śita &c. 2. āśa, col. 1

āśina

  1. āśiná âś, col. 1

āśiman

  1. āśiman p. 158, col. 1

āśir

  1. āśír f. ā-√śrī, p. 158, col. 3

āśiraḥpadam

  1. ā-śiraḥ-padam ind. from the foot up to the head Kathās.

āśis

  1. āśis f. a serpent's fang
  2. • (for 1. āśís ā-√śās.)

⋙āśīrviṣa

  1. āśīr-viṣa m. a venomous snake L.

≫āśī

  1. āśī f. = 2. āśis L.

⋙āśīviṣa

  1. ○viṣa m. a kind of venomous snake BhP.

āśī

  1. ā-√śī Ā. (irr. -śáye 3. sg. RV. AV.: Impv. 3. sg. ā-śayām AV. v, 25, 9
  2. • 3. pl. -śerate Vikr.) to lie or rest on or round: P. (impf. 3. pl. âśayan) to wish BhP. ix, 1, 37 [perhaps this form is rather a Nom. from 1. āśā?]: Caus. (impf. ấśīśayat) to lay or put upon R.

≫āśaya

  1. ā-śaya m. resting-place, bed
  2. • seat, place
  3. • an asylum, abode or retreat
  4. ŚBr. MBh. Pañcat. Bhag. &c
  5. • a receptacle
  6. • any recipient
  7. • any vessel of the body (e.g. raktâśaya, 'the receptacle of blood', i.e. the heart
  8. • āmâśaya, the stomach &c.) Suśr.
  9. • the stomach
  10. • the abdomen Suśr.
  11. • the seat of feelings and thoughts, the mind, heart, soul Yājñ. R. Kathās. &c
  12. • thought, meaning, intention
  13. Prab. Kathās. Pañcat.
  14. • disposition of mind, mode of thinking
  15. • (in Yoga phil.) 'stock' or 'the balance of the fruits of previous works, which lie stored up in the mind in the form of mental deposits of merit or demerit, until they ripen in the individual soul's own experience into rank, years, and enjoyment (Cowell's translation of Sarvad. 168, 16 ff.)
  16. • the will
  17. • pleasure
  18. • virtue
  19. • vice
  20. • fate
  21. • fortune
  22. • property
  23. • a miser, niggard L.
  24. • N. of the plant Artocarpus Integrifolia L.

⋙āśayāgni

  1. āśayâgni m. the fire of digestion Daś.

⋙āśayāśa

  1. āśayâśa m. fire L.
  2. • (v. l. for āśrayâśa, q.v.)

≫āśayāna

  1. ā-śáyāna mfn. lying round, surrounding RV. i, 21, 11, &c. (said of Vṛitra, who surrounds the water = ?
  2. • Kaegi, Der Ṛigveda, p. 177, l. 28 ff.)

āśu

  1. āśú mfn. (√1. aś Uṇ. i, 1), fast, quick, going quickly RV. AV. ŚBr. &c
  2. • (us), m. Ved. the quick one, a horse RV. AV.
  3. • (us, or u), m. n. rice ripening quickly in the rainy season ŚBr. KātyŚr. L.
  4. • (u), n. N. of a Sāman
  5. • (u), ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly Suśr. Megh. Pañcat. &c. (cf. Gk. ?, ? ; Lat. acu in acupedius, [157, 3] ôcissimus: of the same origin may be the Lat. aquila and accipiter.)

⋙āśukārin

  1. ○kārin mfn. doing anything quickly, smart, active Kād.
  2. • (in med.) operating speedily Suśr.
  3. • (ī), m. a kind of fever Bhpr.

⋙āśukopin

  1. ○kopin mfn. easily provoked, irritable

⋙āśukriyā

  1. ○kriyā f. quick procedure Suśr.

⋙āśuklānta

  1. ○klānta mfn. quickly faded Śak. 71 a

⋙āśuga

  1. ○gá mf(ā)n. going or moving quickly, swift, fleet TBr. i, 2, 1, 26 Mn. MBh. R.
  2. • m. the wind L.
  3. • the sun L.
  4. • an arrow MBh.: Ragh. &c
  5. • N. of one of the first five followers of Śākya-muni L.

⋙āśugatitva

  1. ○gati-tva n. the going or moving quickly Nyāyas.

⋙āśugāmin

  1. ○gāmin mfn. going or moving quickly
  2. • (ī), m. N. of the sun MBh.

⋙āśuṃga

  1. ○"ṣṃ-ga m. N. of an animal, perhaps a bird [BRD.] AV. vi, 14, 3

⋙āśutoṣa

  1. ○toṣa mfn. easily pleased or appeased BhP.
  2. • m. N. of Śiva

⋙āśutva

  1. ○tva n. quickness

⋙āśupattrī

  1. ○pattrī f. a tree which yields frankincense, Boswellia Serrata L.

⋙āśupatvan

  1. ○pátvan m. flying quickly RV.

⋙āśuphala

  1. ○phala m. a kind of weapon L.

⋙āśubodha

  1. ○bodha m. 'easily understood', 'teaching quickly', N. of a grammar

⋙āśubhāvin

  1. ○bhāvin mfn. proceeding quickly Sāh.

⋙āśumat

  1. ○mat mfn. quick
  2. • (át), ind. quickly AV. vi, 105, 1 ; 2
  3. • 3

⋙āśuratha

  1. ○ratha mfn. possessing a fast chariot VS.

⋙āśurathīya

  1. ○rathīya n. N. of a Sāman

⋙āśuvikrama

  1. ○vikrama mfn. having a quick step R.

⋙āśuvṛttitva

  1. ○vṛtti-tva n. the proceeding quickly Comm. on Nyāyas.

⋙āśuvrīhi

  1. ○vrīhi m. rice ripening quickly in the rainy season. [Page 158, Column 1]

⋙āśuśuṣkatva

  1. ○śuṣka-tva n. getting dry quickly Kām.

⋙āśuśravas

  1. ○śravas m. N. of a mythical horse Kathās.

⋙āśuṣeṇa

  1. ○ṣeṇa mfn. having swift arrows VS. MaitrS.

⋙āśusaṃdheya

  1. ○saṃdheya mfn. easy to be joined together or reconciled Hit. Pañcat.

⋙āśuheman

  1. ○heman m. urged to fast course, running on quickly
  2. • inciting his horses (N. of Agni, especially when regarded as Apāṃ-napāt) RV. TS.

⋙āśuheṣas

  1. ○heṣas mfn. having neighing horses
  2. • having quick horses or quickly praised [Sāy.]
  3. • N. of the Aśvins RV. viii, 10, 12

⋙āśvapas

  1. āśv-ápas mfn. acting quickly RV.

⋙āśvaśva

  1. āśv-áśva mfn. possessed of quick horses
  2. • N. of the Maruts RV. (āśváśvya n. possession of quick horses RV.)

≫āśava

  1. āśava n. (g. pṛthv-ādi Pāṇ. 5-1, 122) quickness, rapidity

≫āśiman

  1. āśiman ā m. (cf. ib. v, 1, 123), id

≫āśiṣṭha

  1. ā́śiṣṭha mfn. (superl.) quickest, very quick RV.

≫āśīyas

  1. ā́śīyas mfn. (compar.) quicker, very quick RV.

≫āśuyā

  1. āśuyā́ ind. (Ved. instr. of the fem.) quickly RV. iv, 4, 2 ; vi, 46, 14

āśuc

  1. ā-√śuc P. (Impv. ā́-śuśugdhi RV. i, 97, 1) to procure or bestow by shining forth

≫āśuśukṣaṇi

  1. ā-śuśukṣáṇi mfn. gleaming or shining forth or round (said of fire) RV. ii, 1, 1
  2. • (is), m. fire Kād. Bālar.
  3. • wind, air L.

āśuṣ

  1. ā-√śuṣ (√śuṣ = √śvas [BRD.] = √1. aś Sāy.), Ā. (1. sg. ā́-śuṣe RV. viii, 93, 16) to strive after {cf. BRD.}
  2. • to incite, stimulate {cf. Gmn.}
  3. • to reach, obtain {cf. Sāy.}

≫āśuṣāṇa

  1. ā-śuṣāṇá mfn. striving after [BRD.]
  2. • inciting, stimulating {cf. Gmn.}
  3. • reaching, obtaining {cf. Sāy.} RV.

āśṛta

  1. ā-śṛta mfn. (√śrā), slightly cooked ŚāṅkhŚr. iv, 3, 7

āśekuṭin

  1. āśekuṭin ī m. N. of a mountain L.

āśokā

  1. āśokā f. N. of a woman, (g. śubhrâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 123.)

≫āśokeya

  1. āśokeya mf(ī), a descendant of Āśokā ib.

āśokeya

  1. āśokeya mfn. (fr. a-śoka g. sakhy-ādi Pāṇ. 4-2, 80), belonging to or coming from the Aśoka tree

āśauca

  1. āśauca n. (fr. a-śuci Pāṇ. 7-3, 30), impurity Gaut. Mn. Yājñ.

⋙āśaucanirṇaya

  1. ○nirṇaya m. N. of wk

≫āśaucin

  1. āśaucin mfn. impure

āścarya

  1. āścarya mfn. (said to be fr. √car with ā and a sibilant inserted Pāṇ. 6-1, 147), appearing rarely, curious, marvellous, astonishing, wonderful, extraordinary KaṭhUp. Prab. Śak. Ragh.
  2. • (am), ind. rarely, wonderfully Nir.
  3. • (am), n. strange appearance
  4. • a wonder, miracle, marvel, prodigy
  5. • wonder, surprise, astonishment R. Bhag. Śak. &c

⋙āścaryatā

  1. ○tā f. or wonderfulness, wonder, astonishment

⋙āścaryatva

  1. ○tva n. wonderfulness, wonder, astonishment

⋙āścaryabhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. having a marvellous appearance, wonderful R.

⋙āścaryamaya

  1. ○maya mfn. wonderful, marvellous, miraculous Kathās. Bhag.

⋙āścaryaratnamālā

  1. ○ratnamālā f. N. of wk

⋙āścaryarūpa

  1. ○rūpa mfn. being of marvellous appearance, strange, wonderful NṛisUp.

≫āścarya

  1. āścarya Nom. P. āścaryati, to be marvellous or strange L.

āścut

  1. ā-√ścut (or -√ścyut), Caus. (inf. -ścotayitavaí ŚBr. ii, 3, 1, 16) to sprinkle, let drop on

≫āścutita

  1. ā-ścutita mfn. trickled, dripped ŚBr.

≫āścotana

  1. ā-ścotana or n. aspersion, sprinkling

⋙āścyotana

  1. ā-ścyotana n. aspersion, sprinkling
  2. • applying (ghee &c.) to the eyelids Suśr.

āśma

  1. āśma mfn. (fr. aśman Kāty. on Pāṇ. 6-6, 144), stony, made of stone

≫āśmana

  1. āśmana mfn. stony Bhaṭṭ.
  2. • m. N. of Aruṇa (the sun's charioteer) L.

≫āśmabhāraka

  1. āśmabhāraka mf(ikā)n. (fr. aśma-bhāra), belonging to or burdened with a mass of stones Pāṇ.

≫āśmarathya

  1. āśmarathya m. (fr. aśma-ratha), N. of a teacher ŚāṅkhŚr.
  2. • (āśma-ratha mf(ī), a descendant of Āśmarathya Pāṇ.)

≫āśmarika

  1. āśmarika mfn. (fr. aśmarī), suffering from gravel (in the bladder) Suśr.

≫āśmāyana

  1. āśmāyana m. a descendant of Aśman Pāṇ. [Page 158, Column 2]

≫āśmika

  1. āśmika mfn. stony ib.

≫āśmeya

  1. āśmeya m. a descendant of Aśman ib.

āśyai

  1. ā-√śyai Ā. -śyāyate, to become dry, dry up, shrink in drying Ragh.

≫āśyāna

  1. ā-śyāna mfn. dried up, shrunk in drying Ragh. Kum.
  2. • almost dried or shrunk up Kād.

āśrapaṇa

  1. ā-śrapaṇa n. (√śrā), cooking slightly Nir.

āśrama

  1. ā-śrama as, am m. n. (√śram), a hermitage, the abode of ascetics, the cell of a hermit or of retired saints or sages Mn. R. Daś. Ragh. Megh. &c
  2. • a stage in the life of a Brāhman (of which there are four corresponding to four different periods or conditions, viz. 1st, Brahmacārin, 'student of the Veda' ; 2nd, Gṛiha-stha, 'householder' ; 3rd, Vānaprastha, 'anchorite'
  3. • and 4th, Saṃnyāsin, 'abandoner of all worldly concerns', or sometimes Bhikshu, 'religious beggar'
  4. • in some places the law-givers mention only three such periods of religious life, the first being then omitted) Mn. R. Suśr. Ragh. &c
  5. • a hut built on festal occasions VarBṛS.
  6. • a college, school
  7. • a wood or thicket L.
  8. • m. N. of a pupil of Pṛithvii-dhara

⋙āśramaguru

  1. ○guru m. the head of a religious order, a principal preceptor

⋙āśramadharma

  1. ○dharma m. the special duty of each period of life

⋙āśramapada

  1. ○pada n. a hermitage
  2. • a period in the life of a Brāhman R. Śak. Vikr.

⋙āśramaparvan

  1. ○parvan n. the first section of the fifteenth book of the Mahā-bhārata

⋙āśramabhraṣṭa

  1. ○bhraṣṭa mfn. fallen or apostatizing from a religious order

⋙āśramamaṇḍala

  1. ○maṇḍala n. a group or assemblage of hermitages R. BhP.

⋙āśramavāsika

  1. ○vāsika mfn. relating to residence in a hermitage
  2. • (āśramavāsikam parva, the fifteenth book of the Mahā-bhārata.)

⋙āśramavāsin

  1. ○vāsin or m. an inhabitant of a hermitage, an ascetic Śak.

⋙āśramasad

  1. ○sad m. an inhabitant of a hermitage, an ascetic Śak.

⋙āśramasthāna

  1. ○sthāna n. the abode of hermits, a hermitage R.

⋙āśramālaya

  1. āśramâlaya m. an inhabitant of a hermitage, an ascetic Ragh.

⋙āśramopaniṣad

  1. āśramôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad

≫āśramika

  1. āśramika or mfn. belonging to one of the four periods of religious life

⋙āśramin

  1. āśramin mfn. belonging to one of the four periods of religious life
  2. • belonging to a hermitage, a hermit, anchorite, &c. Mn. Kathās.

āśraya

  1. āśraya &c. ā-√śri

āśrava

  1. ā-śrava ā-√śru

āśravasya

  1. ā-śravasya Nom. P. (fr. 2. śravas), to approach with haste, hasten towards RV. v, 37, 3

āśri

  1. ā-√śri P. -śrayati, to affix
  2. • to apply anything AV. xi, 10, 10: Ā. -śrayate, to attach one's self to
  3. • to join MBh. BhP. Kathās. Pañcat. &c
  4. • to adhere, rest on Mn. MBh.
  5. • to betake one's self to, resort to
  6. • to depend on
  7. • to choose, prefer
  8. • to be subject to, keep in mind
  9. • to seek refuge in, enter, inhabit
  10. • to refer or appeal to
  11. MBh. Kathās. Śak. Ragh. Prab. R. &c

≫āśraya

  1. ā-śraya m. that to which anything is annexed or with which anything is closely connected or on which anything depends or rests Pāṇ. R. Ragh. Suśr.
  2. • a recipient, the person or thing in which any quality or article is inherent or retained or received
  3. • seat, resting-place R. Kathās. Suśr. &c
  4. • dwelling, asylum, place of refuge, shelter R. Śiś. &c
  5. • depending on, having recourse to
  6. • help, assistance, protection Pañcat. Ragh. &c
  7. • authority, sanction, warrant
  8. • a plea, excuse L.
  9. • the being inclined or addicted to, following, practising
  10. • attaching to, choosing, taking
  11. • joining, union, attachment
  12. • dependance, contiguity, vicinity RPrāt. Yājñ. Mn. &c
  13. • relation
  14. • connection
  15. • appropriate act or one consistent with the character of the agent
  16. • (in Gr.) the subject, that to which the predicate is annexed
  17. • (with Buddhists) the five organs of sense with manas or mind (the six together being the recipients of the āśrita or objects which enter them by way of their ālambana or qualities)
  18. • source, origin
  19. • ifc. depending on, resting on, endowed or furnished with (e.g. aṣṭa-guṇâśraya, under aṣṭa)

⋙āśrayatas

  1. ○tas ind. in consequence of the proximity

⋙āśrayatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of ā-śraya above Suśr. Comm. on Nyāyam.

⋙āśrayabhuj

  1. ○bhuj m. fire
  2. • āśrayâśa

⋙āśrayabhūta

  1. ○bhūta mfn. one who is the refuge or support of another person, protecting, supporting Hit. Nyāyam. &c

⋙āśrayaliṅga

  1. ○liṅga mfn. (a word) the gender of which must agree with the gender of the word to which it refers, an adjective

⋙āśrayavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having help or support MBh. Comm. on Nyāyad.

⋙āśrayāśa

  1. āśrayâśa m. 'consuming everything with which it comes in contact', fire Hit. Mn. &c
  2. • a forfeiter of an asylum, one who by misconduct &c. loses patronage or protection. [Page 158, Column 3]

⋙āśrayāsiddha

  1. āśrayâsiddha mfn. (an argument) in which the existence of the subject is not established Tarkas.

≫āśrayaṇa

  1. ā-śrayaṇa mf(ī)n. having recourse to, resorting or applying to, seeking refuge or shelter from Kum.
  2. • relating to, concerning Vikr.
  3. • (am), n. betaking one's self or applying to
  4. • joining, accepting, choosing
  5. • refuge, asylum, means of protection or security ŚvetUp. TS. &c

≫āśrayaṇīya

  1. āśrayaṇīya mfn. to be applied or resorted to Hit.
  2. • to be followed or practised Sarvad.

⋙āśrayaṇīyatva

  1. ○tva n. the state of being a refuge Ragh. xvii, 60

≫āśrayitavya

  1. ā-śrayitavya mfn. to be applied to Comm. on Nyāyam.

≫āśrayin

  1. āśrayin mfn. joining, attaching one's self to
  2. • following Suśr. Jaim.
  3. • dwelling in, resting on, inhabiting Ragh. Śak. Ratnāv. Sāh.

≫āśrita

  1. ā-śrita mfn. attaching one's self to, joining
  2. • having recourse to, resorting to as a retreat or asylum, seeking refuge or shelter from
  3. • subject to, depending on
  4. MBh. Kathās. Rājat. Kum. &c
  5. • relating or belonging to, concerning R. Hariv. BhP. MārkP. &c
  6. • inhabiting, dwelling in, resting on, being anywhere, taking one's station at MBh. R. Yājñ. VarBṛS. &c
  7. • following, practising, observing
  8. • using, employing
  9. • receiving anything as an inherent or integral part Mn. MBh. BhP. Kum. Pañcat. &c
  10. • regarding, respecting Bhag. R.
  11. • taken or sought as a refuge or shelter Kathās. BhP. Rājat.
  12. • inhabited, occupied
  13. Kathās. Pañcat. Ragh. BhP.
  14. • chosen, preferred, taken as rule Kathās. Rājat.
  15. • m. a dependant, subject, servant, follower Kum. Hit. Yājñ. &c
  16. • (am), n. (with Buddhists) an object perceived by the senses and manas or mind

⋙āśritatva

  1. ○tva n. dependance

≫āśritya

  1. ā-śritya ind. p. having sought or obtained an asylum
  2. • having recourse to, employing, practising, &c

āśri

  1. āśri f. the edge of a sword (= aśri, q.v.) L.
  2. • (= ā-aśri, a very sharp edge T.)

āśrī

  1. ā-√śrī P. (3. pl. -śṛṇanti RV. ix, 71, 4) Ā. (impf. ấśrīṇīta RV. x, 61, 3) to mix, shuffle
  2. • to boil

≫āśir

  1. ā-śír f. mixing, a mixture
  2. • especially the milk which is mixed with the Soma juice to purify it RV. AV. TS. KātyŚr. &c

⋙āśīrvat

  1. āśī́r-vat mfn. mixed with milk (as the Soma) RV. KātyŚr.

≫āśira

  1. āśira (= āśír), n. (?) the milk mixed with the Soma

⋙āśiradugh

  1. ○dugh mfn. milking for a mixture with Soma ĀśvŚr.

āśru

  1. ā-√śru P. -śṛṇoti Ā. -śṛṇute, to listen to
  2. • to hear
  3. • to perceive (with the ear)
  4. RV. AV. TS. ŚBr. BhP. &c
  5. • to accept, promise Pāṇ. 1-4, 40 R. Yājñ. L.: Caus. -śrāvayati [but ā́-śravayatam RV. vii, 62, 5
  6. • aor. -aśuśravus RV. x, 94, 12], to cause to hear
  7. • to announce, make known, tell RV. ĀśvŚr. MBh.
  8. • to address, speak to, call to (especially at particular rites) RV. AV. TS. ŚBr. ChUp. TUp. KātyŚr. &c.: Desid. -śuśrūṣati [only P. Pāṇ. 1-3, 59], to wish to hear
  9. • to listen

≫āśrava

  1. ā-śrava mfn. listening to, obedient, compliant Ragh. Daś. L.
  2. • m. promise, engagement L.

≫āśrāvaṇa

  1. ā-śrā́vaṇa n. causing to listen, calling out (especially with the words om, svadhā, &c.) ŚBr.

≫āśrāvya

  1. ā-śrāvya m. N. of a Muni MBh.

≫āśrut

  1. ā-śrut mfn. listening

⋙āśrutkarṇa

  1. ○karṇa mfn. having listening ears, listening attentively RV. i, 10, 9

≫āśruta

  1. ā́-śruta mfn. listened to, heard
  2. • audible TS.
  3. • promised, agreed Yājñ.
  4. • (am), n. a calling (at rites, ā-śrāvaṇa) KātyŚr. TS.

≫āśruti

  1. ā́-śruti f. hearing, range of hearing VS.
  2. • promising L.

āśreṣa

  1. ā-śréṣa (√śriṣ = √śliṣ, below), one who embraces
  2. • N. of an evil spirit or goblin AV. viii, 6, 2
  3. • (ā), f. = āśleṣā́, q.v. TBr.

āślath

  1. ā-√ślath Ā. -ślathate, to become loose BhP. v, 5, 9

āśliṣ

  1. ā-√śliṣ (cf. ā-śréṣa above), P. -śliṣyati (but also -śliṣati BhP. R.) and Ā. -śliṣyate (MBh. i, 3040) to adhere or cling to TS. MBh. [Page 159, Column 1]
  2. • to embrace
  3. Mn. MBh. BhP. Śak. R. Pañcat. Kathās. &c.: Caus. -śleṣayati, to affix, stick on Lāṭy. KātyŚr.
  4. • to embrace ( ā-śleṣita)

≫āśliṣṭa

  1. ā-śliṣṭa mfn. adhering, clung to ŚBr. Kathās.
  2. • embracing Hariv. R. Śiś.
  3. • embraced, surrounded
  4. • twisted round MBh. Kathās. Ragh. &c

≫āśleṣa

  1. ā-śleṣa m. intimate connection, contact
  2. • slight contact L.
  3. • embracing, embrace
  4. • intwining MBh. BhP. Megh. Amar. &c
  5. • adherence, clinging to Nyāyam.
  6. • (ā́), f. and (ā́s), f. pl., N. of the seventh Nakshatra AV. TS. Suśr. MBh. VarBṛS.

≫āśleṣaṇa

  1. ā-śleṣaṇa n. adherence, hanging on Nyāyam.

≫āśleṣita

  1. ā-śleṣita mfn. embraced R. v, 13, 58

āśva

  1. āśva mf(ī)n. (fr. aśva), belonging to a horse, equestrian Nir. Suśr.
  2. • drawn by horses (as a chariot) Comm. on Pāṇ.
  3. • (am), n. a number of horses Pāṇ.
  4. • the state or action of a horse Comm. on Pāṇ.
  5. • N. of several Sāmans

≫āśvaghna

  1. āśvaghná m. (fr. aśva-ghna), N. of a man RV. x, 61, 22

≫āśvatara

  1. āśvatara m. (fr. aśva-tara), N. of Buḍila or Bulila AitBr. ā́śvatarâsvi m. id. ŚBr. ChUp.

≫āśvattha

  1. āśvattha (or

⋙āśvatthi

  1. āśvatthi or g. gaurâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 41)n. belonging to the Aśvattha tree (Ficus Religiosa) AitBr. TS. KātyŚr. ŚBr.

⋙āśvatthika

  1. āśvatthika) mf(ī́ g. gaurâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 41)n. belonging to the Aśvattha tree (Ficus Religiosa) AitBr. TS. KātyŚr. ŚBr.
  2. • &c
  3. • relating to the fruit-bearing season of this tree Comm. on Pāṇ.
  4. • belonging to the Nakshatra Aśvattha L.
  5. • (am), n. the fruit of the Ficus Religiosa Pāṇ. and L

≫āśvapata

  1. āśvapata mfn. belonging to Aśva-pati Pāṇ.

≫āśvapālika

  1. āśvapālika mf. a descendant of Aśva-pālī Pāṇ.

≫āśvapeyin

  1. āśvapeyin or m. followers or pupils of Āśva-pey(j) in Pāṇ.

⋙āśvapejin

  1. āśvapejin m. followers or pupils of Āśva-pey(j) in Pāṇ.

≫āśvabala

  1. āśvabala mf(ī)n. coming from or made of the plant Aśva-balā Suśr.

≫āśvabhārika

  1. āśvabhārika mfn. (fr. aśva-bhāra), carrying a horse-load Pāṇ.

≫āśvamedha

  1. āśvamedhá m. a descendant of Aśva-medha RV. viii, 68, 15 and 16

≫āśvamedhika

  1. āśvamedhika mfn. (fr. id.), belonging to a horse-sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr. Āp.
  2. • (āśva-medhi-kaṃ parva is the N. of the fourteenth book of the Mahā-bhārata.)

≫āśvayuj

  1. āśvayuj m. (fr. aśva-yuj), the month Aśvinā MBh.

≫āśvayuja

  1. āśvayuja mf(ī)n. (fr. id.), born under the constellation Aśvayuj Pāṇ. 4-3, 36
  2. • belonging to or occurring in the month Āśvina VarBṛS.
  3. • m. the month Āśvina Suśr. Mn.
  4. • (ī), f. (sc. paurṇa-māsī) day of full moon in that month ĀśvGṛ.
  5. • Pāryajña or 'small sacrifice' [see Indian Wisdom, p. 197, note] to be performed on the day called Āśvayujī ĀśvGṛ. ŚāṅkhGṛ. Gaut.

≫āśvayujaka

  1. āśvayujaka mfn. sown on the day called Āśvayujī Pāṇ. 4-3, 45

≫āśvaratha

  1. āśvaratha mfn. (fr. aśva-ratha), belonging to a chariot drawn by horses Comm. on Pāṇ.

≫āśvalakṣaṇika

  1. āśvalakṣaṇika mfn. (fr. aśva-lakṣaṇa), knowing the marks of horses Comm. on Pāṇ.

≫āśvavāra

  1. āśvavāra and mfn. made of the cane Aśva-vār(l)a ŚBr. KātyŚr. MaitrS.

⋙āśvavāla

  1. āśvavāla mfn. made of the cane Aśva-vār(l)a ŚBr. KātyŚr. MaitrS.

≫āśvasūkta

  1. āśvasūkta n. N. of a Sāman, = aśva-○, q.v

≫āśvasūkti

  1. āśvasūkti m. a descendant of Aśva-sūktin TāṇḍyaBr.

≫āśvāyana

  1. āśvāyana m. a descendant of Aśva Pāṇ. 4-1, 110

≫āśvika

  1. āśvika mfn. equestrian
  2. • relating to a horse
  3. • carrying a load of horses Pāṇ.

≫āśvina

  1. ā́śvina mf(ī)n. like riders or horsemen RV. ix, 86, 4
  2. • (am), n. a day's journey for a horseman AV. vi, 131, 3

≫āśvina

  1. āśviná mfn. (fr. aśvin), belonging or devoted to the Aśvins VS. TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr.
  2. • m. N. of a month in the rainy season (during which the moon is near to the constellation Aśvinī)
  3. • (ī), f. N. of a kind of brick (iṣṭakā) ŚBr. KātyŚr.
  4. • (am), n. the Nakshatra Aśvinī VarBṛS.

⋙āśvinacihnita

  1. ○cihnita n. the autumnal equinox L.

⋙āśvinapātra

  1. ○pātrá n. the vessel belonging to the Aśvins ŚBr. iv, 1, 5, 19

≫āśvineya

  1. āśvineya m. (fr. aśvin), N. of Nakula
  2. • of Saha-deva MBh.
  3. • (fr. aśvinī), N. of either of the two Aśvins Naish.

≫āśvīna

  1. āśvīna mfn. as much as can be passed over by a horse in one day (as a way or road) Pāṇ. 5-2, 19
  2. • (am), n. a day's journey for a horse AitBr. TāṇḍyaBr. [Page 159, Column 2]

≫āśveya

  1. āśveya m. (g. śubhrâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 123), a descendant of Aśva

āśvapas

  1. āśv-apas &c. under āśu

āśvalāyana

  1. āśvalāyana m. (fr. aśvala g. naḍâdi Pāṇ. 4-1, 99), N. of a pupil of Śaunaka's, author of Sūtra or ritual works (relating to the Ṛig-veda) and founder of a Vedic school
  2. • (mf(ī)n.) relating or belonging to Āsvalāyana
  3. • (ās), m. the school of Āśvalāyana

⋙āśvalāyanagṛhyakārikā

  1. ○gṛhya-kārikā f. and N. of works

⋙āśvalāyanabrāhmaṇa

  1. ○brāhmaṇa n. N. of wks

⋙āśvalāyanaśākhā

  1. ○śākhā f. the school of Āśvalāyana. (āśvalāyanaśākhin mfn. belonging to the school of Āśvalāyana.)

āśvas

  1. ā-√śvas P. -śvasiti and -śvasati (Impv. 2. sg. -śvasihi and -śvasa [MBh. vi, 490]
  2. • impf. -aśvasīt [Bhaṭṭ.] and -aśvasat [Kathās. xxxiii, 129]), Ā. -śvasate, to breathe, breathe again or freely
  3. • to take or recover breath, take heart or courage
  4. • to revive MBh. R. Kathās. BhP. &c.: Caus. -śvāsayati, to cause to take breath
  5. • to encourage, comfort
  6. • to calm, console, cheer up
  7. MBh. Suśr. Ragh. Kum. &c

≫āśvasya

  1. ā-śvasya ind. p. taking heart or confidence MBh.

≫āśvāsa

  1. ā-śvāsa m. breathing again or freely, taking breath
  2. • recovery Suśr.
  3. • cheering up, consolation
  4. • relying on Kathās.
  5. • a chapter or section of a book Sāh.

≫āśvāsaka

  1. ā-śvāsaka mfn. causing to take breath or courage, consolatory, comforting L.

≫āśvāsana

  1. ā-śvāsana n. causing to revive, refreshing, reviving
  2. • consoling, encouraging, cheering up MBh. R. Pañcat. Kathās.
  3. • refreshment, recreation, consolation, comfort Bālar. Veṇis. &c

≫āśvāsanīya

  1. ā-śvāsanīya mfn. to be refreshed or cheered up Uttarar.

≫āśvāsita

  1. ā-śvāsita mfn. encouraged, animated, comforted, consoled Daś. BhP. Pañcat. &c

≫āśvāsin

  1. āśvāsin mfn. breathing freely, reviving, becoming cheerful Śak. 35 a

≫āśvāsya

  1. ā-śvāsya mfn. to be acquiesced in Megh.

āṣāḍha

  1. āṣāḍha m. (fr. a-ṣāḍhā), N. of a month (corresponding to part of June and July) in which the full moon is near the constellation Ashāḍhā
  2. Suśr. VarBṛS. Megh. Kathās. &c
  3. • a staff of the wood of the Palāśa (carried by an ascetic during certain religious observances in the month Āshāḍha) Pāṇ. 5-1, 110 Kum. &c
  4. • N. of a prince MBh.
  5. • the Malaya mountain L.
  6. • a festival (of Indra) Āp. i, 11, 20
  7. • (ā), f. (for a-ṣāḍhā, q.v.) the twenty-first and twenty-second lunar mansions (commonly compounded with pūrva and uttara) L.
  8. • (ī), f. the day of full moon in the month Āshāḍha KātyŚr. Vait.
  9. • (mfn.) belonging to the month Āshāḍha VarBṛS.

⋙āṣāḍhapura

  1. ○pura n. N. of a mythical mountain Kathās.

⋙āṣāḍhabhava

  1. ○bhava mfn. produced in the month Āshāḍha
  2. • m. the planet Mars L.

⋙āṣāḍhabhūti

  1. ○bhūti m. N. of a man Pañcat.

⋙āṣāḍhādripura

  1. āṣāḍhâdri-pura n. N. of a mythical mountain Kathās.

⋙āṣāḍhābhū

  1. āṣāḍhābhū m. produced in the month Āshāḍha
  2. • the planet Mars L.

≫āṣāḍhaka

  1. āṣāḍhaka m. the month Āshāḍha L.
  2. • N. of a man Kathās.
  3. • (ikā), f. N. of a Rākshasī R.

≫āṣāḍhi

  1. ā́ṣāḍhi m. a descendant of Ashāḍha ŚBr.

≫āṣāḍhīya

  1. āṣāḍhīya mfn. born under the constellation Ashāḍhā Kāty. on Pāṇ. 4-3, 34

āṣṭaka

  1. āṣṭaka n. N. of a district Pat. on Kāty. Vart. 31 on Pāṇ. 4-2, 104

≫āṣṭakīya

  1. āṣṭakīya mfn. belonging to or coming from the above country ib.

āṣṭama

  1. āṣṭama m. (fr. aṣṭama), the eighth part Pāṇ.

≫āṣṭamika

  1. āṣṭamika mfn. taught in the eighth (book of Pāṇini) Pat.

āṣṭra

  1. āṣṭra n. (fr. √1. aś Uṇ. iv, 159), ether, sky, atmosphere
  2. • (ā), f. a prick or goad for driving cattle (= aṣṭrā, q.v.) Kāṭh.
  3. • (ī́), f. an extensive forest [Sāy.] RV. x, 165, 3

āṣṭhā

  1. āṣṭhā f. region, quarter L.

ās

  1. ās ind. (an interjection implying joy, anger, menace, pain, affliction, recollection) Ah! Oh! &c. [Page 159, Column 3]

ās

  1. ās cl. 2. Ā. ā́ste (and ā́sate AV. xi, 8, 32, &c
  2. • Impv. 2. sg. ās-sva, āsva, and āsasva
  3. • 2. pl. ādhvam
  4. • p. āsāná, āsat [R.], and āsīna see below
  5. • āsāṃ-cakre [Pāṇ. 3-1, 87]
  6. • āsiṣyate
  7. • āsiṣṭa
  8. • āsitum) to sit, sit down, rest, lie RV. AV. ŚBr. Mn. MBh. Śak. &c
  9. • to be present
  10. • to exist
  11. • to inhabit, dwell in
  12. • to make one's abode in RV. AV. VS. MBh. &c
  13. • to sit quietly, abide, remain, continue RV. AV. &c
  14. • to cease, have an end Pañcat. Daś. Hit. &c
  15. • to solemnize, celebrate
  16. • to do anything without interruption
  17. • to continue doing anything
  18. • to continue in any situation
  19. • to last
  20. • (it is used in the sense of 'continuing', with a participle, adj., or subst., e.g. etat sāma gāyann āste, 'he continues singing this verse'
  21. • with an indeclinable participle in tvā, ya, or am e.g. upa-rudhya arim āsīta, 'he should continue blockading the foe'
  22. • with an adverb, e.g. tūṣṇīm āste, 'he continues quiet'
  23. • sukham āsva, 'continue well'
  24. • with an inst. case, e.g. sukhenâste, 'he continues well'
  25. • with a dat. case, e.g. āstāṃ tuṣṭaye, 'may it be to your satisfaction'): Caus. āsayati, to cause any one to sit down Comm. on Pāṇ.: Desid. Ā. āsisiṣate ib. ; [Gk. ?, ?: Lat. âsa changed to âra ; [159, 3] â-nus for âs-nus.]

≫āsa

  1. āsa m. seat (in sv-āsa-sthá, q.v.) RV. TS. ŚBr. &c
  2. • the lower part of the body behind, posteriors ChUp.

≫āsana

  1. ā́sana (but āsaná ŚBr.), n. sitting, sitting down KātyŚr. Mn.
  2. • sitting in peculiar posture according to the custom of devotees, (five or, in other places, even eighty-four postures are enumerated
  3. • padmâsana, bhadrâsana, vajrâsana, viirâsana, svastikâsana: the manner of sitting forming part of the eightfold observances of ascetics)
  4. • halting, stopping, encamping
  5. • abiding, dwelling AV. xx, 127, 8 Mn. Yājñ. Hit. &c
  6. • seat, place, stool KātyŚr. ŚBr. xiv Kum. Mn. &c
  7. • the withers of an elephant, the part where the driver sits L.
  8. • maintaining a post against an enemy
  9. • (ā), f. stay, abiding L.
  10. • (ī), f. stay, abiding, sitting L.
  11. • a shop, a stall L.
  12. • a small seat, a stool Kauś.

⋙āsanabandha

  1. ○bandha m. the act of sitting down Ragh. ii, 6

⋙āsanamantra

  1. ○mantra m. a Mantra or sacred formula to be spoken at taking a seat T.

⋙āsanavidhi

  1. ○vidhi m. the ceremony of offering a seat to a visitor

⋙āsanastha

  1. ○stha mfn. abiding on a seat, sitting Mn. Ratnāv.

⋙āsanaī

  1. ○"ṣī- √1

⋙kṛ

  1. kṛ to make a seat of anything (e.g. of a lotus) Kād.

≫āsikā

  1. āsikā f. turn or order of sitting Comm. on Pāṇ.
  2. • sitting ib.

≫āsita

  1. āsita mfn. seated, being at rest
  2. • one who has sat down, one who is seated or dwells Kathās. R. &c
  3. • (am), n. sitting, sitting down Sāh. MBh.
  4. • a seat
  5. • a place where one has lived, an abode R.
  6. • way or manner of sitting (cf. dur-○)
  7. • N. of several Sāmans

≫āsitavya

  1. āsitavya only n. (used impersonally) to be seated BhP.

≫āsīna

  1. āsīna mfn. sitting, seated

⋙āsīnapracalāyita

  1. ○pracalāyita n. nodding when seated, falling asleep on a seat Rājat.

≫āsyā

  1. āsyā f. sitting Suśr.
  2. • abiding, abode
  3. • state of rest L.

ās

  1. âs (ā- √2. as), P. ásyati, to throw upon, lay or put upon TBr. Kāṭh.: Ā. (Impv. 2. pl. ấsyadhvam) to cause to flow in, pour in RV. x, 30, 2 ŚBr. i
  2. • to put or throw on for one's self MaitrS.

ās

  1. ās n. (?) mouth, face, (only in abl. and instr.) āsás (with the prep. ā), from mouth to mouth, in close proximity RV. vii, 99, 7
  2. • āsā́ and āsayā́ (generally used as an adv.), before one's eyes
  3. • by word of mouth
  4. • personally
  5. • present
  6. • in one's own person
  7. • immediately RV. vi, 16, 9, &c

⋙āspātra

  1. ○pā́tra n. a vessel fit for the mouth, a drinking vessel ŚBr.

≫āsan

  1. āsán n. (defective Pāṇ. 6-1, 63), mouth, jaws RV. AV. VS. ŚBr. TBr.

⋙āsaniṣu

  1. ○iṣu (āsánn-), mfn. having arrows in the mouth RV. i, 84, 16

⋙āsanvat

  1. ○vát mfn. having a mouth (?)
  2. • showing the mouth
  3. • present AV. vi, 12, 2

≫āsanya

  1. āsanyá mfn. being in the mouth ŚBr. xiv, 4, 1, 8

≫āsya

  1. āsyá n. [ifc. mf(ā)n.] mouth, jaws RV. AV. VS. MBh. &c
  2. • face Yājñ.
  3. • (mfn.) belonging to the mouth or face, belonging to that part of the mouth or face, belonging to that part of the mouth which is the organ of uttering sounds or letters Pāṇ. Siddh. Kāś. &c. [Page 160, Column 1]

⋙āsyadaghna

  1. ○daghna mfn. reaching to the mouth Kāṭh.

⋙āsyaṃdhaya

  1. ○"ṣṃ-dhaya mf(ī)n. sucking the mouth, kissing the mouth

⋙āsyapattra

  1. ○pattra n. 'leaf-faced', lotus L.

⋙āsyamodaka

  1. ○modaka n. a mythical weapon MBh. v, 3491

⋙āsyalāṅgala

  1. ○lāṅgala m. 'having a plough-like face'
  2. • a hog, boar L.

⋙āsyaloman

  1. ○loman n. the hair of the face, beard L.

⋙āsyasravaṇa

  1. ○sravaṇa n. watering the mouth Car.

⋙āsyāsava

  1. āsyâsava m. spittle, saliva L.

⋙āsyāsukha

  1. āsyâsukha mfn. disagreeable to the mouth, tasting ill Car.

⋙āsyopalepa

  1. āsyôpalepa m. obstruction of the mouth by phlegm Suśr.

āsa

  1. ā́sa m. (√2. as), ashes, dust AV. ix, 8, 10 ŚBr.
  2. • (am), n. a bow L.

≫āsana

  1. āsana = 2. asana Terminalia Tomentosa

āsaṃsāram

  1. ā-saṃsāram ind. (√sṛ), from the beginning of the world, ever Kathās. Bhartṛ. Kāvyâd.
  2. • till the end of the world, for ever Rājat.

āsaṃgatya

  1. āsaṃgatya n. (fr. a-saṃgata Pāṇ. 5-1, 121), non-union, non-relation

āsaṃgrah

  1. ā-saṃ-√grah (Impv. 2. sg. -sáṃgṛbhāya RV. viii, 81, 1) to seize

āsac

  1. ā-√sac Ā. -sacate, to seek for RV. i, 136, 3, &c

āsañj

  1. ā-√sañj P. -sajati, to fasten on, attach, fix
  2. • to fasten on one's self, put on (as dress, armour, &c.) RV. AV. KātyŚr. R. Kum. &c
  3. • to fix one's self to, adhere to Kir. xiii, 44
  4. • to take up MBh. &c
  5. • to take hold of, cling to
  6. AV. MBh. ŚBr. BhP. &c.: Caus. -sañjayati, to cause to attach or put or fix on ŚāṅkhŚr. Ragh.
  7. • to employ MBh.: Pass. -sajyate, to adhere, cohere, be attached: Desid. -sisaṅkṣati, to wish to attach ŚBr. i, 6, 1, 12 ; 15

≫āsakta

  1. ā-sakta mfn. fixed or fastened to
  2. • attached to, lying on or upon
  3. ŚBr. Kum. R. Kathās. &c
  4. • attached strongly to, intent on
  5. • zealously following or pursuing
  6. MBh. VarBṛ. Kathās. Pañcat. &c
  7. • wound round, encircled
  8. • accompanied or furnished with
  9. • following directly, immediately proceeding from (acc.) MBh.

⋙āsaktacitta

  1. ○citta

⋙āsaktacetas

  1. ○cetas and mfn. having the mind deeply engaged in or fixed upon (any object), intent on, devoted to, absorbed in

⋙āsaktamanas

  1. ○manas mfn. having the mind deeply engaged in or fixed upon (any object), intent on, devoted to, absorbed in

⋙āsaktabhāva

  1. ○bhāva mfn. having one's affection fixed on, being in love with Daś.

≫āsakti

  1. ā-saktí f. the act of adhering or attaching one's self firmly behind
  2. • placing behind
  3. • waylaying RV.
  4. • devotedness, attachment
  5. • diligence, application
  6. • (i), ind. uninterruptedly, wholly, throughout ŚBr.

≫āsaṅga

  1. ā-saṅgá m. the act of clinging to or hooking on, association, connection Śak. Kum. BhP. &c
  2. • attachment, devotedness Sāh. Kathās. &c
  3. • waylaying RV. ŚBr.
  4. • N. of a man RV. viii, 1, 32 ; 33
  5. • of a son of Śva-phalka BhP. ix, 24, 15
  6. • (am), n. a kind of fragrant earth L.
  7. • (mfn.) uninterrupted L.
  8. • (am), ind. uninterruptedly L.

≫āsaṅgin

  1. āsaṅgin mfn. clinging to, attached Kād. (inī), f. a whirlwind L.

≫āsaṅgima

  1. ā-saṅgima m. (in surgery) a kind of bandage Suśr.

≫āsaja

  1. ā-sajá mfn. clinging to
  2. • dragging (a wheel) RV. v, 34, 6

≫āsajya

  1. ā-sajya ind. p. having attached one's self or clinging to Kir. &c

≫āsañjana

  1. ā-sañjana n. the act of clinging to, being hooked on
  2. • adherence, fixing, fastening to AitBr. KātyŚr.
  3. • a handle, hook ŚBr.
  4. • attaching (an Anubandha to an affix) Pat.

⋙āsañjanavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having a handle &c. KātyŚr.

≫āsañjita

  1. ā-sañjita mfn. fastened on, put on

āsaṃjñita

  1. ā-saṃjñita mfn. (fr. saṃ-jñā), one with whom one has agreed or concerted Kām.

āsad

  1. ā-√sad P. -sīdati (Ved. also -sadati
  2. • Inf. -sádam and -sáde RV.
  3. • pf. -sasāda
  4. • f. -satsyati), Ā. (Ved. aor. 1. sg. -satsi and 3. sg. -sādi) to sit, sit down, sit near
  5. RV. AV. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr.
  6. • to preside over RV. viii, 42, 1
  7. • to lie in wait for RV. x, 85, 32
  8. • to go to, go towards, approach
  9. • to meet with, reach, find
  10. • to encounter, attack
  11. • to commence, undertake
  12. AV. MBh. R. BhP. Kum. Ragh. &c.: Caus. -sādayati, to cause to sit down
  13. • to set down, put down, place
  14. RV. TS. ŚBr. BhP. &c
  15. • to cause, effect BhP.
  16. • to approach, meet with, find, reach, obtain MBh. R. Megh. Kathās. Pañcat. &c. [Page 160, Column 2]

⋙āsatti

  1. ā-satti f. vicinity, proximity
  2. • intimate union
  3. • uninterrupted sequence (of words = saṃ-nidhi, q.v.), continual succession Sāh. Nyāyak. Ragh. &c
  4. • embarrassment
  5. • perplexity MBh.
  6. • reaching, obtaining
  7. • gain, profit L.

≫āsada

  1. ā-sada m. approaching, meeting ( dur-○)

≫āsadana

  1. ā-sadana n. sitting down
  2. • a seat KātyŚr.
  3. • reaching L.

≫āsanna

  1. ā́-sanna mfn. seated down, set down AV. ŚāṅkhŚr. KātyŚr. AitBr.
  2. • near, proximate
  3. MBh. R. Ragh. Megh. Kathās. &c
  4. • reached, obtained, occupied BhP.
  5. • (am), n. nearness, vicinity, proximity R. Kathās. &c
  6. • end, death L.

⋙āsannakāla

  1. ○kāla m. the hour of death
  2. • (mfn.) one who has reached his time or hour (of death)

⋙āsannakṣaya

  1. ○kṣaya mfn. one whose ruin is near

⋙āsannacara

  1. ○cara mfn. moving round about in the proximity Kum.

⋙āsannatara

  1. ○tara mfn. nearer
  2. • -tā f. greater nearness Hit.

⋙āsannanivāsin

  1. ○nivāsin mfn. living in the vicinity, a neighbour L.

⋙āsannaprasavā

  1. ○prasavā f. a female (of an animal) whose (time of) parturition is near or who is about to bring forth (young ones) Hit.

⋙āsannavartin

  1. ○vartin mfn. being or abiding in the neighbourhood or vicinity Kathās.

≫āsāda

  1. ā-sādá m. a footstool, cushion AV. xv, 3, 8 TāṇḍyaBr.

≫āsādana

  1. ā-sādana n. putting or laying down KātyŚr.
  2. • reaching, getting possession of MBh. Ratnāv.

≫āsādayitavya

  1. ā-sādayitavya mfn. accessible, attainable
  2. • to be attacked or encountered R. Ragh.

≫āsādita

  1. ā-sādita mfn. put down
  2. • reached &c

≫āsādya

  1. ā-sādya mfn. = ā-sādayitavya above

≫āsādya

  1. ā-sādya ind. p. having put down
  2. • reaching

≫āsisādayiṣu

  1. ā-sisādayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of the Caus.), being about or wishing to attack R.

āsan

  1. ā-√san P. (Impv. 2. sg. ā́-sanuhi AV. xiv, 2, 70) to gain, obtain
  2. • (for 1. āsan and āsanya under 3. âs.)

āsana

  1. āsana 2. √ās

āsanda

  1. āsanda m. (probably fr. √sad), N. of Vishṇu L.
  2. • (ī́), f. a chair or stool (generally made of basket work) AV. VS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. TS. &c

⋙āsandavat

  1. ○vat (āsandī-), m. N. of a country Pāṇ. AitBr.

⋙āsandasad

  1. ○sád (āsandī-), mfn. sitting on a chair ŚBr. xii, 8, 3, 4

≫āsandikā

  1. āsandikā f. a little chair Kād.

āsapiṇḍakriyākarma

  1. ā-sapiṇḍa-kriyā-karma ind. till the Śrāddha or funeral ceremony of which the Sapiṇḍas (q.v.) partake Mn. iii, 247

āsaptama

  1. ā-saptama mfn. reaching or extending to the seventh MuṇḍUp. Yājñ. R.

āsamañja

  1. āsamañja m. a descendant of Asamañja R. i, 42, 9

āsamudrāntam

  1. ā-samudrântam ind. as far as the shore of the ocean (including it) R.

āsaṃbādha

  1. ā-saṃbādha crowded, blocked up R.

āsayā

  1. āsayā 4. ās

āsāt

  1. āsā́t ind. (fr. an ideal base āsa), from or in the proximity, near RV.

āsāda

  1. āsāda &c. ā-√sad

āsāyam

  1. ā-sāyam ind. till evening

āsāra

  1. ā-sāra &c. ā-√śri

āsi

  1. ā-√si P. (pf. ā́-siṣāya RV. x, 28, 10) to wrap or pack up

āsika

  1. āsika mfn. (fr. asi), combating with a sword Comm. on Pāṇ.

āsikā

  1. āsikā 2. √ās

āsic

  1. ā-√sic P. Ā. -siñcati, -te, to pour in, fill up RV. AV. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhGṛ. KātyŚr. &c
  2. • to pour on, be sprinkle, water, wet BhP. Kathās. &c.: Caus. -secayati, to pour in or on ĀśvGṛ. and Śr. Mn.

≫āsikta

  1. ā́-sikta mfn. poured in or on AV. ŚBr. &c
  2. • sprinkled

≫āsic

  1. ā-síc k f. pouring in or towards
  2. • an oblation of Soma or butter (poured out towards or for the gods) RV. ii, 37, 1 and vii, 16, 11

≫āseka

  1. ā-seka m. wetting, sprinkling, watering MBh. Kathās.

≫āsekya

  1. āsekya s.v. 1. [Page 160, Column 3]

≫āsecana

  1. ā-sécana n. pouring into, wetting, sprinkling KātyŚr.
  2. • a reservoir or vessel for fluids RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr.
  3. • (ī), f. a small vessel L.

⋙āsecanavat

  1. ○vat mfn. serving for sprinkling ĀśvGṛ. iv, 3, 16 KātyŚr.

āsidh

  1. ā-√sidh Caus. -sedhayati, to imprison Comm. on Yājñ.

≫āsiddha

  1. ā-siddha mfn. put under restraint, imprisoned Comm. on Yājñ.

≫āseddhṛ

  1. ā-seddhṛ ā m. one who confines, imprisons ib.

≫āsedha

  1. ā-sedha m. arrest, custody, legal restraint of four kinds, (kālâsedha, limitation of time
  2. • sthānâsedha, confinement to a place
  3. • pravāsâsedha, prohibition against removal or departure
  4. • karmâsedha, restriction from employment) ib.

āsidhāra

  1. āsidhāra mfn. (fr. asi-dhārā), relating to or being like the edge of a sword (e.g. ○ṃ vratam, a vow as difficult as standing on the edge of a sword Ragh. xii, 67) Kathās.

āsināsi

  1. āsināsi m. (fr. asi-nāsa g. taulvaly-ādi Pāṇ. 2-4, 61), a descendant of Asināsa

āsibandhika

  1. āsibandhika m. (fr. asi-bandha ib.), a descendant of Asi-bandha

āsiv

  1. ā-√siv P. -sīvyati, to sew together

≫āsīvana

  1. ā-sīvana n. sewing together or on Kāṭh.

≫āsyūta

  1. ā-syūta mfn. sewn together Bhartṛ.

āsītakī

  1. āsītakī f. a kind of plant Lalit.

āsīmāntam

  1. ā-sīmântam ind. extending to the boundary Kathās. lvi, 306

āsu

  1. ā-su √3. P. -sunóti, (Subj. 2. pl. -sunótā AV. xx, 127, 7 and ā́-sotā RV. ix, 108, 7) to press out (Soma juice)
  2. • to distil RV. AV. ŚBr. ChUp.

≫āsava

  1. ā-sava m. distilling, distillation L.
  2. • decoction
  3. • rum, spirit distilled from sugar or molasses, spirituous liquor in general
  4. • juice MBh. Suśr. Vikr. Prab. Yājñ. &c
  5. • the nectar or juice of a flower Śiś. vi, 7
  6. • the nectar or juice of the lips (of a woman), Śāntiś

⋙āsavadru

  1. ○dru m. N. of the Palmyra tree Borassus Flabelliformis (its juice, on fermenting, affords a spirituous liquor L.)

≫āsāva

  1. ā-sāva m. (a priest) who presses out the Soma juice RV. viii, 103, 10

≫āsāvya

  1. ā-sāvya (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 26), mfn. to be pressed out

≫āsut

  1. ā-sut mfn. pressing out, distilling, (g. gahâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 138.)

≫āsuta

  1. ā-suta n. a manner of pressing the Soma ChUp. v, 12, 1
  2. • a mixture Bhpr.

≫āsuti

  1. ā-sutí f. a brew, mixture RV. AV.
  2. • distillation L.

⋙āsutimat

  1. ○mat mfn. (g. madhv-ādi Pāṇ. 4-2, 86) mixed with liquors (?)

⋙āsutīvala

  1. āsutī-vala (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 112), a priest (who prepares the Soma)
  2. • one who prepares or sells spirituous liquors, a distiller, brewer L.

āsuka

  1. āsuka n. N. of a Sāman

āsura

  1. āsurá mf(ī)n. (fr. asura), spiritual, divine RV. VS. AV.
  2. • belonging or devoted to evil spirits
  3. • belonging or relating to the Asuras RV. AV. VS. KātyŚr. Prab. Daś. &c
  4. • infernal, demoniacal
  5. • m. an Asura or demon AV. AitBr. Pāṇ.
  6. • a form of marriage (in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her father and paternal kinsmen) ĀśvGṛ. i, 6, 6 Mn. iii, 31 (cf. vivāha)
  7. • (ās), m. pl. the stars of the southern hemisphere Sūryas. &c
  8. • a prince of the warrior-tribe Asura Pāṇ.
  9. • (ī), f. a female demon
  10. • a division of medicine (surgery, curing by cutting with instruments, applying the actual cautery)
  11. • N. of the plant Sinapis Ramosa L.
  12. • the urethra BhP.
  13. • (am), n. blood
  14. • black salt L.

≫āsura

  1. āsura mfn. belonging to Āsuri (below)

≫āsurāyaṇa

  1. āsurāyaṇá m. (fr. ā́suri below), a descendant of Āsuri ŚBr. BṛĀrUp. MBh.
  2. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a school

≫āsurāyaṇīya

  1. āsurāyaṇīya mfn. (fr. āsurāyaṇa), belonging to or coming from Āsurāyaṇa

≫āsuri

  1. ā́suri m. [ī f. L.], (fr. asura), N. of a teacher ŚBr. BṛĀrUp. &c

⋙āsurivāsin

  1. ○vāsin m. N. of Prāśnī-putra ŚBr.

⋙āsurīkalpa

  1. āsurī-kalpa m. N. of a Tantra

≫āsurīya

  1. āsurīya mfn. (fr. āsuri) Pat. on Kāty. on Pāṇ. 4-1, 19

āsū

  1. ā-sū P. ā́-suvati √1. (p. -suvāná) to excite towards [Page 161, Column 1]
  2. • to throw to, send off towards
  3. • to assign to, bring quickly, procure
  4. • to yield, grant RV. AV. ŚBr.

≫āsava

  1. ā-savá m. exciting, enlivening VS.

≫āsavitṛ

  1. ā-savitṛ tā́ m. exciting, exciter ŚBr.

≫āsuti

  1. ā-sutí f. exciting, enlivening RV. i, 104, vii, 97, 7

āsūtraya

  1. ā-sūtraya Nom. (fr. sūtra)

≫āsūtrita

  1. ā-sūtrita mfn. tied on or round, forming or wearing a garland

āsṛ

  1. ā-√sṛ P. -sarati, to hasten towards, come running RV. AV.: Caus. Pass. -śāryate, to be undertaken or begun Hariv.

≫āsāra

  1. ā-sāra m. surrounding an enemy
  2. • incursion, attack L.
  3. • a hard shower
  4. MBh. Megh. Ragh. Mālav. Kathās. &c
  5. • a king whose dominions are separated by other states and who is an ally in war Kām.

⋙āsāraśarkarā

  1. ○śarkarā f. pl. hailstorm BhP.
  2. • a particular metre

≫āsāraṇa

  1. ā-sāraṇa m. N. of a Yaksha BhP.

āsṛj

  1. ā-√sṛj P. (Impv. 2. sg. ā́-sṛja) Ā. (pf. 3. pl. ā́-sasṛjire) to pour out upon, pour in RV.
  2. • to admit (a stallion to a mare) RV. ix, 97, 18
  3. • to adorn, decorate RV. v, 52, 6
  4. • to carry near
  5. • to procure KātyŚr.

āsekya

  1. āsekya m. (fr. a-seka), impotent, a man of slight generative power Suśr. i, 318, 8

āsecana

  1. āsecana and āsecanaka = a-secana and a-secanaka, qq.v. L.
  2. • (for 1. ā-secana ā-√sic.)

āseddhṛ

  1. ā-seddhṛ &c. ā-√sidh

āsev

  1. ā-√sev (rarely P.) Ā. -sevati, -te, to frequent
  2. • to abide in, inhabit, dwell on R. BhP. Kāvyâd.
  3. • to attend to, serve
  4. • to honour
  5. • to take the part of, side with BhP. &c
  6. • to enjoy (sexual intercourse)
  7. • to indulge in, like
  8. • to perform assiduously, practise MBh. Suśr. Megh. Kum. &c

≫āsevana

  1. ā-sevana n. abiding in Rājat.
  2. • assiduous practice or performance of anything Pāṇ.

≫āsevā

  1. ā-sevā f. id. ib.

≫āsevita

  1. ā-sevita mfn. frequented
  2. • practised assiduously

≫āsevin

  1. ā-sevin mfn. frequenting, inhabiting Kathās.
  2. • zealously cultivating or performing anything Rājat.

≫āsevya

  1. ā-sevya mfn. to be frequented or visited, Kāvyapr

āskand

  1. ā-√skand P. -skandati, to leap, skip ( ā-skándam)
  2. • to invade, attack, assault
  3. Mālatīm. Kathās. BhP.

≫āskanda

  1. ā-skandá m. ascending, mounting, jumping upon Kathās.
  2. • attack, assault Rājat. &c
  3. • a die (especially the fourth) VS. TS.
  4. • a manner of recitation Lāṭy.

≫āskandana

  1. ā-skandana n. going towards
  2. • assailing, attack
  3. • battle, combat Kathās.
  4. • reproach, abuse L.
  5. • drying L.

≫āskandam

  1. ā-skándam ind. p. leaping, skipping VS.

≫āskandita

  1. ā-skandita mfn. subject to or burdened with
  2. • (am) and (○akam), n. a horse's gallop L.

≫āskandin

  1. ā-skandin mfn. jumping upon Ragh.
  2. • assailing
  3. • causing to jump away, giving away, granting Kathās.
  4. • a robber L.

āskabh

  1. ā-√skabh P. (-skabhnā́ti RV. x, 6, 3) to fix firmly into, stick into

āsku

  1. ā-√sku P. (-skauti ŚBr. and -skunóti AV. xii, 4, 6) to pull, pluck, tear

āskra

  1. ā́skra mfn. (√kram Sāy., fr. skṛ = √1. kṛ BRD.), attacking, assaulting [Sāy.]
  2. • joined, united {cf. BRD.} RV. i, 186, 2, &c

āstara

  1. ā-stara &c. ā-√stṛ

āstāyana

  1. āstāyana mfn. (fr. asti, 'existent', g. pakṣâdi Pāṇ. 4-2, 80), belonging to something existent

āstāva

  1. ā-stāvá m. (√stu), the place where a particular Stotra is sung
  2. TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr.

āstika

  1. āstika mf(ī)n. (fr. asti, 'there is or exists' Pāṇ. 4-2, 60), one who believes in the existence (of God, of another world, &c.)
  2. • believing, pious, faithful MBh. Yājñ. Suśr.
  3. • m. = āstīka, q.v

⋙āstikārthada

  1. āstikârtha-da m. 'granting Āstika's request', N. of the king Janamejaya (who at the request of the sage Āstika [see āstīka] excepted the Nāga Takshaka from the destruction to which he had doomed the serpent-race) L. [Page 161, Column 2]

≫āstikya

  1. āstikya n. (fr. āstika), belief in God, piety, faithfulness
  2. • a believing nature or disposition MBh. Bhag. BhP.

≫āsteya

  1. āsteya mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 56) belonging to something existent

āstīka

  1. āstīka m. N. of a Muni (the son of Jaratkāru and Bhaginī Jaratkāru) MBh. Hariv.
  2. • (mfn.) relating to or treating of the Muni Āstika
  3. • (āstīkaṃ parva, a section of the first book of the Mahā-bhārata.)

āstubh

  1. ā-√stubh P. -stobhati, to receive or attend with shouts of joy
  2. • to huzza to ŚāṅkhŚr.

āstṛ

  1. ā-√stṛ P. Ā. -stṛṇoti, -stṛṇute, -starati, -te (generally ind. p. ā-stīrya, q.v.) to, scatter over, cover, bestrew, spread R. VarBṛ. KātyŚr. &c

≫āstara

  1. ā-stara m. covering
  2. • a coverlet, blanket, carpet
  3. • a bed, cushion, Śāntiś. Kathās.
  4. • N. of a man

≫āstaraṇa

  1. ā-stáraṇa am, ī n. f. the act of spreading
  2. • a carpet, rug
  3. • a cushion, quilt, bed-clothes
  4. • a bed
  5. • a layer of sacred grass spread out at a sacrifice AV. xv, 3, 7 AitBr. ĀśvGṛ. MBh. Pañcat. &c
  6. • an elephant's housings, a painted cloth or blanket worn on his back

⋙āstaraṇavat

  1. ○vat mfn. covered with a cloth or carpet R. MBh.

≫āstaraṇika

  1. āstaraṇika mfn. resting on a cloth or carpet R.

≫āstāra

  1. ā-stāra m. spreading, strewing, scattering

⋙āstārapaṅkti

  1. ○paṅkti f. N. of a metre (the first verse of which consists of two Pādas of eight syllables each, the second of two Pādas of twelve syllables each) RAnukr.

≫āstāraka

  1. ā-stāraka m. a fire-receptacle, grate Bhpr.

≫āstīrṇa

  1. ā-stīrṇa mfn. spread, strewed, scattered KātyŚr. Kathās. Ragh.
  2. • covered MBh. R. Suśr. &c

≫āstīrya

  1. ā-stīrya ind. p. having scattered over or strewed
  2. • covering, spreading
  3. ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. Lāṭy. Kauś.

≫āstṛta

  1. ā́-stṛta mfn. = ā-stīrṇa above VS. VP. BhP. &c

āstrabudhna

  1. āstrabudhná m. N. of a man RV. x, 171, 3

āsthā

  1. ā-√sthā P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, -te, to stand or remain on or by
  2. • to ascend, mount
  3. • to stay near, go towards, resort to RV. AV. ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. MBh. R. BhP. Kum. &c
  4. • to act according to, follow R. BhP.
  5. • to undertake, perform, do, carry out, practise, use MBh. R. Hariv. BhP. Kathās. &c
  6. • to side or take part with, be of the opinion of
  7. • to maintain, affirm Pat.
  8. • to acknowledge
  9. • to take care for, have regard for MBh. Sarvad. &c.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to cause to ascend Kauś.
  10. • to cause to stay or stop
  11. • to arrest, stop RV. Kauś.
  12. • to fix into, put into AitBr. BhP. Kathās.
  13. • to hurt RV.
  14. • to constipate
  15. • to strengthen Suśr.
  16. • to introduce Sāh.

≫āsthā

  1. ā-sthā f. consideration, regard, care, care for (with loc., e.g. mayy āsthā, care for me) Hit. Ragh. Kathās. &c
  2. • assent, promise L.
  3. • confidence, hope
  4. • prop, stay, support L.
  5. • place or means of abiding L.
  6. • an assembly L.
  7. • state, condition L.

≫āsthātṛ

  1. ā-sthātṛ́ mfn. standing on, mounting on RV. vi, 47, 26

≫āsthāna

  1. ā-sthā́na n. place, site, ground, base VS. AV. ŚBr.
  2. • an assembly
  3. • a hall of audience Kathās. L.
  4. • (ī), f. an assembly, Ratnāv

⋙āsthānagṛha

  1. ○gṛha n. an assembly-room L.

⋙āsthānamaṇḍapa

  1. ○maṇḍapa m. and n. a hall of audience Hariv. Kād.

≫āsthānīya

  1. āsthānīya mfn. belonging to an assembly
  2. • m. chamberlain Rājat.

≫āsthāpana

  1. ā-sthāpana n. placing, fixing, causing to stay or remain
  2. • a strengthening remedy
  3. • an enema of oil, ghee, &c. Suśr.

≫āsthāpita

  1. ā-sthāpita mfn. placed, fixed, &c
  2. • (am), n. (gana ācitâdi Pāṇ. 6-2, 146), a particular Sandhi RPrāt. APrāt.

≫āsthāya

  1. ā-sthāya ind. p. having recourse to, using, employing
  2. • having ascended
  3. • standing, standing by

≫āsthāyikā

  1. ā-sthāyikā f. access, audience
  2. • (e.g. āsthāyikāṃ dā, to give an audience.)

≫āsthita

  1. ā-sthita mfn. staying or sitting on, dwelling on, abiding MBh. R. BhP. Kathās. &c
  2. • come or fallen into
  3. • one who has undertaken or performed MBh. R. Mn. Śiś. &c
  4. • being, existing BhP. Hit.
  5. • acknowledging, believing Sarvad.
  6. • stayed, dwelt, inhabited
  7. • ascended Ragh. BhP.
  8. • undertaken, performed MBh. R. [Page 161, Column 3]
  9. • brought, carried to BhP.

≫āstheya

  1. ā-stheya mfn. to be approached
  2. • to be seized
  3. • to be applied or practised R.
  4. • to be regarded as
  5. • to be acknowledged or adopted (as an opinion) Sarvad.

āsnāna

  1. ā-snā́na n. (√snā), water for washing, a bath AV. xiv, 2, 65

āsneya

  1. ā́sneya mf(ī)n. (fr. asan), bloody, being in blood AV. xi, 8, 28

āspada

  1. āspada n. (ifc. mf[ā]n. fr. pada with ā prefixed, s being inserted), place, seat, abode Śak. Kathās. Mṛicch. Bhartṛ. Daś. &c
  2. • the tenth lunar mansion VarBṛ.
  3. • business, affair
  4. • dignity, authority
  5. • power L.

⋙āspadatā

  1. ○tā f. and the state of being the place or abode of

⋙tva

  1. tva n. the state of being the place or abode of

āspand

  1. ā-√spand Ā. -spandate, to palpitate, quiver R.

≫āspandana

  1. ā-spandana n. trembling, quivering BhP.

āspātra

  1. ās-pātra 3. ās

āspṛ

  1. ā-√spṛ P. -spṛṇoti, to procure for one's self ŚBr.

āspṛś

  1. ā-√spṛś

≫āśpṛśya

  1. ā-śpṛśya ind. p. having touched softly BhP.

≫āspṛṣṭa

  1. ā-spṛṣṭa mfn. touched softly or gently ŚBr.

āsphal

  1. ā-√sphal Caus. -sphālayati, to cause to flap
  2. • to rock, shake, throw Hariv. Ragh. Uttarar. &c
  3. • to tear asunder BhP.

≫āsphāla

  1. ā-sphāla m. causing to flap or move
  2. • striking
  3. • flapping, clapping
  4. • rebounding, recoiling Naish.
  5. • the flapping motion of an elephant's ears towards each other L.

≫āsphālana

  1. ā-sphālana n. rubbing, stirring, flapping
  2. • striking
  3. • clashing, colliding, collision
  4. MBh. Śak. Hit. Ragh. Śiś. &c
  5. • pride, arrogance L.

≫āsphālita

  1. ā-sphālita mfn. struck gently
  2. • stirred
  3. • caused to move
  4. • flapped, clapped, struck together

āsphāy

  1. ā-√sphāy Ā. -sphāyate, to grow, increase Bhaṭṭ.

āsphāra

  1. ā-sphāra m. (fr. √sphar = √sphal?), a dice-board Sāy. on RV. x, 34, 1 and 8

āsphujit

  1. āsphujit = ?, N. of the planet Venus

āsphuṭ

  1. ā-√sphuṭ Caus. -sphoṭayati, to split open, crush, grind Kathās.
  2. • to move, agitate quickly
  3. • to shake MBh. Mn. BhP. &c

≫āsphoṭa

  1. ā-sphoṭa m. (and ā f. L.) moving or flapping to and fro
  2. • quivering, trembling, shaking
  3. • the sound of clapping or striking on the arms (as made by combatants, wrestlers, &c.) MBh.
  4. • a species of plant L.

≫āsphoṭaka

  1. ā-sphoṭaka m. a species of plant L.

≫āsphoṭana

  1. ā-sphoṭana n. shaking, moving to and fro R. MBh.
  2. • slapping or clapping the arms or the noise made by it
  3. • stretching VarBṛ. Suśr.
  4. • blowing, expanding L.
  5. • closing, sealing L.
  6. • (ī), f. a gimlet or auger L.

≫āsphota

  1. ā-sphota m. (probably for ā-sphoṭa above), N. of several plants, viz. Calotropis Gigantea (cf. Suśr.), Bahinia Variegata, Echites Dichotoma L.
  2. • (ā), f. N. of several plants, viz. Jasminum Sambac (cf. Suśr.), Clitoria Ternatea (of two kinds, with white and blue flowers Bhpr.), Echites Frutescens, Echites Dichotoma L.

≫āsphotaka

  1. ā-sphotaka m. Calotropis Gigantea L.

āsphul

  1. ā-√sphul = ā-√sphal above

āsmāka

  1. āsmāká mf(ī)n. (fr. asmākam Pāṇ. 4-3, 1 and 2), our, ours VS. Sāh.

≫āsmākīna

  1. āsmākīna mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 1 and 2), id

āsya

  1. āsyá &c. 4. ās

āsyand

  1. ā-√syand Ā. -syandate (p. -syándamāna), to stream or flow towards or near AV. iii, 12, 3 ŚāṅkhGṛ. and Śr

≫āsyandana

  1. ā-syandana n. flowing near Nir.

āsyahātya

  1. āsyahātya mfn. (fr. asy-a-hatya g. vimuktâdi Pāṇ. 5-2, 61), containing the word asy-a-hatya, 'non-killing with a sword' (as a chapter) or (g. anuśatikâdi Pāṇ. 7-3, 20) belonging to a non-massacre [asi-hatya and āsihātya Kāś.] [Page 162, Column 1]

āsyā

  1. āsyā f. √2. ās

āsyūta

  1. ā-syūta ā-√siv

āsraṃs

  1. ā-√sraṃs

≫āsrasta

  1. ā-srasta mfn. fallen off, loose MBh.

āsrapa

  1. āsrapa m. (fr. asra-pa), the nineteenth lunar mansion (presided over by the Rākshasa Asra-pa) L.
  2. • = asra-pa (q.v.) T.

āsru

  1. ā-√sru P. -sravati, to flow near or towards
  2. • to flow, stream, flow from BhP. Sarvad.
  3. • to spring a leak
  4. • to flow off, go off, deteriorate AV. v, 19, 8 ; ii, 29, 7: Caus. -srāvayati and -sravayati, to cause to flow
  5. • to bleed, cup Kām.
  6. • to impel Sarvad.

≫āsrava

  1. ā-srava m. the foam on boiling rice L.
  2. • a door opening into water and allowing the stream to descend through it Sarvad.
  3. • (with Jainas) the action of the senses which impels the soul towards external objects (one of the seven Sattvas or substances
  4. • it is two fold, as good or evil) Sarvad.
  5. • distress, affliction, pain L.

≫āsrāva

  1. ā-srāvá m. flow, issue, running, discharge Suśr.
  2. • suppuration MBh.
  3. • pain, affliction
  4. • a particular disease of the body AV. i, 2, 4 ; ii, 3, 3-5
  5. • (ās), m. pl. the objects of sense Āp.

⋙āsrāvabheṣaja

  1. ○bheṣajá n. a medicament, medicine AV. vi, 44, 2

≫āsrāvin

  1. ā-srāvin mfn. flowing, emitting fluid, discharging humour (as an elephant who emits fluid from his temples during the rutting time) MBh.
  2. • suppurating, festering Suśr.

≫āsru

  1. ā-sru mfn. flowing or streaming in abundance

⋙āsrupayas

  1. ○payas mfn. one whose milk is streaming away in abundance (as a cow) BhP. x, 13, 30

āsvad

  1. ā-√svad P. -svadati, to eat, consume MBh.: Caus. -svādayati, to taste, enjoy, eat with a relish MBh. R. BhP. VarBṛ. Suśr. Pañcat. &c

≫āsvāda

  1. ā-svāda m. eating with a relish, tasting, enjoying (also metaphorically) Mn. Kathās. Sāh. Yājñ. &c
  2. • flavour, taste R. Pañcat. Megh. &c

⋙āsvādavat

  1. ○vat mfn. having a good taste, palatable
  2. • delicious in flavour Ragh.

≫āsvādaka

  1. ā-svādaka mfn. tasting, enjoying Sāh.

≫āsvādana

  1. ā-svādana n. the act of eating, tasting, enjoying Pañcat. Hit.

≫āsvādita

  1. ā-svādita mfn. tasted, enjoyed, eaten

≫āsvādya

  1. ā-svādya mfn. to be eaten
  2. • to be tasted or enjoyed MBh. Kathās.
  3. • having a good taste, palatable delicious

⋙āsvādyatoya

  1. ○toya mf(ā)n. having sweet or palatable water (as a stream) Hit.

āsvan

  1. ā-√svan P. (pf. 3. pl. -svenus Bhaṭṭ.) to resound

≫āsvanita

  1. ā-svanita and mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 28) sounded, resounded

⋙āsvānta

  1. ā-svānta mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 28) sounded, resounded

āsvid

  1. ā-√svid Ā. (p. pf. -siṣvidāná RV. x, 106, 10) to sweat, perspire

āha

  1. āha ind. an interjection
  2. • a particle implying reproof
  3. • severity
  4. • command
  5. • casting
  6. • sending L.

āha

  1. ā́ha perf. 3. sg. of the defect. √1. ah, q.v

āhaka

  1. āhaka m. a peculiar disease of the nose, inflammation of the Schneiderian membrane

āhaṃkārika

  1. āhaṃkārika mfn. (fr. ahaṃkāra), belonging to Ahaṃ-kāra or self-consciousness MBh.

≫āhaṃkārya

  1. āhaṃkārya erroneously for ahaṃkārya, q.v

āhan

  1. ā-√han P. -hanti (Impv. ā́-jahi AV. &c
  2. • pf. ā́-jaghāna RV. &c.), Ā. -hate (only if no object follows Pāṇ. 1-3, 28, or if the object is a part of one's own body Kāty.
  3. • Pot. 1. sg. -ghnīya Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 62 Daś.) to strike at, hit, beat
  4. • to attack, assault
  5. RV. TS. ĀśvGṛ. MBh. Kathās. &c.: (Ā.) to strike one's self (or any part of one's body) BhP. Pāṇ. and Comm. Bhaṭṭ.
  6. • to make away with one's self Daś. 91, 15
  7. • to fasten AV. ŚBr.
  8. • to beat or cause to sound (a drum &c.) TS. ŚBr. Kathās. Bhaṭṭ. &c.: Intens. ā́-jaṅghanti RV. vi, 75, 13, to strike at or beat violently

≫āhata

  1. ā́-hata mfn. struck, beaten, hit, hurt R. Ragh. Kum. Kathās. VarBṛ. &c
  2. • fastened, fixed RV. AV.
  3. • beaten, caused to sound (as a drum &c.) MBh. Hariv. Ragh. &c
  4. • crushed, rubbed Śiś.
  5. • rendered null, destroyed, frustrated BhP. VarBṛS.
  6. • multiplied VarBṛS. [Page 162, Column 2]
  7. • hit, blunted (said of a Visarga, when changed to o) Sāh.
  8. • uttered falsely L.
  9. • known, understood L.
  10. • repeated, mentioned L.
  11. • m. a drum L.
  12. • (am), n. old cloth or raiment L.
  13. • new cloth or clothes L.
  14. • assertion of an impossibility L.

⋙āhatalakṣaṇa

  1. ○lakṣaṇa mfn. one whose marks or characteristics are mentioned, famed, reputed L.

⋙āhatavisargatā

  1. ○visarga-tā f. the deadening of a Visarga or its change into o Sāh.

≫āhati

  1. ā-hati f. hitting, striking
  2. • a blow, hit Kathās. Ratnāv. Kpr. &c
  3. • (in arith.) a product, Ārvabh. Bījag.

≫āhatya

  1. ā-hatya ind. p. having struck or beaten, striking, hitting

⋙āhatyavacana

  1. ○vacana n. and an explicit or energetic explanation

⋙āhatyavāda

  1. ○vāda m. an explicit or energetic explanation

≫āhanana

  1. ā-hánana n. the act of striking at, beating KātyŚr.
  2. • killing (an animal) AV.
  3. • a stick for beating a drum AV. xx, 133, 1

⋙āhananaprakāra

  1. ○prakāra mfn. fit for beating ĀpŚr.

≫āhananyā

  1. āhananyâ mfn. (fr. ā-hanana), being in the act of beating (a drum &c.) VS. xvi, 35

≫āhanas

  1. ā-hanás mfn. to be beaten or pressed out (as Soma)
  2. • to be skimmed (as milk) RV.
  3. • to be beaten (as an unchaste woman)
  4. • unchaste, wanton
  5. • obscene, lascivious, profligate RV. v, 42, 13 ; x, 10, 6. 8

≫āhanasya

  1. ā-hanasya n. unchasteness, lasciviousness AitBr.
  2. • lascivious words, obscenity ŚBr.
  3. • (ās), f. pl. (scil. ṛcas) verses of a lascivious character
  4. • a chapter of the Kuntāpa hymns in the Atharva-veda AitBr. ĀśvŚr. &c
  5. • (with an○ mfn. chaste, decent ŚāṅkhGṛ. HirGṛ.)

āhara

  1. ā-hara &c. ā-√hṛ

āhary

  1. ā-√hary P. (p. -háryat RV. x, 105, 1) Ā. (p. -háryamāṇa RV. x, 96, 11) to like
  2. • to foster

āhalak

  1. āhálak [VS.] and āhálam {cf. TS.}, ind. a smacking sound

āhava

  1. ā-hava &c. ā-√hu & ā-√hve

āhaspatya

  1. āhaspatya mfn. (fr. ahas-pati), belonging to the lord of the day or to the sun, MantraBr Gobh.

āhāra

  1. ā-hāra &c. ā-√hṛ

āhāva

  1. ā-hāva &c. ā-√hu & ā-√hve

āhi

  1. ā-√hi Ā. (3. pl. ā́-hinvire RV. ix, 74, 8) to carry near
  2. • to procure

āhiṃs

  1. ā-√hiṃs Ā. -hiṃsate, to attack, make war upon TāṇḍyaBr.

āhiṃsi

  1. āhiṃsi m. a descendant of Ahiṃsa

≫āhiṃsāyana

  1. āhiṃsāyana m. (fr. āhiṃsi g. taulvalyādi Pāṇ. 2-4, 61), a descendant of Āhiṃsi

āhika

  1. āhika m. (fr. ahi), the descending node L.
  2. • N. of Pāṇini L.

āhicchattra

  1. āhicchattra mfn. (fr. ahi-cchattra, or ○ā), coming from the country Ahicchattra or its city Kathās. Pat.

≫āhicchattrika

  1. āhicchattrika m. an inhabitant of the country Ahicchattra or its city

āhiṇḍaka

  1. āhiṇḍaka and āhiṇḍika m. a man of mixed origin (the son of a Nishāda father and a Vaidehī mother Mn. x, 37
  2. • employed as a watchman outside gaols &c. Comm. on Mn.)
  3. • a traveller in Prākṛit Mṛicch.

āhita

  1. ā-hita and ā-hiti, ā-√dhā

āhituṇḍika

  1. āhituṇḍika m. (fr. ahituṇḍa), 'one (who plays) with a snake's mouth', a snake-catcher, juggler Pañcat. Mudr.

āhimata

  1. āhimata mfn. (fr ahi-mat), belonging to (a country) abounding in snakes Comm. on Pāṇ.

āhirbudhnya

  1. āhirbudhnya n. N. of the Nakshatra Uttara-bhadra-padā (presided over by Ahir-budhnya)

āhu

  1. ā-√hu P. Ā. -juhoti, -juhute (p. -júhvāna) to sacrifice, offer an oblation
  2. • to sprinkle (with butter) RV. AV. TS. Hariv.

≫āhava

  1. ā-hava m. sacrificing, sacrifice L.
  2. • (for 2. ā-hava ā-√hve.)

≫āhavana

  1. ā-hávana n. offering an oblation, offering sacrifice, a sacrifice RV. vii, 1, 17 ; 8, 5. [Page 162, Column 3]

≫āhavanīya

  1. ā-havanīya mfn. to be offered as an oblation
  2. • (āhavanī́ya), m. (scil. agni) consecrated fire taken from the householder's perpetual fire and prepared for receiving oblations
  3. • especially the eastern of the three fires burning at a sacrifice AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr. ChUp. &c

⋙āhavanīyatas

  1. ○tas ind. from the Āhavanīya fire ĀpŚr.

≫āhavanīyaka

  1. āhavanīyaka m. = āhavanī́ya above

≫āhāva

  1. ā-hāvá m. a trough, pail, vessel RV.
  2. • a trough near a well for watering cattle Pāṇ.
  3. • (for 2. ā-hāva ā-√hve.)

≫āhuta

  1. ā́-huta mfn. offered as an oblation, sacrificed RV. AV. ŚāṅkhŚr.
  2. • laid in the fire (as a corpse) RV. x, 16, 5
  3. • offering made to men, hospitality (= manuṣya-yajña, q.v.) L.
  4. • nourishment of all created beings (considered as one of the five principal sacrifices of the Hindūs
  5. • cf. bhūta-yajña) L.

≫āhuti

  1. ā́-huti f. offering oblations with fire to the deities
  2. • any solemn rite accompanied with oblations RV. AV. TS. AitBr. ŚBr. MBh. &c
  3. • (is), m. N. of a son of Babhru MBh. Hariv. VP.

⋙āhutikṛta

  1. ○kṛta mfn. offered as an oblation ŚBr. vi, 6, 4, 2

⋙āhutibhāga

  1. ○bhāga mf(ī)n. one whose share is a sacrifice AitBr.

⋙āhutibhāj

  1. ○bhā́j mfn. one who partakes of a sacrifice or oblation MaitrS.

⋙āhutimaya

  1. ○máya mfn. consisting of oblations ŚBr.

⋙āhutivat

  1. ○vat (ā́huti○), mfn. accompanied with oblations ŚBr.

⋙āhutiṣṭakā

  1. āhutiṣṭakā́ f. pl. a kind of brick TS.
  2. • (for 2. ā-huti ā-√hve.)

≫āhutī

  1. āhutī (in comp. for 1. ā́-huti)

⋙āhutīkṛ

  1. ○√kṛ to offer as an oblation, Ratnāv. Bālar.

⋙āhutībhū

  1. ○√bhū to become or be an oblation Bālar.

⋙āhutīvṛdh

  1. ○vṛ́dh mfn. delighting in sacrifices RV. ix, 67, 29

āhuka

  1. āhuka m. N. of a king (great, grandfather of Kṛishna, a son or grandson of Abhijit) MBh. Hariv. VP.
  2. • (ī), f. a sister of that king Hariv. VP.
  3. • (ās), m. pl., N. of a people MBh.

āhulya

  1. āhulya n. the leguminous shrub Tabernaemontana Coronaria L.

āhū

  1. ā-hū &c. ā-√hve

āhūrya

  1. ā-hūrya ā-√hvṛ

āhṛ

  1. ā-√hṛ P. -harati (aor. 1. sg. -ahārṣam RV. AV.
  2. • pf. -jahāra, Inf. -hartavaí ŚBr. xiii, 8, 3, 10)
  3. • seldom Ā. (pf. -jahre Hariv.) to fetch, bring, bring near
  4. • to offer, reach forth, deliver, give RV. AV. TS. ŚBr. MBh. R. BhP. Śak. &c
  5. • to fetch for one's self, take away, take, receive, get AV. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. Kathās. &c
  6. • to conceive (as a woman) Mn.
  7. • to bring home (a bride) R. Kathās. Kum.
  8. • to put on
  9. • to take for one's self, use, enjoy MBh. Kathās. R. &c
  10. • to manifest, utter, speak MBh. BhP. R. &c.: Caus. P. Ā. -hārayati, -te, to cause to fetch
  11. • to procure ŚBr. AitBr. TBr.
  12. • to cause to bring, collect (taxes) Mn. MBh.
  13. • to take for one's self, enjoy, eat MBh. R.
  14. • to manifest, utter MBh. R. Hariv.: Desid. P. Ā. -jihīrṣati, -te, to wish or intend to procure ŚBr.
  15. • to seek to get MBh.

≫ājihīrṣu

  1. ā-jihīrṣu^ mfn. (fr. Desid.), being about to bring near or fetch MBh. iii, 11078

≫āhara

  1. ā-hara mfn. ifc. bringing, fetching Ragh.
  2. • m. taking, seizing
  3. • accomplishing, offering (a sacrifice) MBh. Kād.
  4. • drawing in breath, inhaling
  5. • inhaled air
  6. • breath inspired, inspiration L.

≫āhara

  1. ā-hara (2. sg. Impv. forming irregular Tatpurusha compounds with the following words):

⋙āharakaraṭā

  1. ○karaṭā (i.e. [A-hara karaTa! ity-ucyate yasyAM kriyAyAM sA]),

⋙āharaceṭā

  1. ○ceṭā

⋙āharanivapā

  1. ○nivapā

⋙āharaniṣkirā

  1. ○niṣkirā

⋙āharavanitā

  1. ○vanitā

⋙āharavasanā

  1. ○vasanā

⋙āharavitanā

  1. ○vitanā

⋙āharasenā

  1. ○senā g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi Pāṇ. 2-1, 72

≫āharaṇa

  1. ā-haraṇa mfn. ifc. taking away, robbing
  2. • (am), n. taking, seizing, bringing, fetching KātyŚr. Śak. &c
  3. • extracting, removing Suśr.
  4. • accomplishing, offering (a sacrifice) MBh.
  5. • battle, combat L.
  6. • causing, inducing L.

≫āharaṇīkṛ

  1. āharaṇī-√kṛ to offer, give as a present Ragh.

≫āhartṛ

  1. ā-hartṛ́ tā m. one who brings or fetches
  2. • one who procures TS. ŚBr. MBh. R.
  3. • one who takes or seizes
  4. • one who takes away or removes Yājñ.
  5. • causing, inducing, an originator MBh. Vikr.
  6. • an offerer (of a sacrifice) MBh.
  7. • one who takes for himself or enjoys Lalit.

≫āhāra

  1. ā-hāra mf(ī)n. ifc. bringing near, procuring
  2. • being about to fetch, going to fetch MBh.
  3. • (as), m. taking [Page 163, Column 1]
  4. • fetching, bringing near KātyŚr. R.
  5. • employing, use KātyŚr.
  6. • taking food
  7. • food [e.g. ā-hāraṃ √1. kṛ, to take food, eat MBh. &c.]
  8. • livelihood Hit. Pañcat. R. Mn. Suśr. &c

⋙āhāraniḥsaraṇamārga

  1. ○niḥsaraṇa-mārga m. 'the place of the exit of food', the posterior part of the body Bhartṛ.

⋙āhāranirgamasthāna

  1. ○nirgama-sthāna n. id

⋙āhārapāka

  1. ○pāka m. 'food-maturing', digestion Bhpr.

⋙āhārabhūmi

  1. ○bhūmi f. eating-place Kathās.

⋙āhārayojana

  1. ○yojana n. dressing food MBh.

⋙āhāraviraha

  1. ○viraha m. want of food

⋙āhāravṛtti

  1. ○vṛtti f. livelihood Pañcat.

⋙āhāraśuddhi

  1. ○śuddhi f. purity in food ChUp.

⋙āhārasaṃbhava

  1. ○saṃbhava m. the juice produced by food, chyle, lymph, serum L.

⋙āhārārthin

  1. āhārârthin mfn. seeking or begging for food

≫āhāraka

  1. āhāraka mfn. bringing near, procuring, fetching Comm. on Pāṇ. (cf. kṛtâhāra-ka.)

≫āhāraya

  1. āhāraya Nom. (fr. ā-hāra) P. ā-hārayati, to take food, eat, dine Vet.

≫āhārika

  1. āhārika m. (with Jainas) one of the five bodies belonging to the soul (a minute form, issuing from the head of a meditative sage to consult an omniscient saint and returning with the desired information, Colebrooke)

≫āhārin

  1. ā-hārin mfn. taking together, collecting

≫āhārya

  1. ā-hāryá mfn. to be taken or seized
  2. • to be fetched or brought near
  3. ĀśvŚr. KātyŚr. Mn.
  4. • to be extracted or removed Suśr.
  5. • to be taken or eaten
  6. • what may be removed, adventitious, accessory, incidental L.
  7. • m. a kind of bandage Suśr.
  8. • (am), n. any disease to be treated by the operation of extracting
  9. • extraction Suśr.
  10. • a vessel AV. ix, 1, 23 ; 6, 18
  11. • the decorative part of a drama (the press, decorations, &c.) L.

⋙āhāryaśobhā

  1. ○śobhā f. adventitious beauty (not natural but the effect of paint, ornaments, &c.)

≫āhṛta

  1. ā-hṛta mfn. brought near, fetched, procured Mn. Ragh. Yājñ. MārkP. &c
  2. • taken, seized, captivated
  3. Kathās. Yājñ. MBh. &c
  4. • taken (as food), eaten R. &c
  5. • uttered, spoken R. BhP. &c

⋙āhṛtayajñakratu

  1. ○yajña-kratu (ā́hṛta-), mfn. intending to accomplish a prepared sacrifice AV. ix, 6, 27

≫āhṛti

  1. ā-hṛti f. bringing or drawing near VarBṛS.

≫āhṛtya

  1. ā-hṛtya ind. p. having fetched or brought &c

āhṛṣ

  1. ā-√hṛṣ P. (p. -hṛṣyat) to shudder, shiver BhP. x, 82, 14

āheya

  1. āheya mfn. (fr. ahi Pāṇ. 4-3, 56), belonging to or coming from a snake Pañcat.

āho

  1. ā́ho ind. (g. câdi Pāṇ. 1-4, 57) an interjection, of asking and of doubt, 'Is it so?' ŚBr. TUp. Śak. Bhag.

⋙āhopuruṣikā

  1. ○puruṣikā (g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi Pāṇ. 3-1, 72), f. boasting of one's manliness or military prowess
  2. • vaunting of one's power Bhaṭṭ.

⋙āhosvit

  1. ○svit ind, an interrogative particle (often after kim e.g. kim īśvarânapêkṣikam āho svid īśvarâpêkṣam, 'is it independent of God or dependent on God?')

āhna

  1. āhná n. (fr. ahan), a series of days, many days ŚBr. Pāṇ.

≫āhnika

  1. āhnika mfn. performed or occurring in the day-time, diurnal MBh.
  2. • performed or done or occurring every day, daily R. &c
  3. • (am), n. a religious ceremony to be performed every day at a fixed hour MBh. R.
  4. • a day's work
  5. • what may be read on one day
  6. • division or chapter of a book
  7. • constant occupation, daily work
  8. • daily food &c. L.
  9. • N. of several works

⋙āhnikacandrikā

  1. ○candrikā f

⋙āhnikatattva

  1. ○tattva n

⋙āhnikadīpaka

  1. ○dīpaka m

⋙āhnikapradīpa

  1. ○pradīpa m

⋙āhnikaprayoga

  1. ○prayoga m

⋙āhnikamañjarī

  1. ○mañjarī f

⋙āhnikasāra

  1. ○sāra m. N. of wks

⋙āhnikācāra

  1. āhnikâcāra m. daily observance (the diurnal prayers and practices necessary for bodily and mental purification)
  2. • -tattva n. N. of wk

āhneya

  1. āhneyá m. (fr. ahni f.), N. of Śauca TĀr. ii, 12, 2

āhruta

  1. ā-hruta ā-√hvṛ

āhlād

  1. ā-√hlād Caus. -hlādayati, to refresh, revive, gladden MBh. Ragh. Rājat. &c

≫āhlāda

  1. ā-hlāda m. refreshing, reviving
  2. • joy, delight Pañcat.

⋙āhlādakara

  1. ○kara mfn. causing or conferring delight Kād. Ratnāv.

⋙āhlādakārin

  1. ○kārin

⋙āhlādadugha

  1. ○dugha mfn. id

≫āhlādaka

  1. ā-hlādaka mfn. causing delight, refreshing, reviving Kathās.

≫āhlādana

  1. ā-hlādana n. the act of gladdening, refreshing R.

≫āhlādanīya

  1. ā-hlādanīya mfn. to be refreshed or gladdened Kād. [Page 163, Column 2]

⋙āhlādita

  1. ā-hlādita mfn. delighted, rejoiced

≫āhlādin

  1. ā-hlādin mfn. causing joy or delight, Ratnāv

āhvṛ

  1. ā-√hvṛ Ā. (Subj. 2. sg. ā́-juhūrthās RV. vii, 1, 19) to make crooked
  2. • to hurt, injure

≫āhūrya

  1. ā-hūrya mfn. one to whom homage is to be paid
  2. • to be made favourable RV. i, 69, 4

≫āhruta

  1. ā-hruta mfn. stooped, crooked
  2. • hurt, wounded

⋙āhrutabheṣaja

  1. ○bheṣajá mf(ī)n. curing anything wounded or hurt AV. xix, 2, 5

≫āhvara

  1. ā-hvara mfn. crooked T.

⋙āhvarakantha

  1. ○kantha n. N. of a town of the Uśīnarias Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-4, 20

≫āhvaraka

  1. ā-hvaraka ās m. pl., N. of a school TPrāt.

≫āhvāraka

  1. ā-hvāraka ās m. pl. id. ib.

≫āhvṛti

  1. ā-hvṛti mfn. crooked, cunning Hariv.
  2. • (is), m. N. of a king MBh.

āhve

  1. ā-√hve P. -hvayati (but also Pot. 1. sg. ā-huvema AV. vii, 85, 1), Ā. -hvayate (but also 1. sg. ā́-huve RV.
  2. • aor. 3. pl. ấhūṣata RV. i, 14, 2, &c
  3. • Inf. -huvádhyai RV. vi, 60, 13, and -hvayitavaí ŚBr. ii, 5, 3, 18) to call near, invoke invite, summon, cite RV. ŚBr.
  4. TS. MBh. Mṛicch. BhP. Pañcat. &c
  5. • to provoke, challenge, emulate (in this sense only Ā. Pāṇ. 1-3, 31) RV. ŚBr. R. Kathās. &c
  6. • to call to (especially in rites said of the Hotṛi, who addresses the Adhvaryu by the Ā-hāva or Ā-hvāna
  7. • below)
  8. AitBr. ĀśvŚr. KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhBr. and Śr
  9. • to proclaim AitBr. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ĀśvŚr.: Caus. -hvāyayati, to cause to call near, send for
  10. • to cause to summon or challenge or invite R. Ragh. Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. -juhūṣati, to wish to call near, to be about to call near: Intens. ā́-johaviiti RV. vii, 56, 18, to call near zealously

≫āhava

  1. ā-havá m. challenge, provoking
  2. • war, battle RV. MBh. Mn. R. Bhag. &c

⋙āhavakāmyā

  1. ○kāmyā f. desire of war

⋙āhavabhūmi

  1. ○bhūmi f. battle-field Kathās. (For 1. ā-hava ā-√hu.)

≫āhāva

  1. ā-hāva m. a particular invocation (śoṃsāvom corrupt from śaṃsāva, 'let us two pray!') by which the Hotṛi addresses the Adhvaryu AitBr. ĀśvŚr. (cf. ā-hvāna)
  2. • battle, war L.
  3. • (for 1. ā-hāva ā-√hu.)

≫āhuti

  1. ā́-huti f. calling, invoking [sometimes with this sense in the oldest Vedic texts, but the more correct form ā-hūti]
  2. • (for 1. ā-huti ā-√hu.)

≫āhuva

  1. ā-húva mfn. to be invoked (cf. Sāy.) RV. vii, 32, 19

≫āhū

  1. ā-hū́ f. calling, invoking (cf. BRD.) ib.

≫āhūta

  1. ā-hūta mfn. called, summoned, invoked, invited

⋙āhūtaprapalāyin

  1. ○prapalāyin m. a defendant or witness absconding or not appearing when summoned Yājñ.

⋙āhūtādhyāyin

  1. āhūtâdhyāyin mfn. one who studies only after having been called (by the teacher)

≫āhūtavya

  1. ā-hūtavya [?], mfn. to be called Kathās. cx, 141

≫āhūti

  1. ā-hūti f. calling, invoking AitBr.

≫āhūya

  1. ā-hūya ind. having invited &c

≫āhva

  1. ā-hva mfn. a caller, crier: (ifc.) named, called
  2. • (ā), f. a name, appellation Suśr.

≫āhvaya

  1. ā-hvaya m. a lawsuit arising from a dispute about games with animals (as cock-fighting &c.) Mn. viii, 7
  2. • appellation, name (generally ifc., e.g. rāmāyaṇâhvayaṃ kāvyam, &c.) MBh. Ragh. Suśr. Kathās. &c

≫āhvayana

  1. ā-hvayana n. appellation, name R.

≫āhvayitavya

  1. ā-hvayitavya mfn. to be summoned or invited MBh.

≫āhvāna

  1. ā-hvāna n. calling, invitation, a call or summons MBh. Pañcat. Hit.
  2. • invocation of a deity Mn. MBh.
  3. • challenge R.
  4. • legal summons Mṛicch. Comm. on Yājñ.
  5. • an appellation, a name L.
  6. • a particular calling in rites = 2. ā-hāva, q.v

⋙āhvānadarśana

  1. ○darśana n. a day of trial

≫āhvānaya

  1. āhvānaya Nom. P. āhvānayati, (in law) to summon Comm. on Yājñ.

≫āhvāya

  1. ā-hvāya m. a summons
  2. • a name L.

≫āhvāyaka

  1. āhvāyaka m. a messenger, courier MBh.
  2. • (ikā), f. a female messenger

≫āhvāyitavya

  1. ā-hvāyitavya mfn. to be called before a tribunal Mṛicch.
A lap eredeti címe: „https://hu.wiktionary.org/w/index.php?title=Függelék:Szanszkrit-English/aa&oldid=1422697”